Typology of Old Babylonian Divination Apodoses

Titelseite für die einzureichende Arbeit Typology of Old Babylonian Divination Apodoses Von der Fakultät für Geschichte, Kunst- und Orientwissenschaften der Universität Leipzig angenommene DISSERTATION zur Erlangung des akademischen Grades DOCTOR PHILOSOPHIAE (Dr. phil.) vorgelegt von: Ilya Khait geboren am: 3. Mai 1985 in Moskau, UdSSR Gutachter: Prof. Dr. Michael P. Streck Prof. Dr. Nils P. Heeßel Tag der Verteidigung: 2. Februar 2018 Thesen zur Dissertation Diese Arbeit bezweckt, eine thematische Typologie von altbabylonischen divinatorischen Apodosen, i.e. Voraussagen im divinatorischen Kompendien und Tonmodellen Aus Altmesopotamien und aus der Levante, bereitzustellen. Das Hauptziel dieser Forschung ist es, die altbabylonischen divinatorischen Apodosen in ein System zusammenzufassen, wo jede Voraussage in Zusammenhang mit tematisch verwandtem Material aus anderen Kompendien gebracht wird. Es gibt insgesamt 272 dokumentierte altbabylonische Kompendium-Tafeln und beschriftete Tonmodelle, die zu 13 verschidenen Verfahren zugehörig sind, auf denen 157 in dieser Arbeit verwendet sind. Die Typologie bestimmt einen systematischen Ansatz zur Erforschung der Apodosis, die aus der Perspektive des Problems, welches die Prädiktion beantworten sollte, blickt. Diese Methode kann zum besserem Verständnis der Apodosis als einem Element des gesamten Glaubenssystem führen, Aufschluss über anfängliche Entwicklung der mesopotamischen schriftlichen divinatorischen Überlieferung geben, und helfen, die Spuren von Hoffnungen und Ängsten der altbabylonische Gesellschaft, die die Weissagungen tragen, in deutliche Ordnung zu bringen. Weil ein Teil des altbabylonischen divinatorischen Korpus’ außerhalb des Bereichs dieser Arbeit geblieben ist, nimmt die Auswahl des Materials Rücksicht auf Tafeln, die nur in Kopien publiziert worden sind, sowie auf älteren Fassungen, die verbessert oder erweitert sein könnten. Größtenteils wurden die hier verwendeten Texte gemäß der philologischen Analyse nochmals geprüft. Diese Vorgehensweise brachte eine solide Anzahl von neuen Leseweisen und Interpretationen ein, die in der Untersuchung eingeflossen sind. Philologische Kommentare zusammen mit Bemerkungen über die Eigenarten von Schrift und Sprache sind ein wesentlicher Bestandteil dieser Forschung. Die Einleitung beginnt mit einer Kurzfassung der Erforschung auf diesem Gebiet und bietet ein Überblick über die Quellen. Mansche grundlegende Komponente der Apodosis, wie das Problem, das Motiv, die Auswirkung sowie auch andere Elemente, die für die Einordnung wichtig sind, ebenfalls an dieser Stelle betrachtet worden. Zusätzlich untersucht dieser Teil der Arbeit gelegentlichen Aspekten von Raum und Zeit, sowie die beteiligten Charaktere. Die Typologie selbst hat insgesamt 2,367 Einträge. Diese bestehen aus 2,675 Nachweisen voller Apodosen oder aus 3,362 Nachweisen einfacher und zusammengesetzten Apodosen. Die Einordnung wird in drei Ebenen aufgeteilt. Die achtundzwanzig Abteilungen bestimmen die Interessensbereich im Allgemeinen. Die Unterabteilungen sprechen besonderen Probleme oder Aspekte der großem Themenvielfalt an. Die unterste Ebene, die Motivformel, stellt eine exakte Prognose im Hinblick auf Motiv, beteiligten Charaktere und anderen Besonderheiten dar. Darüber hinaus schließt die Arbeit einen Katalog der altbabylonischen Sammeltafeln und eine Konkordanz der einschlägigen Manuskripte ein. Der thematisch organisierte Voraussagenkatalog sollte angehenden theoretische Untersuchungen von mesopotamischen Weissagungen, Kultur und Realien begünstigen, sowie die textologische Arbeit an divinatorischen Quellen unterstützen. Abstract This work aims to provide a thematic typology for Old Babylonian divination apodoses, predictions known from early lists of omens and models from Ancient Mesopotamia and the Levant. The primary objective of this study is to present the Old Babylonian divination apodoses as a system, placing each prediction in its appropriate context, together with thematically related material from other compendia. There are altogether 272 reported Old Babylonian compendiumtablets and inscribed clay models, dedicated to thirteen different divinatory practices, of which 157 are examined in this work. Methodologically, the work combines elements of a traditional Assyriological edition and a motif index. The typology is to provide a systematic approach to the study of the apodosis from the perspective of the problem it was meant to answer. Such an approach would lead to a better understanding of the apodosis as an element of a comprehensive system of beliefs, shed light on the early development of the Mesopotamian divinatory written tradition, and help bring to clearer order the imprints of hopes and fears of the Old Babylonian society, that apodoses bear. As a part of the Old Babylonian divination corpus remained beyond the scope of this study, the choice of material has regard to tablets published solely in copies, as well as older editions that can be improved and extended. The bulk of the edited texts were also newly examined and subjected to philological analysis. This approach has yielded a solid number of new reading and interpretations, included in this study. Philological commentaries, together with brief notes on peculiarities of script and language are likewise a crucial part of this research. The introduction starts with a synopsis of the research in the field and offers an overview of the sources. Some basic components of the apodosis, such as problem, motif, outcome, and other elements, important for the classification are also explored here. Additionally, this part of the work examines incidental aspects of space and time, as well as involved characters. The typology itself has 2,367 entries in total, which amount to 2,675 attestations of full apodoses or 3,362 attestations of simple apodoses and parts of compound apodoses counted altogether. The classification of the material is developed on three levels. The twenty-eight sections define the sphere of interest in general. Subsections address particular problems or aspects within the wider topic. The lowest level of the classification, the motif formula, constitutes an exact prediction in terms of motif, involved characters, and other peculiarities. In addition, the work includes a catalog of Old Babylonian compendia and a concordance of predictions in the relevant manuscripts. The thematically organized catalog of predictions is to benefit future theoretical studies on Mesopotamian divination, culture, and realia, as well as to assist textological work on divinationrelated cuneiform materials. Nonetheless, we can in the same breath deny that there is any such thing as coincidence. What’s done is done, what’s yet to be is clearly yet to be, and so on. Haruki Murakami, A Wild Sheep Chase (Translation by Alfred Birnbaum) Acknowledgements This work grew out of my early interest in Mesopotamian divination during my studies at the Russian State University for the Humanities under the supervision of Dr. Leonid Kogan. I would like to put in writing my sincerest appreciation to my first mentor, who introduced me into Assyriology and Ancient Philology, set me an example of passionate commitment to the cause of research in its highest standards. It is most necessary to point out that Dr. Kogan was the one who directed me towards this study and supervised it during its early stages. Likewise, I wish to express my deepest gratitude to Prof. Dr. Michael Streck, my doctoral advisor, who warmly accepted me as his student at the Leipzig University, and provided me with his counsel, support, interest, and inexhaustible patience. Just as importantly, he pushed me to move forward and motivated me in the moments, when my progress was admittedly subtle. I would like to thank Prof. Dr. Andrew George of the University of London for his inestimable comments and great kindness in reviewing some of my drafts, granting me with own invaluable publications, and even making available to me the materials of the late Prof. Dr. Lambert, concerning unpublished tablets. I am thankful to Prof. Dr. Jean-Jacques Glassner of the French National Centre for Scientific Research, Prof. Dr. Abraham Winitzer of Notre Dame University and Prof. Dr. Marten Stol of the Netherlands Institute for the Near East for sharing with me their studies and thoughts in the early stages of my work. Prof. Dr. Manfred Krebernik, my supervisor during the work on the Akkadian Etymological Dictionary Project at the University of Jena, from whom I was fortunate to learn a whole lot, including the methods of lexicography, and, importantly, the German Arbeitsmoral, deserves special thanks. It stands to mention that he also expressed interest in this work and shared his ideas on some related issues. In this regard, I would like to name my colleagues, Dr. Mohammad Hajuz, Dr. Imad Samir and Oleg Linkhor, who made me a part of the team, and these three years in Jena genuinely pleasant and fruitful. I am deeply indebted to the German Academic Exchange Service (DAAD), which supported this research for ten months in 2011-2012. Equal gratitude is owed to the Russian Foundation for Basic Research (RFBR) and the Foundation for Fundamental Linguistic Research (FFLI), whose support of the Cuneiform Labs project (2010-2013) contributed to the processing of a part of the materials for this study. In that regard, I would like to venerate the memory of Dr. Artem Kozmin, a teacher, a friend and a true polymath, who introduced me to Computer Linguistics, Digital Humanities, and programming, as well as into Archeology and Folklore Studies back in my pre-university years. I would also like to thank Ekaterina Markina, Dr. Nadezhda Roudik, Rim Nurullin, Anna Nurullina, Armando Bramanti, Dr. Cinzia Pappi and Dr. Christian Hess together with other colleagues in Leipzig, Moscow, Saint-Petersburg, Jena, Berlin and elsewhere for valuable discussions and providing me with publications, as well as for their friendship and kindness. Special thanks go to Darja Appelganz, a good friend, who kindly corrected my German in the abstract to this work. I owe a great many words of gratitude to my parents, Inna Teiman and Oleg Khait, who gave me their very best, provided me with enormous support, both moral and material, and tolerated my long absences and terribly rare and brief visits during the last years. I am indebted to my family, both alive and deceased, and dear friends, who were there for me and whose limitless acceptance of my interests and myself helped me to advance with this work. Finally, my unstinting praise goes to Anya, my life partner in the most basic sense, who stood by my side at happy and hard times as one, and whose contribution to this work in support, love, and permanent exchange of thought, as well as in going through the trouble of proofreading this manuscript, cannot be overestimated. Any errors that remain in this manuscript are my sole responsibility. ina têrti eppušu ina puḫād akarrabu kittam šuknān Ilya Khait Leipzig, July 2017 Table of Contents Thesen zur Dissertation ................................................................................................................... 2 Abstract ........................................................................................................................................... 3 Acknowledgements ......................................................................................................................... 4 Table of Contents ............................................................................................................................ 6 I. Introduction ........................................................................................................................... 21 I.1. Divination in Mesopotamia ............................................................................................ 21 I.1.1. Divination before the Old Babylonian time ............................................................ 21 I.1.2. Divination in the Old Babylonian period ................................................................ 22 I.2. I.1.2.1. Divination compendia (1) ................................................................................ 22 I.1.2.2. Inscribed models of the exta (2a) .................................................................... 22 I.1.2.3. Uninscribed models of the exta (2b)................................................................ 22 I.1.2.4. Uninscribed drawings of colons (2c) ............................................................... 23 I.1.2.5. Uninscribed models of malformed animals (2d) ............................................. 23 I.1.2.6. Uninscribed models of turtles (2e) .................................................................. 23 I.1.2.7. Extispicy reports (3a)....................................................................................... 23 I.1.2.8. Epistolary reports (3b) ..................................................................................... 24 I.1.2.9. Divination prayers (4) ...................................................................................... 24 I.1.2.10. Divinatory queries (5) ...................................................................................... 25 Previous studies .............................................................................................................. 25 I.2.1. Emergence and Sitz im Leben ................................................................................. 25 I.2.1.1. Empirical vs. generative .................................................................................. 25 I.2.1.2. Legitimization of power .................................................................................. 26 I.2.2. Technical terminology ............................................................................................ 26 I.2.3. Classifications of apodoses ..................................................................................... 26 I.3. Aims of the current work ............................................................................................... 29 I.4. Methodology .................................................................................................................. 29 I.5. Sources ........................................................................................................................... 30 I.5.1. Types ....................................................................................................................... 30 I.5.2. Provenance .............................................................................................................. 33 6 I.5.3. Medium ................................................................................................................... 34 I.5.4. Script ....................................................................................................................... 35 I.5.5. Structure .................................................................................................................. 35 I.6. The apodosis and its aspects........................................................................................... 36 I.6.1. Problem ................................................................................................................... 36 I.6.2. Addressee ................................................................................................................ 36 I.6.3. Sphere of interest .................................................................................................... 37 I.6.4. Motif ....................................................................................................................... 37 I.6.5. Outcome and sentiment........................................................................................... 38 I.6.6. Oppositions scheme ................................................................................................ 39 I.6.7. Tenses and clause structure ..................................................................................... 40 I.6.8. Compound apodoses ............................................................................................... 41 I.6.9. Delimiters ................................................................................................................ 41 I.6.10. I.7. Special apodoses types ........................................................................................ 43 I.6.10.1. Omen of (amūt X, rarely awāt X and amūtum ša X) ........................................ 43 I.6.10.2. ‘Weapon’ (of) (kak(ki) X and others) .............................................................. 44 I.6.10.3. Advent of (šēp X) ............................................................................................. 45 I.6.10.4. Precept of (eḫiz X) ........................................................................................... 45 I.6.10.5. Garment of (ṣubāt X) ....................................................................................... 45 Сontext ........................................................................................................................... 46 I.7.1. Aspects of time ....................................................................................................... 46 I.7.1.1. Immediate effect .............................................................................................. 46 I.7.1.2. Day time .......................................................................................................... 46 I.7.1.3. Days ................................................................................................................. 47 I.7.1.4. Days of the month............................................................................................ 47 I.7.1.5. Months ............................................................................................................. 47 I.7.1.6. Seasons ............................................................................................................ 47 I.7.1.7. Years ................................................................................................................ 47 I.7.1.8. Lifetime ........................................................................................................... 48 I.7.1.9. Duration ........................................................................................................... 48 I.7.1.10. Past................................................................................................................... 48 7 I.7.2. I.7.2.1. House ............................................................................................................... 48 I.7.2.2. Palace ............................................................................................................... 49 I.7.2.3. Bed chambers .................................................................................................. 50 I.7.2.4. Harem .............................................................................................................. 50 I.7.2.5. Prison ............................................................................................................... 50 I.7.2.6. Temple ............................................................................................................. 50 I.7.2.7. Fold .................................................................................................................. 51 I.7.2.8. City .................................................................................................................. 51 I.7.2.9. Tunnel .............................................................................................................. 53 I.7.2.10. Port................................................................................................................... 53 I.7.2.11. River ................................................................................................................ 53 I.7.2.12. Fields and pasture ............................................................................................ 54 I.7.2.13. Country ............................................................................................................ 54 I.7.2.14. Border .............................................................................................................. 57 I.7.2.15. Wilderness ....................................................................................................... 57 I.7.2.16. Road ................................................................................................................. 57 I.7.3. Setting ..................................................................................................................... 58 I.7.3.1. Campaign, warfare, and battle ......................................................................... 58 I.7.3.2. Revolt............................................................................................................... 59 I.7.3.3. Assembly ......................................................................................................... 60 I.7.3.4. Banquet ............................................................................................................ 60 I.7.3.5. Difficult times .................................................................................................. 60 I.7.3.6. Going to the palace .......................................................................................... 60 I.7.3.7. Childbirth ......................................................................................................... 60 I.7.3.8. “Hand of god” .................................................................................................. 60 I.7.3.9. Unclean person ................................................................................................ 60 I.7.3.10. Lost object ....................................................................................................... 61 I.7.4. I.8. Aspects of space ...................................................................................................... 48 Mythological allusions ............................................................................................ 61 Personae dramatis ........................................................................................................... 61 I.8.1. Protagonist characters ............................................................................................. 61 8 First person (singular) ...................................................................................... 61 I.8.1.2. First person (plural) ......................................................................................... 63 I.8.1.3. Second person .................................................................................................. 64 I.8.1.4. Diviner (bārûm, mār bārîm) ............................................................................ 65 I.8.1.5. Client protagonist ............................................................................................ 66 I.8.1.6. Royal protagonist ............................................................................................. 67 I.8.1.7. Simple protagonist ........................................................................................... 75 I.8.2. Antagonist characters .............................................................................................. 80 I.8.3. Other characters ...................................................................................................... 89 I.9. II. I.8.1.1. I.8.3.1. Allies and dependents ...................................................................................... 89 I.8.3.2. Collective ......................................................................................................... 90 I.8.3.3. Family .............................................................................................................. 95 I.8.3.4. Palace personnel .............................................................................................. 99 I.8.3.5. Maid (ēmiqtum) ............................................................................................. 102 I.8.3.6. Officials ......................................................................................................... 102 I.8.3.7. Commanders and agents ................................................................................ 103 I.8.3.8. Priests............................................................................................................. 105 I.8.3.9. Captives, prisoners and captors ..................................................................... 106 I.8.3.10. Characters in disease-setting ......................................................................... 106 I.8.3.11. Saboteur characters ........................................................................................ 107 I.8.3.12. Other (selected) characters ............................................................................ 109 I.8.3.13. Unspecified characters ................................................................................... 111 I.8.3.14. Agents of nature (selected) ............................................................................ 113 I.8.3.15. Supernatural agents (selected) ....................................................................... 114 I.8.3.16. Cities and nations........................................................................................... 121 I.8.3.17. Historical-Mythological Characters .............................................................. 122 Structure and conventions ............................................................................................ 124 I.9.1. Typology structure and style ................................................................................. 124 I.9.2. Typology conventions ........................................................................................... 125 I.9.3. Transliteration conventions ................................................................................... 127 Typology of Old Babylonian Omen Apodoses ................................................................... 129 9 1. Divination ........................................................................................................................ 129 1.1. Presence of a deity .................................................................................................... 129 1.2. Topic or addressee .................................................................................................... 131 1.3. Addressee in respect to performance ........................................................................ 132 1.4. Divine word .............................................................................................................. 133 1.5. Reliability ................................................................................................................. 133 1.6. Ambiguity ................................................................................................................. 134 1.7. Indecisiveness ........................................................................................................... 135 1.8. Niphu-prediction ....................................................................................................... 135 1.9. Disqualified omen..................................................................................................... 137 1.10. Qualification of the exta........................................................................................ 138 1.11. Dreams evaluation ................................................................................................ 138 2. General predictions .......................................................................................................... 140 2.1. Fortune ...................................................................................................................... 140 2.2. Troublesomeness ...................................................................................................... 141 2.3. Well-being ................................................................................................................ 141 2.4. Joy............................................................................................................................. 144 2.5. (Un)happiness ........................................................................................................... 145 2.6. Pride .......................................................................................................................... 145 2.7. Sorrow and distress ................................................................................................... 146 2.8. Evil............................................................................................................................ 148 2.9. Misfortune ................................................................................................................ 149 2.10. Trouble .................................................................................................................. 150 2.11. Hardships and difficulties ..................................................................................... 151 2.12. Escaping from difficulties ..................................................................................... 153 2.13. Mourning............................................................................................................... 156 3. Life and death .................................................................................................................. 160 3.1. Life expectation ........................................................................................................ 160 3.2. Fate ........................................................................................................................... 162 3.3. Close death ............................................................................................................... 162 3.4. Death ......................................................................................................................... 162 10 3.5. Killing ....................................................................................................................... 179 3.6. Murder and massacre ................................................................................................ 185 4. Health and disease............................................................................................................ 188 4.1. Health........................................................................................................................ 188 4.2. Occurrence of disease ............................................................................................... 189 4.3. Duration of disease ................................................................................................... 191 4.4. Recovery perspectives .............................................................................................. 191 4.5. Relapse of disease after remission ............................................................................ 200 4.6. Disease сomplications .............................................................................................. 200 4.7. Disease contagion ..................................................................................................... 201 4.8. Disease (damaged) .................................................................................................... 202 4.9. Particular diseases: Cough ........................................................................................ 203 4.10. Particular diseases: The bennu-disease (seizures) ................................................ 203 4.11. Particular diseases: The diʾu-disease (malaria)..................................................... 204 4.12. Particular diseases: Edema .................................................................................... 205 4.13. Particular diseases: The epqu-disease ................................................................... 205 4.14. Particular diseases: The shibu-disease .................................................................. 206 4.15. Particular diseases: hydrophobia........................................................................... 206 4.16. (Im)potency ........................................................................................................... 207 4.17. Trauma .................................................................................................................. 207 4.18. Blindness ............................................................................................................... 210 4.19. Epidemic ............................................................................................................... 210 5. Mental conditions............................................................................................................. 215 5.1. Confusion.................................................................................................................. 215 5.2. Worries ..................................................................................................................... 215 5.3. Fear ........................................................................................................................... 216 5.4. Overcoming fear ....................................................................................................... 219 5.5. Terror ........................................................................................................................ 220 5.6. Panic ......................................................................................................................... 220 5.7. Stupor........................................................................................................................ 221 5.8. Depression ................................................................................................................ 221 11 5.9. Insanity ..................................................................................................................... 222 6. Nourishment ..................................................................................................................... 224 6.1. Food security ............................................................................................................ 224 6.2. Food and water supplies in warfare .......................................................................... 225 6.3. Diversions to cut water and food supplies ................................................................ 225 6.4. Famine ...................................................................................................................... 226 7. Character, fortune and social status ................................................................................. 230 7.1. Personal characteristics............................................................................................. 230 7.2. Path (of life) .............................................................................................................. 231 7.3. Support...................................................................................................................... 233 7.4. Aid ............................................................................................................................ 233 7.5. Kindness ................................................................................................................... 236 7.6. Mercy ........................................................................................................................ 236 7.7. Protection .................................................................................................................. 237 7.8. Divine breeze ............................................................................................................ 237 7.9. Prosperity .................................................................................................................. 238 7.10. Might ..................................................................................................................... 238 7.11. Honor .................................................................................................................... 238 7.12. Social status .......................................................................................................... 239 7.13. Credibility ............................................................................................................. 241 7.14. Fame and reputation .............................................................................................. 241 7.15. Professional reputation.......................................................................................... 243 7.16. Social outcastness ................................................................................................. 244 8. Property ............................................................................................................................ 245 8.1. Characteristics in regard to property ........................................................................ 245 8.2. Abundance ................................................................................................................ 245 8.3. Wealth ....................................................................................................................... 246 8.4. Poverty ...................................................................................................................... 247 8.5. Growth ...................................................................................................................... 247 8.6. Downturn .................................................................................................................. 247 8.7. Obtaining desired ...................................................................................................... 248 12 8.8. Gain .......................................................................................................................... 251 8.9. Acquisition................................................................................................................ 253 8.10. Gift ........................................................................................................................ 254 8.11. Discovery of valuables .......................................................................................... 254 8.12. Conversion ............................................................................................................ 255 8.13. Confiscation .......................................................................................................... 258 8.14. Appropriation ........................................................................................................ 258 8.15. Theft ...................................................................................................................... 259 8.16. Loss ....................................................................................................................... 261 8.17. Return of valuables ............................................................................................... 264 8.18. Financial losses ..................................................................................................... 265 8.19. Financial ruin ........................................................................................................ 267 8.20. Division of property .............................................................................................. 270 8.21. Market ................................................................................................................... 270 9. Agriculture and livestock ................................................................................................. 272 9.1. Harvest ...................................................................................................................... 272 9.2. Livestock increase .................................................................................................... 273 9.3. Livestock decrease .................................................................................................... 274 9.4. Livestock disappearance ........................................................................................... 274 9.5. Grazeland disappearance .......................................................................................... 274 9.6. Livestock famine ...................................................................................................... 275 9.7. Livestock epizootick ................................................................................................. 275 10. Captivity, imprisonment and exile ............................................................................... 278 10.1. Captivity................................................................................................................ 278 10.2. Imprisonment ........................................................................................................ 280 10.3. Slavery .................................................................................................................. 282 10.4. Exile ...................................................................................................................... 282 11. Internal politics ............................................................................................................. 286 11.1. Agreement ............................................................................................................. 286 11.2. Discord and civil war ............................................................................................ 286 11.3. Rule type ............................................................................................................... 287 13 11.4. Control and obedience .......................................................................................... 287 11.5. Discipline .............................................................................................................. 289 11.6. Ruler and country.................................................................................................. 292 11.7. Remission of debts ................................................................................................ 293 11.8. Prosperity .............................................................................................................. 293 11.9. Getting out in the open .......................................................................................... 294 11.10. Calm living............................................................................................................ 294 11.11. Crime..................................................................................................................... 295 11.12. Seeking refuge ...................................................................................................... 295 11.13. Building................................................................................................................. 297 11.14. Demolition ............................................................................................................ 299 11.15. Populating ............................................................................................................. 300 11.16. Depopulation ......................................................................................................... 300 11.17. Abandoned roads .................................................................................................. 301 11.18. Blockade ............................................................................................................... 302 11.19. Disorder................................................................................................................. 303 11.20. Chaos and turmoil ................................................................................................. 303 11.21. Abandonment ........................................................................................................ 305 11.22. Destruction ............................................................................................................ 306 11.23. Ruin mounds ......................................................................................................... 309 11.24. Devastation ........................................................................................................... 310 11.25. Annihilation .......................................................................................................... 311 12. Information and intelligence ........................................................................................ 313 12.1. News ..................................................................................................................... 313 12.2. Movements of messengers, diplomats and others................................................. 315 12.3. Secret..................................................................................................................... 318 12.4. Information leakage .............................................................................................. 318 12.5. Military intelligence .............................................................................................. 323 12.6. Espionage .............................................................................................................. 324 12.7. Complaint.............................................................................................................. 325 12.8. Slander .................................................................................................................. 326 14 12.9. Calumny ................................................................................................................ 326 12.10. Denunciation ......................................................................................................... 327 12.11. Accepting calumnies and denunciations ............................................................... 328 13. Court affairs.................................................................................................................. 330 13.1. Acquiring subordinates ......................................................................................... 330 13.2. Appointing officials .............................................................................................. 331 13.3. Appointing priests ................................................................................................. 332 13.4. Promoting subordinates ........................................................................................ 333 13.5. Removing from office ........................................................................................... 333 13.6. Removing the ruler ............................................................................................... 334 13.7. Return to office ..................................................................................................... 334 13.8. Royal council ........................................................................................................ 334 13.9. Catching a criminal ............................................................................................... 336 13.10. Punishing a criminal ............................................................................................. 336 14. Rule .............................................................................................................................. 338 14.1. Stability and change of rule .................................................................................. 338 14.2. Rule power ............................................................................................................ 339 14.3. Coming into power and throne inheritance ........................................................... 342 14.4. Fight over the throne ............................................................................................. 347 15. Loyalty and treason ...................................................................................................... 349 15.1. Change of loyalty .................................................................................................. 349 15.2. Turning to the enemy ............................................................................................ 351 15.3. Treason in siege .................................................................................................... 353 16. Revolt ........................................................................................................................... 355 16.1. Revolt plot............................................................................................................. 355 16.2. Revolt .................................................................................................................... 355 16.3. Return of the revolting under control.................................................................... 365 17. Diplomacy .................................................................................................................... 367 17.1. Rivalry................................................................................................................... 367 17.2. Domination ........................................................................................................... 369 17.3. Submission ............................................................................................................ 370 15 17.4. Patronage............................................................................................................... 371 17.5. Sending Envoys .................................................................................................... 372 17.6. Meeting ................................................................................................................. 372 17.7. Diplomatic gift ...................................................................................................... 372 17.8. Oath ....................................................................................................................... 373 17.9. Offering peace ....................................................................................................... 374 17.10. Offering capitulation ............................................................................................. 375 17.11. Coming to an agreement ....................................................................................... 376 17.12. Making peace ........................................................................................................ 376 17.13. Joining forces ........................................................................................................ 378 17.14. Territorial claims ................................................................................................... 378 17.15. Claims on subjects ................................................................................................ 379 17.16. Remission of territorial claims .............................................................................. 381 17.17. Auxiliaries and allies............................................................................................. 382 17.18. Military support .................................................................................................... 383 17.19. Hostility and declaration of war ............................................................................ 384 18. War actions and military campaign .............................................................................. 387 18.1. War between countries .......................................................................................... 387 18.2. Going to war ......................................................................................................... 387 18.3. Invasion of peoples ............................................................................................... 388 18.4. The god and the army ........................................................................................... 391 18.5. Invading ................................................................................................................ 393 18.6. Reaching destination ............................................................................................. 397 18.7. Long campaign...................................................................................................... 400 18.8. Return from the campaign .................................................................................... 400 18.9. Blocking movement .............................................................................................. 403 18.10. Encirclement ......................................................................................................... 403 18.11. Position ................................................................................................................. 404 18.12. Confrontation ........................................................................................................ 406 18.13. Battle ..................................................................................................................... 409 18.14. Fight ...................................................................................................................... 410 16 18.15. Command to attack ............................................................................................... 411 18.16. Attack .................................................................................................................... 412 18.17. Surprise attack ....................................................................................................... 415 18.18. Repelling an attack ................................................................................................ 417 18.19. Overthrowing in battle .......................................................................................... 418 18.20. Pursuing ................................................................................................................ 421 18.21. Triumph................................................................................................................. 422 18.22. Defeating ............................................................................................................... 425 18.23. Fall in battle .......................................................................................................... 433 18.24. Retreat ................................................................................................................... 439 18.25. Desertion ............................................................................................................... 440 18.26. Division and scattering ......................................................................................... 446 19. Siege and blockade ....................................................................................................... 447 19.1. War at the gates ..................................................................................................... 447 19.2. Siege ...................................................................................................................... 448 19.3. Storming................................................................................................................ 450 19.4. Tunneling .............................................................................................................. 451 19.5. Actions of the besieged ......................................................................................... 453 19.6. Fall of the garrison ................................................................................................ 456 19.7. Conquering a city .................................................................................................. 457 20. War aftermath and profit .............................................................................................. 463 20.1. Taking over ........................................................................................................... 463 20.2. Conquering ............................................................................................................ 465 20.3. Booty and plunder ................................................................................................. 468 20.4. Means of transport as booty .................................................................................. 481 20.5. Harvest as booty.................................................................................................... 482 20.6. Cutting down trees ................................................................................................ 483 20.7. Having a share in the booty .................................................................................. 483 20.8. Releasing booty..................................................................................................... 486 20.9. Empty-handed return ............................................................................................ 486 20.10. Tribute ................................................................................................................... 486 17 20.11. Corveé work .......................................................................................................... 487 21. Love life and family issues........................................................................................... 488 21.1. Love life ................................................................................................................ 488 21.2. Marriage ................................................................................................................ 488 21.3. Gadding about ....................................................................................................... 488 21.4. Adultery ................................................................................................................ 489 21.5. Prostitution ............................................................................................................ 490 21.6. Leaving ................................................................................................................. 490 21.7. Banishing .............................................................................................................. 491 21.8. Taking away .......................................................................................................... 491 21.9. Return.................................................................................................................... 492 22. Childbirth ..................................................................................................................... 493 22.1. Giving birth ........................................................................................................... 493 22.2. Complications ....................................................................................................... 494 23. Litigation ...................................................................................................................... 495 23.1. Legal claim............................................................................................................ 495 23.2. Winning in court ................................................................................................... 495 23.3. The river ordeal ..................................................................................................... 495 24. Weather and natural phenomena .................................................................................. 497 24.1. Temperature .......................................................................................................... 497 24.2. Clouds ................................................................................................................... 497 24.3. Thunder ................................................................................................................. 498 24.4. Rain ....................................................................................................................... 500 24.5. Hail ........................................................................................................................ 504 24.6. Snow ..................................................................................................................... 504 24.7. Wind...................................................................................................................... 505 24.8. Northern wind ....................................................................................................... 505 24.9. Storm ..................................................................................................................... 505 24.10. Seasonal Flooding ................................................................................................. 510 24.11. Stormy river .......................................................................................................... 513 24.12. Floods .................................................................................................................... 514 18 24.13. Blocking of watercourses ...................................................................................... 516 24.14. Celestial and atmospheric phenomena .................................................................. 516 24.15. Fire ........................................................................................................................ 522 25. Harmful animals ........................................................................................................... 528 25.1. Lions ..................................................................................................................... 528 25.2. Wolves .................................................................................................................. 531 25.3. Lahmu (shark ?) .................................................................................................... 531 25.4. Snake ..................................................................................................................... 531 25.5. Scorpion ................................................................................................................ 532 25.6. Ox.......................................................................................................................... 533 26. Pests.............................................................................................................................. 534 26.1. Locusts .................................................................................................................. 534 26.2. The akiltu-pest ...................................................................................................... 534 26.3. Rust ....................................................................................................................... 535 26.4. The halu-insect...................................................................................................... 535 26.5. The bushtitu-insect ................................................................................................ 535 26.6. The kurussissu-rodent ........................................................................................... 535 26.7. Sea creatures ......................................................................................................... 536 27. Supernatural powers ..................................................................................................... 538 27.1. Sorcery .................................................................................................................. 538 27.2. Demons ................................................................................................................. 539 27.3. “Hand” .................................................................................................................. 540 27.4. “Seizure” ............................................................................................................... 541 27.5. Oath ....................................................................................................................... 543 27.6. Protective lamassu and shedu-spirits .................................................................... 544 27.7. Mukil-reshi spirit ................................................................................................... 546 27.8. Rabitsu-Spirit ........................................................................................................ 547 27.9. The god ................................................................................................................. 547 27.10. Divine council and decision .................................................................................. 548 27.11. Divine favor .......................................................................................................... 549 27.12. Divine negligence ................................................................................................. 550 19 27.13. Divine wrath and forgiveness ............................................................................... 551 27.14. Divine leaving and return...................................................................................... 553 27.15. Sacrifice and prayer .............................................................................................. 555 27.16. Divine presence ..................................................................................................... 556 27.17. Divine request ....................................................................................................... 562 27.18. Request for offering .............................................................................................. 564 27.19. Fulfillment of divine requests ............................................................................... 569 27.20. Desecration ........................................................................................................... 571 27.21. Care for the shrine of the god ............................................................................... 573 27.22. Sacrifice in another’s shrine.................................................................................. 574 27.23. Mythological ......................................................................................................... 575 28. Historical-mythological references .............................................................................. 576 28.1. References to rulers............................................................................................... 576 28.2. References to deities ............................................................................................. 584 28.3. Damaged ............................................................................................................... 586 III. Conclusions ...................................................................................................................... 587 IV. Addendum ........................................................................................................................ 592 29. V. VI. Military ......................................................................................................................... 592 29.1. Miscellaneous predictions ..................................................................................... 592 29.2. Escape ................................................................................................................... 602 29.3. Miscellaneous predictions ..................................................................................... 602 29.4. Other (unsorted) .................................................................................................... 606 29.5. Miscellaneous predictions ..................................................................................... 606 Catalog ................................................................................................................................ 614 Concordance .................................................................................................................... 650 20 I. I.1. Introduction Divination in Mesopotamia1 The Ancient Mesopotamian civilizations are famous for their intensive use of various divination practices to forecast the future. Classical sources attribute the Babylonians the craft of divination and sometimes call wandering diviners “Chaldaeans” (Annus 2010, 11–2), but little was known about actual Mesopotamian practices until the dawn of Assyriology in the second half of the nineteen century, when cuneiform texts dedicated to divination became available to scholars. The corpus of divination compendia is enormous. The standard first-millennium divination series alone consist of 3372 canonical tablets, this without taking into account the multiple noncanonical Standard Babylonian texts and earlier manuscripts. The amount of omens in these texts can be estimated to be several tens of thousands. A major part of these texts remains unpublished. The abundance of divination-related material and the monumental effort made for its systematization is evidence to the great importance of the role divination practices played in Mesopotamia from the Old Babylonian period and until the very end of the cuneiform civilization. The earliest documentation of divination, however, is crucial for the understanding of the tradition in general. The non-canonical Old Babylonian texts especially are a key to the practice, emerging and dynamically evolving at this time, as these manuscripts bear a better reflection of the contemporary realia as opposed to the later texts, contaminated by tradition. I.1.1. Divination before the Old Babylonian time Sources of evidence of the early divination from South Mesopotamian in the third millennium are not many and include accounts of diviners and divination and references to divination in year-names and literary contexts (for a detailed overview see Richardson 2010, 226–39). The nature of Sumerian divination was most likely different and much less elaborated, than the later practice. Early extispicy (likely, using goats) probably was not designed for predicting future events, but only for confirmation of divine approval when appointing priests or rebuilding temples (Koch 2000, 13–4). Noteworthy is evidence from third millennium Ebla in the Northern Levant, which can reflect a different tradition. The letter-report TM.76.G.86 informs about two sacrifice observations concerning a journey with a negative result, forecasting death (Fronzaroli 1997; Coser and Valdarno 2000, 175–6). That early predecessor of epistolary extispicy reports could be an indication of a formed (or forming) genre in Ebla. Dozens of passages from administrative texts likely mention extispicy queries, rarely with the specification of place and 1 For a detailed overview of divination in Mesopotamia see most recently Maul 2013. The astrological series Enūma Anu Enlil consist of 70 tablets, the behavior series Šumma ālu includes minimum 120 tablets, the teratomantical Šumma izbu (24 tablets), the diagnostic and prognostic Sakkikû has 40 tablets, the physiognomic Alamdimmû with the related Nigdimdimmû, Kataduggû and some others consists of 12 tablets altogether, and the extispicy series Bārûtu has 100 tablets (Maul 2003-2005). 2 21 purpose, e.g. going to war. For each act, the diviners were granted with garments by ministers of the court (Biga 1999; Archi 2010, 50–3). Other references from third millennium Ebla include mentioning of diviners, as well as sheep, and daggers used in extispicy (Catagnoti and Bonechi 1998, 33–9; Archi 2010). The lack of any clear indications of a third millennium written divinatory tradition as conclusively advocated in Richardson 2010, 226–39 (see also Richardson 2006; contra Michalowski 2006, 249 and other earlier publications), points towards a primarily oral aspect of the diviner’s craft at the time. I.1.2. Divination in the Old Babylonian period Along with a plenty of other new genres of Akkadian writing, technical divination texts appear with a burst in the early second millennium. This rapid advent of an elaborated written tradition serving the craft is likely owning to both the greater social role divination played in the dynamic Old Babylonian age and the resulting deliberation of divinatory practices (Richardson 2010, 255–6). The most important divination-related groups of sources are (1) divination compendia dedicated to various methods of future-telling, (2) extispicy-related clay models of the liver, lungs, spleen, both inscribed (2a) and uninscribed (2b), drawings of intestines (2c), as well as models of malformed animals (2d) and turtles (2e), (3) extispicy reports, in the form of protocols (3a) and in letters (3b), (4) divination prayers, and (5) queries. I.1.2.1. Divination compendia (1) Compendia and clay models are the primary material for this work and are described in detail in Sources (I.5) below. Divination compendia (also called omen collections or omen lists) are clay tablets with catalogs of omens, ranging from one to more than a hundred entries. Each omen normally consists of a conditional sentence beginning with “if” (šumma), where the condition (protasis) describes the divinatory observation, and the main clause (apodosis) corresponds to the prediction3. I.1.2.2. Inscribed models of the exta (2a) Inscribed clay models of extispicial sheep-organs (mainly, the liver) usually contain one to several predictions. Protases are sometimes included, but not as a rule, likely because the description of the ominous features is in fact provided by the model itself. A single liver model inscribed with an extispicy report is known (below). I.1.2.3. Uninscribed models of the exta (2b) An uninscribed model of the sheep liver from Tell Halawa is considered the oldest model known, and possibly dates to the late third millennium (Meyer and Pruß (eds.) 1994, 196-8, 203). 3 Further in this work, the terms prediction, forecast, and portent, as well as omen are mostly used as synonyms to the apodosis. 22 Three liver models were found in Tell Bi‘a on the middle Euphratis, and another three in Hazor north of the Sea of Galilee (Meyer 1987, 277–80). Another five uninscribed liver models come from Tuttul (Strommenger and Miglus 2010, 103–5). An uninscribed spleen model was discovered in Mari (Meyer 1993). Evidence from Ebla, contemporary to the Old Babylonian period, includes 19 more uninscribed clay models of sheep livers (Marchetti 2009). I.1.2.4. Uninscribed drawings of colons (2c) Clay tablets and coins containing drawings of intestines are most recently overviewed in George 2013, 273–4. Dating of uninscribed artifacts with unclear provenance is problematic, and only few can be attributed as Old Babylonian with a considerable degree of certainty. Among these are two tablets allegedly from Nippur, and Sippar, as well as another three newly edited by George (2013, 276–8). Eight fragmentary plaques with drawings of intestines were discovered in regular excavations in Ebla (Marchetti 2009). Additionally, two drawings of colons accompany omens (ExO.StIn.1 and 2), while another one supplements an extispicy report (below). I.1.2.5. Uninscribed models of malformed animals (2d) Malformed animal figurines were discovered in Ebla together with the liver models. These elsewhere unattested artifacts are likely related to teratological divination. The figurines are likely representations of newborn lambs or goats. Figurine no. 29 is different from the others and is probably of a calf (Marchetti 2009). I.1.2.6. Uninscribed models of turtles (2e) Two clay models of water turtles were found in Ebla in the same context, as the other divinatory artifacts. This most peculiar discovery has no parallels in the Ancient Near East, and likely indicates the use of turtle shells for the purpose of divination, a method well-known from Early China (Marchetti 2009). I.1.2.7. Extispicy reports (3a) At the moment known are 43 published or quoted Old Babylonian extispicy reports (van Dijk 1976, no. 82, one text; Koch-Westenholz 2002b, 37 texts, with earlier bibliography; Richardson 2007, one text; George 2013, 13-25, three texts). The dated reports are northern and Late Old Babylonian4, from the reigns of Ammi-ṣaduka and Samsu-ditana, the last two kings of the first Babylonian dynasty (Koch-Westenholz 2002b, 136). The exception is the first of the three reports, most recently published by George, which is dated to the reign of Abi-Eshuh, the grandfather of Ammi-ṣaduka. Other two texts are southern and probably earlier in date (KochWestenholz 2002b, 136–9). Another southern report, allegedly from Uruk, is provided with colon drawings (Goetze 1957, 89, no. 13; Charpin and Durand 1981, pl. 61, no. 152). Additionally, a unique extispicy report, inscribed on a clay model, comes from Me-Turan and is dated to the reign of Dadusha of Eshnunna (Al-Rawi 1994, 39-40, no. 5). 4 Three of the texts are from Babylon, while some others could be possibly from Sippar (Rutz 2014, 109). 23 One would add to these another fourteen unpublished Late Old Babylonian extispicy reports. Three tablets from Babylon, two from the reign of Samsu-ditana and one undated have been reported (Pedersén 2005, 43-46, nos. A2:7, A2:55, and A2:25 respectively). Another eleven texts come from the archive of Ur-Utu in Sippar, four of them dated to Ammi-ṣaduka (Meyer 1982, 271, fn. 8; Tanret 2011, 283). Finally, three extispicy reports could have made their way to the compendium ExO.Lr.V.11. The protases of omens §§18, 19, and 21 in this text share some striking similarities with reports (Richter 1999b). All these sum up in 57 extispicy reports. A similar type of documents, represented only by two texts, is reports of bird divination (ornithoscopy). The first, edited in Tsukimoto 1982 is possibly Late Old Babylonian5 and of unclear provenance. The second tablet, from Babylon, is unpublished (Pedersén 2005, 51, no. A2:194). The main part of a report consists of a description of the ominous features in the order they are examined. Many reports give the description of two divination acts: the first inspection (rēštītum) and the cross-examination (piqittum). Often (but not as a rule) the composition includes such elements as addressing a certain deity, naming a client and the query, as well as a conclusion about the forecast. Normally it is concluded with a date (see Goetze 1957, 94-105). I.1.2.8. Epistolary reports (3b) Twenty letters of diviners, that include descriptive reports on performed extispies, were found in the royal archive in Mari. These are namely nos. 87, 88, 92, 94, 95, 96, 98, 100-bis, 109, 113, 116, 117, 136, 142, 154, 155, 161, 164, 167, and 185 in Durand and Charpin 1988 (see also Koch-Westenholz 2002b, 131). I.1.2.9. Divination prayers (4) Seventeen Old Babylonian divination prayers (ikribum) are known. The latest overview of the genre and the previous studies, together with an edition of three new texts, is most recently made available in George 2013, 1–11. Five of the texts address Shamash and Adad or Shamash alone. Four of the texts are nocturnal prayers (ikrib mušītim) and are referring to the “the gods of the night”, i.e. the deified star constellations. One of these compositions addresses a group of deities, as well as Shamash and Sin. Additionally, one should mention two Late Old Babylonian divination prayers of Ur-Utu of Sippar (Meyer 1982), addressed to Ninsianna and Anunnitum. An earlier text from Nippur addresses a female deity, whose name was not preserved (Ungnad 1920, 91; see George 2013, 9). These three prayers together with George 2013, no. 3 that is referred to Marduk, contain questions concerning the well-being of the author of the petition and are likely an intermediary form between a prayer and a query (see Lambert 2007, 12–4; George 2013, 9–10). The text edited in Starr 1983 contains a detailed list of requests concerning the desirable state of the inspected features. 5 A newer copy is provided in Al-Rawi 2000, no. 46, pp. 24 and 49, where the text is defined as “MA, administrative, Nuzi-type”. 24 Finally, two Old Babylonian prayers of bird divination are known from a late fragmentary copy, which probably included another three ikribu’s according to the colophon (Starr 1983, 62– 3). Both address Shamash and Adad. I.1.2.10. Divinatory queries (5) Divinatory queries (tamītu) are known only in the first millennium BC. Twenty-six compositions and seven fragments are published by Lambert (2007). This genre is similar to divination prayers in composition; usually, the texts also begin with addressing the gods of divination, Shamash and Adad. The client, on whose behalf the questions are asked, is referred either by name or as the owner of the nail and finger or hair and fringe. The gods are then asked to answer a detailed series of questions concerning a certain matter. The query ends with a formula that in some cases include allusions to ritual and final petition. The topic of the query is given in short after the text. Of particular interest are no. 1 in Lambert’s edition (tablet VII of the Nimrud series), where the queries mention the Old Babylonian kings Hammurapi and Samsu-Ditana, and no. 3c-d concerning Abi-Eshuh, all referring to the Old Babylonian realia and having relicts of the orthography of the time. The question whether these texts are actual copies of Old Babylonian originals or later literary constructs cannot be solved with certainty, but evidence in favor of the former seems convincing enough (see discussion in Lambert 2007, 20). I.2. Previous studies I.2.1. Emergence and Sitz im Leben I.2.1.1. Empirical vs. generative Early studies of Mesopotamian divination perceived the compendia as material that at least to some extent originated in empirical observations and real practice of diviners. This theory was mainly supported by the so called ‘historical omens’, referring to semi-legendary experience of rulers of the past (for bibliography see Jeyes 1989b, 198-9, note 138 and Winitzer 2006, 14 fn. 57). While one cannot completely exclude an empirical factor in the process of the texts’ creation, there is hardly any evidence neither of its presence, nor of substantial influence on the emergence and evolution of Mesopotamian omens collection (Koch 2000, 11–25; Winitzer 2006, 13–6). On the contrary, studies have demonstrated that the relation between protasis and apodosis is far from being empirical or accidental. The connection between observation and prediction is based on a system of principals such as left and right symbolism, complex allusions from particular features, their color, size, number, and condition, as well as sound similarity in words, and other associations (see e.g. Nougayrol 1976, Starr 1983, 8–24; Jeyes 1989b, 51–96; for earlier bibliography see Jeyes 1989b, 199, note 143). The generative paradigm of the Old Babylonian compendia in general is the topic of a recent vast study by Winitzer (2006), where it is regarded in detail. 25 I.2.1.2. Legitimization of power As recently suggested by Richardson (2010), classical Mesopotamian divination practices and the Old Babylonian omen literature appeared ex novo during the 150 years that followed the collapse of the Ur III state. The young warring Amorite courts, hungry for legitimization devices, developed divination to provide alternative access to divine knowledge. While divination practices kept the form of a traditional craft, they operated under new protocols of secrecy and deliberately blurred genetic distinctions between magico-ritual, religious, legal and scholarly traditions. They are to be viewed as a parallel project to the law codes of the period, undertaking to establish claims of authority through a legal voice (Richardson 2010, 239). This theory is supported by (1) deliberate archaisms in the texts, (2) low comparabilty between and among corpora, (3) military and political character of the late Old Babylonian omens (4) secular position of diviners and divination and (5) the information war and the “secrecy paradigm” (Richardson 2010, 239–55). This hypothesis finds support in the observations on the apodosis terminology, e.g. the usage of such poetic and ideologically loaded terms as ‘lord’, ‘shepherd’, ‘flock’ and others, most often occurring in royal inscriptions and divine epithets (see I.8 below). I.2.2. Technical terminology The technical language of the protasis, especially in liver divination, received dedicated scholarly attention. For an overview and previous bibliography on the extispicy apparatus see recently Winitzer 2006, 632–41. On anatomical terminology of sheep in the šumma immeru texts see most recently Cohen 2016. The technical terminology of the oil divination is described in detail in Pettinato 1966b, 135–70. For some termini technici used in the physiognomical compendia see Böck 2000, 20–3. I.2.3. Classifications of apodoses The system of Mesopotamian divination apodoses received not as much attention as the technical apparatus of the protasis, though a number of efforts to classify the material or certain parts of it have been made thus far. The first group of predictions regarded and investigated as a category were the so-called “historical omens”, first discussed in Weidner 1928-9. An unsystematic collection of both the second and the first millennium predictions of this type known before the publication of the Yale texts is made in Nougayrol 1943. Goetze (1947a) provides a classification of the Old Babylonian historical apodoses arranged in the chronological order and by the ruler. The discussion on the ‘historical’ apodoses continues later in Reiner 1974, Starr 1977, Cooper 1980, Jeyes 1980a, 110–1, Starr 1985, Starr 1986, and most recently Neujahr 2012, 89-92. It was Oppenheim, who first referred to the divinatory material for the worldview it reflects. His work (1936) is a thematical overview of predictions, mostly from the first millennium, known at the time. Bottéro (1975) regards in detail the second and the first millennium predictions related to royal power. The cited apodoses are arranged by topic; the following eight 26 rubrics are included: power of the king and its extent (1), the entourage of the king and the influence it can exert on the person and power of the sovereign (2), treason to the king (3), declared hostility against the king (4), hostility of the people and its resistance to royal power (5), opposition to royal power and public opinion (6), active opposition disturbances, revolts, revolutions (7), and political consequences of these various movements opposition to the king (8). A classification dedicated to forecasts of death in Old Babylonian apodoses (Jeyes 1980a) divides the related predictions into three categories. The first assembles explicit predictions of death (a)6. Implicit predictions of death (b) refer to a very broad spectrum of hazardous situations, which can potentially lead to death. These include warfare, activities of enemy (A), internal conflict, rebellion, crime (B), attack by animals, accidents (C), attack of various illnesses (D), attack by evil demons, witchcraft (E), natural disasters (F), aridity, hunger, thirst (G), desertion, anger of gods (H), fear, worry (I), horror, panic (J), confusion (K), hardship, danger (L), grief, evil, distress, lament (M), and divine intentions or order to kill (N). Finally, the last category lists two special types of apodoses that, in the opinion of Jeyes, apply solely to the king (c): historical omens and prediction of an eclipse. Portents of death are also discussed in Cooper 1980. An important general overview of the forecasts, the plots, and characters involved in Mesopotamian apodoses is made by Jeyes some years later (1989b, 15–50). The material is arranged by personae; motifs are discussed in relation to the acting characters. Most of the characters mentioned in the predictions are perceived as a representation of either the diviner or the client. Aside from bārû and mār bārî ‘the diviner’ references to the diviner in Jeyes’es opinion include ummiʾānum7 ‘the scholar’8, bēl têrti ‘office holder’9(§1), ša annam ippuluka ‘your yesman’, imitti awīlim ‘the one to the right of the man’ šeqellēqū ‘silver-takers’, munnût kīsim ‘the one counting (the silver) in the purse’ (§2), the first person protagonist (§3). Other characters, allegedly representing the diviner in their different roles are ālik pani ummānim ‘the army’s leader’ (§4), wāšib maḫrīka / maḫar šarrim ‘the one who sits in front of you / the king’ (§5), kabtum ‘the important person’ (§6), ašarēdum ‘the general’ (§7), wāšib ālim ‘the city dweller’ (§8), mālikum ‘the adviser’ (§9), qarrādum ‘the warrior’ (§10), wardum ‘the subordinate’ (§11). Even ilū ‘the gods’ (§12), rēṣū ‘the helpers’ (§13), mār šiprim ‘the messenger’, munnabtu rākib imēri ‘the donkey-riding refugee’, and ša lišānim ‘the spy’ (§15) are given as aspects of the diviner. 6 These include such forecasts as the end of the rule, not reaching the destination in a campaign, defeat in battle, desertion and others, that are in fact not explicitly death-related and refer to situations, where death is not expected a priori and/or escapable. 7 In a broken context. 8 Translations of the Akkadian terms do not follow Jeyes 1989b. 9 Jeyes reads awīl têrti. 27 Only a small group of personae (§15), including šatammū ‘the shatammu-officials’, gallābu ‘the barber’, rabi sikkatim ‘the rabi sikkati-official’, šūt rēši ‘the courtier’, and members of the king’s family, as well as a group of characters, described as usurpers (lā ḫassum ‘the unwise’, ša lā awāssu ‘the one without a claim’, mār muškēnim ‘son of a commoner’, mār almattim ‘son of a widow’, and others) are labeled as “references to other professions”. Still, Jeyes points out: “no conclusion can be made about the identity of the above-mentioned characters, but the diviner should not be excluded in so far as there is evidence that he could indirectly refer to a colleague in a derogatory manner”. The only character of this group, who is probably excluded from being identified with the diviner is sukkuku ‘the deaf’. The absolutizing of the role of diviner in the apodosis is the bottleneck of the approach suggested by Jeyes. Such a perspective seems bold, but can hardly be supported by evidence at least on such a broad scale (see already Starr 1991, 175–6 and Koch 2000, 53; note, however, Richardson 2002, 199–200 and Winitzer 2006, 31–2, who point towards certain documented functions of the diviner as an agent). The client’s figure is correctly associated with royal figures. These are šarrum ‘the king’, rubû ‘the prince’, bēlum ‘the lord’, rēʾûm ‘the shepherd’, as well as the second person protagonist. awīlum, ‘the man’, can both refer to the ruler or a non-royal client in different contexts. Other listed references to the client are bēl immerim ‘the owner of the sacrifice’, bēl nīqim ‘the owner of the sacrifice’, and muškēnum ‘the commoner’. A thematically arranged classification of the oil divination apodoses is given in Pettinato 1966b, 171–208. The first section, dedicated to gods, demons and ghosts, includes listings of gods, demons and ghosts (1a) and special terminology in relation to gods, demons and ghosts (1b). A separate section is devoted to the relations between god and man, divided in two aspects: god and man (2a), and man and god (2b). Campaign apodoses are discussed in connection to their introductory formulas (3a), and by topic: espionage before the campaign (3b), the state of war (3c), and campaign outcome (3d). Private life predictions include references to the family (4a), the friend or the neighbor (4b), and litigation together with business (4c). The disease section consists of general predictions (5a) and special cases (5b). Natural phenomena (6) and general predictions (7) are not divided into subsections. Böck (2000, 29–38) provides a thematic classification for the apodoses of the physiognomic omen compendia. The categories of predictions referring to men (2.1) include life expectation, disease, death, characterization (character, approach to life, and lifestyle), god-man relations, family (children and wife), public life, king and palace, property (with wealth and poverty). The physiognomic forecasts for women (2.2) also concern life expectation, death, characterization, god-man relations, property, but further extend to fertility, prognosis for her husband, as well as for the house she enters, or where she lives, and nourishment10. Most recently, Richardson (2010, 245–8) suggested “a brief typology of apodictic concerns” for the extispicy compendia published in Jeyes 1989b. This typology arranges the predictions 10 In fact, nourishment is also a topic of physiognomic predictions referring to men as well. 28 under three main types and a number of subtypes. Type A, apodosis concerns interstate competition, includes predictions that address military action (A1), geopolitical developments (A2), and “the prince” (A3). Apodoses concerning matters other than statecraft belong to Type C, which has two subtypes: signs from the gods (C1), and non-state affairs / the résults divers, which apparently have no connection to the state business of the Type A omens (C2) respectively. Differentiation between apodoses mentioning the “enemy” (i.e., the enemy of the client, thus Type C) and the “enemy army” (Type A) is strictly observed. Finally, type B collects the apodoses that may belong to either Type A or Type C due to uncertain meaning (B1) or broken text (B2). One should also mention three other recent works dedicated to certain topics in the apodosis. Thus, Koch-Westenholz 2002a regards the everyday life of women in first millennium apodoses; mostly in the contexts of marriage, childbirth, death and adultery. Schaudig 2003 discusses the predictions that concern the king (arranged by character). Finally, Heeßel 2014 offers an overview of war and peace in apodoses. Summarizing the above, most of the suggested classifications and all of those that involve a broad spectrum of apodosis types are thematic and based either upon motif or upon character. The arrangement of the bulk of the topics and the specificity of the discussion varies in the different classifications, but the subdivision itself is generally alike. Finally, one must conclude that no detailed comprehensive cross-genre typology of the Old Babylonian apodoses has been suggested thus far, although a lot of productive work has been done in the direction. I.3. Aims of the current work The primary objective of this study is to present the Old Babylonian divination apodoses as a system, placing each prediction in its appropriate context, together with the thematically related material from other compendia. The typology is to provide a systematic approach to the study of the apodosis from the perspective of the problem it was meant to answer, i.e. in its semantic context. Such an approach would lead to a better understanding of the apodosis as an element of a comprehensive system of beliefs, shed light on the early development of the Mesopotamian divinatory written tradition, and help bring to clearer order the imprints of hopes and fears of the Old Babylonian society the apodoses bear. The thematically organized catalog of predictions is also to benefit future theoretical studies on Mesopotamian divination, culture, and realia, as well as to assist textological work on divination-related cuneiform materials. I.4. Methodology Methodologically the work is intended as a hybrid of a traditional Assyriological text edition and a motif index (Jason 2000); it seeks to build a typology of the apodoses known from Old Babylonian divination compendia and clay models. 29 From the semiotic perspective, divination is a communication system. Even facing the fact that this communication is imaginary, this approach is relevant just as long as divination is believed to be true (or at least declared so) by its adepts. Within this system’s logics, the divine is assumed to communicate through a sign, which is to be interpreted by the diviner. In provoked omens, when the communication is initiated by the diviner, it also has to be preceded by a request for information on a particular problem.The problem also exists in the situation of an unprovoked omen, though in this case the communication initiative should probably be regarded as solely the divine’s. In the Mesopotamian divinatory texts the signifiers are described in the protasis, while the apodosis, in turn, renders the meaning of this observed sign and retells it through the means of human language. Functionally, the apodosis offers either prediction of the problem’s development in the future or points to the source of the problem in the past. In some cases (most significantly in the ‘historical omens’) the prediction might appear in the form of a historicalmythological reference. Though in the materials at scrutiny the problem is rarely named directly and usually is known only but contextually from the apodosis, it is one of the central interests of this study. The chosen structure defines the problem on three levels: (1) sphere of interest, (2) problem or aspect, and (3) motif. The sphere of interest (I.6.3 below) defines the concern in its broader sense, the problem (I.6.1 below) narrows the issue to a particular situation or a group of closely related queries, and the motif formula (I.6.4 below) corresponds with the exact prediction with its peculiarities (on the structure see further I.9.1 below). Although the described scheme cannot be kept clear of ambiguity to a certain degree, it is ample to correctly classify the bulk of the material and arrange it thematically with great detail. For partially preserved apodoses that cannot be reliably reconstructed an attempt will be made to find the most certain position within the classification. As part of the Old Babylonian divination corpus remained beyond the scope of this study, the choice of material has regard to tablets published solely in copies, as well as older editions that can be improved and extended. Furthermore, the bulk of the edited texts were also newly examined and subjected to philological analysis. This approach has yielded a solid number of new reading and interpretations, included in the study. Philological commentaries, together with brief notes on peculiarities of script and language are also a crucial part of this research. I.5. I.5.1. Sources Types There are altogether 272 reported Old Babylonian compendium-tablets and inscribed clay models, dedicated to thirteen different divinatory practices, of which 157 are examined in this 30 work11. The brief overview below defines the corpus in general; for bibliography and information on each text see the catalog. The largest group of provoked omens, 146 compendia and 41 inscribed clay models, are collections of predictions from ovine extispicy (ExO12), observation of the entrails of a sacrificed sheep. These also include predictions from the behavior of the sheep during slaughter and the primary dissection (ExO.B&Pd, five manuscripts, three of which of the same text). The bulk of the ovine extispicy compendia is dedicated to hepatoscopy, omens from different parts of the liver (ExO.Lr, 143 texts, including 39 models). Two small excerpt tablets contain predictions from the liver in general (ExO.Lr.amt). Other compendia are dedicated to fifteen particular features of the liver13. These are namely the ‘eye-slit’ (ExO.Lr.npt, eleven texts; ExO.Lr.nps, four texts, one of which is a liver model) or the ‘presence’, another term for this feature (ExO.Lr.mzz, four texts), the ‘path’ (ExO.Lr.pdn, nine texts), the ‘strength’ (ExO.Lr.dnn, one text), the ‘palace-gate’ (ExO.Lr.bbk, six texts), the ‘city-gate’, possibly another name for the previous feature (ExO.Lr.abl, three texts, one of which contains protases only), the ‘secret’ (ExO.Lr.pzr, two texts), the ‘dyeing vat’ (ExO.Lr.nṣp, two texts), the ‘well-being’ (ExO.Lr.šlm, one text), the gall-bladder or, as it is named in some peripheral texts, the ‘shepherd’ (ExO.Lr.mrt, nine texts; ExO.Lr.reu, seven texts), the ‘finger’ (ExO.Lr.ubn, fourteen texts) and the ‘right weapon’ (ExO.Lr.ubn, three texts). One should add here the thirty-nine inscribed liver models with no clear protasis (ExO.Lr.M), a group of thirteen texts that are collections of omens from various parts of the liver (ExO.Lr.V) and seven more damaged manuscripts, likely of hepatoscopy (ExO.Lr.X). Apart from the liver, examined were also the sheep’s spleen (ExO.Sp, three texts), lungs (ExO.Lg, twelve texts, two of which are models), heart (ExO.Ht, four texts), stomach and intestines (ExO.StIn, eight texts), kidneys and urinary bladder (ExO.KiUr, one text), and an unidentified paired organ named the ‘bolt’ (ExO.skr, two texts). Other extispicy compendia include a group of four texts with omens from markings on different parts of the exta (ExO.M) and five manuscripts with predictions from various organs (ExO.V). A different category of extispicy deals with birds14 (ornithoscopy). There are eleven compendia with such omina (ExB), three of which are manuscripts of one text. Two recently published texts, allegedly from Tigunanum, contain predictions from a bird’s heart thrown into water (BHW). This newly discovered method of divination falls in between bird extispicy and lecanomancy. 11 Note that the texts from Elam (Labat and Edzard 1974, nos. 3-11) and the Sealand (Nougayrol 1971, no. 1 and George 2013, nos. 22-30), although they are often considered Old Babylonian and bear many similarities with the late Old Babylonian material at hand, is not included in the classification as belonging to a (shortly) later time. 12 From here and forward, the siglum prefix used in this work for the genre. 13 For protasis terminology see bibliography in I.2.2 above. 14 Likely, doves (Durand 1997, 273). 31 Lecanomancy, divination by oil poured into water and vice versa is known from nine compendia (Ol), four of which are manuscripts of a single text. This method shares similarities with libanomancy, divination by incense smoke (In). Four libanomancy compendia are known, three of which belong to the same text. Flour divination, also closely related to the latter two methods, is known from a single Ce X Di Dr compendium (Fl). Ps Omens produced by inspecting a sheep confined overnight (CfO) is another peculiar new genre known from a single newly published Tigunanum text. This divination method mediates between sheep extispicy and behavior omens (below). 2 1 4 Bh 1% 0% 1% 4 1% CfO Fl 1 Br 1 0% 29 0% 11% In Ol 4 9 2% 3% 10 4% 7 3% BHW 2 ExB The largest group of 1% 11 unprovoked omen compendia, ExO 4% twenty-nine texts (most of them 187 69% recently published), are predictions from abnormal birth (Br). Fourteen of the texts refer to humans (Br.H), while others contain predictions from sheep (Br.O, eight texts), dogs (Br.C, Figure 1: The OB divinatory corpus by genre four texts) and even lions (Br.L, one text). The subject of two damaged compendia, clearly associated with this genre, cannot be determined (Br.X). Omens from the behavior of different animals and flight of birds, forerunners of the later series šumma ālu, are known from two Old Babylonian compendia (Bh). Physiognomic omens, i.e. predictions from a person’s appearance, are represented by four tablets, two of which are manuscripts of a single text (Ps). Diagnostic omens, predicting the outcome of a disease, are known from two Old Babylonian tablets (Di). One unpublished compendium contains dream omens (Dr). Celestial predictions (Ce) are known from ten Old Babylonian tablets. Eight of them are omens from lunar eclipses (Ce.EcL), one refers to solar eclipse (Ce.EcS), and another one contains forecasts from observing the Sun and Mars (Ce.S&M). Finally, there are seven further unattributed Old Babylonian tablets, reported as divination compendia, partially with uncertainty (X). 32 I.5.2. Provenance The problem of compendia provenance is one of the major obstacles in the study of Old Babylonian divination. A recent work, dedicated to this issue, stresses that only about eleven to fourteen extispicy compendia come from regular excavations (Rutz 2014, 108). Together with the other genres, this would yield a maximum of nineteen compendia. Ur 2 1% Hazor 2 1% Unprovenanced 40 15% Larsa* 89 33% Tigunanum* These are namely tablets from 69 Ur (two texts: one extispicy and 25% one of behavior omens), Sippar (one physiognomic Sippar* Nippur* compendium), Haradum (one 19 1 7% tablet of behavior omens), Mari 1% 35 Harmin (eight extispicy texts), Sippar 13% Mari (three texts: two extispicy 1 Tuttub Me0% and one celestial compendium) Turan Assur Haradum Harmin Nerebtum 2 1% and Assur (a Neo-Assyrian copy 1 1 1 1 8 0% 0% 0% 0% 3% of an Old Babylonian extispicy tablet). Other possible (but not Figure 2: Provenance distribution certain) provenance identifications include Tuttub, Nerebtu, and Nippur, one extispicy text each. A large group of southern compendia, sharing certain similarities in language and script, 85 texts, which came into possession of American and European collections at the turn of the 20th century (the publications of Nougayrol, Goetze, and others) is traditionally associated with Larsa15. Another lot of late Old Babylonian tablets in the British Museum, seventeen texts 15 On the probable origin of the Yale texts in Larsa and the archive of Balamunamhe in particular see Kraus 1950, 142–3; Oelsner 1981, 549; Dyckhoff 1998, 123; Dyckhoff 1999, 110–1; Dyckhoff 2002. Part of these compendia likely ended up in other American collections, Paris (ExO.Lr.npt.9, ExO.Lr.ṣbt.1-2, ExO.Lr.kki.1, ExO.Lr.V.7, ExO.Lg.5, Fl.1), Gevena (ExO.Lr.npt.3, ExO.Lr.nṣp.1, ExB.2) and Moscow (ExO.Lr.amt.1-2, ExO.Lr.pdn.1, ExO.Lr.X.1, ExO.M.2 and especially ExO.Lr.abl.1, a distant join between Yale and Moscow; Ce.EcL.2 is likely of the same origin, but its current location is unknown). Some related texts are also now in the Schøyen Collection (ExO.Lr.npt.11, ExO.Lr.nṣp.2, ExO.Lr.mrt.7, ExO.Lr.ubn.6, ExO.Lr.V.12, Br.O.2). 33 allegedly from Sippar16, was published by Jeyes (1989b). Most recently, a further large group of northern peripheral Late Old Babylonian tablets, 69 texts, supposedly from Tigunanum, was reported and partially edited in George 2013. These texts did not come from regular excavations, and as a result the question of their provenance cannot be solved with certainty. As pointed out by Rutz (2014, 109), “The secondary literature is full of discussions of the textual traditions from “Sippar” and “Larsa”, but in actuality, these place names are merely optimistic code for tablets bought on the antiquities market”. Thus, together with Tigunanum, these are better to be taken as labels for groups of similar text, rather than actual origin locations. The provenance of inscribed clay models is known better. An archive of thirty-two liver models was found in Mari. One liver model comes from regular excavations in Me-Turan, and two others from Hazor. The other models from the antiquities market are four (two of the liver and two of the lungs) of the Larsa-group, while another two are allegedly from Sippar. I.5.3. Medium The bulk of the corpus consists of clay tablets. The text on most of manuscripts (184) runs in a single column: either on both sides (161; five more damaged texts, probably of the same structure, are likely to belong here as well) or only on the obverse (eighteen). Thirteen texts have two columns on both sides; on one of the tablets, the last column is uninscribed. Two texts are organized in four columns, one on both sides, the other only on the obverse. Finally, two tablets are structured in five columns, and seven columns respectively on both sides, the last column of the latter is left blank. The structure of the remaining twenty-three tablets (mostly unpublished or fragmented) is unknown. Eighteen tablets, mostly of the Tigunanum-type (also three of the Larsa-type, two of the Sippar-type, one of the texts from Harmin and the compendium from Haradum) bear inscriptions on the left edge. Clay models of the liver are usually 45 to 80 mm in diameter, except the large ExO.Lr.M.36, 146 mm. The inscription can run on different parts of the model, on both the reverse and the obverse. On ExO.Lr.M.36 the obverse is covered with a grid of cells, bearing predictions from these zones, while the text on the reverse is ordered in lines. The two lung models, ExO.Lr.1 and 2, are 41×51 mm and 46×51 mm respectively. The inscription on the first covers both the obverse and the reverse, while the second has a text only on the obverse and the lower edge. A third type of medium is inscribed round plaques with drawing of intestines on the reverse, ExO.StIn.1 and 2. The first text is 84 mm in diameter and bears the depiction of intestines shaped in the form of the head of Huwawa. The measurements of the second, depicting intestines in the shape of a scorpion are unknown. 16 On the alleged provenance of this group of texts from Sippar see Jeyes 1989b, 4–5, Kalla 1999 and Michalowski 2006, 254–5. 34 I.5.4. Script A comprehensive analysis of script in the Old Babylonian divination corpus is beyond the scope of this work, though it stands to mention that such research would be a significant contribution to the study of early Mesopotamian divination. Goetze (1947b, 1) divides the Larsatype texts by ductus to archaic (a), mixed (m)17 and young (y). This classification is tentatively followed in this work, with the addition of archaizing Mari (A), late OB Tigunanum-type orthography (Tg) and Neo-Assyrian (NA) for the ductus of a single late copy of an Old Babylonian original. Texts with no copy or image available, even those belonging to a certain type, are left unclassified. Overall, the early texts (a and especially A) are mostly syllabic, with few logograms for particular termini and some common words. The number of logographic spellings and syllabic CVC signs tends to increase in the later texts (m and y), esp. the Sippar-type texts (but not exclusively). The usage of logograms for verbal forms is also a distinctive feature of later texts. A 32 12% Unclassified 87 32% Detailed descriptions of orthography NA peculiarities for some parts of the corpus are 1 Tg y found in previous publications. For the Larsa0% 6 78 texts see Kraus 1950, 146–54 and Nougayrol 2% 29% 1950b, 111–3. For the Sippar-type texts see Jeyes 1989b, 5–6. For the recently published Tigunanum-texts see George 2013, 107–8. Figure 3: Ductus types The script of the archaic (or rather archaizing) liver models from Mari is discussed in Westenholz 1978 and Gelb 1992, 169–75. I.5.5. a 36 13% m 32 12% Structure Compendia and liver models may consist of one to several dosens of omens, each of which normally provides an ominous observation and a corresponding forecast. While the observation can be expressed by their medium, clay models are often inscribed with predictions only. Compendia usually arrange the omens in conditional sentences introduced with the conjugation šumma ‘if’. In Akkadian Studies, the term apodosis (pl. apodoses) is traditionally applied to the main clause of the conditional šumma-sentence18, the most typical syntactic structure for omens found 17 I find convicing Richardson’s view (2010, 240–1), who consideres this mixed ductus a result of deliberate archiazation for purposes of legitamation, not relics of older originals. 18 S. GAG §161. 35 in Mesopotamian divination compendia. Through this usage, the term came to serve as the default name of the interpretative part of the omen in works on Mesopotamian Divination Studies19. Likewise, the term protasis (pl. protases), the dependent part of the conditional sentence, is usually applied to the observation that precedes the interpretation. The Mesopotamian omen normally consists of one protasis and one or multiple apodoses (see I.6.8 below). It should be emphasized that in this study the term apodosis is used not in its strict grammatical sense (though the latter would also be correct for most of the material), but as a general designation of the omen part addressing the prediction or problem in the diviner’s focus (see I.6.1 below). Likewise, the term protasis is not to be perceived here strictly grammatically, but as the description of the observed ominous sign (which normally corresponds to the named syntactic element). The protasis and its relation to the apodosis is beyond the general scope of this study, though it might be discussed in some particular cases, when it is essential for the understanding of the apodosis, supporting reconstructions, emendation and similar. I.6. The apodosis and its aspects I.6.1. Problem The problem is the situation that concerned the addressee and made him turn to divination; the answer provided by the apodosis can contain a prognosis for the situation’s development, a conclusion, or an explanation of its causes. The problem can be directly addressed in the setting (see I.7.3 below), or mentioned indirectly through the forecast, acting characters and other details. Problems in the form of a question are found in other divination-related genres: reports, esp. epistolary, and queries (see I.1.2.7-I.1.2.10 above). Though problems reflected in the compendia apodoses are hypotetical, I take as a premise that they corresponded to a significant extent with real-life situations and frequent requests of clients. I.6.2. Addressee The term addressee is used in this work to designate the figure serving as the ultimate recipient of the prediction. Usually these are characters associated with the protagonist, who is the either the client or the diviner (see I.8.1); the antagonist (see I.8.2) or other persons of interest (see I.8.3), e.g. a sick person can be taken as addressee when specifically denoted as such. The addressee of the prediction can be designated by an explicit reference, introduced with ana ‘for’ (marked with @). More often, however, the addressee is emphasized syntactically as the first member of the apodosis clause, sometimes in the casus pendens. In other cases, the addressee can appear unemphasized as one of the characters mentioned in the apodosis, be hinted at through the setting or not be named at all. 19 In relation to omen compendia, the term apodosis has been in use the since early studies, e.g. Boissier 1905, 35. 36 I.6.3. Sphere of interest The typology distinguishes between three spheres of interest: private (♙), royal (♔) and public (♧), which are used as designations for characters. The sphere of the prediction in general can be defined in view of the addressee, the problem and the setting. Private apodoses address issues concerning individual persons and families such as disease, matters regarding the household, private property, family members and the like. Characters mentioned in these predictions are usually the simple protagonist (I.8.1.7): the man (I.8.1.7.1) and the commoner (I.8.1.7.2I.7.2.1) and some other figures, as well as the house, for both household and family circle (I.7.2.1). Royal apodoses concerns matters regarding the ruler, such as military affairs, diplomacy, royal inheritance, matters of the court, internal politics, and state economy. Such predictions are often addressed or mention the ruler or the royal authority (I.8.1.6) or refer to the addressee in the first (I.8.1I.8.1.1) or in the second person (I.8.1.3). A group of apodoses, dedicated to private issues concerning the royal figure and those surrounding him, should be regarded as intermediate between royal and private. On another side of this spectrum one would place the public apodoses. Similarly to the royal apodoses, these predictions are dedicated to collective fate of state (I.7.2.13), city (I.7.2.8), or a group of people (I.8.3.2), and the like. Public forecasts can be distinguished from royal apodoses when they do not mention royal characters, but it is clear that public matters were likely still perceived from the ruler’s perspective. I.6.4. Motif The term motif is used in this work to designate the basic element of the prediction’s narrative. It usually consists of an event, situation or its lack in future or in the past, usually in the form of active or passive action and interplay between characters. Together with the problem, the motif serves as central criterion of the thematic classification of apodoses. The motif of each prediction is given in the beginning of the motif formula, provided for a group of similar apodoses in the typology. It is extended with relevant details such as time (T:), location (L:), and setting (S:), as well as other narrative peculiarities in square brackets immediately after the motif. Characters are designated by the general character class symbol, while their particular role in given square brackets immediately after. Interactions between characters and their function in regard to the motif is denoted with > for the character in the center of the action and < for other characters, affected or involved. The motif formula is normally concluded with the prediction’s sentiment and outcome (see below) in round brackets. Examples of motif formulas with short explanations are provided below (for the full set of designations used in motif formulas see I.9.2): Loss (–) Simple motif ‘loss’ with no details and a negative outcome. 37 Loss > † (/–) The same motif, addressed to a generic enemy; the outcome remains negative, but the sentiment is arbitrary. ¬Obtaining desired (–) The motif ‘obtaining desired’ with negation; negative outcome. Extention[Household] > ♙[@Commoner: Man] (+) The motif ‘extention’ with the explicitation ‘household’, addressed to a simple client protagonist. The character is first addressed as ‘commoner’, but named ‘man’ later in the prediction; positive outcome. Making drop weapons > ♔[2] < † (+) The motif ‘making drop weapons’ with a royal second person protagonist acting against a generic enemy; positive outcome. Marriage ♘[Groom] <> ♘[Bride] (+) The motif ‘marriage’ between characters ‘groom’ and ‘bride’ (reciprocal); positive outcome. Conversion[Property] > ♘/♙[Another] < ♔[King] < ♘/♙[Someone] (+?) The motive ‘conversion’ with the explicitation ‘property’; the king (unclear if regarded as the protagonist or as an agent) converts someone’s (possibly, the simple protagonist’s) property. The final benefitor of this action is an ‘another’ (another candidate for the protagonist’s role), whom the king grants with the converted goods. Since it is unclear, which is the protagonist, the outcome and the sentiment are uncertain; if this figure is the king or the receiver of the converted property, the sentiment should be regarded as positive. I.6.5. Outcome and sentiment The outcome of the apodosis is used for the propitiousness of the motif in general, which is defined as either positive (+), negative (–) or neutral (?) (for the sake of simplicity, the latter would include also complex and ambiguous omens)20. In addition, to avoid confusion in apodoses where an antagonist is involved, one would use sentiment to designate specifically the outcome of the apodosis with regard to the motif’s central figure. In such cases the sentiment would be either arbitrary positive (/+), i.e. favorable for the antagonist and unfavorable for the protagonist, or arbitrary negative (/–), i.e. unfavorable for the antagonist and favorable for the protagonist. Otherwise, the outcome and the sentiment would match. 20 One should mention that more deliberate gradations of positive, negative, and both combined are observed in many predictions; development of a more complex apparatus to include these nuances remains an important task for the future. 38 I.6.6. Oppositions scheme The opposition21 is one of the fundamental hermeneutical principles in Mesopotamian divination. Its basic rule demonstrates that opposed configurations in the observed features of similar protases (e.g., right / left, high / low, bright / dark, normal / abnormal, present / absent, and similar) as a rule correspond with positive and negative outcome respectively in the apodoses of these omens. Similarly, such an opposition is frequently observed in the roles of the protagonist and/or the antagonist in the motif. Thus, one favorable feature (pars familiaris) often results in a prediction with positive or arbitrary negative sentiment (i.e. favorable for the protagonist + or unfavorable for the antagonist), while a single unfavorable feature (pars hostilis) results in negative or arbitrary positive sentiment. Following the same ♚ ⇄ ♔ logic, two favorable features in the protasis regularly account for a favorable sentiment for the protagonist, while two unfavorable features combined lead to – a arbitrary negative sentiment, i.e. unfavorable outcome for the antagonist. In addition, the simple binary opposition schema can in some cases be extended by the co-occurrence of both opposed features (e.g. on the right and on the left simultaneously), which is then reflected in the apodosis as either reciprocal interaction of the protagonist and the antagonist or a confused prediction22. When mirrored in the apodosis, these principles lead to the emergence (both within and between compendia) of organization structure, in which different apodoses dedicated to the same problem could be regarded as points to a coordinate system. Coordinates are the outcome: positive, negative or neutral, and the central figure: the protagonist, the antagonist or both for reciprocal actions (see illustrations). Note that when the side has the reciprocal value, the outcome would be seen as neutral by definition. 21 22 Outcome Side Sentiment a. positive protagonist favorable; b. positive antagonist unfavorable; c. negative protagonist unfavorable; d. negative antagonist favorable; Discussed most recently with great detail in Winitzer 2006, 234–314. Note that both cases are in fact similar and logically related by the uncertainty of the outcome. 39 e. neutral reciprocal unclear. This system is not universal and can fit only certain groups of apodoses with opposition, both natural (e.g. in military or diplomatic setting, where such an opposition is dictated by the situation) or artificial (e.g. in regard to weather, disease, and other situations, where no interaction between protagonist and antagonist is expected). Other predictions can include no direct opposition but have other complex systemizing principles such as gradations of similar motif elements. I.6.7. Tenses and clause structure23 The bulk of the apodosis, which refers to situations in the future or in the present, most commonly use the present (PRS) and sometimes the stative (STV) tenses. Predictions alluding to the past normally use the preterite (PRT). In simple cases, the texts can express the same prediction using either a nominal clause (NOM), a ‘basic’ verbal clause with bašû N or šakānu N or a clause with a ‘proper’ verbal expression. Compare, for example, the following three predictions: miqitti ummānim “Fall of the army” (18.23.1a), miqitti ummānim ibbašši “Fall of the army will happen” (18.23.1e), ṣābum mādumma imaqqut “A large army will fall” (18.23.6a). In ‘basic’ verbal clauses N-stem forms bašû vs. šakānu are likely synonymous and interchangeable. This can be demonstrated by the two following predictions, both from ExO.Lr.M.36: nuššuru ina mātīya ibbašši “There will be a decrease of population in my country” (11.16.2a), nuššuru ina mātīya iššakkan “Decrease of population will be set in my country” (11.16.2b). Of interest are apodoses, consisting solely of a stative form, which refers to the omen in general. These are e.g. damqat “This is good” (2.1.1b) and naʾdat ‘This is troublesome’ (2.2.1a). The stative is also commonly used in physiognomical omens for providing general characteristics of the client, e.g. musappiḫ “He (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) is a spender”. (8.1.2a) or ḫabur “He is (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) noisy” (7.1.4a). The liver models from Mari commonly use the stative as an active tense, e.g. malku aš-šād aṣ-ṣēr waṣi “The king is going to the mountain(s) (or) to the steppe” (18.2.1a). The second person imperative is used in a small group of prediction, all giving command to attack (18.15). One apodosis (4.4.5a) exceptionally uses the precative (PRC) in two verbal forms. Dependent clauses are not rare in the corpus. Usually, they are introduced with a genitive construction (either ša or a word in the construct state); commonly used tenses in such clauses are the present, the preterite and the stative (formatted in subscript, when in a dependent clause). Generally, dependent clauses are used to introduce the setting or other particular details to the prediction, e.g. rākib imēri ša damqātim našû iṭeḫḫiʾakkum “A donkey rider, who brings good (news), will arrive to you” (12.2.9a). Perhaps, the most frequently occurring construction of this 23 On the syntactical structure of the Old Babylonian omen see most recently Cohen 2010. 40 kind is ḫarrān illaku / illiku “The campaign that he/it is undertaking” (e.g. 3.4.2a), used for implicating the campaign setting. Some special predictions, expressed with a nominal clause with genitive construction and a dependent verbal clause, are listed sub 1.6.10 below. I.6.8. Compound apodoses Apodoses are compound (or complex) when they consist of several clauses, verbal or nominal. There are two types of compound predictions: related and unrelated. Related parts are different clauses, all belonging to a single prediction. Unrelated components in one apodosis are different portents, suggested for one protasis. As a rule, both related and unrelated parts are listed under different entries in the typology; the complete structure and references to the other parts of the same compound apodosis together with translations and delimiters (see below) is provided in the apodosis formula (see I.9.1 for details). Exceptions from these rules are the following. Sometimes when related parts are closely linked and/or unique, they are given one entry. If the subject and/or object is introduced in one of the related parts (usually, the first one), but missing in the others, it is given as transcription in brackets. In rare cases, verbal clauses that consist of two or more non-related predictions are split, and the verb is given in parentheses. Dependent clauses introduced with ša in some special apodoses (mostly ‘Omen of’, see I.6.10 below) are taken as independent parts of related compound apodoses. Hendiadys constructions (isaḫḫur and itâr) are put together with the clause they precede and not considered as independent parts of an apodosis. I.6.9. Delimiters Dividers mark relation to other parts of compound apodosis, protasis and the modality of the prediction in general. They occur mostly between parts of compound apodoses, but in some cases can accompany simple apodoses as well. The dividers (except for ša) are not included in the main text of the entry, but are represented in the apodosis formula (see I.9.1 below); their transliterations are offered sub ‘variants and spellings’, with ‘preceded by’ or ‘followed by’ (for ma). The following delimiters are attested in the corpus24: The conditional conjugation šumma lit. ‘if’ normally introduces the protasis, but occasionally occurs also in the apodosis. In some liver models from Mari (ExO.Lr.M.11, 15, 18, 21, 24, 27 and 30-32), the ‘Sippar’ model (ExO.Lr.M.36) and compendia, mostly northern and later (ExO.Lr.nps.2, ExO.Lr.pzr.1 ExO.Lr.V.2, ExO.Lr.V.5, ExO.StIn.2, Bh.1) šumma is used as a delimiter between different predictions and in some texts is also written at the beginning of each apodosis. In these cases it likely serves an (additional) reference to the protasis, i.e. “if (ditto) …”. Perhaps, the older form of this construction appears in three archaizing liver models (ExO.Lr.M.19, 23, and 29), where the prediction is introduced as condition (protasis) in a šumma-sentence. The syntactical apodosis, in turn, refers to the configuration of the model, i.e. 24 For a detailed discussion on some of the delimiters see Winitzer 2006, 54–125. 41 šumma (prediction) anniʾum / annûm kīʾam iššakkan “If (prediction), this (i.e. the exta) will be as following (i.e. shaped as the model)”. Note that similar constructions occurs three times (ExO.Lr.M.7, 10 and 22) also with inūmi ‘when’: inūmi (prediction) anniʾum / annûm kīʾam iššakkan “When (prediction), this (i.e. the exta) was as following (i.e. shaped as the model)” . A different usage of šumma is common in the Southern Old Babylonian compendia, where it introduces setting and other conditions for different predictions, e.g. šumma ana ṣābim ḫarrānam waṣîm teppuš “If you are performing for an army leaving to a campaign” (Ol.2, §38), šumma kakkam tallak “If you are going to war” (ExO.Lr.V.7, §1.2), šumma ana bēl immērim imtaqtam “If it befalls to the owner of the sheep” (ExO.Lr.V.11, §21) and others. The conjugations ū, lū, and ūlū, ‘or’ are also used to separate different predictions. In some southern texts (ExO.Lr.ubn.4, ExO.V.3, ExO.Lr.V.5, and ExO.Lg.1) ū is consistently followed by šumma, usually to introduce a setting condition (see above). Examples are. ū šumma ana muškēnim “Or if for the commoner” (ExO.Lr.V.5, §6), ū šumma ana āl nakrim tallak “Or if you are heading to an enemy’s city” (ExO.V.3, §29), ū šumma ālam lawiʾāt “Or if you are besieging a city” (ExO.Lg.1, §1), ū šumma nāram tallak “Or if you sail the river” (ExO.Lr.ubn.4, §17). In two cases (ExO.Lr.npt.3, §9 and Ol.1a, §29) lū occurs at the beginning of the apodosis, similar to šumma; note that in Ol.1a, §29 it introduces a non-compound prediction. Distinctive marker of different prediction is the expression šanû(m) šumšu25 ‘its (i.e. the omen’s) other meaning’, once šanîš (ExO.Lr.V.8, §18)26. At least in some cases, this formula clearly marks compilations from different traditions (see detailed discussion in Winitzer 2006, 65–110). Another formula, ūma(m) rēqa(m), ina ūmi(m) rēqi(m), rēqūssa possibly ‘on an uncertain (lit. empty) day’ and ‘its (i.e. the omen’s) uncertain (interpretation)’ or ‘for an uncertain (lit. empty) (date)’, is possibly used to designate less plausible portents27. In this regard one should also mention the expression matīma ‘sometimes’, which is used as a delimiter between different predictions in two apodoses from the same northern compendium fragment (ExO.Sp.2, §3 and 3); this usage is also similar to šumma between apodosis parts. Related parts of one apodosis are usually connected with the verbal enclitic conjugation -ma, ‘and’, ‘but’, or the conjugation u ‘and’ (especially in the liver models from Mari). In some cases ū ‘or’ might also be used; note, however, that the latter two conjugations are allographs that not always can be distinguished. In special apodoses (see below), that are extended by a dependent clause, the conjugation ša (translated as ‘that’, ‘when’, ‘who’ etc. depending on the context) is marked as a delimiter. The absence of a delimiter, designated as Ø., commonly occurs both between related and unrelated parts of predictions. 25 Possibly also šanû šumša (in ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §9). Possibly contamination with the first millenum style, as the text is a Neo Assyrian copy of an Old Babylonian tablet (Winitzer 2006, 67). 27 For a discussion on this formula, its etymology and meaning see Winitzer 2006, 110–25. 26 42 I.6.10. Special apodoses types Several apodoses distinguish oneself by their peculiar structure. These consist of a nominal clause with a genetive construction, sometimes extended by a dependent clause. Such predictions have the following types. I.6.10.1. Omen of (amūt X, rarely awāt X and amūtum ša X) This structure is typical for most of the ‘historical’ omens and omens concerning demonic deities, but occasionally occurs in predictions regarding certain phenomena or events. Omen of phenomenon: Omen of silent despair (amūt šaḫurrurim) (5.7.3a). Omen of deportation of small towns (amūtum ša nakār ālī ṣaḫḫarūti) (10.4.11a). Omen of turmoil and chaos (amūt saḫmaštim u tēšîm) (11.20.9a). Omen of destruction (amūt šaḫluqtim) (11.22.1b). Omen of peace (amūt salīmim) (17.12.1a). Omen of conflagrations, of Ningishzida, the king (amūt maqlâtim ša Ningishzida šarri) (24.15.15a). Omen of ruler: Omen of Gilgamesh (28.1.1a). Omen of Kubaba (28.1.2a). Omen of Sargon (28.1.4a). Omen of Naram-Sin (28.1.8a). Omen of TE-Enlil (28.1.11a). Omen of Rimush (28.1.12a). Omen of Manishtushu (28.1.13a). Omen of Akuku (28.1.15a). Omen of Shar-Kali-Sharri (28.1.17a). Omen of Tirigan (28.1.18a). Omen of Shulgi (28.1.19a). Omen of Amar-Suen (28.1.20a). Omen of Ibbi-Sin (28.1.21a). Omen of Ishbi-Erra (28.1.22a). Omen of Sin-Iddinam (annītum amūtum ša šarrim Sîn-Iddinam) (28.1.24a). Omen of city / city ruler(s): Omen of Akkad (28.1.3a). Omen of Kish (28.1.7a). 43 Omen of Apishal (28.1.10a). Omen of nation(al ruler): Omen of the Subarian (28.1.25a). Omen of unnamed ruler: Omen of throne (28.1.26a). Omen of demonic deity: Omen of Luhushu (28.2.1a). Omen of Lugalirra and Meslamtaea (28.2.3a). Omen of Erra and Meslamtaea (28.2.4a). Nergal and Ningishzida (28.2.5a). Omen of Ningishzida (28.2.6a, cf. also 24.15.15a above). Unattributed (damaged): Omen of … (28.3.1a-c). I.6.10.2. ‘Weapon’ (of) (kak(ki) X and others) In regard to the prediction’s addressee: ‘Weapons’ of prince (1.2.2a). Our ‘weapon’ (1.2.3a). My ‘weapon’ (1.2.4a). ‘Weapon’ of enemy (1.2.5a). In regard to the prediction’s qualification: Indecisive ‘weapon(s)’ (1.7.1a-b). ‘Weapon’ of niphu-predictions (1.8.7a). ‘Weapon’ of phenomenon: ‘Weapon’ of well-being (2.3.1b). ‘Weapon’ of aid (7.4.1a). ‘Weapon’ of revolt (16.2.1a). ‘Weapon’ of man’s fate (3.2.2a). ‘Weapon’ of stupor (5.7.1a). ‘Weapon’ of news (12.1.1a). ‘Weapon’ of slander (12.8.1a). ‘Weapon’ of denunciation and … (12.10.2a). ‘Weapon’ of capitulation (17.10.1a). ‘Weapon’ of downpour (24.4.4a). ‘Weapon’ of ruler: 44 ‘Weapon’ of Sargon (28.1.5a). ‘Weapon’ of Akuku (28.1.16a). ‘Weapon’ of Ishbi-Erra (28.1.23a). I.6.10.3. Advent of (šēp X) Advent of phenomenon: Advent of goodness (2.1.1a). Advent of evil (2.8.1a). Advent of evil will enter the man’s house (2.8.2a). Advent of famine (6.4.1c). Advent of aid (7.4.1b). Advent of news (12.1.1b-c). Advent of complaint (12.7.1b). Advent of revolt (16.2.1b). Advent of peace (17.12.1b). Advent of military support (17.18.1a). Advent of hostility (17.19.1b). Invasion: Invasion of Elamites (18.3.2a). Invasion of umman-manda horde (18.3.4a). Invasion of strangers (18.3.10a). Advent of demonic deity: Advent of the great Lugalirra (28.2.2a). I.6.10.4. Precept of (eḫiz X) Percept of ruler: Precept of Naram-Sin (28.1.9a). I.6.10.5. Garment of (ṣubāt X) Advent of phenomenon: Garment of losses (8.16.1b). 45 I.7. Сontext I.7.1. Aspects of time28 I.7.1.1. Immediate effect Immediate fulfillment of a prediction without indication of the exact time is implied in two similar apodoses (4.4.14a and 4.4.14b), both referring to the death of the sick person: ana marṣim eppeš-ma imât “ For the sick person: I will perform (the divination) and he will die (immediately after)” (Ol.1a, §2.2). ana marṣim eppeš-ma imât “For the sick person: you will perform (the divination) (and) he will die (immediately after)” (ExO.Lr.V.6, §2.2). I.7.1.2. Day time A group of predictions state a certain time of the day for the forecast. The bulk of these omens are dedicated to military actions; otherwise, time is also stated in a few weather and eclipse predictions29. Two military forecasts, doing a battle (18.13.7) and overthrowing the enemy (18.19.5) are to happen at sunrise (ṣī ša šamši / šiḫiṭ šamši respectively). Two corresponding predictions (18.13.6 and 18.19.6 respectively) as well as one of defeating the enemy (18.22.32) refer to midday (muṣlālum). The late afternoon (kinsikkum) is mentioned once, also in the context of overthrowing the enemy (18.19.7). Another variant of the latter prediction (18.19.8) occurs also during the evening watch (barārtum); the same time is given in a forecast of an eclipse (24.14.4). The evening (nubattu) is the time of another apodosis type referring to defeating the enemy (18.22.33). A battle with the enemy (18.13.5) happens once at nightfall (ṣilli tamḫê). Another one of the overthrowing sequence (18.19.9) takes place at the middle watch of the night; here also belongs an eclipse omen (24.14.5). The last part of the night, the morning watch (šat urrim / šaturrim), is the time of apodoses referring to overthrowing the enemy (18.19.10), eclipse (24.14.6), and possibly rain (24.4.6, uncertain). Finally, a forecast referring to a storm situation in the campaign (24.9.2) states that it will paralyze the army until dawn (adi ṣiḫiṭ šamši). In these cases, the divination ritual is likely to be regarded as performed on the very same day.30 Three further predictions are to happen on the very same day, without the time specified. These are a forecast of a surprise attack of the enemy (18.17.2), and of an eclipse (24.14.10) (both ūmam šâtima); another apodosis refers to the surrender of the enemy’s city (19.5.10) (ūmam). 28 On the calculation of the stipulated term in exticpity see most recently Heeßel 2010b. On daytime in regard to omens construction see also Winitzer 2006, 411–27. 30 Additionally, the deified night is mentioned in regard to divine presence (27.16.29-30) and to the request for an offering (27.18.6). 29 46 I.7.1.3. Days Predictions that are to be fulfilled in a few days refer to the weather and the death of the sick person. Three days is the time given in a forecast of cloudy weather (24.2.2 and 24.2.3, both in fact parts of the same compound apodosis). Another weather omen predicts rain in three days (24.4.7). The death of the sick person can occur on the fourth (4.4.15), seventh (4.4.16) and some other day (4.4.17), unfortunately broken off the tablet. I.7.1.4. Days of the month Eclipse omens likely include few referrals to lunar eclipse forecasts on a certain day of the month (see commentary sub 24.14.7). A sequence of four predictions, all from the same compendium, foretells an eclipse on the 14th to the 17th day (24.14.7). A “dusk moon” is to take place on the 6th day of the month (24.14.8). Another eclipse prediction, possibly solar or a nonrealistic lunar, supposed to happen on the 10th day of the month (24.14.9). Note that the latter two references definitely cannot refer to a real lunar eclipse, which is possible only in the middle of the lunar month. I.7.1.5. Months The only attestation of a month name comes from the unique and peculiar “historical” prequel in ExO.Lr.M.33, §1.1b-c (1.3.1). It refers to a divination precedent by Sin-Iddinam, which comes from his sacrifice in the temple of Shamash in the month of Elunum. I.7.1.6. Seasons References to seasons and parts of the year appear only in weather predictions. The beginning of the year (rēš šatti), i.e. late winter and early spring, is mentioned in regard to devastation by the storm(-god) (24.9.4). Two predictions (24.4.8) refer to rain in the spring (šamûm ḫaruptum ‘early rain’ and ina [dīš]im ‘in the spring’ respectively). Summer (ummeātum) heat is a topic of one apodosis (24.1.2). Another damaged and corrupt forecast (24.4.9) possibly predicts permanent rain in the middle of the year (libbi šattim), i.e. late summer – early autumn. One prediction (24.1.5) mentions frost in winter (kuṣṣū) (the forecast of heat in summer belongs to the same compound apodosis). Finally, thunder is said to occur at the end of the year (warkat šatti), i.e. in winter. A number of events mentioned in the predictions without an indication of time are in fact seasonal in nature. Thus, the seasonal flooding (24.10) in Mesopotamia starts in early spring (Stol 2004, 829). Likewise, the harvest time (9.1) was in spring (Stol 2004, 830). Small livestock birth (probably in 9.2.1) normally happens during the lambing season, in autumn. I.7.1.7. Years Three predictions name a period of a year or two years. These are apodoses forecasting wellbeing for one year (2.3.2), death within two years (3.4.3), and obtaining desired in one or two years (8.7.2). 47 I.7.1.8. Lifetime Some predictions mention certain periods with regard to the client’s lifetime. One compound physiognomic apodosis refers to difficulties during the client’s youth (2.11.4) and food sufficiency (6.1.3) in old age. Two forecasts regarding property specifies fulfillment during lifetime: financial ruin (8.19.12) and division of property between sons (8.20.1). Another omen portends financial ruin after the client’s death (8.19.7). I.7.1.9. Duration Duration is mentioned concerning the course of a disease, that can be short (4.3.1) and long (4.3.2). Another apodosis, predicting an ashqulalu that makes the campaign last, may possibly also refer to an illness (24.14.17, with commentary). Similarly, a group of omens referring to life expectations promise long life (ūmū arkūtum) (3.1.1-2), seeing grandchildren (3.1.3) or numbered days (ūmū īṣūtum) (3.1.4), days that are nearly gone (ūmātūšu qerbā) (3.1.5), and over (ūmū gamrūtum) (3.1.6-10). Compare also predictions of long rule (14.1) and rule ending (14.25). I.7.1.10. Past References to the past are an inherent characteristic of some omens with a preamble reference to a setting event or fact. Such is a reference included in a prediction of return of an object, that was lost long ago (8.17.4), an oath taken by the father (27.5.3) or a remote ancestor (27.5.4), finding an old treasure (8.11.1), request for “old” (probably, promised long ago) silver by Shamash and Sin (27.18.27-8) and many other, less explicit hints. Another vast group of omens alluding to precedents in the past is the “historical omens”, see historical-mythological references (28.1). I.7.2. Aspects of space Explicit indications of space context in the apodosis are usually introduced with ina “in …” (marked with “P:” – for place - in the motif formula). In other cases, the prediction may directly address the location. In the latter case, places are used elliptically, and in fact stand for the characters associated with them. I.7.2.1. House The house (bītum), sometimes also ‘the man’s house’ (bīt awīlim), ‘his house’ (bīssu) or ‘this house’ (bītum šû) is common in private, non-royal omens. As a building, the house is mentioned in fire and arson apodoses (24.15.2, 24.15.3, and 24.15.19). The second prediction specifically indicates that the house is located in the city. The house as immovable property is mentioned in the context of conversion (8.12.4 and 8.12.7) and confiscation (8.13.1-2 and 8.13.4). Similarly, the house can be destroyed (11.22.3), devastated (11.24.2), and depopulated (11.16.1). The house as a location appears also in the context of abandoning it or being taken away (21.6.2, 21.8.2 of the wife, and 10.3.2, of the house owner and his sons). 48 More often, however, the house serves as an elliptical designation of the client’s household, i.e. his family, dependents, and property. General predictions that affect the household include well-being (7.2.1), as well as misfortune and various disasters such as evil (2.8.2), trouble (2.10.3), malicious attack (18.16.2), otherwise expressed also in wailing (2.13.2-3) and mourning (2.13.11) in the house. A more particular bad omen portends death in the man’s house (3.4.57). Commonly, the household is mentioned in regard to property and the economical state of affairs. The material contains predictions of poverty (8.4.2), growth (8.5.1), downturn (8.6.2), a loss (8.16.17), financial losses (8.18.4), financial ruin (8.19.1-4, 8.19.7, 8.19.9, 8.19.11-12), and division of property (8.20.1). Disease-related predictions addressed to the household include a malaria outbreake (4.11.1), recovery of the sick person (4.4.3), and contagion (4.7.3). Portents concerning the supernatural address sorcery affecting the household (27.1.3), a pashittu-demon taking away a child (27.2.2, cf. disease and being taken away above), punishment removal (27.13.13) and not fulfilling a divine request, which affected the household (27.19.1). Other apodoses refer to bad news approaching the house (12.1.11), appearance of a secret (12.3.1), and an uprising of the house’s sons (16.2.23). I.7.2.2. Palace Generally, the palace (ekallum) functions as the counterpart of the private household in the royal omens, but has some additional roles as a center of power and administration. The palace as a building is vulnerable to fires (24.15.4) and arson attacks (24.15.20). As the house, it can be abandoned (11.21.1). Additionally, the palace serves for imprisonment in private omens (10.2.34; see also Prison below), as well as for the king during of a coup (10.2.8). Likewise, the ruler can be murdered in his palace (3.5.3). In relation to the supernatural, the palace is mentioned as a location haunted by the utukku-demon (27.2.3) or as protected by the rabitsu-spirit, which constantly stands by its gates (27.2.3). A god, associated with the palace, can appear in the man’s sacrifice (1.1.3). As an elliptic representation of the king, his family, and the personnel with it, the palace can experience difficulties (2.11.8) and be a place of mourning (2.13.12). Similarly to the house, the palace is also mentioned in the context of illness. Thus, a disease can be brought there by an important person (4.7.5) or occur among palace attendants (4.13.1, of the epqu-disease). As a fiscal entity, the palace can receive gain of income (8.8.3-7) and product (8.8.9-10). It can also convert and confiscate movable and immovable property. Thus, discovery by the palace of a treasure held by a private person poses a threat to him (8.11.3). Other predictions portend conversion of property belonging to an unspecified character (8.12.1, 8.12.6), to a concubine, after her death (8.12.2), to princes (8.12.3), to a commoner (8.12.4), to temples (8.12.10), and to another palace (8.12.11-3). Confiscation of immovable property by the palace might affect the man’s house (8.13.1), and the palace itself, by a rival ruler (8.13.3). Additionally, the palace can be looted by the enemy (20.3.58). 49 The palace as a holder of property can suffer from theft. A common divinatory topos attributes palace larceny to the shatammu-officials (8.15.2-3) or otherwise to criminals (8.15.4). Another compound apodosis speaks of disapearence of an unspecified object from the palace (8.15.5), adding that the thief will be caught. Most peculiar is a prediction, portending the appropriation of palace property by the king (8.15.6), who then escapes. This opposition displays that at least in some contexts the ruler is not synonymous to the palace. Finally, the palace can experience financial ruin (8.19.8). The palace in its function as the royal court can be a source of news (12.1.8) or plans, that can be leaked (12.4.4, 12.4.16). Royal advisers might be acquired from among its attendants (13.1.6). At the same time, this is a place, where a revolt can happen (16.2.19), in which the palace personnel takes part (16.2.20). A number of predictions refer to palace personnel killing the ruler (3.5.7-9). Palace-related characters appear in various contexts. For example, palace officials are stung by scorpions (25.5.3), or captured by the enemy (10.1.1), while palace women give birth to boys (22.1.3). Finally, the palace could function as a fortress. Thus, one apodosis predicts the fall of the enemy’s palace (19.6.3); in this context the term is likely elliptic of the palace’s garrison and defenders. I.7.2.3. Bed chambers The king’s bed chambers (bīt mayyālim) are mentioned once in an apodosis portending constant fear (5.3.3). I.7.2.4. Harem The harem (sikrum or bīt sinništim) most likely was an allocated part of the palace. It is mentioned as a place of mourning (2.13.18), as a source of royal advisers (13.1.7), as well as in relation to the escape of concubines, bewitched by Nanaya (21.8.3-4). I.7.2.5. Prison The prison (ṣibittum) is closely associated with the palace as well and probably could also be situated on its premises (cf. the predictions that associate imprisonment with the palace). A small group of predictions, narrating about secrets or plans (12.4.21-2), also speak in favor of this connection. Omens mentioning the prison in particular are related to imprisonment (10.2.1), complaint of the prisoners to the king (12.7.3), and a prison revolt (16.2.22). I.7.2.6. Temple From the perspective of its cult function, the temple (bīt ilim, ešertum) is named as the place of ritual performance in royal predictions. The temple of Shamash is the scene of the divination act mentioned in the “historical” preamble of the Sin-Iddinam omen (1.3.1). Sacrifice in the enemy’s shrine (27.22.1) appears as an attribute of conquest. Care (27.21.1) and negligence (27.20.2) of the patron god’s shrine (ašar ilim) occurs in a physiognomic compendium as characteristic of a private client. The danger posed by sacrilege in the temple is the topic of 50 forecasts pointing towards the violation of a taboo (27.20.3) or an intercourse between the entupriestess and a temple goer (27.20.9). Other apodoses refers to the (possibly epidemic) death of the gagu-cloister’s (gagû) inhabitants (3.4.37) and fire consuming the nuparu-sanctuary (24.15.5a) and the bit-papaḫi sanctuary (24.15.6a). Temples also appear in the corpus in relation to property owned by them. Thus, it can be converted by the king to the palace (8.12.10), and taken as booty by the enemy (20.3.34). Another apodosis specifically mentions an invader cutting down temple-owned date-palm orchards in the country (20.6.2). I.7.2.7. Fold The fold (tarbaṣum) appears in contexts related to livestock and serves as its designation. The predictions that mention it refer to livestock increase (9.2.2) and decrease (9.3.2), as well as forecasts of lions preying on the man’s fold (25.1.6-7). I.7.2.8. City The city plays a major role in the Old Babylonian apodoses, and the worldview they demonstrate is definitely very urbancentric. This is evident already from the vast variety of terms for city used in the corpus. The most basic and unspecific designation, ālum ‘city’, can be extended to particularize the settlement’s value and function. Small towns (ālū ṣe/aḫrūtim / ṣaḫḫarūtim) are mentioned as subject to destruction and deportation. The border city (āl pāṭim), a common debatable land and an important military outpost, is the matter of interest in many predictions. Significant is the renowned city (āl šumim) and the renowned border city (āl pāṭīka ša šumam išû), both mentioned in regard to the strife over them. The center of royal power, the king’s city (āl šarrim), appear in the contexts of shelter, siege, conquer, destruction, and devastation. So is the thoroughfare city (āl ribītim) and the trade (?) city (āl sikkatim)31, mentioned in the relation to change of hands. Sometimes, the city is specified the one where the addressee lives, e.g. āl wašbāti ‘the city where you live’. The stronghold aspect of a settlement is emphasized by the terms dūrum, birtum, dannatum, and ḫalṣum, all designation of fortresses. Fortified cities are named āl dūrim, and āl dannatim. Notable is also the city citadel, birat ālim that occurs once in the context of desertion. The city in contraposition is usually called āl nakrim, ālum ša nakrim ‘enemy’s city’ and similar; the expression ālum nakkarum ‘enemy city’ appears once. Only few names of cities are attested in the corpus. Two omens predict the fall of the expeditions of Marad (18.23.14) and Uruk (18.23.15). The others, Kish (19.5.2), Akkad (11.22.11), and Ur (11.23.2), are mentioned in historical references. An important topos of Old Babylonian divination is the fortified city serving as shelter for the country dwellers in times of unrest (11.12.1-7, 11.12.10). Grounding and rebuilding (or rather fortifying or repairing fortifications of) cities and fortresses, especially in the border regions 31 On sikkatu see discussion in Kryszat 2004, Radner 2010 and Brinker 2010; the translation ‘trade city’ tentatively follows the latter. 51 (11.13.3-7) are frequently mentioned in royal omens. Demolition of cities and fortresses (11.14.1-9) in order to eliminate them as centers of resistance in times of war and political unrest, is also common. Likewise, cities, fortresses and towns can be affected by destruction (11.22.4-6), devastation (11.24.3-4), and abandonment (11.21.2). The city is named as the location of the man’s house, consumed by fire (24.15.3). Fire can likely affect the city in general (24.15.7), as well as its parts: the outskirts (aḫīʾat ālim) (24.15.8), the middle part (qablīʾat ālim) (24.15.9), and the very center (libbi ālim) (24.15.10). The city appears as the scene of some predictions, e.g. the king’s well-being (2.3.6), unhappiness (2.5.4), murder (3.5.2) or execution by the enemy of an undefined character just outside the city gate (abullum) (3.6.2). Similarly, a person exiting the gates can be killed by a lion (25.1.11-12). The city gate is also mentioned in several military contexts. These are namely locking of the gate (19.1.1-2), pursuing of the king’s army to the very gate (18.20.2), hostile force at the gates (19.1.3), battle by the gate (18.13.4), as well as betrayal by the rab-sikkatiofficial, who opens the gates for the enemy (15.3.2), and flight of the gate guard (18.25.17). Although the ruler had partial control and could remove local officials (13.5.4, possibly also 13.5.5), the city as a partly independent entity with its own interests and power seemingly posed a serious threat to royal power, as the question of its loyalty is the topic of many forecasts. A large group of apodoses is dedicated to unwanted contacts of cities and city-related characters with the enemy. Thus, leaking secrets can be done by the city inhabitant or the border city(12.4.25-27). Similarly, the city dweller or the border city regularly reaches out for the opponent (15.2.1-3) and sends deputies to him (15.2.4). Finally, the fortress, the city’s lord or its community can turn to the enemy’s side (15.2.5-9). The elders, a woman, or the ally can be responsible for handing a city to the foe (15.2.10-11, 15.3.3), likely in siege circumstances. A common topic is the revolt of a city, cities or fortresses against its sovereign (16.2.12-18). To add to this, the city could be the source of political leaders: one damaged prediction probably refers to a native citizen gaining supremacy (14.2.10). The ruler would struggle to return the rebelled cities under control (16.3.3), sometimes by force (16.3.6). If the king is unlucky, the revolted citizens could kill him (3.5.18). In turn, a punitive action could include killing some of the city’s inhabitant (3.5.26-7), as well as massacring the entire population in case of struggle between powers (3.6.6-8). Deportation of the inhabitants was also not uncommon (10.4.11, also below). Movements from a city or to a city, predicted for a certain character are often involuntary; these can be related to captivity and slavery in a hostile city for the private client (10.3.1), or exile from the city for the man, prince, king, or the mayor (10.4.1-4). The counterpart of these prognoses is the return from exile for the one chased (10.4.13). Fortresses and border cities are subject of territorial claims (17.14.1-4). If the demand is not answered, a military expedition would invade and conduct an attack on the city (19.3.1-3). The siege of a city is a common topic in apodoses (19.2.1-7, and 19 in general). Hardships caused particularly to the besieged city (19.2.9) are mentioned in one apodosis. 52 A storming tactic, often referred to in apodosis involves tunneling, e.g. capturing the city ‘from beneath’ (šapliš) (19.4.3) and by breaching (ina pilšim) (19.4.1, 19.4.4-7). Various predictions mention a battering-ram (yašībum) and siege ladders (samūkānu) (19.5.11), an arson attack (24.15.21), the collapse of the gate archway (s. Addendum) or the city wall (dūr ālim) during siege (19.2.10). The defenders would also use breaching (19.5.1-2) and ‘cutting the barricade’ (19.5.3-4) to either escape (19.5.9) or make a sortie against the besiegers (19.5.5-7), including an arson attack against their camp (24.15.22). When successful, the garrison could overthrow the attackers (19.5.8). Otherwise, it would hope for aid (7.4.7, 7.8.3). In the worst case, the city’s defenders would be defeated (18.22.22), fall (19.6.1-2) or surrender at discretion (19.4.6, 19.5.10-11, 17.3.6). Desertion of the fortress garrison (ummān dūrim) (18.25.5) or the citadel’s (birat ālim) garrison (18.25.18) was also a possible scenario. Conquering (19.7.1-3, 19.7.5-7, 19.7.10-15, 19.7.16, 20.2.8-9), annexing (19.7.16), and entering (19.7.8-9) fortresses and cities is frequently portended. Some negative predictions of this group also narrate about entering an abandoned city (19.7.21), not taking over the population (19.7.24), not conquering (19.7.22-23), or about another force taking the city (19.7.20). The abundance of apodoses dedicated to plunder and booty income (20.3.14-15, 20.3.22-23, 20.3.2627, 20.3.45-46) and taking away plunder and population (20.3.36-39) suggests that the looting could in fact be more important than establishing permanent sovereignty. Booty omens include appropriation of the city’s harvest (20.5.5) and cutting down the city’s date-palms (20.6.1). Less favorable forecasts predict leaving the loot behind (20.3.62). Finally, a conquered city can lay under tribute (20.10.1). Notably, just one apodosis explicitly refers to taking the throne in another city by a grand (14.3.22). In omens dedicated to relations with the divine, the city is mentioned in an apodosis concerning the return of its gods, which have left it (27.14.6). I.7.2.9. Tunnel The tunnel was used for escape from a city or a fortress during siege or other hazards; the same term designates a breach used by the besiegers to storm the fortifications (see City above). Additionally, killing the king in front of the tunnel (ina panī pilšim, it is unclear whether the entrance or the exit is meant) is the topic of one prediction (3.5.5). I.7.2.10. Port The port (kārum) appears once in an apodosis that portends an enemy’s raid for boats (20.4.2). I.7.2.11. River The river or canal (nārum) appears in the corpus a few times. The actual geographical realia is mentioned mostly in the context of weather omens. Thus, the seasonal flooding comes down the river, stabilizes and ceases there (24.10.1b, 24.10.8, and 24.10.10b respectively). Another 53 weather prediction, if correctly reconstructed, portends the splashing of foam by the river (24.11.1). The setting ū šumma nāram tallak “and if you sail the river” is used to introduce a prediction of terrifying waves (24.11.3). Additionally, a shark (?) attack on the river is the topic of one apodosis (25.3.1). Importantly, the only allusion to irrigation engineering in the corpus consists of a compound prediction of digging of a new canal (nārum lā ḫerītum) (11.13.1) and establishing a settlement on its bank (kišāssa) (11.13.2). Apart from these forecasts, the deified river is also mentioned in ordeal omens (23.3.1-3) and in regard to divine presence (27.16.28) and requests (27.17.8). I.7.2.12. Fields and pasture Various types of fields appear in regard to devastation by the storm. These are namely the field of the sacrifice owner (eqlum ša bēl nīqim) (24.9.10), the field of the opponent (eqel nakrim) (24.9.11), irrigated field (riṭibtum) (24.9.12) and irrigated fields of the country (riṭibti mātim) (24.9.13), corvée fields of the country (iškārāt mātim) (24.9.14), and the king’s corvée fields (iškārāt šarrim) (24.9.15). Additionally, one apodosis regards the field fallow (mērešum) made abandoned by the enemy (11.21.5). The livestock’s grazeland (merīt būlim, rītum, and rīt būlim) can disapear because of rain absence (9.5.1), or be consumed by fire (24.15.13).The term aburrum ‘protected pasture’ is used metaphorically in omens portending calm living for the country’s population (11.9). I.7.2.13. Country The main term for country (i.e. both territory and population) is mātum; the designation erṣetum ‘land’ is sometimes used as its close counterpart, though probably not entierly synonymous. Thus, a prediction referring to conquest (20.2.7) uses both words, likely to emphasize the populational and the territorial aspects togerher. Epithets used to describe a country include mātum rapaštum ‘broad country’, mātum kalūša ‘whole country’ (both used in context of seeking refuge in fortresses), mātum rēqtum ‘remote country’ (of a messenger), and others. The country in contraposition is usually named māt nakrim ‘enemy’s country’, rarely mātum nakartum ‘enemy country’. In certain contexts (see world hegemony and the references to Akuku below) the world mātum is likely to be regarded as ‘eucomene’, i.e. a reference to Lower and Upper Mesopotamia altogether, the civilized world as it was known to the Old Babylonian man. Note in this regard also the expressions kiššātum and pāṭ erbettim designating the whole world. Names of countries are extremely rare in the corpus and usually occur in historical references. The ones attested are mātum Akkadītum ‘the Akkadian country’ (i.e. Babylonia), Elāmtum ‘Elam’, and Subartum ‘Subartu’ (i.e. the Hurrian-speaking Northern Mesopotamia). The country as a geographical entity most clearly appears in omens dedicated to natural phenomena. Weather predictions such as thunder (24.3.3), storm devastation (24.9.5-6, 24.9.1213), seasonal flooding (24.10.2), dyke failure (24.12.3), and flood (24.12.6), as well as the 54 ashqulalu-phenomenon (24.14.14) are referred to the country or named as occurring in it. Fires (24.15.11-12, 24.15.17-18), epidemics (4.15.3, 4.19.2, 4.19.8-9), epidemics and fires (4.19.4, and famine (6.4.2-4) would pose treat to the country. Similarly, it can turn to preying ground for lions (25.1.3-4) or suffer from invasions of various pests (26.2.2, 26.6.2) and sea creatures (26.7.1, 26.7.3). To this group belong also harvest omens (9.1.5, 9.1.8) and predictions of livestock epizootic (9.7.4). The territorial aspect is highlighted also in the forecasts of mobility, e.g. these that have to do with the ruler’s exile from the country (10.4.5, 10.4.7), or to another country (10.4.6); analogous in this sense is a prediction referring to the return to the country from exile (10.4.12). A similar group of apodoses concerns the arrival of messenger of a remote country (12.2.4), as well as departure of messengers from the country (12.2.5) and their arrival to another one (12.2.6). Related are also predictions of an important grand arriving to the country (12.2.15), or refugee donkey rider coming from enemy’s country (12.2.16). Forecasts dedicated to intelligence report leakage of plans and secrets from (12.4.6) and to a country (12.4.13-4), spies roaming (12.6.1) and planted (12.6.1) in the country. A court omen names the country as the source of warriors which would please the prince (13.1.3). Multiple omens refer to the country as a society. These are for instance predictions of prosperity (11.8.1), abundance (8.2.2-3), difficulties (2.11.11), mourning (2.13.4, 2.13.14), bloodshed and massacre (3.6.4-5), and fear (5.3.5). Others refer to peaceful and calm living (11.9.1-2, 11.10.2), crime (11.11.1-2, 11.22.10), chaos and turmoil (11.20.2, 11.20.5, 11.20.10), seeking refuge in fortresses (11.12.3-10) in the country. Omens also mention the country’s depopulation (11.16.2), repopulation (11.15.1), abandonment (11.21.4, 11.21.6), destruction (11.22.7-9), devastation (11.24.5), decay (11.24.6), and annihilation (11.25.1-2). As a political entity, the country could have consensus (11.1.1), discord (11.2.1), civil war (11.2.2), and compliance (11.4.2). A number of forecasts likely deal with the morale of the population (11.5.8, 11.5.10, 11.5.12-13). A large group of omens is dedicated to the relationship between the country and its ruler. Control over the country and its obedience (11.4.3-10) was seemingly an important point of interest. No less important is the other side of this coin. Thus, a good king was to please his country (11.6.1), while a harsh king (11.3.2) is doomed to weaken it (11.6.5). Negative forecasts also include references to kings, who hate their country and subordinates (11.6.2), oppressively command the country (11.6.3), and cause it hardships (11.6.4). Remission of debts in the country by royal decree (11.7.1-2) probably would help to reduce social tension and gain support. The change of the political mood of the country (15.1.6-7), can lead to a revolt of the country against the ruler (16.2.3-6, 16.2.10-11), dismissing (16.2.7), and rejecting him (16.2.8-9). If the ruler is successfu, he manages to return the country under his control (16.3.1-2), sometimes with force (16.3.5). Other predictions related to royal power include forecasts of rule or dynasty ending in the country (14.1.3), division of the land between the king’s sons (8.20.2), death of the country’s lord (3.4.11), and an apodosis referring to an important person leading the country after 55 the ruler’s death (14.3.15). In the context of world hegemony (14.2.12, cf. also 14.2.11, and 14.2.13-16) the term mātum is probably to be taken as ‘ecumene’. The country is often mentioned in regard to war. General predictions of this group refer to peace (17.12.3), and hostility (17.19.4) in the main, as well as hostility and war between two countries (17.19.5, 18.1.1). Peculiar is an apodosis stating the enemy’s fear of the country (5.3.6). Claim of territory by a rival ruler (17.14.5-7) is also attested. Blockade of the country (11.18.3-4, note also 11.18.5) could probably precede active military actions. An attack on the country could be mounted by the combating sides (18.5.2-3, 18.5.9, 18.5.12-13, 18.16.16, note land in 18.5.4, and 18.5.10), as well as by a horde (18.3.6), or usurper kings (18.3.8). One prediction mentions an attack to the very center of the realm (libbi mātim) (18.16.6). Another invasion apodosis (18.5.5) specially indicates free passage through the hinterland of the country (kutal mātim). Active military actions include e.g. a battle happening in the country (18.13.1-2). The country might overthrow the invader (18.19.11), and triumph over him (18.21.12). The approaching force can be defeated both in the country (18.22.15, 18.23.12) and while it is still on its own land (18.18.4 erṣet ramānīša, 18.22.15, 18.23.13). In other cases, the invader overthrows the country (18.19.12, 18.19.13) or triumphs over it (18.21.13). Such a victory is followed by conquest of the country (20.2.3-9, also a land, or both). Similar apodosis portends subduing a country under blockade (20.2.2). Partial conquer might refer to a city in the country (19.7.6). Numerous apodoses mention the booty taken by the vanquisher from the conquered land. Thus, predictions refer to appropriation of country’s property (20.3.4-6), outflow of the country’s or royal property to another country (20.3.9-10), royal treasure (8.16.11) or goods (8.16.20) that go to another country, as well as property inflow from one country to another (20.3.8), and plunder income for the ruler from a subdued country (20.3.12). Similar apodoses also portend taking away the looted belongings of the country and its temples (20.3.34), the country itself (i.e. the country’s property and population) (20.3.40-42), and booty (20.3.44, 20.3.53-54, 20.3.56). Two predictions refer specifically to booty from the middle part (abunnat mātim) (20.3.47) and the rear part (zibbat mātim) (20.3.48) of the country. More predictions name bringing abundant booty from the country (20.3.55), appropriation of its harvest (20.5.2-3), and cutting down the date-palms in the country, that belong to its temples (20.6.2). Tribute is mentioned in regard to an enemy country laid under it (20.10.2), as well as in a historical reference concerning Akuku, who took it from the (whole) country (20.10.3); cf. also a similar prediction, narrating about Akuku, who consumed the (whole) country (20.10.4). Conquest-related apodoses also include building (11.13.5-6) and probably demolishing (11.14.10, uncertain) fortresses in a hostile country. Relationship of a country with the divine is the subject of apodoses dedicated to its abandonment by the angry gods (27.14.1-2, also land), their return (27.14.7), and an accepted prayer (27.15.4). Other forecasts narrate about Shamash answering ‘yes’ to his country (1.4.3), and a decision of the divine council to destroy the country. 56 I.7.2.14. Border The border regions are evidently often an apple of discord in the strife between powers, and thus are often in the focus of apodoses dedicated to interstate relations. The most frequently used term for ‘border’ in the corpus is pāṭum, ‘border region’ as a territory designated by the words kīdiʾātum and aḫiʾātum. Additionally, a single damaged prediction (11.18.2) possibly uses itâtu for ‘border region’. A general prediction refers to the well-being of the border regions (2.3.15). A damaged apodosis possibly portends a blockade of the borders (11.18.2). One royal forecast of death or defeat is also to happen on the border (3.4.15-16). Border cities are subject of territorial claims (17.14.3-4). Opposite predictions tell about the remission of such claims and backing off from the border regions (17.16.1-2). Building and rebuilding border fortresses (11.13.3-4, 11.13.7) were measures aimed to secure the defense of this vulnerable region. Similarly, demolition of border forts (11.14.6) likely was intended to limit the defense capacities in case of occupation by hostile forces. Intelligence activity around the border is reflected in apodoses referring to enemy monitoring of the region (12.5.1), and several predictions of leaking secrets by border cities (12.4.26-27). Important are loyalty issues concerning the border city contacts with the enemy. Thus, apodoses narrate about a border city reaching out to the enemy (15.2.3) and an enemy border city sending deputies to the king (15.2.4), as well as cities by the border, which turn to the enemy (15.2.6-7). This might translate into the revolt of the border city (16.2.17). The ruler fights peripheral separatism by removing the officials of border city (13.5.4) and, when necessary, by stifling the rebellion (16.3.6). Conquering of border cities (19.7.12) and regions (20.2.1) is also attested in the corpus. Evidently, massacring the city’s population (3.6.8) was among other things a measure to ensure the security of the region in the future. I.7.2.15. Wilderness The steppe (ṣērum) and the mountains (šadû) appear in the context of military expeditions. Thus, an omen from an archaizing Mari liver model portending a field trip for the king states: malku aš-šād aṣ-ṣēr waṣi “the king is going to the mountain(s) (or) to the steppe” (18.2.1). Another campaign apodoses predict escaping form difficulties in the field to the king (2.12.9), or warn about thirst in the steppe (6.2.2). In connection to the supernatural, the deified mountain appears in regard to offering request (27.17.7). In turn, the steppe is mentioned as the dwelling place of ghosts. An apodosis portending seizure by a ghost gives the following description: awīlum eṭemmu ša ina ṣēri nadû ṣabissu “the man, a ghost (from a corpse) that lies in the steppe seizes him” (27.4.6). I.7.2.16. Road Locations mentioned in the context of the travel are a class of its own. They do not refer to geographical realia, but rather to virtual landmarks on the line of travel. 57 The middle of the way (qablīʾat ḫarrānim) is mentioned in one disease apodosis (4.2.7). Various expressions (rēš eqlim, eqel tašīmātim, ašar illaku / illiku / itallaku / tašapparušu) are used to designate the destination point of the campaign, which is referred to in a number of road predictions. These are forecasts of well-being for the army (2.3.14), death of the diviner (3.4.1920), killing of the messenger (3.5.29), illness for the private man (4.2.8) and for the army (4.2.9). Military apodoses predict the dislike (18.4.3) and abandoning (27.14.4) of the army by gods at its destination, a fierce battle (18.13.3), defeating the enemy force at its destination (18.18.3), as well as the fall of the army at its goal (18.23.16). Others refer to obtainment of the desired (8.7.6), having a share of the booty (20.7.2, 20.7.7), and finally the expedition’s safe return from the place it was heading to (18.8.4). A group of omens is dedicated to the military position (šubtum and mazzāzum) taking by the force during campaigning or in preparation for battle32. The positions can are held (18.11.1), while the opponent may advance against them (18.11.3-4) and attacks them (18.11.5). A group of reciprocal predictions narrate about positions advancing against each other (18.11.6-7). Further development of these actions might include occupying another’s position (18.11.8-9), leaving the position (18.11.10), desertion from a fortified position (ašar tudannanu), as well as finding booty at the enemy’s position (20.3.19). Two other apodoses refer to well-being from the god at the position (2.3.9), and the fear of the army at the position where it stands (5.3.13). The military camp (karāšum and urpatum in ša urpatim) is mentioned in regard to a surprise attack on it (18.17.4), arson attack by a sortie force (24.15.22), and devastation by the storm (24.9.16). I.7.3. Setting The term setting (marked with “S:” in the motif formula) is used in this work to designate an explicit context given in the prediction. The setting information is in principle similar to space evidence, but addresses the situation in general, and not the location in particular. I.7.3.1. Campaign, warfare, and battle Setting marking the apodoses as referring to the military campaign most often consist of the words ina ḫarrānim “in the campaign” or ana ḫarrānim “for the campaign”. The latter is expended once in the formula šumma ana ḫarrānim eppuš “if I am performing (the divination) for the campaign” (20.7.4). The expression ḫarrānam “in the campaign” (in the accusative) is used regularly in Ol.2, as well as occasionally in some other compendia. The expended setting šumma ana ṣābim ḫarrānam waṣîm teppuš “if you are performing (the divination) for an army leaving to a campaign” is attested once (8.6.7, Ol.2, §38). In some cases, the setting takes the shape of a dependent clause: ḫarrān illaku, ḫarrān illakam “the campaign he/it is undertaking” or ina ḫarrān illaku “in the campaign he/it is undertaking”. 32 Possibly, ambush; cf. CAD Ṣ 53b, s.v. ṣābu (‘my army will throw up earthworks against the enemy’), CAD N1, 95b s.v. nadû (šubtam nadû ‘to ambush’), and CAD Š 184b, s.v. šubtu (‘ambush’). 58 The common warfare setting is very similar to the campaign and possibly synonymous to it. It is introduced either with ina kakki(m) “in warfare” or with ana kakki(m) “for warfare”. Similarly, in a number of cases the setting ina tāḫāzim “in battle” is used. Note once [ina tāḫāzi] ⌈u⌉ qabli “in battle and fray” (20.3.18), if my reconstruction is correct. The unique setting ina ṣabêm “during (army) maneuvering” is attested once (18.17.3). Apodoses provided with the campaign setting include such technical forecasts as the niphuprediction (1.8.2), and the disqualified omen (1.9.2). The nipḫu-prediction appears also with the warfare setting (1.8.6).General campaign portents refer to well-being (2.3.10), and wailing (2.13.5). Campaign predictions include these of death for the man (3.4.2), the fall of the prince (3.4.13) and the army’s leader (3.4.40), as well as the disease of the private client (4.2.6). The warfare setting is added to death forecasts of a woman (3.4.25), the army’s leader (3.4.41), and an unspecified person (3.4.66). A group of campaign omens refers to wild animal attacks during the campaign, namely lions (25.1.8, 25.1.10) and snakes (25.4.2-3). Additionally, the campaign setting appears in regard to the ashqulalu-phenomenon (24.14.17). Explicit references to the army on campaign concern thirst (6.2.3) and availability of rain water for drinking (24.4.10), divine aid (7.4.6) and abandonment (27.14.3), not reaching destination (8.6.7), obtaining desired (8.7.5), poor morale (11.5.6), changing mood (15.1.3), and counting the force by the enemy (12.5.2). Compare predictions of poor morale (11.5.11), fear (5.3.11), insanity (5.9.4), chaos (11.20.6), and having no rivals (14.2.8), provided with the warfare setting. Battle predictions in the campaign setting include positions advancing against each other (18.11.7), a confrontation forecast (18.12.4), malicious attack (18.16.3, reconstructed), retaking missed victory (18.21.7) and omens referring to defeating the enemy (18.22.6, 18.22.8, 18.22.12) or being defeated (18.22.19). Here belong also predictions of the army’s fall (18.23.5) and dispersing (18.26.2). Similarly, the warfare setting refers to overthrowing in battle (18.19.4, 18.19.15, 18.19.17), defeating (18.22.4, 18.22.21), fall of the army (18.23.3, 18.23.7-8, 18.23.10), its flight (18.25.10, 18.25.12), and sending the enemy to flight (18.25.24). Additionally, warfare predictions of blockade (18.10.4) and defeat of the army by the enemy’s god are known (18.4.2). Likewise, the battle setting is attached to portents of the army’s encirclement(18.10.3), being overthrown (8.19.16) and fall in battle (18.23.4). Another forecast bearing this tag refers to one king defeating another (18.22.3). The maneuvering setting is given to a forecast of surpise attack by the enemy (18.17.3). The aftermath of the military campaign’s setting consists of acquisition (8.9.5), having a share of the booty for the first person protagonist (20.7.4), and the army (20.7.6), as well as predictions referring to the army’s return (18.8.2), additionally specified as empty-handed (20.9.2). A forecast of acquisition appears also with the warfare setting (8.9.6), and a prediction of booty for the man is given in the battle setting. I.7.3.2. Revolt 59 The revolt setting (ina bārtim) is given to two predictions from the group of omens referring to claims on subjects abandoned by the neighbor ruler (17.15.4-5). Another apodosis with this setting is broken (16.2.48). I.7.3.3. Assembly The assembly (puḫrum) is mentioned twice as a setting for the meeting between rulers: the first prediction refers to the kings meeting at the assembly (17.6.2), while the other reports that the kings will not exchange diplomatic gifts there (17.6.2). Another forecast warns about a revolt against the prince at the assembly (16.2.33). I.7.3.4. Banquet The banquet setting (qerītum) appears once, also as the background for a revolt (16.2.34). I.7.3.5. Difficult times Difficulties (dannatum) often appear in the predictions, but are only solely used as a setting once. This concerns a nourishment apodosis, promising food availability in the hard times (6.1.2). I.7.3.6. Going to the palace A joy prediction is provided with an unusual setting, referring to the man’s happiness on his way to the palace (ana ekallim ina alākīšu) (2.4.2). This is likely to mean good news for the private client in his business with the authorities. I.7.3.7. Childbirth Childbirth, a topic of a group of predictions (22), appears once as the setting for an omen, portending the death of the woman in labor (22.2.4). I.7.3.8. “Hand of god” The “hand of god”, a diagnosis, that also occurs in a number of predictions (27.3.1), is used as the setting in one divine request omen, that reports about tithes asked by Shamash (27.18.25). I.7.3.9. Unclean person If the interpretation of Jeyes is correct33, the expression ana musukkê “for the unclean person” denotes a setting referring to the presence of a ritually unclean person during the sacrifice. The four attestations of this setting are all from ExO.Lr.mzz.3 and all portend death of different characters: the lady (3.4.28), the man’s son (3.4.54), the official’s son (3.4.55) and the herald’s son (3.4.56). 33 See Jeyes 1989b, 103; this interpretation seems, hovewer, not entierly convincing, as the passages are emended, and the expression is unparalleled and uncoventional. See discussion in 3.4.8a. 60 I.7.3.10. Lost object A single lost valuable apodosis (see 8.17) has the setting [ana ḫu]lqim teppuš-ma “if you are performing (the divination) for a lost object” (8.17.5). The forecast ensures that the second person protagonist will find the lost article. I.7.4. Mythological allusions The corpus of Old Babylonian predictions contains numerous connotations to the mythological world perception of their authors. Divine beings such as gods, spirits and ghosts are held responsible for disease and misfortune, as well for favorable outcomes (27). A cosmological perspective shines through many weather omens, where the storm is personified as the god Adad, whose roar is identified with the thunder (24.3), and who is responsible for devastation (24.9). Of great interest is a rain forecast that demonstrates the perception of celestial waters as held by a lead-rope, which can loosen to release them (24.41d). The uncertain unique reference to the goddess Ishtar dwelling in the springs (20.10.11) possibly alludes to abundant waters. Noteworthy is a decision of the divine council upon the destruction of the land (27.10.4a), which strongly alludes to the Babylonian Atrahasis epic. I.8. Personae dramatis This provides a brief overview of characters attested in the apodoses and their roles. The characters can be divided into three major classes: protagonist – the central figure in the motif, mainly associated with the addressee of the prediction, antagonist – the rival of the protagonist, and all others, who help or impede the protagonist and/or the antagonist, or suffer and benefit from different actions and events. I.8.1. Protagonist characters I.8.1.1. First person (singular) The first person (1) is attested in 105 predictions, where it finds expression in enclitic pronouns and verbal forms. As evident from the material at hand, it is strongly associated with the royal protagonist and in most cases presumes a military setting. The bulk of the seventeen predictions, where the first person protagonist is an active participant, are dedicated to war. Thus, they portend divine aid (7.4.13a), free passage through the enemy’s territory (18.5.5a), defeating him (18.22.7a, 18.22.8a, 18.22.32a, 18.22.33a), laying siege on his city (19.2.3a) and capturing it (19.4.5a, 19.7.13a), or not reaching its population (19.7.24a), as well as booty taken (8.9.5b, 20.3.19a, 20.3.23a, 20.3.45a, 20.3.17a, 20.7.4a, 24.9.18a). All these in fact implicate an armed force behind the first person representation, and are very similar to army omens (see below). Another two apodoses, not necessarily military-related, include a forecast of well-being in the city (2.3.6a), and a technical statement of the prediction’s reference (1.2.4a). 61 Alongside with the first person in the body of predictions, two apodoses use it in the setting and addressing concerning divination performance. These are namely the campaign setting ana ḫarrānim eppuš “(if) I am performing (the divination) for the campaign” (20.7.4a) and the addressing the issue of a sick person ana marṣim eppeš-ma “(If) I am performing (the divination) for the sick person (4.4.14a). Half of the first person apodoses, i.e. 53 of them, refer to the military force: ummānī ‘my army’, and kirrī ‘my expedition’ (in 18.23.12a and 20.3.55a, both from ExO.Lr.mzz.3). These omens concern some general issues such as the force’s well-being (2.3.12a), joy (2.4.3a), difficulties (2.11.9b), mourning (2.13.16a), fear and terror (5.3.12b and 5.5.3a), stupor (5.7.2a), divine favor (7.2.5a, 27.14.3a, 18.4.4b, 18.4.4c), obtaining desired (8.7.5-6), captivity (10.1.12a) and poor morale (11.5.11a). Other apodoses consist of weather forecasts (24.9.16b, 24.12.8a, 24.14.15a) and divination technicalities (1.8.3a). Apodoses referring to the details of the campaign include predictions of the enemy gathering intelligence on the army (12.5.2a) and intercepting with its march (18.9.2a, reconstructed), reaching destination (18.6.4a, 18.6.6b, 18.6.7d), setting positions in front of the enemy and vice versa (18.11.1, 18.11.2). Combat predictions portend the enemy advance against the army’s position (18.11.4a), the army’s moving from its position (18.11.10a), confrontation of the armed forces from both sides (18.12.9a), not fighting (18.13.8a) and fighting (18.14.3b), triumph and defeat of the enemy (18.21.10a, 18.22.10a, 18.22.12a, 18.22.14a), as well as being defeated (18.22.20c, 18.22.22a). Related unfavorable forecasts include the fall of the army or its certain parts (18.23.1d, 18.23.3b, 18.23.12a, 18.23.17a, 18.23.19a, 18.23.22a), its flight (18.25.11c) and scattering (18.26.3a). Finally, multiple booty omens concerning ‘my army’ are known (20.3.5a, 20.3.55a, 20.7.5a, 20.7.6c, 20.7.6d, 20.9.1a, 20.9.2a). Similar are ‘my allies’ (rēṣūya and ittūya) that appear in seven apodoses, all in military context. The allies can be doomed to death by the god (18.4.5a), turn to the enemy (15.2.12a), attack him (18.16.17a), defeat him (18.22.26a, 18.22.26b), be defeated (18.22.27a), and desert (18.25.15a). Additionally, four predictions mention army officers such as ‘my army’s leader’ (ālik panī ummānīya) and ‘my general’ (ašarēdī) in relation to their fall in battle (3.4.39b, 3.4.41a, 3.4.45b) and reaching of an unnamed hand (20.1.10c). ‘My spy’ (ša lišānī) is referred to once in the context of constantly roaming the country” (12.6.1a). ‘My palace’, ‘my city’, ‘my (city-)gate’ and ‘my country’ appear in 15 predictions. The palace is attested in a single apodosis portending its looting by the enemy (20.3.58a). The fortified city (āl dūrīya), fortress (dūrī), and border city (āl pāṭīya) are mentioned respectively in three apodoses concerning its demolishment by the enemy (11.14.7a), the fall of its garrison (19.6.1b) and its capture by the enemy (19.7.12b). Four forecasts mention ‘my city-gate’ (abullī): in a scene of an execution by the enemy just in front of it (3.6.2b), concerning its locking (19.1.1b) and with regard to the military force leaving it (18.22.17a, 18.22.28a). The seven forecasts addressed to ‘my country’ (mātī) include decrease of population (11.16.2a-b), enemy attack (18.16.16a), looting (20.3.54f, 20.3.56a), and escape of booty from the land (20.3.61a). Another apodosis that refers to defeating the enemy and has ‘my country’ 62 demonstrates an interchange of the second and the first person usage (18.22.16a: “You will defeat the enemy’s expedition in my country with an army”, which is probably the result of a scribal lapsus (18.11.5a). Additionally, one omen refers to ‘my position’ (mazzāzī) as being attacked by the enemy’s forces (18.11.5). ‘My belongings’ are mentioned in two predictions as taken away by the enemy (20.3.51b, 20.3.52a). ‘My plans’ appear in concern to they divulging to the enemy by a prisoner (12.4.22a). Another apodosis that refers to corveé work done by the enemy literary states that “the enemy will carry my basket” (20.11.1a). Lastly, one must also mention ašar ikillīya “where my clamor is”, which is likely corrupted (24.4.3b, see commentary). Summarizing the evidence above, one must state that the bulk of the first person attestations appear in military-related context and in relation to booty; selected predictions concern issues of intelligence, corveé work, well-being, and include few technical forecasts. All these have a strong connection to the sphere of royal interests, and thus the first person should most likely be regarded as the counterpart of the ruler, whether in the diviner or the client role. This is confirmed by many parallels to these predictions, where the first person figure is replaced by either the king or the prince. Clear exceptions from this rule are the two first person forms of epēšu in the setting and the addressing, obviously implicating the diviner in particular. Notably, while the campaign setting still allows identifying the diviner with the king, the reference to the sick person makes this connection very unlikely in the second apodosis. I my army my allies my general / army's leader my spy my city / fortress my city gate my country my belongings my plans my basket I.8.1.2. Military Other 15 53 7 4 0 3 4 15 2 1 0 4 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 First person (plural) Seven apodoses, all from different extispicy compendia and models, contain a reference to the first person in the plural (1pl). Three belong to predictions concerning divination technicalities: “Our ‘weapon’” (1.2.3, cf. the corresponding prediction with the first person singular in 1.2.4), “(The divination) that the diviner performed will befall our king” (1.3.2), and “niphu-predictions 63 of a diviner among us” (1.8.4). All these omens are remarkably related to the figure of the diviner, and likely refer to the group he is associated with, whether fellow diviners working for the same party or the party itself. Affiliation with a court, a military force, or a community is reflected in the other four predictions. The forecast “our warriors and the ones of the enemy will fall together” (3.4.51) assumes a military setting, while the apodosis stating that “our border city will repeatedly carry plan after plan” (12.4.26) addresses a loyalty-related issue and likely appears in royal court context. The remaining portents, referring to the abandonment of “our city” (11.21.2b) and the devastation of “our country” by the storm (24.9.6c), run the whole gamut of possible associations, but most likely also belong to the sphere of royal interests. I.8.1.3. Second person The second person is attested in ca. 453 apodoses, where most of the references suggest to the royal protagonist. This is clear from the data provided in the table below, the bulk of which hints at a setting related to court or warfare: you 227 your body 1 your sacrifice 2 your army / expedition / forces 39 your enemy 79 your foe(s) 8 your position 2 your ally 1 your enemy 7 your territories 3 your country 16 your land 3 your border periphery regions / 3 your city / fortress 26 your messenger 4 yoour warriors 1 your palace 2 your roads 3 64 one sitting in front of you 3 your gate 5 your movements 2 your secret / plan 2 your peace offer 1 your spy 1 your calumnator 2 your ‘flock’ 3 your founndations 1 your property 2 your harvest 1 your grain storages 1 your aid 2 In some exclusive cases, the second person can also designate the royal antagonist, e.g. kuššid lā takalla ša nakrim “‘Pursue, do not hesitate!’ referring to the enemy” (18.15.2a). Seldomly the second person refers also to the diviner as opposed to the client. These are e.g. 20.1.6a, which forecasts a triumph for the prince over his foes with your (i.e. the diviner’s) aid, and 12.4.15a, which portends a betrayal of secrets by your (i.e. the diviner’s) trustee to the client. References to the diviner in the second person are found also in three setting conditions: ana marṣim teppeš “For the sick person: you will perform (the divination)” (4.4.14b), [ana ḫu]lqim teppuš-ma “(If) you are performing for a lost object” (8.17.5a), and šumma ana ṣābim ḫarrānam waṣîm teppuš “If you are performing for an army leaving to a campaign” (18.6.7a). I.8.1.4. Diviner (bārûm, mār bārîm) As the protagonist (?): Niphu-perdictions (1.8.4a, 1.8.4b nipḫāt bārîm ina bīrīni ‘a diviner among us’ as a colleague (?)) Fall of diviner (3.4.18a, 3.4.20a) Diviner dies (3.4.17a, 3.4.19a) Diviner is smitten (4.17.5a) Hand reaches diviner (20.1.9a) Oath of the diviner (27.5.6a) Diviner acquires good reputation (7.14.4a) As a court figure, opposed to the royal client: Performs for the king (1.3.2a) 65 Delivers secrets (12.4.18a, 12.4.19a mār bārîm muzzaz rēš šarrim ‘diviner, the king’s attendant’, 12.4.20a mār bārîm nakrum ‘enemy diviner’ (?)). I.8.1.5. Client protagonist I.8.1.5.1. Owner of the sheep (bēl immerim) Commonly used in extispicy texts. Death (3.4.4b). Disease (4.2.3a). Edema (4.12.2a). Financial losses (8.18.5a). Financial ruin (8.19.6a). Triumph (18.21.3a). Plundered (20.3.21a, 20.3.51a). Doing the assinnu-service (i.e. homosexual prostitution?) (21.5.3a). Triumph of his opponent in court (23.2.1a). Divine request (27.18.14a). One sitting in front of you (wāšib maḫrīka) divulges secrets (12.4.15a to sheep’s owner). I.8.1.5.2. Owner of the sacrifice (bēl nīqim) This rare term occurs in extispicy texts. Fall (3.4.5a). Adad devastates his field (24.9.10a). I.8.1.5.3. Owner of the prediction (?) (beʾal šūmem) The designation is attested once in a Mari liver model. The topic of the prediction suggests a royal protagonist. Finds an army (13.1.4a). I.8.1.5.4. Owner of the oil (bēl šamnim) The term is a regular reference to the client in oil divination compendia. The choice of subjects brings the owner of the oil close to the simple protagonist. Well-being from the god (2.3.4a). Sorrow (2.7.2a). Loss (8.16.15a). Attack (18.16.5a). 66 Prevails over opponent (18.21.2a). Has a share (20.7.3a). Litigation (23.1.1a). I.8.1.6. Royal protagonist I.8.1.6.1. King (šarrum) In regard to divination: King as addressee (1.3.2a). King’s god(s) (1.1.6a). Enemy king’s god(s) (1.1.8a). King’s dreams are true or false (1.11.1a-2a). Omen of king Sin-Iddinam (28.1.24a). King as person: Good for the king (2.1.4a-b). Troublesome for the king (2.1.4a-b). King is unhappy in his city (2.5.4a). Difficulties seize the king (2.11.5a). King escapes from difficulties (2.12.8b, 2.12.9a in the field). King’s day are over (3.1.7a). King dies (3.4.8a natural death, 3.4.10a death by god). King is wounded (4.17.4a @). King’s finger is infected (4.17.11a). God aids king (7.4.4a). King fears (5.3.2a his haters, 5.3.3a in his bed chambers). King, your enemy (šarrum nakarka) is taken prisoner (10.1.7a). King is put in fetters (10.1.8a). King is imprisoned in his palace (10.2.8a). King is exiled (10.4.4a from city, 10.4.6a to enemy’s country). King makes tunnel from city (19.5.1a). Kings lovers abound (21.1.3a). King’s daughter (mārat šarrim) becomes a prostitute (21.5.2a). King banishes concubine (21.7.1a). Nanaya takes king’s favorite concubine away out of the harem (21.8.4a). King’s wife gives birth to boy (22.1.2b). 67 Lion kills king (25.1.14a). Gallu-demon stands at king’s head (27.2.5a). Oath seizes king (27.5.2a-b). King obtains lamassu-spirit (27.6.5a). King did not perform ritual (27.19.2a). Zabardabbu-official made offering for himself from king’s sacrifice (27.19.4a). Another introduces king’s statue (27.19.5a-5c, 27.19.7a ?). King in relation to rule and inheritance: King divides country between two sons (8.20.2a). King’s rule is over (14.1.4a). King’s inheritance (14.3.3a heir, 14.3.6b-c son, 14.3.7a son does not take throne, 14.3.8a king’s descendant up to the fifth generation, 14.3.9a non-son, 14.3.12a no legitimate heir (bēl kussîm)). King in relation to court and subordinates: King-installed enu-priest dies (3.4.32a). King is killed (3.5.1b, 3.5.2a in city, 3.5.3a-b in palace, 3.5.5a in front of tunnel, 3.5.7a by palace personnel, 3.5.10a by courtiers, 3.5.16a by Shukkallu-official, 3.5.20a by heir, 3.5.22a by someone). King kills one of his vassals (rubû) (3.5.23a). King kills city inhabitant (3.5.26a). Enemy king kills city inhabitant (3.5.27a). Vassals (rubû) fear king (5.3.7a). Grands (rabû) fear king (5.3.8a). King’s income goes to his subordinates (wardū) (8.8.5a). Good news comes to king (12.1.7a, 12.1.8a palace word). Someone brings denunciation to king (12.10.5a, 12.10.6a some commoner). Divulging king’s secrets (12.4.7a king’s heir, 12.4.8a king’s attendant, 12.4.9a enemy king’s (šarrum nakrum) attendant, 12.4.13a-14a the one sitting in front of the king, to enemy’s country, 12.4.19a diviner, attendant of the king). Compiant to king from prison (12.7.3a). Subordinate spread calumny about king (12.9.1a). King (does not) acquire(s) subordinates (13.1.2a warriors, 13.1.5a advisers, 13.1.8a does not acquire advisers). King appoints overseer of cooks to office (13.2.2a). King elevates vassal princes (13.4.1a). 68 King does not elevate officials (13.4.2a). King removes official (13.5.1a, 13.5.2a, 13.5.3a shukkalmahhu-official, 13.5.4a border city’s governor). City elders remove king (13.6.1a). King’s advisers are not good (13.8.1a advisers are reason for king’s concern, 13.8.2a subordinate’s council is not good for him). Shekel-takers give king unreliable answers (13.8.4a). King does not follow advisers (13.8.8a). King tears out eyes (13.10.1a man’s, 13.10.2a courtier’s). King’s attendant vies with him (14.4.5a). King’s fortress turns to enemy (15.2.9a). Revolt against king (16.2.2a @king, 16.2.4a country, 16.2.13a city, 16.2.14a cities, 16.2.15a @king, enemy’s city revolt against him, 16.2.32a courtiers, 16.2.43a someone). Revolted cities return (16.3.3a-b). King seizes rebels (16.3.4a). King as ruler of city or country: King controls country (11.4.4a). Harsh king (šarrum dannum) (11.3.1a, 11.3.2a country). King gives his country hard time (11.6.4a). Country obeys king (11.4.8a). King pleases country (11.6.1a). King hates country and subordinates (11.6.2a). King’s command is oppressive (11.6.3a). Country gathers in king’s city (11.12.7a). King demolishes own fortresses (11.14.9a). Kings borders are blocked (11.18.2a). King’s city is devastated (11.24.4a). Seasonal flooding comes because of king’s sacrifice (24.10.3a). King as economic administrator and owner: King receives silver and gold (8.8.11a). King converts property (8.12.5a, someone’s, 8.12.6a someone’s, to the palace, 8.12.7a houses of subordinates, 8.12.8a, 8.12.10a brings temples’ property to palace). King seals immovables (8.13.2a man’s house, 8.13.3a peer’s palace). King losses property (8.16.19a, 8.16.20a to enemy’s country). Epizootic in the king’s fatstock (9.7.3a). 69 Adad devastates king’s corvée fields (24.9.15a). King as opposed to the palace: King appropriates palace property (8.15.6a). King in diplomatic relations: King submits to another king (11.4.6a). Messenger of remote country arrives to king (12.2.4a). King has no match (14.2.4a). King gains supremacy (14.2.9a, 14.2.13a). King submits king (17.3.1a). Enemy king submits to king (17.3.2a). Two kings meet (17.6.1a, 17.6.2a in assembly). Two kings exchange gifts in the assembly (17.7.3a). Sending peace offer to some king (17.9.1a). Receiving peace offer from some king (17.9.4a). Two kings make peace (17.12.6a). King acquires auxiliaries (17.17.1a, 17.17.2a saving auxiliaries). Two kings are at war (17.19.6a). King declares war on king (17.19.8a). King in relation to army and military actions: King’s army on campaign is thirsty (6.2.3a). King’s army has no match (14.2.7a, 14.2.8a). Campaign awaits king (18.2.2a). King’s army is sent for good (18.4.1a). King invades enemy country (18.5.2a-b). Two enemy kings invade (18.5.7a). King’s army advances against enemy’s army in position (18.11.3a). Attack of king (18.16.10a). Enemy attacks king’s expedition (18.17.6a). King overthrows enemy’s army (18.19.2a). Defeat of another king (šarrum šanûmma) (18.22.2a). King defeats king in battle (18.22.3a, 18.22.4a). You defeat enemy king (šarrum ša ittīka nakru) in battle (18.22.4b). King’s small forces defeat enemy (18.22.13a, 18.22.14b enemy’s army). Defeat of army of king’s country (18.22.18a). 70 King’s guard deserts him (18.25.19a). King divides army in nine (18.26.1a). King’s city is besieged (19.2.2a). Two enemy kings lay siege on king’s city (19.2.7b). King’s fortress is breached (19.4.1a). King captures city (19.7.2a, 19.7.3a with your help, 19.7.10a thoroughfare city). Enemy captures king’s city (19.7.11a thoroughfare city). King seizes foe (20.1.4a-b). King captures country (20.2.4a foreign, 20.2.4b and 20.2.4d enemy’s, 20.2.7a foreign land or country, 20.3.40a enemy’s). I.8.1.6.2. King (malkum) This rare term is attested exclusively in the Mari livers. Concerning divination: Omen is correct for both kings (1.2.1a). In relation to military actions: King goes to mountain(s) (or) to steppe (18.2.1a). I.8.1.6.3. Prince (rubûm, rubāʾum) The term is mostly used to designate a sovereign, but in some contexts, it means a lesser opposed to the king (see below). Concerning divination: Weapons of prince (1.2.2a). As a private person: Well-being for prince (2.3.5a). Prince’s evil (2.8.4a). Difficulties and hardships seize prince (2.11.6a-7a). Prince escapes difficulties (2.12.10a-2.12.10b). Many days of the prince (3.1.2a). Prince’s days are over (3.1.8a). Fall of prince (3.4.12a-b, 3.4.13a-b campaign, 3.4.15a at his border). Prince is killed (3.5.8a by ? of palace, 3.5.11a by courtiers). Prince has severe illness (4.2.5a). Prince hurts finger (4.17.12a). Prince is terrified (5.5.2a). 71 Some prince becomes insane (rubû ayyumma) (5.9.3a). God helps prince (7.4.5a, 7.4.5b). Honor for prince (7.11.5a). Prince becomes important (7.12.2a). Prince goes to exile (10.4.2a, 10.4.3a from city, 10.4.5a from country, 10.4.8a enemy country’s prince (rubûm ša mātim nakartim)). Prince (does not) return(s) from campaign (18.8.5a hunched, 18.8.6a dying, 18.8.8a-b does not return). Hand seizes prince (20.1.2a in house, 20.1.3a prince of enemy country). Sorcery seizes prince (27.1.2a-b). Oath seizes prince (27.5.3a). Prince obtains lamassu-spirit (27.6.6a). Prince in relation to rule and inheritance: Prince’s inheritance (14.3.6d son, 14.3.10a daughter). Prince in relation to court and subordinates: Prince imprisons important person (10.2.5a). News arrives to prince (12.1.2a, 12.1.9a joyful word, 12.1.12a word of terror). Prince acquires subordinates (13.1.3a warriors that sweeten his heart from country, 13.1.6a advisers from among palace attendants, 13.1.7a advisers from harem). Prince has bad advisers (13.8.2b subordinates give bad council). Prince accepts council (13.8.5a subordinates, 13.8.6a uncertain). Prince does not accept council (13.8.7a). Shukkallu-official rivals prince (14.4.3a). Revolt against prince (16.2.5a country, 16.2.20a palace personnel, 16.2.26a sons, 16.2.28a wife, 16.2.33a at the assembly, 16.2.35a and 18.16.19a auxiliary troops, 16.2.35a hupshutroops). Prince as ruler of city or country: Prince rules country (11.4.3a). Prince controls country (11.4.5a). Prince executes remission of debts in country (11.7.1a). Enemy forces prince’s country to fortresses (11.12.10a). Prince repopulates abandoned country (11.15.1a). Prince’s country vanishes (11.22.7c). Prince has noble command (17.2.4a). Fire in prince’s country (24.15.23a). 72 Prince as economic administrator and owner: Prince does not obtain desired (8.7.9a). Prince receives income (8.8.4a). God’s gift to prince (8.10.1a). Prince losses property (8.16.9a treasure, 8.16.18a precious object). Prince in diplomatic relations: Enemy fears prince’s country (5.3.6a). Prince has no match (14.2.3a). Auxiliaries dominate prince (17.2.1a). Prince takes oath before auxiliaries (17.8.1a). Princes do not join forces (17.13.1a). Prince fights prince (17.19.7a). Prince in relation to army and military actions: Firm foundations of prince’s army (11.5.4a). … foundations of prince’s army (11.5.8a). Prince’s army has no match (14.2.7b). Prince prevails over plunderer (18.21.5a). Fall of prince’s army (18.23.1b, 18.23.20b main mass, 19.6.2b in his city). Prince’s auxiliaries desert (18.25.14a-b). Prince reaches enemy (20.1.5a, 20.1.6a with your aid). Prince conquers country (20.2.3a). Prince takes property (20.3.12a enemy’s country). Prince’s property taken (20.3.31a). Prince as opposed to king: King kills (vassal) prince(s) (3.5.23a one of princes, 3.5.24a princes). King elevates (vassal) princes (13.4.1a). (Vassal) princes fear king (5.3.7a). I.8.1.6.4. Lord (bēlum) Interestingly, the following most allegiant choice of lexicon, ‘lord’ and ‘shepherd’, is applied specifically in those contexts, where the ruler’s position and legitimacy is in fact far beyond doubtful; it seems like the texts’ compilers wished to emphasize that their own loyalty is always unquestionable. This is a clear indication of the authors’ very close relation and dependance on the royal court. Lord as a person: 73 Lord killed in his residing place (3.5.4a). Lord in relation to subordinates: Emergence of an important person, who appeases his lord’s heart (13.1.10a). Shukkallu-official strives for his lord’s throne (14.3.2a). Shukkallu-official takes his lord’s throne (14.3.14a). Overseer of barbers strives for his lord’s throne (14.3.4a). Subordinate revolts against his lord (16.2.31a). Subordinates wish to kill their lord (16.1.2a). Subordinate kills his lord (3.5.12a, 3.5.12b). Important person kills his lord (3.5.15a). Shukkalmaḫḫu-official kills his lord (3.5.17a). I.8.1.6.5. Shepherd (rēʾûm) Shepherd in relation to revolt: Country revolts against him (16.2.6a). Country removes its shepherd (16.2.7a). Country becomes hostile to its shepherd (16.3.1a). Triumph of the shepherd against country (16.3.5a). I.8.1.6.6. Country’s Lord (bēl mātim) Country’s lord as a person: Death (3.4.11a). Lord in relation to revolt and obedience: Revolt of the country (16.2.8a, 16.2.9a). Submission and obedience of the country (11.4.7a, 11.4.9a). Return of the rebelled country (16.3.1a, 16.3.2a, 16.3.2b). Triumph over the rebelled country (16.3.5b). I.8.1.6.7. City’s / fortresses’ lord (bēl ālim, once bēl dūrāni ‘lord of fortresses’) As governor or ruler: Taken by the enemy (20.3.36a, 20.3.37a). City kills its lord (3.5.18a). Fortresses revolt against their lord (16.2.18a). As governor, opposed to the ruler: Turns to the enemy (15.2.5a). I.8.1.6.8. Throne (kussûm) 74 As a designation for a ruler the term is used exclusively in relation to the struggle between powers. Throne rivals throne (17.1.2a). Throne removes throne (17.1.3a). Throne runs away from throne (18.25.22a). Omen of throne (28.1.26a). I.8.1.6.9. Throne holder (wāšib kussîm) Throne holder has the diʾu-disease (4.11.2a). I.8.1.7. Simple protagonist I.8.1.7.1. Man (awīlum) Concerning divination: Answer is given (1.4.1a). Unreliable answer from the god (1.5.3a). God (does not) appear(s) in man’s sacrifice (nīqi awīlim) (1.1.2a, 1.1.2b, 1.1.2c, 1.1.3a, 1.1.5a). Concerning relations between man and god, and other supernatural agents: Way in agreement with the god (7.2.2a, 7.2.4a). Divine aid (7.4.3a, 7.4.3b). Divine favor (7.5.1a, 27.11.1a, 27.12.1a). Divine mercy (7.6.1a). Divine protection (7.7.1a, 7.7.1b). Man’s house is bewitched (27.1.3a). Lillu-demon, unclear (27.2.4a). Man is seized by sorcery (27.1.1b, 27.1.1c, 27.1.1a). Man is seized by his god / Shamash, who requests a reed-mat (27.4.1a, 27.4.3a). Man is seized by ghost (27.4.6a). Man is seized by malku-spirits (27.4.8a). Man is seized by oath (27.5.1a, 27.5.4a-b, 27.5.5a, 27.5.7a, 27.5.8a). Man obtains lamassu-spirit (27.6.4b). Obtains protective spirits (27.6.8a-b). Lamassu and shedu spirits are attached to man’s body (27.6.9a). Man is godless (27.9.4a). In relation to man’s god, unclear (27.12.5a, 27.13.14a). 75 Divine negligence (27.12.2a, 27.12.3a). Divine anger (27.13.4a, 27.13.4c, 27.13.4d, 27.13.8a). Divine forgiveness (27.13.6a, 27.13.10a, 27.14.5a, 27.14.5b). Removal of divine punishment from man’s house (27.13.13a). Divine acceptance of sacrifice and prayer (27.15.2a, 27.15.3b). Divine presence (27.16.1a, 27.16.2a). Divine request (27.18.2a, 27.18.4a, 27.18.4b, 27.18.6a, 27.18.7a, 27.18.19a, 27.18.27a, 27.18.28a). Not granting a divine request that appeared in the house (27.19.1a). Eats offerings intended for the god (27.20.1a). General predictions: Well-being (2.3.3a). Unhappiness (2.5.3a). Sorrow (2.7.3a). Predicted sorrow does not occur to the man (2.7.4a). Evil (2.8.3a). Troubles, hardships and difficulties (2.10.1a, 2.10.2a-b, 2.11.2d, 2.11.2c). Escaping hardships (2.12.1a, 2.12.2a, 2.12.3a, 2.12.5a, 2.12.6a campaign, 2.12.7a). Fate (3.2.2a). Prosperity (7.9.1a). Health, disease and trauma: Good health (4.1.1a, 4.1.1b). Poor health (4.1.2a). Disease (4.2.2a). Sickness on the road (4.2.6a, 4.2.7a, 4.2.8a). Long sickness (awīlu marṣu) (4.3.2b). Man (awīlum) recovers (4.4.5a). Man does not recover (awīlu marṣu) (4.4.7a). No salve is given to man (4.4.8a). Quick death from sickness (awīlum) (4.4.14c). Leg withers (4.6.2a). Seizures (4.10.1a, 4.10.2a, 4.10.3a). Man has rabies (4.15.2a). Man’s foot slips (4.17.1a). 76 Finger trauma (4.17.10a, 4.17.13a). Blindness (4.18.1b). Mental states: Confusion (5.1.2a). Worries (5.2.2a). Man has constant tremble (5.2.4a). Fears and panic (5.3.4a, 5.4.1a, 5.4.3a). Man overcomes fears (5.4.2a). Depression (5.8.1a). In regard to family members and household: Evil enters man’s house (2.8.2a). Wailing or mourning in his house (2.13.3a, 2.13.11a, 2.13.11b). Son (?) (mār awīlim) dies (3.4.54a). Death in his house (3.4.57a, 3.4.57b). Death of his wife (3.4.26a). Death of a family member (3.4.58a). Death of an acquaintance (3.4.63a). Death of a servant (3.4.60a, 3.4.60b, 3.4.62a). Sick person recovers in man’s house (4.4.3a). Man’s sick brother recovers (4.4.4a). Seizures occur to his son (4.10.4a). Malaria in man’s house (4.11.1a). Path of his house, safe (7.2.1a). Uprising of man’s son(s) (16.2.24a). Malicious attack carried out against the man’s house (18.16.2a). Wife gads about (21.3.1a). Heir gads about (21.3.2a). Man’s wife has extramarital sex (21.4.1a). Man’s wife is caught during extramarital sex (21.4.2a). Man’s wife involves herself in prostitution (21.5.1a). Wife goes away (21.6.1a). Ishtar takes away the wife (21.8.2a). Man’s wife returns (21.9.1a). Wife gives birth to boy (22.1.2a). 77 Wife gives birth to twins (22.1.4a). Pashittu-demon takes away baby from man’s house (27.2.1a). In regard to royal and other powers: Man rejoices on his way to the palace (2.4.2a). Palace seals man’s house (8.13.1a). King seals man’s house (8.13.2a). Man’s creditor takes his house (8.13.4a). King tears man’s eyes (13.10.1a, 13.10.1b). Man’s revolt (16.2.45a). Man is elevated in the course of a revolt (16.2.46a). In regard to property: Man becomes rich (8.3.2a-c). Man becomes poor (8.4.1a). Man’s household grows (8.5.1a @commoner). Property becomes scarce (8.6.1a). Downturn of house and movables (8.6.2a). Man obtains desired (8.7.1a, 8.7.1b, 8.7.1c, 8.7.1d, 8.7.3a @commoner). Profit (8.8.2a, 8.8.2b). Acquisition (8.9.2a). Loss (8.16.16a). Loss in the man’s house (8.16.17a). Loss of cattle in his house (8.16.3a). Financial losses (8.18.3a, 8.18.3b). Financial ruin of the man’s house (8.19.2a-c). Man’s wife ravages his house (8.19.9a-b). Man’s house becomes poor (8.4.2a). Treasure goes away (8.16.8a). Lost object returns to man (8.17.2a, 8.17.3a). Man’s fold becomes broader (9.2.2a). Man’s fold decreases (9.3.2a). Man’s fold becomes empty (9.4.1a). Man’s house suffers devastation (11.24.2a). Man’s house vanishes (11.22.3a). Another takes over property (20.3.30a). 78 Taking booty in battle (20.3.18a). Having a share (20.7.1b, 20.7.2a at destination). Fire consumes the man’s house (24.15.2a-3a). Neighbor sets the man’s house on fire (24.15.19a). In relations between man and society: Power (7.10.1a). Honor (7.11.2a-3a). Fame (7.12.1a). Becomes a respected person (7.12.3a). Becomes a leader (7.12.6a). Man’s word is considered credible (7.13.1a). Man’s word is considered lighweighted (7.13.3a). Man is slandered (12.8.2b). In regard to antagonist: Prevails over his foe (18.21.1a). Triumph over opponent (18.21.1b). Foe prevails over man (18.21.4a). In regard to travel: Hostile path (7.2.10a). Troublesome paths (7.2.11a). Reaches (or does not reaches) destination (18.6.1a, 18.6.1b, 18.6.2a). Returns (or does not returns) from the campaign (18.8.1a, 18.8.7a). In regard to information: Joyful news (12.1.6a). Bad news to the man’s house (12.1.11a). A secret in the man’s house (12.3.1a). The person to the right of the man speaks untruth (13.8.3a). In regard to captivity and exile: Captivity in an enemy city (10.3.1a). Man is thrown to prison (10.2.2a, in your city). Expelled from the city (10.4.1a, 10.4.1b royal). In regard to death: Man dies (3.3.2a, 3.4.3a, 3.4.1a, 3.4.7a, 3.4.2a on the road). Death from ox goring (25.6.2a). 79 Violent death (3.4.69a). Luhushu, death in his prime (3.4.67a). Man vanishes (11.22.2b). Death in ordeal (23.3.2a, 23.3.3a). In regard to animal attacks: Shark (?) attacks man (25.3.1a). Snake attacks man (25.4.1a, 25.4.2a). Scorpion attacks man (25.5.2a, 25.5.4a). Lion attacks man’s fold (25.1.6a). Lion feeds on man’s fold (25.1.7a). Lion kills someone in front of man (25.1.13a). I.8.1.7.2. Commoner (muškēnum) All the apodoses except for the last one (12.10.6a) are addressed (@) to the commoner (ana muškēnim). Note that in the prediction that follows in 8.5.1a the client is called ‘man’ (awīlum). Commoner dies (3.4.6a). Commoner obtains desired (8.7.3a). Commoner gets an acquisition (8.9.3a). Palace converts commoner’s house and property (8.12.4a). Commoner suffers financial losses (8.18.2a). Commoner’s (mans!) house grows (8.5.1a). Some commoner brings denunciation to king (12.10.6a). I.8.1.7.3. House’s lord (bēl bītim) Driven into captivity together with his sons (10.3.2a). I.8.1.7.4. Trader (tamkārum) For the trader (@): acquisition (8.9.4a). I.8.2. Antagonist characters I.8.2.1.1. Enemy (nakrum) Enemy in regard to divination: ‘Weapon’ of the enemy (1.2.5a). God(s) of enemy (1.1.7a, 1.1.8a nakrum šarrum ‘enemy king’). Niphu-predictions of enemy (1.8.5a, 1.8.6a in warfare). General predictions concerning enemy: 80 Enemy’s evil (2.8.5a). Enemy’s well-being (2.3.8a, 2.3.13a enemy’s army). Wailing and mourning (2.13.6a @for enemy’s country, 2.13.17a). Enemy’s days are over (3.1.10a). Firm foundations of enemy (11.5.3a enemy’s army, 11.5.5a). Enemy as ruler: (Plague-)god devours enemy’s country (4.19.9a). Nergal kills enemy (4.19.11a, 4.19.10a depopulates army). Famine in enemy’s country (6.4.3a). Abundance in enemy’s country (8.2.3a). Unbraced fundament of enemy’s country (11.5.12a). Enemy executes remission of debts in his country (11.7.2a) Enemy’s country gather into fortresses (11.12.4a). Enemy forces prince’s country to fortresses (11.12.10a). Building fortress on the enemy’s border (11.13.3a). Enemy builds fortress on border (11.13.4a). Enemy’s demolishes fortress (11.14.5a). Enemy demolishes city (11.14.7a). Decrease of population in enemy’s country (11.16.2c). Enemy causes to leave field fallow (11.21.5a). Enemy causes population to leave (11.21.6a). Enemy’s city is demolished (11.14.4a). Enemy’s country vanishes (11.22.8a). Enemy ruins country (11.22.9a). Annihilation of enemy’s country (11.25.2a). Enemy’s cities revolt (16.2.15a). Adad devastates enemy’s country (24.9.7a). Adad devastates enemy’s field (24.9.11a). Adad devastates enemy’s booty (24.9.19a). Ningishzida devours enemy’s land (24.15.18a). Fire breaks out in enemy’s country (24.15.12a). Ningishzida devours enemy’s land (24.15.18a). Fire breaks out in enemy’s country (24.15.12a). Enemy in intelligence: 81 . Enemy’s plan is disclosed (12.4.5c, 12.4.6a from his country). Enemy’s king attendant divulges secrets (12.4.9a). Enemy’s diviner divulges secrets (12.4.20a). Enemy’s border city divulges secrets (12.4.27a). One sitting in front of ruler divulges secrets to enemy’s country (12.4.13a you, 12.4.14a king). Guarded person divulges secrets to enemy (12.4.21a). Prisoner divulges secrets to enemy (12.4.22a). Enemy monitors border regions (12.5.1a). Enemy counts army (12.5.2a). Being informed about enemy’s movements (12.5.3a). Enemy informed about movements (12.5.4a). Enemy in regard to military actions: God makes you stronger than enemy (7.10.2a). Fall of enemy’s army leader (3.4.43a, 3.4.43b). Fall of enemy’s vanguard (3.4.46a). Fall of enemy’s renowned person (3.4.48b). Fall of enemy’s warriors and our warriors (3.4.51a). Enemy’s fall (3.4.14a, 3.4.16a at his border). Enemy kills population (3.5.27a uncertain). You and enemy massacre each other’s cities (3.6.6a). Enemy kills someone by the gate (3.6.1a, 3.6.2a). Enemy kills prisoners (3.6.10a). Fear of enemy in army (5.3.12a, 5.3.12b). Terror in enemy’s army (5.5.4a). Panic in enemy’s army (5.6.2a). Enemy fears prince’s country (5.3.6a). Enemy fills water-reservoirs (6.3.1a). Enemy takes bird-traps (6.3.2a). Army aids enemy (7.4.9a). Enemy aids army (7.4.10a). Fall of enemy’s army (18.23.9a, 18.23.10a, 18.23.18a, 18.23.21a in main mass). Country and enemy’s country ravage one another (18.1.1b). Enemy’s god kills army (18.4.2a). Enemy wants the army on campaign (18.4.7a). 82 Invading enemy’s land or country (18.5.2a king, 18.5.3a you, 18.5.4a you, 18.5.3b you, 18.5.3c you, 18.5.3d you, 18.5.12a expedition). You invade enemy’s cities (19.3.1a). Enemy invades (18.5.6a-c, 18.5.9a-b your country, 18.5.10a, 18.5.11a with seventy boats, 18.5.13a enemy’s expedition, 18.5.13b enemy’s expedition). Enemy’s army reaches destination (18.6.8a). Enemy’s army does not reach destination (18.6.9a). Enemy blocks movements (18.9.1a-b). Enemy blocks army (18.10.2a, 18.10.4a). Enemy encircles army (18.10.3a). Ambush positions against enemy’s army (18.11.1a). Enemy sets ambush position(s) (18.11.2a). Enemy advances against position(s) (18.11.4a). Enemy’s forces attack positions (18.11.5a). Enemy takes your position(s) (18.11.8a, 18.11.9a) Enemy confronts you (18.12.5a). Army confronts enemy’s army (18.12.6a). You and enemy confront each other (18.12.8a). Force does not confront enemy (18.12.7a). Army and enemy’s army confront each other (18.12.9a). You and enemy do not confront each other (18.12.10a). Enemy is spotted (18.12.1a). Enemy spots army (18.12.2a). Enemy does battle (18.13.4a by the gates, 18.13.5a-7a at different daytime). You and enemy fight (18.14.1a, 18.14.2a, 18.14.3a armies, 18.14.3b armies). Command to attack (18.15.2a @enemy second person). Enemy attacks (18.16.11a, 18.16.12a, 18.16.13b-c enemy’s army, 18.16.16a country, 18.17.1a suddenly, 18.17.2a suddenly today, 18.17.3a suddenly during maneuvers, 18.17.4a suddenly on camp, 18.17.6a suddenly king’s expedition, 18.17.6b, 18.17.7a suddenly attacks army’s rearguard, 18.17.8a periphery). You attack the enemy’s expedition (18.17.5a). Overthrowing, defeating or triumphing over enemy (18.16.9a your army, 18.19.2a king overthrows his enemy’s army, 18.21.6a-b you, 18.21.10a my army, 18.22.1a, 18.21.9a army, 18.22.5c you; you with army: 18.22.15a in his country, 18.22.16a in your(!) country; you: 18.19.1a enemy’s army, 18.22.29a right wing, 18.22.30a center, 18.22.31a left wing; 18.19.3a, 18.19.12a country, 18.19.4a, 18.21.3a sheep owner, 18.19.5a-10a and 18.22.32a83 33a different times of day, 18.22.4b šarrum ša ittīka nakru ‘enemy king ’, 18.22.5a-8a; armies: 18.22.10a, 18.22.10b, 18.22.11a, 18.22.12a-b small force defeats big force, 18.22.17a; 19.5.8a city). Enemy overthrows, defeats or triumphs over (18.19.13a country, 18.19.15b you, 18.19.15a16a army, 18.19.17a you, 18.21.8a, 18.21.11a my army, 18.22.21a-b your army, 18.22.20c my army, 18.22.22a army’s fortress, 18.22.23a of enemy’s army, 18.22.24a your armies, 18.22.25a because of little number, 18.22.28a departing force, 18.22.35a). You and enemy overthrow one another (18.19.18a). You pursuit enemy’s expedition (18.20.1a, 18.20.1b). Enemy drives you to gates (18.20.2a). Allies defeat enemy (18.22.26a-b). Enemy defeats ally (18.22.27a). Expedition falls in enemy’s country (18.23.12a). Enemy’s expedition falls in country (18.23.13a). Enemy goes away (18.24.1a). Enemy drops weapons (18.25.2a, 18.25.6a). Flight of the enemy (18.25.13a, 18.25.13b enemy’s army, 18.25.13c, 18.25.13d enemy’s army, 18.25.24a you send enemy’s army into flight). Enemy’s army drops weapons at army’s sight (18.25.3a). Army drops weapons at enemy’s sight (18.25.4a, 18.25.5a-b fortress’s garrison). You run away from enemy (18.25.21a). You and enemy escape from each other (18.25.23a-b). Enemy forces to lock gate (19.1.2a-b). Enemy approaches gates (19.1.3a-b). Laying siege on enemy’s city (19.2.3a). Enemy lays siege on city (19.2.5a, 19.2.6a auxiliaries city). Enemy storms city (19.3.2a, 19.4.2a breaches foundation). Enemy forces city to surrender (19.4.6a). One cuts barricade in enemy’s city (19.5.3a). Enemy’s city population escapes (19.5.9b). Enemy’s city surrenders (19.5.10a today) You set enemy’s palace on fire (24.15.20a). Enemy sets fortresses on fire (24.15.21a). Fall of enemy’s palace (19.6.3a). 84 Capturing enemy’s city or cities (19.4.4a by breaching, 19.4.5a by breaching, 19.7.5b, 19.7.6a, 19.7.5d plural, 19.7.10a, 19.7.13a). Capturing enemy’s country or land (20.2.4b, 20.2.5b, 20.2.5c, 20.2.5d, 20.2.6a, 20.3.41a, 20.3.41b). Enemy conquers (19.7.9a enters city, 19.7.12a border city, 19.7.15a fortress, 19.7.11a king’s thoroughfare city, 19.7.12b border city, 19.7.12c border cities, 19.7.14a fortified city, 20.2.1a border regions). Enemy captures or annexes city or cities (19.7.16a city after city, 20.3.39a). Enemy breaches dyke (24.12.4a-b) Making sacrifice in enemy’s shrine (27.22.1a, 27.22.1b). Enemy in diplomatic relations: Messenger goes to enemy’s country (12.2.5a). Messenger arrives to enemy’s country (12.2.6a). You strive for superiority (?) over enemy (17.1.4a, 17.1.4b). Enemy strives for superiority (?) over you (17.1.5a). You and enemy contend for superiority (17.1.6a). Enemy king (šarrum nakrum) submits to king (17.3.2a). You are soft-spoken with enemy (17.3.4a). Enemy is soft-spoken with you (17.3.3a). Enemy sends peace offer (17.9.5b-c). Enemy sends you something (17.7.1a). You send peace offer to enemy (17.9.2a). Enemy asks for peaceful rule (17.9.6a). You turn for capitulation to enemy (17.10.2a). Enemy turns for capitulation (17.10.3a). Enemy accepts peace offer (17.12.5a). Enemy claims fortress or city (17.14.2a-b fortress, 17.14.4a-b border city). You claim enemy’s city (17.14.3a). Enemy claims land (17.14.6a). You claim enemy’s land (17.14.7a). Enemy claims … (17.14.8a). Enemy leaves subjects alone (17.15.3a). Enemy takes subjects (17.15.7a). You leave enemy’s border region alone (17.16.1a). Enemy leaves border regions alone (17.16.2a). 85 Enemy acquires ally (17.17.4a-b, 17.17.4c @enemy second person). Enemy’s auxiliaries dominate him (17.2.3a). Enemy’s auxiliaries desert him (18.25.16a, 18.25.16b, 18.25.16c). Enemy’s auxiliaries take his property (20.3.11a). Enemy and subordinates: City dweller reaches out to enemy (15.2.2a). Border city reaches out to enemy (15.2.1a, 15.2.3a). City’s lord turns to enemy (15.2.5a). City or fortress turns to enemy (15.2.7a, 15.2.8a, 15.2.9a, 15.2.10a). Woman hands city to enemy (15.2.11a). Allies turn to enemy (15.2.12a). Ally lets enemy in city (15.3.3a). Enemy’s border city sends a deputy (15.2.4a). Border city turns to enemy (15.2.6a). Enemy takes palace’s high official (10.1.1a). Enemy’s prince (rubû ša nakri) imprisons his grand (10.2.6a). Enemy appoints deputy (13.2.4a). ‘Hand’ reaches enemy’s army leader (20.1.11a). You reach enemy’s general (20.1.13a). Enemy as private person: You take enemy captive (10.1.2a, 10.1.4a in close battle). Enemy takes you captive in close battle (10.1.5a-b) They subdue to you the king, your enemy (šarrum nakarka) (10.1.6a). They subdue you to the king, your enemy (šarrum nakarka) (10.1.7a). Enemy expelled from his country (10.4.7a). Enemy takes throne (14.3.20a, 14.3.21a). Enemy and property: Enemy’s army (does not) obtain(s) desired (8.7.10a, 8.7.11a). Converting enemy’s palace (8.12.12a). Enemy converts palace (8.12.13a-b). Losses of enemy (8.16.2a). Enemy takes something from you (20.3.2b). Taking enemy’s property (8.16.12b enemy’s treasure, 8.16.12a, 20.3.29a ?, enemy’s treasures, 20.3.41c enemy’s land, 20.3.47a enemy’s country central region, 20.3.1b, 86 20.3.2c, 20.3.3a, 20.3.4a from enemy’s country, 20.3.5a army takes enemy’s country property, 20.3.8a enemy’s country property comes to country, 20.3.8b from enemy’s country, 20.3.12a prince plunders enemy’s country, 20.3.13a from enemy’s country, 20.3.19a from enemy’s position, 20.3.25a, 20.3.32a enemy’s treasures, 20.3.33a army takes enemy’s treasures, 20.3.44a from enemy’s country, 20.3.45a from enemy’s fortress, 20.3.48a rear regions, 20.3.55a expedition brings booty from enemy’s country to country, 20.4.1a enemy’s chariot(s), 20.5.1a-2a enemy’s harvest). Enemy takes property (8.16.11a treasure goes to enemy’s country, 20.3.1c from your body, 20.3.6a of country, 20.3.9a from country, 20.3.15a cities, 20.3.34a of country and temples, 20.3.56a enemy’s expedition takes booty from country, 20.3.42a and 20.3.42c land, 20.3.46a fortresses, 20.3.49a, 20.3.50, 20.3.51a sheep owner’s, 20.3.51b and 20.3.52a my property, 20.3.54a-d country, 20.4.2a boats from harbor, 20.3.58a palace, 20.5.3a-4a harvest). Enemy does not take away booty (20.3.60a). Enemy cuts down date-palms (20.6.2a). Enemy brings tribute ( 20.10.1a enemy city, 20.10.2a enemy’s country). Enemy does corveé work (20.11.1a). Two enemy kings (šarrū nakrūtum): Enemy kings make peace (17.12.6a). Two enemy kings arrive (18.5.7a). Enemy in regard to country: Country overthrows or prevails over enemy (18.19.11a, 18.21.12a). Enemy prevails over country (18.21.13a). Hostile cities, countries and armies: Man is driven captive to enemy’s city (10.3.1a). Hostile cities return to king (16.3.3a-b). King captures enemy city (19.7.2a). You capture enemy city (19.7.5c). They exile king to enemy country (10.4.6a). King invades enemy country (18.5.2b). King captures enemy country (20.2.4d). King takes away enemy country (20.3.40a). Property goes to enemy country (8.16.20a, 20.3.10a). Prince of enemy country (rubûm ša mātim nakartim) goes to exile (10.4.8a). Enemy country fundament ? (11.5.13a). 87 Fugitive donkey rider from enemy country (munnabtu rākib imēri ištu mātim nakartim) arrives (12.2.16a). Kings’s army advances against enemy army in position (18.11.3a). I.8.2.1.2. Foe (bēl lemuttim, bēl lumnim) Foe (whole apodosis) (1.2.7a). Sorrow (2.7.5a). Fall (3.4.14b, 3.4.14c). Foe’s plan is disclosed (12.4.5d). Foe turns to capitulation (17.10.3b). Prevailing over foe (18.21.1a, 18.21.6c). Foe prevails (18.21.4a, 18.21.8c). Encircles, together with ally (19.2.8a). Ruler seizes his foe (20.1.4b, 20.1.5a). I.8.2.1.3. Foes (ayyābū, likely always in the plural) Coming to the gates (19.1.3c). King / prince seizes his foes / ? / 2person (20.1.4a, 20.1.6a, 20.1.7a, 20.1.8a). I.8.2.1.4. Foe (zāʾirum) Foe goes to you (18.5.8a). I.8.2.1.5. Opponent (bēl awātim) Misfortune (2.9.4a). Profit turns to the opponent (8.8.8a). Triumph over opponent (18.21.1b, 18.21.1c, 18.21.2a). Opponent’s triumph in court (23.2.1a). I.8.2.1.6. Opposing person (pālisum) “Smash the one opposing you!” (18.15.3a). I.8.2.1.7. Haters (?) (šannāʾū) King fears his haters (šannāʾūšu) (5.3.2a). I.8.2.1.8. Rival, match (māḫirum) Always in the expressions māḫiram lā īšu ‘had no rival’ and māḫiram ul irašši ‘will have no rival’. Historical: 88 Gilgamesh had no rival (14.2.5a). Sargon had no rival (14.2.6a). Contemporary: King has no rivals (14.2.4a). Army has no rivals (14.2.7a king’s, 14.2.7b prince’s, 14.2.8a king’s, in warfare). I.8.3. Other characters I.8.3.1. Allies and dependents I.8.3.1.1. Ally (bēl salīmim, bēl sulummê, bēl dumqim) Ally (whole apodosis) (1.2.6a). Death (3.4.53a). Lets enemy inside the city (15.3.3a). Ally and foe encircle you (19.2.8a). I.8.3.1.2. Ally (rēṣum, mostly pl. rēṣū) Allies turn to enemy (15.2.12a). Allies dominate you (17.2.2a). You acquire allies and auxiliaries (17.17.5a). Enemy acquires? allies and auxiliaries (17.17.6a). Allies sent to death by god (18.4.5a). You attack ally with auxiliaries (18.16.18a). You defeat enemy and his allies (18.22.9a). Ally defeats enemy (18.22.27a). Allies desert (18.25.15a, 18.25.15b with auxiliaries). Enemy lays seige on city with his allies and auxiliaries (19.2.7a). Ally attacks your cities (19.3.3a). Ally takes your property (20.3.7a). I.8.3.1.3. Auxiliaries (tillatum) Auxiliaries revolt against prince (16.2.35a). Auxiliaries dominate prince (17.2.1a). Auxiliaries dominate enemy (17.2.3a). Prince takes oath before auxiliaries (17.8.1a). 89 Ruler acquires auxiliaries (17.17.1a king, 17.17.2a king acquires saving auxiliaries (tillatum mušēzibatum), 17.17.5a you acquire allies and auxiliaries, 17.17.6a enemy acquires? allies and auxiliaries). You attack ally with auxiliaries (18.16.18a). Auxiliaries desert (18.25.14a-b prince, 18.25.14c you, 18.25.15b allies and auxiliaries desert you, 18.25.16a-c enemy). Enemy lays siege on auxiliaries’ city (19.2.6a). Enemy lays siege on your city with allies and auxiliaries (19.2.7a). Prince’s auxiliaries attack him (18.16.19a). Enemy’s auxiliaries take his property (20.3.11a). As diviner’s (?) aid to protagonist: King captures city with your aid (ina tillatīka) (19.7.3a). Prince seizes foes with your aid (ina tillatīka) (20.1.6a). I.8.3.1.4. Friend (tappum) Acquiring an ally (17.17.3a you, 17.17.4a-b enemy, 17.17.4c @enemy). I.8.3.1.5. Friend (rūʾum) War declared on friend (17.19.9a). I.8.3.1.6. Dependents (ṭeḫḫū pl.) Evil seizes man and his dependents (2.9.5a). King captures king’s dependents (20.2.9a along with cities, countryside, fortresses and land). I.8.3.2. Collective See also Aspects of space (I.7.2) above. I.8.3.2.1. Army (ummānum) Concerning divination: Army’s god (1.1.9a). Niphu-predictions of army (1.8.3a). Army and god: Divine support (7.2.5a army’s campaign not in agreement with god, 7.4.6a god aid to the army, possibly, of plague, 7.8.1a-2a divine breeze). Plague aids army (7.4.11a ‘great weapon’, 7.4.12a Erra and Meslamtaea). God and army (18.4.2a enemy’s god kills army, 18.4.3a god is unkind at destination, 18.4.4ac god wishes army’s defeat). Army’s gods abandon it (27.14.3a campaign, 27.14.4a at destination). 90 General predictions: Well-being for army at destination (2.3.14a-b). Army’s joy (2.4.3a). Army experiences difficulties (2.11.9a-b). Mourning of army (2.13.16a). Army has no match (14.2.7a king’s army, 14.2.7b prince’s army, 14.2.8a king’s army in warfare). Disease, mental conditions, and morale: Army is sick (4.2.9a at destination, 4.14.1a shibu-disease, 4.19.10a Nergal depopulates army). Army’s conditions (5.3.10a-b fear, 5.3.11a fear in warfare, 5.3.12a-b fear of enemy, 5.3.13a fear at position, 5.3.14a two armies fear each other, 5.3.15a tremble, 5.5.3a-4a terror, 5.5.5a terror stops, 5.6.1a panic, 5.6.2a panic affects enemy’s army, 5.7.2a stupor, 5.9.4a insanity). Army’s morale (11.5.3a firm foundations of enemy’s army, 11.5.4a not firm foundations of prince’s army, 11.5.11a unbraced sphincter). Chaos covers army (11.20.7a-b). Army’s mind change (15.1.2a-3a). Army does not obey commanders (11.4.11a). Army’s complaint (12.7.2a). Army in the course of the campaign: Army’s nourishment and water supply (6.2.1a sufficient food on campaign, 6.2.2a thirst in the field, 6.2.3a thirst of the king’s army on campaign). Storm delays army (24.9.2a until sunrise, 24.9.3a Adad, wind and rain). Storm devastates army (24.9.16a-b, 24.9.17a in camp). Army has rain water for drinking (24.4.10a-11a). Waters delay army (24.12.8a). Army and ashqulalu-phenomenon (24.14.15a ashqulalu of army, 24.14.16a army falls because of ashqulalu, 24.14.17a prolongs campaign time). Snake rushes towards the army on campaign (25.4.3a). Army in military actions: Army aids enemy (7.4.9a). Enemy aids army (7.4.10a). Army (does not) obtain(s) desired (8.7.5a, 8.7.6a at destination, 8.7.10a enemy army does not obtain desired). Sending army to campaign (18.2.3a, 18.4.1a king’s army is sent for good). 91 Army is wanted by enemy (18.4.7a). Army (does not) reach(es) destination (18.6.4a reaches, 18.6.6a and 18.6.7a and 18.6.7d does not reach, 18.6.8a enemy’s army reaches, 18.6.9a enemy’s does not reach, 18.6.10a-b unclear). Army (does not) return(s) from campaign (18.8.2a and 18.8.9a does not return, 18.8.4a and 18.8.4c safe return). Enemy intercepts march of army (18.9.2a). Army is encircled (18.10.1a, 18.10.2a blocked by enemy, 18.10.3a enemy encircles army in battle, 18.10.4a blocked by enemy in warfare). Enemy sets ambush positions in front of army (18.11.2a). King’s army advances against enemy army in position (18.11.3a). Enemy advances against army’s position (18.11.4a). Enemy holds army’s position (18.11.9a). Army moves from position (18.11.10a). Enemy sees army (18.12.2a). Army and enemy’s army fight each other (18.14.3-b). Great attack reaches army (18.16.8a). Army’s attack overcomes enemy (18.16.9a). Army’s attack (18.16.13a). Attack of enemy’s army (18.16.13a, 18.16.13c). Attack of great army (ummānum rabītum) (18.16.14a). Enemy suddenly attacks army (18.17.3a). Enemy suddenly attacks army’s rearguard (zibbat ummānim) (18.17.7a). Overthrowing of enemy’s army (18.19.1a, 18.19.2a by king). Enemy overthrows army (18.19.15b, 18.19.16a in battle, ). Army triumphs over enemy or defeats him (18.21.10a, 18.22.10a-b, 18.22.11a my armies, 18.22.12a campaign, 18.22.14a-b small army defeats big army, 18.22.15a defeating enemy’s expedition in his country with an army, defeating enemy’s expedition in my country with an army). Enemy’s army triumphs over army (18.21.11a, 18.22.18a defeating army of king’s country, 18.22.19a 18.22.20c, 18.22.21a, 18.22.21b, 18.22.22a army’s fortress, 18.22.23a enemy’s army defeats you, 18.22.24a your armies, 18.22.36a Ishme-Dagan’s army). Fall of army (18.23.1a, 18.23.1b prince’s army, 18.23.1c your army, 18.23.1d my army, 18.23.1e, 18.23.2a armies, 18.23.3a in warfare, 18.23.3b warfare, my army, 18.23.4a army constantly falls in battle, 18.23.5a in campaign, 18.23.7a-8a in warfare, completely, 18.23.9a enemy’s army, 18.23.10a in warfare, enemy’s army, 18.23.11a (opposing) armies 92 fall together, 18.23.16a at destination, 18.23.17a, on attack, 18.23.18a on attack, enemy’s army, 18.23.19a in bivouac, 18.23.20b in its main mass, 18.23.21a in its main mass, enemy’s army, 18.23.22a in rearguard (zibbatum), 18.23.24a-b ?, 19.4.10a TE-Enlil and his army defeated by breaching, 19.6.1b fort’s army). Umman-manda horde falls in the midst of army (18.23.25a) . Enemy’s drops weapons at sight of army (18.25.3a). Army drops weapons at sight of enemy’s army (18.25.3a, 18.25.5a-b fortress garrison). Army turns back (18.24.2a). Flight of army (18.25.11a-e, 18.25.12a, 18.25.13b and 18.25.13d enemy’s army, 18.25.24a sending enemy into flight). King divides army in nine parts (18.26.1a). Hidden army scatters (18.26.3a). Tunneling towards besieging army (19.5.2a ruler of Kish). Army (does not) take(s) booty (20.7.6c-d and 20.7.7a-c has a share, 20.3.33a takes enemy’s treasures, 20.9.1a returns empty-handed). Army takes captives (10.1.11a). Army is taken captive (10.1.12a). I.8.3.2.2. Army (ṣābum) Army’s well-being (2.3.12a, 2.3.13a enemy’s army). Mourning for army (2.13.5a). Army’s foundations (11.5.6a torn foundations). Enemy counts army (12.5.2a) . Client finds army (13.1.4a). Army (does not) reach(es) destination (18.6.5a, 18.6.7b and 18.6.7c does not reach). Army (does not) return(s) (18.8.4b safe return, 18.8.9b does not return). Army confronts enemy (18.12.6a). Army sets ambush position for enemy (18.11.1a). Army and enemy’s army confront each other (18.12.9a). Army makes battle (18.13.3a great battle at destination). Enemy suddenly attacks army while maneuvering (18.17.3a). Army falls (18.23.6a, ṣābum mādumma ‘large army’, 19.6.2b ṣābum ša rubêm ‘prince’s army’ in his city). Army is being dispersed (18.26.2a). Army takes booty (20.7.7b has a share at destination). 93 I.8.3.2.3. Military expedition (g/kirrum) You pursuit enemy’s expedition (18.20.1a-b). You defeat enemy’s expedition with army (18.22.15a in enemy’s country, 18.22.16a in own country). Expedition falls in enemy’s country (18.23.12a). Enemy’s expedition falls in country (18.23.13a). Expedition brings abundant booty from enemy’s country (20.3.55a). Enemy’s expedition takes brings booty from country (20.3.56a). I.8.3.2.4. Invading force, military expedition (šēpum) See also Advent of (I.6.10.3) above. Attack or arrival of invading force (18.3.5c and 18.3.6a umman-manda horde, 18.5.13a-b enemy’s expedition, 18.5.12a your expedition). Fall of invading force (18.23.14a expedition of Marad, 18.23.15a expedition of Uruk). You repel attack or defeat invading force (šēp irrubakkum) (18.18.1a, 18.18.2a, 18.18.3a at destination, 18.18.4a on its own land, 18.22.34c) I.8.3.2.5. Main force (kubrum) Main force escapes from difficult situation (2.12.13a). Main force does not escape from difficult situation (2.12.14a). Attack of main force (18.16.15a). Fall of main force (18.16.20a). I.8.3.2.6. Hupshu-troops (ḫupšum) Hupshu-troops revolt (16.2.36a, 16.2.37a against prince, 16.2.38a overthrow prince). Fall of hupshu-troops (18.23.23a). I.8.3.2.7. Guard (maṣṣarātum pl.) King’s guard deserts (18.25.19a). I.8.3.2.8. People, society, population (awīlūtum, once awīlū) God makes a good decision for the people (awīlū) (27.10.2a) The city’s population vanishes (11.22.4a) Adad devastates crops and people (24.9.9a) The client is thrusted by people (7.16.1a) I.8.3.2.9. People, population (nīšū) Not reaching population of enemy’s city (19.7.24a). 94 People bring out property for sale (8.21.3a). I.8.3.2.10. Livestock, ‘flock’ (būlum, būl Šakkān) Metaphorically for subjects in political context: Left alone (17.15.1a by wronged ruler, 17.15.2a enemy’s, 17.15.4a some king’s, 17.15.3a by enemy, 17.15.3b by enemy, 17.15.5a by some king). Taken (17.15.6a by enemy, 17.15.7a by enemy). Livestock: Increases (9.2.1a). Decreases (9.3.1a, 9.3.1b). Devastated by storm (24.9.20a). Famine (9.6.1a). Fall (9.7.1a, 9.4.1b, 9.7.1c, 9.7.2a in household, 9.7.4a, 9.7.6a by Mars – both būl Šakkān, 9.7.5a by plague-god). Livestock grazeland (merīt būlim) vanishes (9.5.1a). Fire consumes pasture (rīt būlim) (24.15.13b). I.8.3.2.11. Domestic staff (aštapīr) One of man’s servants dies (3.4.60a-b) I.8.3.2.12. Acquaintances (aḫittum) One of man’s acquaintances (3.4.63a) I.8.3.3. Family I.8.3.3.1. Father (abum) As the protagonist: Son(s) ravage father’s household (8.19.11a, 8.19.12a, 8.19.12a). Sons divide father’s property during his lifetime (8.20.1a). Sons rise against father (16.2.26a). Son or heir kills father (3.5.19a-20a). Son takes father’s throne (14.3.2a, 14.3.2b, 14.3.6c, 14.3.6d). Daughter takes father’s throne (14.3.10a). Brothers compete over father’s throne (14.4.1a). With regard to the protagonists’s father: Oath of the man’s father (27.5.4a-b). Son (the man!) takes father’s throne (14.3.6e). 95 I.8.3.3.2. Husband (mutum) Wife ravages husband’s house (8.19.9b, 8.19.10a). Husband catches wife while cheating (21.4.2b). I.8.3.3.3. Brother (aḫum, atḫū pl.) Protagonist’s brother: Man’s sick brother (aḫi awīlim marṣum) recovers (4.4.4a). Brother as the protagonist’s son, heir: Compete over father’s throne (14.4.1a). Revolt against each other (16.2.44a, 16.2.44b, 16.2.44c, broken context, cf. one another below). Younger brother ([aḫum] ṣeḫrum) becomes rich (8.3.5a). Older brothers (rabûtum) become poor (8.4.3a). Brother as peer in relations between rulers: Prince intercedes for another’s peer (abbūt aḫi lā šâti ippeš) (17.4.1a). One another in binary relations: You and the enemy overthrow one another (18.19.18a). You and the enemy escape from each other (18.19.18a, 18.25.23a). One another in non-binary relations: One kills the other (3.6.3a). One eats another’s flesh (6.4.6b). I.8.3.3.4. Son (mārum) Man’s son: Well-being for older son (māršu rēštum) (2.3.7a). Sons do not have lamassu-spirit (27.6.3a). Sons have god (27.9.3a). Seizures occur to man’s son (4.10.4a). One of sons becomes respected (7.12.4a). One of sons does not become respected (7.12.5a). Sons ravage father’s house during his lifetime (8.19.12a). Sons divide property during father’s lifetime (8.20.1a). Sons are taken captive with their father (10.3.2a). Uprising of man’s son(s) (16.2.24a). Ruler’s son: King divides country between two sons (8.20.2a). 96 King’s son takes throne (14.3.6b, 14.3.6c). Prince’s son takes throne (14.3.6d). King’s son does not take throne (14.3.7a). Uprising of house’s son(s) (māri/ī bītim) (16.2.23a). Sons uprise (16.2.25a you, 16.2.26a prince). Son kills father (3.5.19a). Unclear: Snake rushes towards her (?) beloved son (25.4.4a). I.8.3.3.5. Heir (aplum) King’s heir (apil šarrim): Divulges secrets (12.4.7a). Kills father (3.5.20a). Taking his father’s throne (14.3.2b, 14.3.3a, 14.3.4a ‘older heir’ aplum rabûm, 14.3.5a ‘younger heir’ aplum ṣeḫrum). Man’s heir (apil awīlim): Gads about (21.3.2a). I.8.3.3.6. Maternal uncle (ḫālum) Presence of god of man’s maternal uncle (27.16.2a). I.8.3.3.7. Wife (aššatum, aštum) Prince’s wife revolts against him (16.2.28a). Death (3.4.26a). Ravages her spouse’s house (8.19.9b). Wife of a shagu-priest breaks taboos (27.20.5a). Man’s wife gads about (21.3.1a). Man’s wife has extramarital sex (21.4.1a). Man’s wife is caught during extramarital sex (21.4.1a). Man’s wife involves herself in prostitution (21.5.1a). Man’s wife leaves (21.6.1a, 21.8.2a bewitched by Ishtar). Man’s wife returns (21.9.1a). Man’s wife give birth to a boy (22.1.2a). King’s wife give birth to a boy (22.1.2b). Man’s wife give birth to twins (22.1.4a). Sexual desire to his wife (4.16.1a). 97 I.8.3.3.8. Lady (bēlet bītim) Death (3.4.28a) Taken to another by the maid (21.8.1a, bēlet bītim ‘lady of the house’). I.8.3.3.9. Concubine (sekretum) Concubine dies (3.4.27a). King banishes concubine (21.7.1a). Nanaya takes concubine out of the harem (21.8.3a, 21.8.4a king’s favorite concubine). I.8.3.3.10. Beloved woman (narāmtum) King’s beloved women abound (21.1.3a). Nanaya takes away king’s beloved concubine out of the harem (21.8.4a). I.8.3.3.11. Barren woman (lā wālittum) Barren woman gives birth (22.1.1a). I.8.3.3.12. Pregnant woman (ēritum) Fetus dies (22.2.2a, 22.2.3a). Dies giving birth (22.2.4b) . I.8.3.3.13. Daughter (mārtum) Prince’s daughter (mārat rubê) takes the throne (14.3.10a). King’s daughter (mārat šarrim) becomes a prostitute (21.5.2a). I.8.3.3.14. Baby (šerrum) Pashittu-demon takes away baby (27.2.1a man’s, 27.2.2a from man’s house). I.8.3.3.15. Twins (māšū) Man’s wife gives birth to twins (22.1.4a). I.8.3.3.16. Grandchildren (mārmārū pl.) Man lives to see his grandchildren (3.1.3a). I.8.3.3.17. Descendant (šer šerrim) King’s descendants up to fifth generation rule (14.3.8a) . I.8.3.3.18. Own flesh (šīr ramānim) Your own flesh (šīr ramānīka) uprises against you (16.2.27a). I.8.3.3.19. Family (nīšūtum) 98 Man’s relative dies (3.4.58a-b). I.8.3.3.20. Relative of fifth generation (ḫamšum) Of ancestors: Oath of ancestor in fifth generation seizes man (27.5.5a). Of descendants: King’s descendants up to fifth generation rule (14.3.8a) . I.8.3.3.21. Not a son: Not a son of the king (lā ina mār šarrim) takes throne (14.3.9a). I.8.3.3.22. Non-relative (šīr lā nīšūtim) Man’s non-relative (šīr lā nīšūt awīlim) dies (3.4.59a). I.8.3.4. Palace personnel I.8.3.4.1. Subordinate (wardum) Subordinate kill(s) ruler (3.5.12b subordinate kills lord, 3.5.13a Shar-Kali-Sharri, whom his subordinates killed with their seals, 3.5.14a Rimush, whom his subordinates killed with their seals). King converts subordinates’ houses (8.12.7a). King’s income comes to subordinates (8.8.5a) King hates county and subordinates (11.6.2a). Subordinates spread calumny about king (12.9.1a). Subordinates’ council is bad for ruler (13.8.2a king, 13.8.2b prince). Prince accepts subordinates’ council (13.8.5a). Subordinates wish to kill lord (16.1.2a). Subordinate revolts (16.2.30a, 16.2.31a against lord). I.8.3.4.2. Palace and household personnel (ekallû) Palace personnel (ekallû) kills ruler (3.5.7a king, 3.5.9a, historical: Manishtushu). I.8.3.4.3. Palace attendant (mār ekallim) Prince acquires advisers from among palace attendants (13.1.6a). King tears out palace attendant’s eyes (13.1.6a). Palace attendants revolt against prince (16.2.20a). I.8.3.4.4. Palace inhabitant (wāšib ekallim) Palace inhabitant divulges secrets (12.4.16a). 99 I.8.3.4.5. Palace attendant (ērib ekallim) Epqu-disease among palace attendants (4.13.1a). Scorpion stings palace attendant (25.5.3a, 25.5.3b). I.8.3.4.6. Courtier (šūt rēšim) Courtier warriors (qarrādu šūt rēšim) fall (3.4.52a). Courtiers revolt against king (16.2.32a). Courtiers kill ruler (3.5.10a king, 3.5.11a prince). I.8.3.4.7. One sitting in front (wāšib maḫrim) One sitting in front of king (wāšib maḫar šarrim) divulges secrets to enemy’s country (12.4.13a, 12.4.14a). One sitting in front of you (wāšib maḫrīka) divulges secrets (12.4.11a, 12.4.12a, 12.4.15a to sheep’s owner). One sitting in front of him (wāšib maḫrīšu) (physiognomically examined person) divulges secrets (12.4.10a). One sitting in front of you (wāšib maḫrīka) spreads calumny about you (12.9.2a). I.8.3.4.8. One standing in front (manzāz maḫrim) One standing in front of king vies with him (14.4.5a). I.8.3.4.9. Attendant (muzzaz rēšim) King’s attendant (muzzaz rēš šarrim) divulges secrets (12.4.8a). Enemy king’s attendant (muzzaz rēš šarrim nakrim) divulges secrets (12.4.9a). Diviner king’s attendant (mār bārîm muzzaz rēš šarrim) divulges secrets (12.4.19a). I.8.3.4.10. One to the right (imittum) One to man’s right (imitti awīlim) speaks untruths (13.8.3a). I.8.3.4.11. Yes-man (ša annam īpulu) Yes-man revolts (16.2.29a). I.8.3.4.12. Important person (kabtum, pl. kabtūtum) In relation to ruler: Fall (3.4.21a, 3.4.21b pl.). Imprisoned (10.2.5a by prince, 10.2.6a of and by enemy prince). Kills his lord (3.5.15a). Brings disease to the palace (4.7.5a). 100 Arrives to country (12.2.15a, rabûm kabtum ‘grand, important’). Takes royal income (13.1.9a ša šumam išû ‘renowned’). Appeases his lord (13.1.10a). Leads the country (14.3.15a). In relation to simple protagonist: Discovers one’s treasure (8.11.2a). I.8.3.4.13. Grand (rabûm, pl. rabûtum) Important grand (rabûm kabtum) arrives to country (12.2.15a). Grand seizes throne in foreign country (14.3.22a). Grands fear king (5.3.8a). I.8.3.4.14. Renowned person (wedûm) Fall or death of renowned person (3.4.48a fall, 3.4.48b fall of enemy’s (wedûm ša nakrim), 3.4.49a fall of renowned solder (rēdûm wedûm), 3.4.31a renowned enu-priest (enu wedûm), dies, 3.4.34a renowned pashishu-priest (pašīšu wedûm) dies, 3.4.29a renowned woman (sinništum edûtum) dies). Renowned messenger (mār šiprim wedûm) arrives (12.2.3a). I.8.3.4.15. Advisers (mālikū) (Do not) acquiring advisers (13.1.5a king, 13.1.6a prince, from palace attendants, 13.1.7a prince, in harem, 13.1.8a king do not acquires advisers). Advisers are concern for king (13.8.1a). Prince does not accept advisers’ instructions (13.8.7a). King does not obey advisers (13.8.8a). I.8.3.4.16. Overseer of barbers (wākil gallābī) Strives for his lord’s throne (14.4.4a). I.8.3.4.17. Overseer of cooks (wākil nuḫatimmī) King appoints overseer of cooks to office (13.2.2a). I.8.3.4.18. Warriors (qarrādū pl., qarrādān du.) Warriors die or fall (3.4.50a two warriors die, 3.4.51a our and enemy’s warriors fall together, 3.4.52a courtier warriors (qarrādū šūt rēšim) fall). Ruler acquires warriors (13.1.2a king, 13.1.3a prince acquires warriors that sweeten his heart (qarrādī muṭīb libbīšu) in his country). Fear affects warriors (5.3.9a). 101 I.8.3.4.19. Solder (rēdûm) Renowned solder falls (3.4.49a). I.8.3.4.20. Herald (nāgirum) Herald’s son (or member of herald-class) dies (3.4.56a). I.8.3.4.21. Shekel-takers (?) (šeqel(l)ēqū) Shekel-takers give king unreliable answers (13.8.4a). I.8.3.4.22. Female housekeeper (abarakkatum) Female housekeeper dies (3.4.30a). I.8.3.4.23. Servant (ṣeḫrum) Servant dies (3.4.61a, 3.4.61b(@)). Man’s servant falls of the roof (3.4.62a). I.8.3.5. Maid (ēmiqtum) Maid takes the lady of the house away to another man (21.8.1a). I.8.3.6. Officials I.8.3.6.1. Office holder (bēl têrtim, bēl parṣim) Death of son (or class member) (3.4.55a). King does not elevate his office holders (13.4.2a). King appoints an official (13.2.1a). King removes an official (13.5.1a). Dismissed official (nasḫum) returns to his office (13.7.1a). I.8.3.6.2. Mayor (rabiʾānum) Mayor is expelled from city (10.4.9a). I.8.3.6.3. Rabi-sikkatim official (rabi sikkati/um) Rabi-sikkatim official dies (3.4.47a). Rabi-sikkatim official opens city gate for enemy (15.3.2a). I.8.3.6.4. Shakkanakku-official (šakkanakkum) Seeing shakkanakku-official in a dream (1.11.3a). I.8.3.6.5. Shandabakku-official (šandabakkum) Fall of shandabakku-official(3.4.38a). 102 I.8.3.6.6. Shatammu-officials (šatammū pl.) Shatammu-officials steal from palace(s) (8.15.2a loot palace, 8.15.3b harass palace, 8.15.3a steal from palace, 8.15.3c loot palaces). Shatammu-officials divulge plans (12.4.17a). I.8.3.6.7. Shukkallu-official (šukkallum) Shukkallu-official kills king (3.5.16a). Shukkallu-official enjoys income (8.8.6a). Shukkallu-official takes his lord’s throne (14.3.14a). Shukkallu-official strives for his lord’s throne (14.4.2a). Shukkallu-official rivals prince (14.4.3a). I.8.3.6.8. Shukkalmahhu-official (šukkalmaḫḫum) Shukkalmahhu-official is smitten (4.17.6a). King removes shukkalmahhu-official (13.5.3a). I.8.3.6.9. Zabardabbu-official (zabardabbum) Zabardabbu-official is smitten (4.17.7a). Zabardabbu-official made an offering for himself in king’s sacrifice (27.19.4a). I.8.3.7. Commanders and agents I.8.3.7.1. General (ašarēdum) Army general: You reach the enemy’s general (20.1.13a). Falls (3.4.45a, 3.4.45b my general). Palace official: Taken by the enemy (10.1.1a) Possibly, also vanguard: Falls (note pl. aš[arē]d nakrim imaqqutū) (3.4.46a). Gaining status (ašarēdūtum): Man becomes leader (7.12.6a). I.8.3.7.2. Army’s leader (ālik panī (ša) ummānim / ummānātim, once ša ina panī ummānim illaku) Army’s leader experiences difficulties (2.11.10a). Fall of army’s leader (3.4.39a, 3.4.39b my, 3.4.39c, 3.4.41a in warfare, 3.4.42a, 3.4.43a-b enemy’s, 3.4.40a armies’ leader, in campaign, 3.4.44a uncertain). 103 Army leader is taken captive (10.1.9a armies’ leader, 10.1.9b). Army’s leader loses? reason (15.1.5a) Hand reaches army’s leader (20.1.10a, 20.1.10b and 20.1.11a enemy’s leader, 20.1.10c my leader, 20.1.12a your hand reaches enemy’s army’s leader). I.8.3.7.3. Commander (šāpirum) Army does not obey commander (11.4.11a). I.8.3.7.4. Messenger (mār šiprim) Your messenger killed at destination (3.5.29a). Messenger arrives to you (12.2.1a). Your messenger returns (12.2.2a). Renowned messenger (mār šiprim wēdûm) arrives (12.2.3a). Messenger of a remote country (mār šiprim ša mātim rēqtim) arrives to king (12.2.4a). Your messenger goes to enemy’s country (12.2.5a). Your messenger arrives to enemy’s country (12.2.6a). Next messenger (mār šipri maḫrû) brings joyful news (12.2.8a). Messenger bearing terrible lies arrives (12.2.11a). Messenger ? (12.2.12a). Donkey-riding messenger (mār šipri rākib imēri) ? (12.2.13a). I.8.3.7.5. Donkey rider (rākib imērim or imērī) Donkey-riding messenger (mār šipri rākib imēri) ? (12.2.13a). Donkey rider arrives (12.2.14a, 12.2.9a brings good news, 12.2.16a fugitive donkey rider from an enemy country (munnabtu rākib imēri ša mātim nakartim)). I.8.3.7.6. Deputy (?) (mansum) I tentatively suggest translating mansû and maššû (among other forms) as ‘deputy’or ‘appointee’ in Old Babylonian divination apodoses for the following reasons. There is no clear concensus regarding this lexeme in the dictionaries. AHw 619a, s.v. massû(m) I translates the word as ‘Anführer’. CAD has three different articles for the lemma, namely: CAD M1, 327a, s.v. massû adj. ‘expert’, CAD M1, 327b, s.v. massû s. ‘leader’, CAD M1, 390b, s.v. maššû B s. (a symbol or signal), all written logographically as MAŠ.SUD (likely MAŠ.ŠU2); see also CAD M1, 328b, s.v. massûtu adj.(?) fem. ‘expert’. Both dictionaries state that the lemma (or lemmata) is a Sumerian loanword, but its forms hints at a reborrowing. I believe that the original source is a lexeme with the pattern ma-PRaS of našû ‘to carry’, ‘to lift’. This latter is also supported by the frequent use of the word as the subject of našû (see CAD M1, 390-1). I believe that našû here is to be understood as ‘to appoint’ or ‘to autorize’. Thus, understanding mansû as an appointed 104 deputy or negotiator in the contexts at hand, where it appear as a human person who is being appointed, sent from a city and taken captive, would definitely make a better sense than ‘leader’ or ‘signal’. Deputy taken captive (ikkammi) (10.1.10a). Enemy appoints (inašši) deputy (13.2.4a). Enemy’s border city sends (išapparakkum) deputy (15.2.4a). I.8.3.7.7. Spy (ša lišānim, lišānum) Spy caught (12.6.3a, 12.6.3b by you). Spy roams country (12.6.1a). Spy planted in country (12.6.2a). Spy ? (12.6.4a). I.8.3.8. Priests I.8.3.8.1. Enu-priest (enum) Dies (3.4.31a enum wedûm ‘renowned enum’, 3.4.32a nišīt šarrim ‘installed by the king’). Violates celibacy (27.20.7a). I.8.3.8.2. Entu-pristess (entum) Dies (3.4.35a). Breaks taboos (27.20.4a). Violates celibacy (27.20.8a with shagu-priest, 27.20.9a with temple-goer). I.8.3.8.3. Ugbabtu-priestess (ugbabtum) Ugbabtu-priestess dies (3.4.36a). Ugbabtu-priestess is (not) appointed (13.3.1a, 13.3.2a not appointed). God requests ugbabtu-priestess (27.18.33a). Ugbabtu-priestess has illicit sex (27.20.6a). I.8.3.8.4. Shagu-priest (šagûm) Shagu-priest’s wife breaks taboos (27.20.5a). Shagu-priest has sex with entu-priestess (27.20.8a). I.8.3.8.5. Pashishu-priest (pašīšum) Pashishu-priest dies (3.4.34a, renowned (wedûm)). I.8.3.8.6. Purification priest (išippum) Uprising of purification priest(s) (16.2.39a). 105 I.8.3.8.7. Gagu-cloister (gagûm) Fall (epidemics?) (3.4.37a). I.8.3.8.8. Temple goer (mutallik bīt ilim) Temple goer has sex with entu-priestess (27.20.9a). I.8.3.9. Captives, prisoners and captors I.8.3.9.1. Prison (ṣibittum) Prison’s complaint to king (12.7.3a). Prison revolts (16.2.22a). I.8.3.9.2. Prisoner (ša ṣibittim) Prisoner divulges secrets to enemy (12.4.22a). I.8.3.9.3. Guarded person (naṣrum) Prisoner divulges secrets to enemy (12.4.21a). I.8.3.9.4. Captive (kamûm, pl. kamûtum) Captive captures captor (10.1.13a). Captives are prostrated in army (10.1.11a). I.8.3.9.5. Captive (šallum) No mercy neither fulfillment of prayers for the captive person in the city he is driven to (7.6.2a). I.8.3.9.6. Captor (kāmûm) Captive captures captor (10.1.13a). I.8.3.9.7. Plunderer (šālilum) Prince prevails over plunderer (18.21.5a). I.8.3.10. Characters in disease-setting I.8.3.10.1. Sick person (marṣum) Mourning for sick person (2.13.9a-10a). Sick person’s days are over (3.1.9a). Sick person’s illness does not last long (4.3.1a). Sick person’s illness lasts long (4.3.2b). Sick person recovers (4.4.1c-f, 4.4.2a, 4.4.3a in the man’s household, 4.4.4a sick brother). 106 Sick person does not recover (4.4.7a). Sick person is overwhelmed (4.4.9a). Sick person dies (4.4.10a agony of death, 4.4.11b, 4.4.11c from illness, 4.4.12a, 4.4.14a-b immediately, 4.4.15a on 4th day, 4.4.16a on 7th day, 4.4.17a nth day). Sick person’s illness relapses (4.5.1b). Sick person becomes bedridden (4.6.1a). Sick person’s becomes half-paralyzed (4.6.3a). Sick person suffers from edema (4.12.1a). Sick person diagnosis: ‘hand of god’ (27.3.1a-b). I.8.3.10.2. Dead one (mītum) Of a yet live person who is about to die: Omen of Luhushu, man dies (lit. dead) in his prime (3.4.67a). Terminally-ill (lit. death) person dies (4.4.13a). Prince returns dying (lit. dead) from campaign (18.8.6a). Of dead person’s ghost: Dead’s shortage seizes the living one (27.4.9a). Mukil-reshu spirit (mukīl rēšim) Mukil-reshu spirit (27.7.1a). Good mukil-reshu spirit (mukīl rēš damiqtim) (27.7.2a). Bad mukil-reshu spirit (mukīl rēš lemuttim) (27.7.3a). I.8.3.10.3. Healthy one (balṭum) As opposed to the sick person: Healthy person dies (4.7.4a). I.8.3.10.4. Substitute (pūḫātum pl.) Sick person’s substitutes appear in the house (4.7.3a). I.8.3.10.5. The ones left after him ((w)arkassu) Well-being (4.7.2a). I.8.3.11. Saboteur characters I.8.3.11.1. Creditor (bēl ribbītim) Creditor takes the man’s house (8.13.4a) I.8.3.11.2. Calumniator (ākil karṣim or in the expression karṣam akālu) 107 King’s subordinate spreads calumny about him (12.9.1a). The one who sits in front of you spreads calumny about you (12.9.2a). Army spreads calumny about you (?) (12.9.3a). Your calumniator’s calumny is not accepted (12.11.1a). I.8.3.11.3. Rebels (šūt bārtim) King seizes his rebels (16.3.4a). I.8.3.11.4. One with no claim (lā bēl kussîm) Seizes the throne (14.3.11a). No legitimate king (bēl kussîm) (14.3.12a). I.8.3.11.5. Neighbor woman (šītti bābim) Neighbor sets man’s house on fire (24.15.19a). I.8.3.11.6. Witch (kašaptum) Witch … sorcery (27.1.4a). I.8.3.11.7. Unclean person (lā ellum) Spoils sacrifice (27.20.2a). I.8.3.11.8. Unclean person (lā ramkum) Unclean person approached sacrifice (27.20.2b). I.8.3.11.9. Unclean person (?) (mussukûm) Setting for death (?) (3.4.28a lady, 3.4.54a man’s son, 3.4.55a official’s (?) son). I.8.3.11.10. Evil person (raggum) Rule of evil person (11.3.3a). I.8.3.11.11. Criminal (sarrum and sarrārū pl.) Criminal is caught (13.9.1a). Criminals uprise (16.2.42a). I.8.3.11.12. Robbers (ḫabbatū pl.) Robbers terrorize country(11.11.2a). I.8.3.11.13. Perniqqu-people (perniqqum) Uprising of perniqqu (18.3.12a). I.8.3.11.14. Usurper king (šar ḫammê) 108 Usurper king(s) attack(s) (18.3.7a usurper king attacks, 18.3.7b usurper kings attack, 18.3.8a usurper kings attack from all sides of country). I.8.3.11.15. Umman-manda horde (ummān-manda / -madda / -badda) Attack of u.-m. horde (18.3.5a-c). Invasion of u.-m. horde (18.3.4a, 18.3.6a midst of country). U.-m. falls (18.23.25a midst of army, 18.23.26b internal chaos). I.8.3.11.16. Strangers (ubārum) Arrival of strangers (18.3.10a). I.8.3.12. Other (selected) characters I.8.3.12.1. Widow’s son (mār almattim) Takes the throne (14.3.16a). I.8.3.12.2. Son of the city (mār ālim) Takes the throne (14.3.16a). I.8.3.12.3. City inhabitant (wāšib ālim, also as collective (?), pl. once (w)āšibū) Ruler kills city inhabitant(s) (?) (wāšib ālim) (3.5.26a king, 3.5.27a enemy king; both fragmentary). City and its inhabitants (āšibūšu) vanish (11.22.5a). City inhabitant divulges secrets (12.4.25a). City inhabitant reaches out to enemy (15.2.1a border city, 15.2.2a). As governor: King removes city inhabitant (13.5.4a). I.8.3.12.4. City’ son (mār ālim) Son of the city (?) gains supremacy (14.2.10a). I.8.3.12.5. Traveler / campaign participant (ālik ḫarrānim, once ālik ṣabêm ū ḫarrānim) Well-being for traveller (2.1.5a, 2.3.11a). Traveller reaches destination (18.6.3a). Road leads traveller to another road (18.7.1a). Lion attacks traveller (25.1.10a). I.8.3.12.6. Person of equal rank, peer (meḫrum) King seals peer’s palace (8.13.3a). 109 I.8.3.12.7. Person of non-equal rank (lā meḫrum) One not of equal rank uprises against you (lā meḫerka) (16.2.40a). I.8.3.12.8. Fugitive (munnabtum) Fugitive donkey rider from enemy country arrives (12.2.16a). I.8.3.12.9. Exiled person (ṭāridum) Exiled person returns (10.4.12a to country he was chased from, 10.4.13a to city). I.8.3.12.10. Assembly (puḫrim) Woman divulges assembly’s words (12.4.23a). Revolt at assembly against prince (16.2.33a). Two kings meet at assembly (17.6.2a). Two kings do not exchange gifts at assembly (17.7.3a). Assembly does not come to agreement (17.11.1a). Mythological: Gods decide to destroy country at their assembly (27.10.4a). I.8.3.12.11. Corpse (pagrum) Corpse falls (i.e. thrown unburied) (6.4.5a). Enemy throws corpse (3.6.1a, 3.6.2a-b in front of the gate). Lion throws corpse (25.1.12a in front of the gate, 25.1.13a in front of man). I.8.3.12.12. Corpse (šalamtum) Famine of corpses thrown (unburied) (6.4.5b, 6.4.5c in country). Mythological: “Rise, o corpse! Accept / oppose the … bow!” (18.15.4a). I.8.3.12.13. Position, settlement (šub/ptum) Military position: Positions advance against each other (18.11.6a position advances against position, 18.11.7a two positions (šubtān) advance against each other). Settlement: Settlement established on a canal bank (11.13.2a-b). I.8.3.12.14. Boats (eleppātum pl.) Boats escape from difficult situation (2.12.11a). Boats do not escape from difficult situation (2.12.12a). 110 I.8.3.12.15. Woman (sinništum) Woman dies (3.4.24a here also as bride, 3.4.25a in battle, 3.4.29a renowned woman). Woman divulges assembly’s plans (12.4.23a). Woman takes throne (14.3.17a). Woman hands city to enemy (15.2.11a). Woman takes away key (15.3.1a). Palace woman gives birth to girl (22.1.3a). In characteristics of the protagonist: Women love him (21.1.1a). He is intimate with a woman (21.1.2a). As female population, women: Killing all men and women of captured city (3.6.7a you, enemy’s city, 3.6.8a enemy, your border city). I.8.3.12.16. Male (zikarum) As male baby: Giving birth to a boy (22.1.2a man’s wife, 22.1.2b king’s wife). As groom: The male (i.e. groom) dies (3.4.23a). As male population, men: Killing all men and women of captured city (3.6.7a you, enemy’s city, 3.6.8a enemy, your border city). I.8.3.12.17. Deaf (sukkukum) Deaf divulges secrets (12.4.24a). I.8.3.12.18. Dwarf (šullānum) Dwarf is born (22.2.1a). I.8.3.12.19. King of the world (šar kiššatim) King of the world appears (14.2.11a, 14.2.12a, 14.2.12b rises, 14.2.12c comes). I.8.3.12.20. City elders (šībūt ālim) City elders remove king (13.6.1a) . Elders hand city to enemy (15.2.10a). I.8.3.13. Unspecified characters I.8.3.13.1. Someone (mamman, mammanan) 111 Someone of the man’s family (nīšūt awīlim) dies (3.4.58a). Someone of the man’s servants dies (3.4.60a aštapīr awīlim, 3.4.60b aštapīr bīt awīlim). Someone of the man’s acquaintances (aḫitti awīlim) dies (3.4.63a). Someone gives you something (8.10.2a). I.8.3.13.2. Someone (ayyumma, ayyum) Unspecified: Dies (3.4.65a, 3.4.66a at war?). Someone’s property converted by the king (8.12.5a, 8.12.6a). Brings denunciation to the king (12.10.5a). Uprises against the king (16.2.43a). Sends a peace offer (17.9.3a). Some commoner (ina muškēnim ayyumma): Brings denunciation to the king (12.10.6a). Some important person (kabtu ayyumma): Brings disease to the palace (4.7.5a). Some prince (rubû ayyumma): Becomes insane (5.9.3a). Some king (šarrum ayyum(ma)): Receives or sends peace offer (17.9.1a, 17.9.4a). I.8.3.13.3. (Some)one (ištēn) One of sons becomes respected (7.12.4a). One of sons does not become respected (7.12.5a). One from besieged city cuts barricade (19.5.3a). I.8.3.13.4. Another (šanûm) King gives someone’s property to another person (8.12.9a). King appoints another to removed official’s office (13.2.3a) . Another takes king’s throne (14.3.1a). Another king suffers defeat (18.22.2a). Another enters besieged city (19.7.20a). Another takes man’s property (20.3.30a). Maid takes lady to another (21.8.1a) . Another gives man’s offering (27.19.3a). Another brings in the statue made by king (27.19.5a-c, 27.19.6a-7a uncertain). 112 I.8.3.13.5. One (annûm) In the expression annûm … annûm … “one … another …”: One usurper king appears, another goes (18.3.9a). I.8.3.14. Agents of nature (selected) See also Supernatural agents (I.8.3.15) below. I.8.3.14.1. Lion (nēšum) Lion is seen (25.1.1a). Lion preys (25.1.2a, 25.1.3a two lions prey in country). Lion blocks roads (25.1.9a uncertain). Lion attacks (25.1.5a, 25.1.6a man’s fold, 25.1.7a feeds on man’s fold, 25.1.8a-b on the road, 25.1.10a traveller, 25.1.16a fragmentary). Lion kills (25.1.11a one exiting gate, 25.1.13a and possibly 25.1.17a throws a corpse in front of man, 25.1.14a king). I.8.3.14.2. Wolves (barbarū pl.) Wolves prey (25.2.1a). I.8.3.14.3. Shark (?) (laḫmum) Shark (?) seizes man in river (25.3.1a). I.8.3.14.4. Scorpion (zuqiqqīpum) Scorpion attack / invasion (25.5.1a). Scorpion stings (25.5.2a man, 25.5.3a-b palace attendant). Man dies from scorpion sting (25.5.4a). I.8.3.14.5. Ox (alpum) Loss (8.16.3a). Gores (25.6.1a, 25.6.2a). Request for (27.18.12a). I.8.3.14.6. Akiltu-pest (ākiltum, lit. ‘devourer’) Invades (26.2.1a, 26.2.2a). I.8.3.14.7. Kurussissu-rodent (kurussissum) Invades (26.6.1a). Pests flex (26.6.2a). Does not pests barley and flex (26.6.3a). 113 I.8.3.14.8. Storm (meḫûm) Storm rises (24.9.1a-b). Storm delays army until sunrise (24.9.2a). I.8.3.14.9. Seasonal flooding (mīlum) Flooding comes ((24.10.1a, 24.10.1b down the river, 24.10.2a towards the country, 24.10.3a because of king’s sacrifice?, 24.10.4a calm?, 24.10.5a abundant, 24.10.5b massive, 24.10.7a ravaging, 24.10.7b deluge). Flooding increases (24.10.6a, 24.10.6b rises). Flooding stabilizes (24.10.8a). Flooding ceases (24.10.10b). I.8.3.14.10. Rain(s) (šamûm, once šamūtum, zinnū and zunnū). It (does not) rain(s) (24.4.1a-b, 24.4.1d lead-ropes of heaven open and there is rain from the sky, 24.4.2a it does not rain, 24.4.2c Adad withholds rain, 24.4.3a scarce rains (zinnū) in the sky, 24.4.3b scarce rains (šamû u zunnū), 24.4.4d heavy rain (šamûm rabbītum), 24.4.4c downpour rain (šamûm rādum), 24.4.5a ravaging rain (šamû ša ugallalu), 24.4.7a rain three days, 24.4.8a early rain (šamûm ḫaruptum), 24.4.8b first rain (šamûm rēštītum) in spring, 24.4.9a rain in the middle of the year). Rain provides army with water (24.4.10a mê šamê ‘rain water’, 24.4.11a). Rain delays army (24.9.3a Adad, wind and rain). Ashqulalu-phenomenon of sky / rain (24.14.13a). I.8.3.14.11. Downpour (rādum) Downpour (24.4.4a-c). I.8.3.15. Supernatural agents (selected) I.8.3.15.1. God(s) (ilum, pl. ilū and ilānū) In divination: Appear(s) in the sacrifice (1.1.1a, 1.1.1b, 1.1.2a man’s god, 1.1.2b man’s god, 1.1.2c man’s god, 1.1.3a god of the palace, 1.1.4a corrupt, 1.1.6a king’s god(s), 1.1.7a enemy’s god(s), 1.1.8a god of the enemy king, 1.1.9a army’s god). Does not appear in the sacrifice (1.1.5a). Answers (1.4.2a). Unreliable answer (1.5.3a). As patron of the private person, the king, the army, the city, or the country: Presence (27.16.1a man’s, 27.16.2a maternal uncle’s) 114 Requests offering (27.17.1a, 27.18.3a, 27.18.4a, 27.4.1a, 27.15.1a, 27.17.4a ilûm rabûm ‘great god’ possibly Nergal, 27.18.1a, 27.18.4b, 27.18.5a, 27.18.7a, 27.18.23a, 27.18.24a). Requests an ugbabtu-priestess (27.18.33a). Displays favor (27.11.1a, 27.11.2a, 27.11.2b). Constantly good (7.5.1a). Firm foundations (11.5.2a). Provides well-being (2.3.4a). Provides harmony (7.2.2a, 7.2.3a, 7.2.4a no harmony, 7.2.5a no harmony for army). Provides might (7.10.2a). Provides honor (7.11.3a, 7.11.3b, 7.11.4a). Provides riches (8.3.4a). Divine gift (8.10.1a to prince). Neglects (27.12.1a, 27.12.3b, 27.12.5a uncertain). Angry (27.13.1a, 27.13.4b, 27.13.4c, 27.13.4d man, 27.13.7a, 27.13.8a). Abandon(s) (27.12.2a man, 27.12.4a man, with goddess, 27.12.3a man, 27.14.3a army, 27.14.4a army, 27.14.2a land, 27.14.1b country). Having no god (27.9.4a). Decide(s) to annihilate the country (11.25.1a, 27.10.4a). Accepts offerings (27.15.2a man’s). Accept(s) prayers and complaints (27.18.2a, 27.15.3a, 27.15.3b, 27.15.4a, 27.15.4b country’s gods, 27.15.4c country’s gods). Removes punishment (27.13.13a). Forgive(s) and return(s) (27.13.5a, 27.13.9a man, 27.14.5a, 27.13.6a, 27.14.5b man, 27.13.10a man, 27.14.6a city, 27.14.1c country, 27.14.1d country, 27.14.1e country, 27.14.7b country) Provides safety at war (2.3.9a). Supports (7.3.1a). Aids (7.4.2a, 7.4.3a man, 7.4.3b man, 7.4.4a king, 7.4.5a prince, 7.4.5b prince, 7.4.6a army: possibly, as the plague-god, 7.4.8a unclear, 7.7.1a man). Protects life (7.7.1b man’s). Provides a breeze to the army (7.8.2a). Unkind to the army (18.4.3a). Sends for defeat (18.4.6a). Brings death (3.4.9a man, 3.4.10a king). Wishes defeat to the army (18.4.4a, 18.4.4b, 18.4.4c, 18.4.5a allies) 115 Kills the army (18.4.2a enemy’s god). Divine assembly (27.10.2a). Favorable divine decision (27.10.1a). Divine decision changes (27.10.5a). Unclear (27.13.14a). As source of disease: Inflicts a confusion (5.1.2a). Divine ‘hand’ (27.3.1a sick person, 27.3.1b, 27.18.25a Shamash requests tithes). Seizure (27.4.1a, 27.5.7a god’s oath). As the plague: Devours (4.19.5a, 4.19.5b, 4.19.9a). Devours livestock (9.7.5a). As the storm: Devastates livestock (24.9.20a). As the Moon: Becomes dusk (24.14.8a). In man-to-god relations: Care of the god’s shrine (27.21.1a). Negligence of the god’s shrine (27.21.2a). Taboo is broken in a god’s temple (27.20.3a). Temple-goer has intercourse with the entu-priestess (27.20.9a) King confiscates temple property (makkūr bītāt ilāni) (8.12.10a). Enemy loots temple property (makkūr ilim) (20.3.34a). Enemy cuts down the date-palms of the temples (gišimmarū ša bītāt ilāni) (20.6.2a). I.8.3.15.2. Goddess (ištār(t)um) Abandons (27.12.4a with god). I.8.3.15.3. Adad Presence (27.16.7a). As the storm: Thunder (24.3.1a, 24.3.1b, 24.3.2a, 24.3.3a). Storm (24.9.3a). Devastation (24.9.4a, 24.9.5a, 24.9.6b, 24.9.6c, 24.9.7a, 24.9.8a, 24.9.8b, 24.9.8c, 24.9.8d, 24.9.9a, 24.9.10a, 24.9.11a, 24.9.12a, 24.9.13a, 24.9.14a, 24.9.15a, 24.9.16a, 24.9.16b, 24.9.17a, 24.9.18a, 24.9.19a). 116 I.8.3.15.4. Allattum Presence (27.16.19a). I.8.3.15.5. Anum Presence (27.16.3a). I.8.3.15.6. Belet-berim Presence (27.16.18a). I.8.3.15.7. Belet-Ekallim Divine request, pair of horns (27.18.16a). I.8.3.15.8. Belet-Ili Seizure (27.4.5a). Presence (27.16.20a). Presence of malku-spirit(s) of Belet-ili requesting food-offerings (27.16.26a). I.8.3.15.9. Ishtar Presence (27.16.6a). Request for a hair-dress (27.18.15a). As the goddess of love and prostitution: Bewitching the man’s wife and causing her to leave him (21.8.2a). As the goddess of fertility (?): Dwells in the springs (?) (24.10.11a). I.8.3.15.10. Nergal As plague: Epidemics (4.19.6a, 4.19.8a, 4.19.8b, 4.19.12a). Epidemics in war, against the enemy (4.19.10a, 4.19.11a, 7.4.13a). Epidemics and fires, with Ningishzida (28.2.5a). I.8.3.15.11. Erra As plague: Epidemics in the country and in war, against the enemy (28.2.4a with Meslamtaea). I.8.3.15.12. Lugal-Irra As plague: Epidemics, also in the country and in war, against the enemy (28.2.2a, 28.2.3a with Meslamtaea). 117 I.8.3.15.13. Meslamtaea As plague: Epidemics in the country and in war, against the enemy (28.2.3a with Lugalirra, 28.2.4a with Erra). d I.8.3.15.14. Gemini (ilū kilallān, MAŠ2.TAB.BA) Presence (27.16.11a, 27.16.11b). I.8.3.15.15. Mars (ṣalbatānum) As epizootic: Brings down livestock (9.7.6a) I.8.3.15.16. Sin Presence (27.16.9a). Presence, with Shamash (27.16.10a). Request (27.17.3a, 27.18.28a of old silver). As the Moon: Eclipse (24.14.3a). I.8.3.15.17. Enlil Presence (27.16.4a) Rule of Enlil (11.3.4a) I.8.3.15.18. Etamitu Presence (27.16.13a, with Ishhara). I.8.3.15.19. Ea Presence (27.16.15a). I.8.3.15.20. Gula Presence (27.16.14a). I.8.3.15.21. Ishhara Seizure (27.4.4a). Presence (27.16.12a, 27.16.13a with Etamitu). Request for a cloth (27.18.17a). I.8.3.15.22. Kisa Presence (27.16.17a). I.8.3.15.23. Night (mūšum, mūšītum) 118 Presence (27.16.30a mūšum with Ninsianna, 27.16.29a mūšītum with a Star). Request (27.18.6a mūšītum). I.8.3.15.24. Ningishzida As fire: Conflagrations (24.15.15a, 28.2.5a with Nergal, 28.2.6a). Burns country (24.15.17a, 24.15.17b, 24.15.18a enemy’s). I.8.3.15.25. Ninkarrak As rabies: Devours country (4.15.3a). I.8.3.15.26. Ninlil Presence (27.16.5a) I.8.3.15.27. Ninsianna Presence (27.16.30a, with the Night). I.8.3.15.28. Nanaya As goddess of love and prostitution: Taking concubine away out of the harem (21.8.3a, 21.8.4a king’s favorite). I.8.3.15.29. Shamash Presence (27.16.8a, 27.16.10a with Sin). Request (27.17.2a, 27.18.19a solar disk for the man’s life, 27.18.25a tithes for the ‘hand’ of god, 27.18.27a old silver). Seizure (27.4.2a, 27.4.3a requesting reed-mat). As the god of divination: Answers ‘yes’ to his country (1.4.3a). As the Sun: Solar eclipse (24.14.2a-b). In relation to temple, historical: Sin-Iddinam, who made a sacrifice in the temple of Shamash (1.3.1a). I.8.3.15.30. Zaraeanegia Presence (27.16.21a). I.8.3.15.31. Shulpae Presence (?) (27.2.7a fragmentary). 119 I.8.3.15.32. Gallu-demon Stands at king’s head (27.2.5a). I.8.3.15.33. Pashittu-demon Takes man’s baby (27.2.1a, from man’s house 27.2.2a). I.8.3.15.34. Utukku-demon Utukku-demon visits palace (27.2.3a). I.8.3.15.35. Shulum (cough-demon) Cough-demon attacks country (4.9.1a). I.8.3.15.36. Rabitsu-spirit Rabitsu-spirit of well-being (27.8.1a). Constant rabitsu-spirit in palace gate (27.8.2a). I.8.3.15.37. Lamassu-spirit Having lamassu (27.6.1a, 27.6.9a attached to the body, with shedu). Not having lamassu (27.6.2a, 27.6.3a sons). Obtaining lamassu (27.6.4a, 27.6.4b man, 27.6.5a king, 27.6.6a prince, 27.6.8a-b man, with shedu). Not obtaining lamassu (27.6.7a). I.8.3.15.38. Shedu-spirit Obtaining shedu-spirit (27.6.8a-b with lamassu-spirit). Attached to the body (27.6.9a with lamassu-spirit, 27.2.6a evil). I.8.3.15.39. Luhushu Man dies in his prime (28.2.1a). I.8.3.15.40. Malku-spirits (pl. malkū, malḫū, māliḫū, once sg. malkum) Presence (27.16.25a malkum, 27.16.25b malḫū, 27.16.25c māliḫū, 27.16.26a malkū of BeletIli for food-offerings). ‘Hand’ of malku (27.3.2a malkū with ghost). Seizure (27.4.8a malku). I.8.3.15.41. Ghost (eṭemmum) Presence (27.16.22a). ‘Hand’of ghost (27.3.2a with malku-spirits). Seizure (27.4.6a ghost from a corpse in the steppe). 120 I.8.3.15.42. Ghost (šārum) He shall send a solar disk to the haunting ghost (šāru ēdipu) (27.18.20a). I.8.3.15.43. Kubu-ghost (kūbum) Presence and request for food offerings (27.16.23a, 27.16.23b corrupt). Seizure (27.4.7a). I.8.3.16. Cities and nations I.8.3.16.1. Akkad Historical: Omen of (28.1.3a). Destruction of (11.22.11a). As contemporary Babylonia: Blockade (mātum Akkadītum) (11.18.4a). Rule is over (14.1.5a). I.8.3.16.2. Apishal Historical: Taken by Naram-Sin (19.7.17a, 19.4.8a, by breaching, 28.1.10a). I.8.3.16.3. Elam (Elāmtum) Historical: Turned Ur to mounds and ruins at the time of Ibbi-Sin (11.23.2a). Fought against Ishbi-Erra and were defeated (17.19.10a, 18.19.14a, 18.22.37a). Contemporary: Attack and invasion (18.3.1a, 18.3.2a). I.8.3.16.4. Marad Contemporary: Fall of its expedition (?) (18.23.14a). I.8.3.16.5. Subarians (šubarû, šubarīʾu) Historical: Negotiations with Ishbi-Erra that ended with a diplomatical solution (28.1.25a, 17.5.1a, 18.24.3a). Contemporary: Attack (18.3.3a). 121 I.8.3.16.6. Kish Historical: Unnamed ruler (‘throne’) who made a sortie from the city against the besiegers (19.5.2a). I.8.3.16.7. Ur Historical: Elamites turned Ur to mounds and ruins (11.23.2a). I.8.3.16.8. Uruk Contemporary: Fall of its expedition (?) (18.23.15a). I.8.3.17. Historical-Mythological Characters I.8.3.17.1. Gilgamesh Had no match (28.1.1a). I.8.3.17.2. Kubbaba (28.1.2a) I.8.3.17.3. Sargon (28.1.4a-6a). I.8.3.17.4. Naram-Sin Conquer of Apishal (19.4.9a, 19.4.9b, 19.7.18a, 19.7.19a by breaching). (28.1.8a-9a). I.8.3.17.5. Rimush (28.1.12a, 28.1.14a). I.8.3.17.6. Manishtushu (28.1.13a, 28.1.14a). I.8.3.17.7. Shar-Kali-Sharri (28.1.17a). I.8.3.17.8. Te-Enlila (28.1.11a). I.8.3.17.9. Tirika(n) (28.1.18a). 122 I.8.3.17.10. Shulgi Established his rule (28.1.19a). I.8.3.17.11. Tappa-daraḫ Captured by Shulgi (10.1.3a). I.8.3.17.12. Amar-Suen Died from the bite of a shoe (28.1.20a). I.8.3.17.13. Ibbi-Sin Disaster (11.20.3a, 28.1.21a). Revolt of the country (16.2.10a). I.8.3.17.14. Ishbi-Erra Negotiations with the Subatians (17.5.1a) Triumph over Elam (28.1.22a, 28.1.23a) I.8.3.17.15. Ishma-Dagan Defeated by the ruler of Kish (18.22.36a) . I.8.3.17.16. Sin-iddinam Triumph and conquer (28.1.24a). I.8.3.17.17. Akuku Receives tribute (28.1.15a, 28.1.16a). 123 I.9. I.9.1. Structure and conventions Typology structure and style The classification of the material is of three levels. The twenty-eight sections define the sphere of interest in general; these are namely (1) divination, (2) general predictions, (3) life and death, (4) health and disease, (5) mental conditions, (6) nourishment, (7) character, fortune and social status, (8) property, (9) agriculture and livestock, (10) captivity, imprisonment and exile, (11) internal politics, (12) information and intelligence, (13) court affairs, (14) rule, (15) loyalty and treason, (16) revolt, (17) diplomacy, (18) war actions and military campaign, (19) siege and blockade, (20) war aftermath and profit, (21) love life and family issues, (22) childbirth, (23) litigation, (24) weather and natural phenomena, (25) harmful animals, (26) pests, (27) supernatural powers, and (28) historical-mythological references34. Subsections address particular problems or aspects within the wider topic. Thus, litigation (23), the smallest section in the typology, consists of subsections dedicated to legal claim (23.1), winning in court (23.2), and the river ordeal (23.2). The lowest level of classification, the motif formula, constitutes an exact prediction in terms of motif, involved characters, and other peculiarities. Apodosis entries are listed under motif formulas. Most of the formulas include a single prediction; in cases when apodoses differ in language (choice of words, word order, and the like) but have the very same forecast, they are classified as variants of a motif. Attestations of apodoses, that do not have any major differences in language, are included under the same entry. The transliteration follows one apodosis (its index is highlighted in bold), preference is given to better preserved ones and for syllabic spellings. When other apodoses within the entry vary in spelling, the differences are noted sub varians and spellings below (usually excluding reconstructed parts, when the text is partially broken, but mentioning emendations). When the prediction belongs to a compound apodoses, that consist of more than one clause (I.6.8) and/or has delimiters (I.6.9), its whole structure is illustrated below the entry in the apodosis formula (introduced with ►); cross-references to the other parts are also given. Delimiters and introduction formulas include šumma, -ma, šanû(m) šumšu (abbr. š. š.), ūmam rēqa(m) (abbr. ū. r.), ina ūmi(m) rēqi(m) (abbr. i. ū r.), ša, inūmi, and some others (see I.6.9). The exact spellings of the delimiter are given sub Variants and spellings. The prediction is usually accompanied by the preceding delimiter; exception is -ma, which comes with the forecast it follows. The English translation follows the Akkadian sentence to the extent possible; when the translation does not correspond with the original text (especially in case of idioms), a literary 34 It is worth mentioning that many topics are in fact closesly related or even overlapping. E.g. siege (19) is in fact a particular topic within the military campaign sphere of interest (18), treason (15) is closely related to revolt (16) etc. In some cases, it is impossible to strictly define the sphere of interest of a prediction, and the placement has to be made tentatively. Intersectional relations are noted with cross-references to the extent practicable. 124 translation (lit., in brackets) is provided. Reconstructed text is not denoted on the level of translation, but question marks follow uncertain reconstructions and readings, and elision marks are used to designate lacunae. Section ID. Section title Summarizing description of the section’s structure and discussion, when applicable, follows the title. Subsection ID. Subsection title Discussion and commentary, when applicable, follows the subtitle. Motif ID. Motif[Motif peculiarities] > Sphere of character[Character] (Sentiment) Entry ID Transliteration (cited variant) × apod. “Translation”. PERSON CLAUSE apodosis index; cited apodosis index quantity ► 1 •Entry ID ‹translation› delimiter 2 (apodosis index) Variants and spellings: Transliteration variant (apodosis index). Peculiarities and commentary. I.9.2. Typology conventions The legend for the conventional notation used in the typology is given below. Bibliographical and other abbreviations follow the dictionaries. Apodosis index ExO.Lr.amt.1, Text siglum §1 Omen no. .1 Apodosis clause (separate predictions) .1a Apodosis clause (within one prediction) * Reconstruction, confident ** Reconstruction, unconfident or incomplete Motif (see I.6.4 and I.7) ¬ Motif negation Gain Motif [Income] Motif details 125 [T:End of the year] Motif details: Time [P:♣Country] Motif details: Place [S:Battle] Motif details: Setting Act (see I.6.4 and I.6.6) >♙ Action character(s) <♙ Affected / involved character(s) ♙ <> ♟ Reciprocal action Characters and classes (see I.6.4 and I.8) † Generic antagonist ♙ Simple protagonist ♟ Simple antagonist ♔ Royal protagonist ♚ Royal antagonist ♘ Agent ♞ Agent of antagonist ♧ Collective ♣ Collective of antagonist ✣ Supernatural agent ✤ Supernatural agent of antagonist [Prince] Character particularities [1] First person protagonist [2] Second person protagonist [@Commoner] Addressed character Sentiment (see I.6.5) + Positive 126 – Negative /+ Arbitrarily positive /– Arbitrarily negative ? Uncertain / unknown Apodosis formula (see I.6.9 and I.9.1) š. š. šanû(m) šumšu i. ū. r. ina ūmi(m) rēqim ū. r. ūma(m) rēqa(m) A1 In addendum P . Protasis (in Ol.2, §38) I.9.3. Transliteration conventions Convention ša Meaning Explanation Syllabogram Example šu-ub-tum LUGAL Logogram ummānī(ERIN2-NI) Logographic spelling with phonetic compliment and transcription m Determinative eleppum(gišMA2) Determinative accompaning logogram 1 Numeral UD.7.KAM Numeral sign logograms -a Gloss a-nam-a-am Syllabic spelling with gloss ! Emendation be-el!(RU) RU emended to el ? Uncertain reading [m]⌈a?⌉ Uncertain reading damaged sign (?) Uncertain reconstruction i-t[a-ti-š]u (?) Uncertain reconstruction of a word x Undeterminable ⌈x⌉ Unclear sign ⌈⌉ Damaged ⌈nakrum(lu2KUR2)⌉ Partly damaged signs <> Omitted lu2 Emendation Logogram <KUR2>-um 127 Syllabic spelling of between of a omitted {} Excessive i-ṣa-{BA}-ba-at Emendation of excessive syllabogram [] Lacuna […] Undetermined lacuna () (eras.) Possible ([…]) Possible lacuna Erasure e-ra-(eras.)-ḫi-iṣ 56 (uninscribed) Erasure between signs (commentary) Commentary non-textual element 1 Line no. / 28 i-ṭe-ḫi-a-am Uninscribed line Line no. and text Transliterations of Sumerian follow the conventions of the Akkadian Etymological Dictionary project. 128 II. Typology of Old Babylonian Omen Apodoses 1. Divination Apodoses referring to the divination ritual35 and the qualification of the prediction address the framework conditions themselves, prior to any elaborate interpretation. First of all, a group of apodoses is dedicated to the appearance of a deity in the sacrifice (1.1, cf. also divine presence in 27.16 and divine council in 27.10) and, secondly, the addressee or the topic of the prediction (1.2, 1.3). The latter might be as well indicated by the presence of a particular god or gods (namely, man’s, palace’s, king’s, enemy’s and army’s). The next step is establishing if the god has spoken (1.4) and if his answer is reliable (1.4.2). The latter is also indicated by the following technical designations: ambiguous pitruštu (1.6), indecisive mitḫār(u) (1.7), nipḫu (1.8) and disqualified pisiltu (1.9). This section is expanded by two adjoining groups of meta predictions: the qualification of the exta configuration inside the yet to be dissected sheep (1.10), and the interpretation of dreams, their truthfulness and topic (1.11). 1.1. 1.1.1. Presence of a deity Presence in sacrifice > ✣[God] (+) 1.1.1a. 7 ×1 “The god will appear (in the sacrifice)”. 1.1.1b. ilum(DINGIR-lum) i-na ni-qi2-im iz-zi-⌈iz⌉ ×1 “The god has appeared in the sacrifice”. 1.1.2. ilum(DINGIR) i-za-a-az 3 PRS In.1, §1 3 PRT ExO.B&Pd.1a, §27 3 PRT ExO.Lr.npt.9, §1* ExO.Lr.V.5, §10* Presence in sacrifice > ✣[God] < ♙[Man] (+) 1.1.2a. 2 ×1 “The god has appeared in the man’s sacrifice”. 1.1.2b. i-na nīqi(SISKUR2.RE) awīlim(LU2) ilum(DINGIR) 3 PRS iz-[za-az] ×1 [ilum(DINGIR) i]-na ni-qi2 a-wi-lim i-zi-iz “In the man’s sacrifice the god will appear”. 1.1.2c. ×1 i-na nīqi(SISKUR2.RE) awīlim(LU2) il(DINGIR)-š[u 3 PRS i-za-a]z ExO.Lr.V.5, §1* “In the man’s sacrifice his god will appear”. 35 On the extispicy ritual and its similarity to the legal procedure see Jeyes 1980b, 15–7, Jeyes 1991, Steinkeller 2005, 13–6, Wilcke 2007, 230–8, Fincke 2009, 520–3, Glassner 2012 and Maul 2013, 32–54. 129 1.1.3. 1.1.3a. ×1 Presence in sacrifice > ✣[Palace’s god] < ♙[Man] (+) i-na ni-⌈qi2⌉ awīlim(LU2) ⌈ilum(DINGIR!?)⌉[(-lum)] 3 PRT / ša ekallim(E2.GAL) / [i]-zi-iz ExO.Lr.npt.10, §19.1b** “In the man’s sacrifice the palace’s god (?) will appear”. ► 1a •27.11.1a ‹there will be the favorable (look of the) eyes of the god on the man› Ø 1b (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §19) The reading DINGIR is against the copy36, a collation is required. 1.1.4. Presence in sacrifice > ✣[God of ?] < ♔[2] (+) 1.1.4a. ilum(DINGIR) ša ta in i-na ni-qi2-ka iz-za-az ×1 “The god of … (?) will appear in your sacrifice”. 2 PRS In.2a, §26** 3 PRT ExO.Lr.npt.10, §2* 3 NOM ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §56 3 NOM ExO.Lr.npt.10, §15* 3 NOM ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §117 The reading of the unclear signs follows a collation by Biggs (1969, 74). 1.1.5. ¬Presence in sacrifice > ✣[God] < ♙[Man] (+) 1.1.5a. [ilum(DINGIR) i-na ni-qi2 awīlim(LU2)] u2-la i-zi-iz ×1 “The god has not appeared in the man’s sacrifice”. 1.1.6. Gods of > ♔[King] 1.1.6a. 42 ×1 “The gods of the king”. 1.1.7. i-lu šar-ri-im God(s) of > † 1.1.7a. i-lu ša nakrim(lu2KUR2-⌈i⌉[m]) ×1 “The god(s) of the enemy”. 1.1.8. God(s) of > ♚[King] 1.1.8a. 49 ×1 “The god(s) of the enemy king”. 36 ⌈i⌉-lu na-ak-ri-im 50šar-ri-im Cf. 130 1.1.9. God(s) of > ♘[Army] 1.1.9a. i-li um-ma-⌈n⌉[i-im] ×1 “The god of the army”. 1.2. 1.2.1. 3 NOM In.2a, §27* 3 PRT ExO.Lr.M.23, §2 Topic or addressee Correct for > ♔♚[@Both kings] 1.2.1a. 5 a-na MA-AL-KU-i-in 6i-ki-in ×1 “(This omen) is correct for both kings”. Likely refers to ExO.Lr.M.23, §1, see 17.19.7. The spelling MA-AL-KU-i-in is likely a pseudo-logogram for malkīn (courtesy Prof. Streck, personal communication). Noteworthy is the untypical themathical vowel in i-ki-in. Though in proper Akkadian the forms would be ikūn in the preterite and ikân the present, a different form does not seem impossible in the non-standard language of early OB Mari. A difference in the verb’s paradigm can be justified assuming that the hollow verbal root was perceived as k-y-n and conjugated accordingly (GAG §104 j/l; cf. also Kouwenberg 2010, 36). Other possibilities may include an emendation to the stative form {I} ki-in (suggestion of Prof. Streck) or i-<sa2>-ki-in for iššakkin “it (i.e. the prediction) was settled”. 1.2.2. Weapon of > ♔[Prince] 1.2.2a. kakkū(gišTUKUL.MEŠ) rubê(NUN) ×1 “‘Weapons’ of the prince”. 1.2.3. 25 ×1 “Our ‘weapon’”. 1.2.4. Weapon of > ♔[1] ⌈ka-ak⌉-kum nu-u2-um 1.2.4a. ⌈kakkū(gišTUKUL.MEŠ)-ia!⌉ ×1 “My ‘weapons’”. 1pl NOM ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §29 1 NOM ExO.Lr.nps.3, §30* 3 NOM ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §30 Weapon of > † 1.2.5a. 27 ×1 “‘Weapon’ of the enemy”. 1.2.6. ExO.Lr.ubn.3, §9 Weapon of > ♔[2] 1.2.3a. 1.2.5. 3 NOM ka-ak na-ak-ri-im Reference? > ♘[Ally] 131 1.2.6a. [be2-el (?)] sa-⌈l⌉[i-mi-im (?)] ×1 “Ally”. 1.2.7. ⌈be2-el⌉ le-mu-tim ×1 “Foe”. 1.3.1. 1.3.1a. ×1 ExO.B&Pd.2, §35** 3 NOM ExO.B&Pd.2, §38 Reference? > ♚[Foe] 1.2.7a. 1.3. 3 NOM Addressee in respect to performance Divination performance[P:Shamash temple, T:Elunu] > ♔[Sin-Iddinam] (Sîn-Iddinam) 3ša i-na bīt(E2) Šamaš(dUTU) i-na 3 PRT, PRT ExO.Lr.M.33, §1.1b-c e-lu-ni-im 4i-qu2-ma im-qu2-ta-šum “(Sin-Iddinam,) who made a sacrifice in the temple of Shamash and the following befell him”. ► 1a •28.1.24a ‹this is the omen of the king Sin-Iddinam› ša 1b-c Ø 2a •18.21.3a ‹the owner of the sheep will trample the enemy›-ma 2b •20.3.24a ‹he will lay hold on something that does not belong to him› (ExO.Lr.M.33, §1) See Starr 1983, 13–4. 1.3.2. 1.3.2a. ×1 Divination performance > ♘[Diviner] < ♔[King] 9 ⌈šarram(LUGAL)⌉ na-am bārû(MAŠ2.ŠU.GID2.GID2) i-pu-ša 10i-ni-al pl ša 1 PRS ExO.Lr.M.39, §2.1d “(The divination) that the diviner performed will befall our king”. ► 1a •11.18.4a ‹the Akkadian country will be blockaded›-ma 1b •11.22.11b ‹it will vanish› Ø 1c •28.1.9a ‹precept of Naram-Sin› Ø 1d (ExO.Lr.M.39, §2) The reading 9⌈i!-na ⌉ qab!-ri! bārû(MAŠ2.ŠU.GID2.GID2) 10i-ni-al in the edition is not eligible both from the paleographical point of view37 and as a very untypical prediction of death (cf. Jeyes 1989b, 184 and 186, comm. for ll. 9-10, where the author herself admits the uncertainty of her interpretation). My corrections include reading the first sign as LUGAL, reading the two previously emended next signs as am and ša, and placing the verbal form i-pu-ša (not uš) at the end of this line, which allows to obtain a meaningful and correct apodosis claus with no emendations. 37 Cf. 132 The proposed meaning ‘befall’ for nâlu ‘to lay’ is not attested elswhere, but is known for semantically related maqātu ‘to fall’ > ‘to befall’(cf. above; see also Starr 1983, 14). Cf. also ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §29 in 1.2.3a above. 1.4. Divine word The ‘word’ (pû) or the answer (expressed with apālu) refer here to the communication of the deity by means of divination. It can be an unnamed god (likely, the client’s patron) or, in one apodosis referring to the country, Shamash, the divine judge and head of the council of gods himself. For another example concerning the reliability of the answer see 1.5.3 below. 1.4.1. Word > ♙[Man] (+) 1.4.1a. pu-u2-um e-li awīlim(LU2) iš-ša-ka-an ×1 “A word will be given to the man”. 1.4.2. 3 PRS In.2a, §21 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.4, §25** Šamaš(dUTU) ma-as-su2 a-⌈n⌉[a-am (?)] 5i-ip-pa- 3 PRS [al] ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §68** Answering > ✣[God] (+) 1.4.2a. ilum(DINGIR) i-pa-[al] ×1 “The god will answer”. 1.4.3. 1.4.3a. ×1 Answering[Yes] > ✣[Shamash] < ♧[Country] (+) “Shamash will answer (with) ‘yes’ to his country”. 1.5. Reliability On pû (lā) kīnu ‘(un)reliable word’ as a characteristic of the prediction’s reliability see the short summary in Jeyes 1989b, 17. For other examples of this expression see also 13.8.3 and 13.8.4 below. 1.5.1. Reliable word (+) 1.5.1a. pu-um ki-nu-um ×3 “Reliable word”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.V.8, §2; ExO.Lr.V.8, §13; ExO.M.2, §2 1.5.2. ¬Reliable word (–) 1.5.2a. pu-u2-um la ki-nu-um ×6 “Unreliable word”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.npt.8, §7.1b*; ExO.Lr.npt.10, §44; ExO.Lr.V.8, §3.1b; 133 ExO.Lr.V.8, §7.2b; ExO.M.3, §64.1b*; Ol.2, §39.1b ► 1a •1.8.1a ‹niphu-prediction(s)› Ø 1b (ExO.Lr.npt.8, §7) ► 1a •1.8.1a ‹niphu-prediction(s)› Ø 1b (ExO.Lr.V.8, §3) ► 1a •A1 ‹the city(’s population) will come out›-ma 1b •A1 ‹and it will become abandoned› Ø 2a •1.8.1a ‹niphuprediction(s)› Ø 2b Ø 3 •4.4.11b ‹the sick person will die› (ExO.Lr.V.8, §7) ► 1a •1.8.1a ‹niphu-prediction(s)› Ø 1b (ExO.M.3, §64) ► 1a •1.8.1a ‹niphu-prediction(s)› Ø 1b (Ol.2, §39) Variants and spellings: pu-um (ExO.Lr.V.8, §3.1b; ExO.Lr.V.8, §7.2b), pu-u2 (ExO.Lr.npt.8, §7.1b*; Ol.2, §39.1b). 1.5.3. ¬Reliable word > ♙[Man] < ✣[God] (–) Cf. divine answer above. 1.5.3a. ×1 4 ilum(DINGIR) a-wi-lam ⌈pi⌉-a-am la ki-na-am i- 3 PRS pa-aš-⌈šu⌉ ExO.Lr.npt.6, §2 “The god will give the man an unreliable answer”. Note /lš/ > /šš/. 1.6. Ambiguity The meaning and usage of the technical pitruštu is first discussed in Starr 1975 (continued in Starr 1978) who coins it (together with nipḫu, s. below) as joker signs. For a detailed overview of pitruštu in first and secound tablets of the first millennium divination series Mutāblitu see more recently Koch 2005, 10–21. The exact usage of pitruštu in Old Babylonian divination compendia is not as clear as in the Standard Babylonian standardized series. It is considered counterpart of nanmurtu (s. 18.12), a term which disappers in post Old Babylonian divination texts. 1.6.1. Ambiguous prediction (–) 1.6.1a. pi-it-ru-uš-tum ×6 “Ambiguous omen”. 3 NOM ExO.Lg.9, §73*; ExB.2, §9.1; ExB.3, §11.1*; ExB.3, §17; ExB.3, §28.1; Ol.1a, §41 ► 1 š. š. 2 •18.23.11a ‹the army will fall like the (other) army› (ExB.2, §9) 134 ► 1 Ø 2 •5.4.1a ‹the man, his fears will not seize him› (ExB.3, §11) ► 1 Ø 2 •18.12.10a ‹you and the enemy will not confront each other› (ExB.3, §28) Variants and spellings: pi2!(GA)-it-ru-uš-tum (ExB.3, §11.1*). 1.6.1b. pi-it-ru-uš-ta-an ×2 “Two ambiguous omens”. 1.6.1c. pi2-it-ru-u/s ×1 “Ambiguous”. 3 NOM ExO.B&Pd.1a, §83 ExO.B&Pd.1c, §20; ExO.Lr.pdn.3, §5 3 STV ExB.1a, §22 || ExB.1b, §22* ExB.1b, §22* is completely broken and restored from the parallel manuscript. 1.7. 1.7.1. Indecisiveness Indecisive ‘weapon(s)’ kakkum(gišTUKUL) mi-it-ḫa-ar 1.7.1a. 44 ×1 “The ‘weapon’ is indecisive”. 1.7.1b. 14 ×1 “Indecisive ‘weapons’”. ka-ak-ku mi-it-ḫa-ru-tum 3 STV ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §27 3 NOM In.2a, §7 || In.2c, §7* In.2c, §7* is completely broken; restored from the parallel manuscript. 1.8. Niphu-prediction On the niphu-prediction see Nougayrol 1971, 81, Starr 1975, 244–6, Jeyes 1980b, 26–7, Jeyes 1989b, 88–9, and Winitzer 2006, 158-175. The comprehensive discussion of the term in Winitzer 2006, 158–75, declines an exact equation of nipḫu with the “unreliable word” (pû lā kīnum) prediction (see above), but does not lead to a definite conclusion on its precise meaning. Winitzer (163-164) suggests that the term renders nonsensical results in these cases where it is qualified by “the diviner”. This meaning is also correct for those apodoses, in which the term is accompanied by pû lā kīnum. Later the term could become a general label for different types of ambiguous characteristics (Winitzer 2006, 169–70). 1.8.1. Niphu-prediction(s) (–) 1.8.1a. ni-ip-ḫu-um × 16 “Niphu-prediction(s)”. 3 NOM ExO.B&Pd.1a, §6; ExO.Lr.npt.8, §7.1a; ExO.Lr.ubn.4, §39; ExO.Lr.V.8, §3.1a; ExO.Lr.V.8, §5; ExO.Lr.V.8, §6; ExO.Lr.V.8, §7.2a; 135 || ExO.Lr.V.8, §14; ExO.M.2, §9; ExO.M.2, §11*; ExO.M.2, §13; ExO.M.3, §58; ExO.M.3, §63.1; ExO.M.3, §64.1a*; Ol.1a, §52; Ol.2, §39.1a ► 1a Ø 1b •1.5.2a ‹unreliable word› (ExO.Lr.npt.8, §7) ► 1a Ø 1b •1.5.2a ‹unreliable word› (ExO.Lr.V.8, §3) ► 1a •A1 ‹the city(’s population) will come out›-ma 1b •A1 ‹and it will become abandoned› Ø 2a •1.8.1a ‹niphuprediction(s)› Ø 2b •1.5.2a ‹unreliable word› Ø 4 •4.4.11b ‹the sick person will die› (ExO.Lr.V.8, §7) ► 1 Ø 2 •A1 ‹your army will enter an empty city› (ExO.M.3, §63) ► 1a Ø 1b •1.5.2a ‹unreliable word› (ExO.M.3, §64) ► 1a Ø 1b •1.5.2a ‹unreliable word› (Ol.2, §39) Variants and spellings: ni-ip-ḫum!(TUM) (ExO.M.2, §11*), ni-ip-ḫu (ExO.Lr.npt.8, §7.1a; ExO.Lr.V.8, §3.1a; ExO.Lr.V.8, §5; ExO.Lr.V.8, §6; ExO.Lr.V.8, §7.2a; ExO.Lr.V.8, §14; ExO.M.2, §13; ExO.M.3, §63.1; ExO.M.3, §64.1a*; Ol.1a, §52), ni-ip-ḫu-u2 (ExO.B&Pd.1a, §6; ExO.M.2, §9). Spellings without mimation and esp. with plene are likely to stand for the plural. 1.8.2. Niphu-prediction(s)[S:Campaign] (–) 1.8.2a. a-na ḫarrānim(KASKAL) ni-ip-ḫu-u2 ×1 “For the campaign: niphu-predictions”. 3 NOM Ol.1a, §64.2 ► 1a •4.4.1f ‹the sick person, his sickness will abandon him›-ma 1b •4.5.1a ‹it will strike him again›-ma 1c •4.4.11a ‹he will die› Ø 2 (Ol.1a, §64) 1.8.3. Niphu-prediction(s) > ♘[Army] (–) 1.8.3a. 31 ×1 “Niphu-prediction of my army”. 1.8.4. ni-pi-iḫ um-ma-ni-[i]a 1 NOM ExO.Lr.kki.3, §40 3 NOM ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §16.1; Niphu-prediction(s) > ♘[Diviner] (–) 1.8.4a. ni-ip-ḫa-at ba-ri-im ×4 “Niphu-predictions of the diviner”. ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §23.1; ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §57.1; ExO.Lr.V.8, §4.1 136 ► 1 •1.8.4a ‹niphu-predictions of the diviner› Ø 2 •18.19.16a ‹in battle: the enemy will overthrow the army› (ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §16) ► 1 •1.8.4a ‹niphu-predictions of the diviner› Ø 2 •18.23.1a ‹fall of the army› (ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §23) ► 1 [?] 2 ‹…› (ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §57) ► 1 •1.8.4a ‹niphu-predictions of the diviner› Ø 2 •18.23.1a ‹fall of the army› (ExO.Lr.V.8, §4) Variants and spellings: bārîm(MAŠ2.ŠU.GID2.GID2) (ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §23.1; ExO.Lr.V.8, §4.1). 1.8.4b. ×1 pl ni-ip-ḫa-at bārîm(MAŠ2.ŠU.[/.GID2.GID2) i-na] ⌈bi- 1 NOM ri⌉-ni ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §22.3* “Niphu-predictions of a diviner among us”. ► 1 •A1 ‹…› Ø 2 •11.20.1a ‹chaos› Ø 3 (ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §22) 1.8.5. Niphu-prediction(s) > † (/–) 1.8.5a. \ ni-ip-ḫi nakrim(lu2KUR2-im) ×2 “Niphu-predictions of the enemy”. 3 NOM ExO.M.1, §11; ExO.M.3, §11 Variants and spellings: [n]i-ip-ḫu nakrim(lu2K[UR2)] (ExO.M.3, §11). 1.8.6. Niphu-prediction(s)[S:Warfare] > † (/–) 1.8.6a. 10 ×1 “In warfare: Niphu-predictions of the enemy”. 1.8.7. i-na ka-ak-⌈ki⌉-im ni-⌈ip-ḫa⌉-at na-ak-ri-im ExO.Ht.4, §106.2 3 PRS ExO.Lr.kki.3, §22** Weapon of niphu > ? (?) 1.8.7a. kak(ki)(gišTUKUL) ⌈ni-ip⌉-ḫi-i \ […]⌈ar?-ri⌉ ×1 “‘Weapon’ of niphu-predictions …”. 1.9. 3 NOM Disqualified omen The interpretation of pisiltu (< pasālu ‘to turn around, to twist’) as a technical term for a disqualified prediction is not in the dictionaries; for this interpretation see Winitzer 2006, 109 (also Jeyes 1989b, 85 ‘failure’; Pettinato 1966c, 40 ‘Enttäuschung’, with earlier bibliography). One would add that this usage fits well the primary meaning of the word ‘lump of clay, clay tablet wrapping’ (CAD P, 424a), i.e. something that is to be thrown away38. Note similarly the usage of pasālu in a Mari letter concerning divination performance: têrētim 2-šu ušēpišma têrētum iptaslā “He performed the divination twice and both results were disqualified” (ARM 1, 117:12, s. Durand 1997-2000, vol. I, 606-7). 38 Note that in Jewish Babylonian Aramaic ‘to render or declare unfit’ becomes the main meaning of psl (Sokoloff 2002, 918a). 137 1.9.1. Disqualified omen (?) 1.9.1a. pi-si2-il-tum ×2 “Disqualified (omen)”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.npt.9, §6.2*; ExO.Lr.npt.9, §12.2 ► 1 •2.13.1b ‹wailings› š. š. 2 (ExO.Lr.npt.9, §6) ► 1 •17.19.1c ‹hostilities› š. š. 2 (ExO.Lr.npt.9, §12) Variants and spellings: Preceded by ša-nu-um šum-šu (ExO.Lr.npt.9, §6.2; ExO.Lr.npt.9, §12.2). 1.9.2. Disqualified omen[S:Campaign] (?) 1.9.2a. a-na ḫarrānim(KASKAL) pi-si2-il-tum ×1 “For the campaign: disqualified (omen)”. 3 NOM Ol.1a, §47.2 ► 1 •4.5.1b ‹the sick person, his sickness will strike him again› Ø 2 (Ol.1a, §47) 1.10. Qualification of the exta 1.10.1. 1.10.1a. ×2 Favourable exta (+) te-er-tum ša libbi(ŠA3) immerim(UDU) ša-/-al-ma- 3 STV at ExO.B&Pd.1a, §35; ExO.B&Pd.1a, §22 “The configuration of the sheep’s insides is fortunate”. Compare predictions of well-being in 2.3. The unfavorable counterpart of this prediction is possibly 2.9.1a. 1.11. Dreams evaluation Dreams were an important source of divinatory material in Mesopotamia. Some Old Babylonian dream omens are known from the unpublished compendium Dr.1 and Ps.1b, §§57-8. The evaluation of dreams by means of extispicy is otherwise known in OB Mari from a letter of the diviner Ashqudu (Durand and Charpin 1988, vol. I, 222, no. 82) and from MB extispicy reports (Kraus 1985, nos. 3:18, 4:1, 4:16 and 18:32). The two first apodosis below likely answer the question, whether a dream is oracular or not, while the third probably speaks about the content of a dream. Another apodosis dedicated to the interpretation of a dream is found in ExO.Lr.reu.3, §13 (George 2013, 300). 1.11.1. True dreams > ♔[King] (+) 1.11.1a. šu-na-at šar-ri-im ki-na ×1 “The dreams of the king are true (i.e. oracular)”. 3 STV Variants and spellings: šar-ri (ExB.1a, §55). 138 ExB.1a, §55 || ExB.1b, §54 1.11.2. False dreams > ♔[King] (–) 1.11.2a. (šarrum) 22šu-na-tu-šu sa3-ar-ra ×1 “His (i.e. the king’s) dreams are false (i.e. not oracular)”. 1.11.3. 3 STV ExB.1a, §56 || ExB.1b, §55 Dream interpretation[Seeing a ♘shakkanakku-official] (?) 1.11.3a. 1 in šu-un-ti-šu 2šakkanakkum(ŠAGINA) a-mur ×1 “In his dream a shakkanakku-official is seen”. 3 STV ExO.Lr.M.26, §1 Difficult. I cautiously interpret amur as a stative form with an untypical thematic vowel: in proper Akkadian amir or amer is expected, cf. commentary for ExO.Lr.M.23, §2 sub 1.2.1a. Alternatively, reading MUR as mirx in this form also cannot be excluded. 139 2. General predictions This section collects general forcasts, mostly with little or no details on the prediction’s circumstances. Usually these are simple statements, that give a general characterization of a situation or a reference to an emotion. The topics are namely fortune (2.1), troublesomeness (2.2) well-being (2.3), joy (2.4), pride (2.6), happiness and unhappiness (2.5), sorrow and distress (2.7), evil (2.8), misfortune (2.9), trouble (2.10), difficulties and escaping them ((2.11-2.12), and mourning (2.13). 2.1. 2.1.1. Fortune Good(ness) (+) 2.1.1a. 53 ×1 “Advent of goodness”. 2.1.1b. 39 ×1 “This is good”. 2.1.2. še20-e-ep du-um-qi2-[im] da-am-qa2-at du-mu-uq-ti ar-ki-šu ×1 “Goodness follows (lit. after) him (i.e. the physiognomically examined person)”. 3 STV ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §46 3 NOM Ps.3, §25 3 STV Ps.3, §33 3 STV ExO.Lr.abl.1, §8*; Good(ness)[Awaits] (+) 2.1.3a. du-mu-uq-tum ma-aḫ-ra-s[u2] ×1 “Goodness awaits him (i.e. the physiognomically examined person)”. 2.1.4. ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §87* Good(ness)[Follows] (+) 2.1.2a. 2.1.3. 3 NOM Good(ness) > ♔[@King] (+) 2.1.4a. 10 a-na šar-ri-im 11da-mi-iq ×3 “For the king: this is good”. ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §31; ExO.Lr.V.3, §1 Variants and spellings: šar-ri (ExO.Lr.abl.1, §8*), šarrim(LUGAL) (ExO.Lr.V.3, §1), da-mi!(KI)-iq (ExO.Lr.abl.1, §8*). 2.1.4b. a-na šarrim(LUGAL) / da-mi-iq-tum ×1 “For the king: goodness”. 2.1.5. 2.1.5a. 3 NOM ExO.B&Pd.1a, §32 Good(ness) > ♘[@One going to war or campaign] (+) 12 a-na a-li-ik ṣa-be2-\-e-em 13 u3 ḫa-[r]a-ni-im 3 STV 140 In.1, §2.2 ×1 14 da-mi-iq “For the one going to war or to a campaign: this is good”. ► 1 •24.10.11a ‹Ishtar will dwell in the springs (?)› Ø 2 (In.1, §2) 2.2. 2.2.1. Troublesomeness Troublesome (–) 2.2.1a. 11 ×1 “This is troublesome”. 2.2.2. na-aḫ-da-at 3 STV ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §3 3 STV ExO.B&Pd.1a, §33*; Troublesome > ♔[@King] (–) 2.2.2a. ⌈a-na(over eras.)⌉ šar-ri-im na-i-id ×3 “For the king: this is troublesome”. ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §6*; ExO.Lg.8, §30 !(RA) Variants and spellings: šar-ri -im (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §6*), šarrim(LUGAL) (ExO.B&Pd.1a, §33*), šar-ri!(RA)-im (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §6*), na-ḫi-id (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §6*), na-ḫi-id!(IZ) (ExO.B&Pd.1a, §33*). 2.3. Well-being See also well-being of path (of life) (7.2.1) and safe return (18.8.4). 2.3.1. Well-being (+) 2.3.1a. šu-/-ul-mu-um ×5 “Well-being”. 3 NOM ExB.1a, §1* || ExB.1b, §1; ExB.3, §6.2; ExB.3, §16.1; ExB.3, §27.2; Ol.2, §49 ► 1 •7.11.1a ‹honor› Ø 2 (ExB.3, §6) ► 1 Ø 2 •5.4.1a ‹the man, his fears will not seize him› (ExB.3, §16) ► 1 •4.4.1c ‹the sick person will recover› Ø 2 (ExB.3, §27) Variants and spellings: šu-ul-mu (ExB.3, §27.2; ExB.3, §6.2; ExB.3, §16.1). ExB.1a, §1* is completely broken; restored from the parallel manuscript. kak(ki)(gišTUKUL) šu-ul-mi-im 2.3.1b. 39 ×1 “‘Weapon’ of well-being”. 2.3.2. 3 NOM Well-being[T:One year] (+) 141 ExO.Lr.kki.3, §10 2.3.2a. šu-lum MU.1.KAM ×1 “Well-being for one year”. 2.3.3. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.V.8, §16 3 NOM Ol.2, §68.1 Well-being > ♙[Man] (+) 2.3.3a. a-na a-wi-lim šu-ul-mu-um ×1 “For the man: well-being”. ► 1 Ø 2 •27.18.24a ‹for the ‘hand of a god’: Shamash requests tithes› (Ol.2, §68) 2.3.4. 2.3.4a. ×1 Well-being > ♙[Owner of the oil] < ✣[God] (+) a-na be-el šamnim(I3) šu-lum ilim(DINGIR) ki-nu- 3 NOM um Ol.2, §31 “For the owner of the oil: firm well-being from the god”. 2.3.5. Well-being > ♔[Prince] (+) 2.3.5a. 33 šu(over eras.)-lu-um 34ru-[be2]-⌈em⌉ ×1 “Well-being for the prince”. 2.3.6. Well-being[P:City] > ♔[1] (+) 2.3.6a. 3 a-na a-lim 4sa2-al-ma-ku ×1 “For the city: I will be well”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §35* 1 STV ExO.Lr.M.29, §1.2 ►šumma 1 •20.3.17a ‹I will take booty›-ma 2 anniʾum kīʾam iššakkan (ExO.Lr.M.29, §1) Variants and spellings: Followed by 5a-ni-um ki-am i-sa2-ka-an (ExO.Lr.M.29, §1.2). 2.3.7. Well-being > ♘[Older son] (+) 2.3.7a. mār(DUMU)-šu re-eš-tu-um i-ša-lim ×1 “His (i.e. the physiognomically person’s) older son will be well”. 3 PRS Ps.2, §11.1a 3 PRS ExO.Lr.V.5, §13* inspected ► 1a u 1b ‹…› (Ps.2, §11) 2.3.8. Well-being > † (/+) 2.3.8a. šu-lum ša na-[ak-ri-im] ×1 “Well being of the enemy”. 142 2.3.9. 2.3.9a. ×1 Well-being[P:Position] > ♔[2] < ✣[God] (+) i-na ma-az-za-[az t]a-az-za-zu i-lum u2-ša-la-am- 2 PRS /-ka ExO.Lr.bbk.3, §1 “The god will keep you well at the position you are holding”. 2.3.10. 2.3.10a. ×1 Well-being[S:Campaign] (+) a-na ḫarrān(KASKAL) ḫarrān([KA]SKAL) šu-ul- 3 NOM mu-u2-u[m] ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §19 “For one campaign after the other: well-being”. If ḫarrān ḫarrān (also in 7.2.11a below) is not a result of a misspelling; it should be taken as a distributive expression (GAG §62g). For further examples see also Soden 1961, 27, incl. the OA i-na ḫa-ra-an ḫa-ra-ma (BIN VI 11, 16f.). 2.3.11. Well-being[S:Campaign] > ♘[Traveller] (+) 2.3.11a. 6´´ ×1 “In the campaign the one undertaking it will be well”. 2.3.12. i-na ḫa-ra-ni-im 7´´a-li-ik-šu 8´´[i-ša-li]m 3 PRS In.1, §12* 1 NOM ExB.1a, §52.1a || ExB.1b, §51.1a || ExB.1c, §16.1a* Well-being > ♘[Army] (+) 2.3.12a. 9 ×1 “Well-being for my army”. šu-lum ṣa-bi-ia ► 1a Ø 1b •18.11.1a ‹my army will set (ambush) positions for the enemy› (ExB.1a, §52 || ExB.1b, §51 || ExB.1c, §16) 2.3.13. Well-being > ♞[Army] (/+) 2.3.13a. 13 ×1 “Well-being for the enemy’s army”. 3 NOM šu-lum ṣa-bi na-ak-ri-im ExB.1a, §53.1a || ExB.1b, §52.1a || ExB.1c, §17.1a* ► 1a Ø 1b •18.11.2a ‹the enemy army will set (lit. throw) (ambush) positions in front of my army› (ExB.1a, §53 || ExB.1b, §52 || ExB.1c, §17) Variants and spellings: nakrim(lu2KUR2-im) (ExB.1b, §52.1a). 2.3.14. Well-being[P:Destination] > ♘[Army] (+) 2.3.14a. um-ma-nu a-šar illaku(GEN) ša-al-ma-a/t ×1 “The army will be well in the place it is going to”. 143 3 STV ExO.B&Pd.1c, §39 Variant of ExO.B&Pd.1b, §11* (below). 2.3.14b. ×1 ⌈u⌉[m-m]⌈a⌉-an-⌈ka⌉ a-[šar illaku(GEN) ša-al-ma- 2 STV at] ExO.B&Pd.1b, §11* “Your army will be well in the place it is going to”. Variant of ExO.B&Pd.1c, §39 (above). 2.3.15. Well-being > ♧[Border regions] (+) 2.3.15a. a-ḫi-a-tu-ka ša-[al-ma] ×1 “Your border regions are well”. 2 STV ExO.B&Pd.1b, §16** ExO.B&Pd.1c, §44** || Variants and spellings: a-ḫe-tu-⌈ka⌉ [ša-al-ma] (B&Pd.1c, §44**, note /iʾā/ > /ê/). 2.3.16. Well-being and ? (/+) 2.3.16a. šu-ul-mu-um u3 […] ×1 “Well-being and ...”. 2.4. 3 NOM? ExO.Lr.V.5, §11 3 NOM ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §65; Joy 2.4.1. Joy (+) 2.4.1a. u2-lu-uṣ li-bi ×6 “Joy”. ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §35.2; ExO.Lr.V.10, §14.1*; ExO.Ht.4, §27**; ExO.Ht.4, §38* ► 1 ‹…› Ø 2 Ø 3 •22.1.2a ‹the wife of the man will give birth to a boy› (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §35) ► 1 › Ø 2 •18.25.11d ‹the army will turn into flight (?)› (ExO.Lr.V.10, §14) Variants and spellings: libbi(ŠA3) (ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §65; ExO.Lr.V.10, §14.1*). 2.4.1b. ḫi-iš-ša-at libbi(ŠA3) ×2 “Joy”. 3 NOM ExO.Ht.3, §4.1; ExO.Ht.3, §5.1 ► 1 ‹joy› Ø 2 •18.6.4a ‹my army will reach its destination› (ExO.Ht.3, §4) ► 1 Ø 2 •18.6.8a ‹the enemy’s army will reach its destination› (ExO.Ht.3, §5) ExO.Ht.3, §5.1 is likely result of a mistake: it is unlikely to be followed by a positive prediction referring to the antagonist. 2.4.1c. 3 PRS i-ḫa-d[u] 144 Ps.3, §19 ×1 2.4.2. 2.4.2a. ×1 “He (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will be happy”. Joy[S:On the way to the palace] > ♙[Man] (+) a-na ekallim(E2.GAL) i-na ⌈awīlum(LU2)⌉ i-ḫa-ad-(eras.)-du a-la-ki-šu \ 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §103 “The man will rejoice on his way to the palace”. 2.4.3. Joy > ♘[Army] (+) 2.4.3a. u2-lu-uṣ libbi(ŠA3) ummānī((ERIN2-ni)-i[a (…)] ×1 “Joy of my army (…)”. 2.5. 2.5.1. 1 NOM ExO.Ht.3, §10** 3 NOM ExO.Lr.pdn.3, §7.1 3 NOM Ps.1a, §3* || Ps.1b, §50 (Un)happiness Happiness (+) 2.5.1a. ṭu3-u[b] li-bi ×1 “Happiness”. ► 1 Ø 2 •11.10.1a ‹calm living› (ExO.Lr.pdn.3, §7) 2.5.2. ¬Happiness (–) 2.5.2a. la ṭu2-ub li-ib-bi ×1 “Unhappiness”. 2.5.3. 2.5.3a. ×1 ¬Happiness > ♙[Man] (–) 36 awīlum(LU2) šu-u2 i-na la ṭu2-ub li-ib-bi i-ta-na- 3 PRS la-ak Ps.1b, §41 “This man (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will be (lit. walk) permanently unhappy”. 2.5.4. 2.5.4a. ×1 ¬Happiness[P:City] > ♔[King] (–) 16 šar-ru-um 17i-na a-li-šu 18li-ib-ba-šu 19u2-la i-ṭi- 3 PRS a-ab “The king will not be happy in his city”. 2.6. Pride 145 ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §22 2.6.1. Pride (+) 2.6.1a. mi-li i-ir-ti-im ×8 “Pride (lit. fullness of the chest)”. 3 NOM ExO.B&Pd.1a, §84.1 ExO.B&Pd.1c, §8.1; || ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §19; ExO.Lr.mrt.1, §3; ExO.Lr.V.7, §1.2; ExO.Lr.V.11, §3.1; ExO.Ht.4, §83; In.2a, §8.1 || In.2c, §8.1*; In.2a, §22* ► 1 Ø 2 •7.10.1a ‹the man will become strong(er)› (ExO.B&Pd.1a, §84 || ExO.B&Pd.1c, §8) ►šumma kakkam tallak “if you are going to war” 1 •A1 ‹you will … the enemy› ū. r. 2 (ExO.Lr.V.7, §1.2) ► 1 Ø 2 •18.22.14b ‹the king’s small army will defeat the enemy’s big army› (ExO.Lr.V.11, §3) ► 1 Ø 2 •20.7.2a ‹the man will have a share in the place where he is heading to› (In.2a, §8 || In.2c, §8) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 2ūma(UD-ma) re-qa2 (ExO.Lr.V.7, §1.2); 6mi-li-i (ExO.Lr.V.11, §3.1), i-ir-tim (ExO.B&Pd.1a, §84.1; ExO.Lr.mrt.1, §3; ExO.Lr.V.7, §1.2; In.2a, §8.1; In.2a, §22*), ir-tim (ExO.B&Pd.1c, §8.1; ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §19; ExO.Lr.V.7, §1.2; ExO.Lr.V.11, §3.1). 2.7. 2.7.1. Sorrow and distress Sorrow (–) 2.7.1a. lu-mu-un li-ib-bi-/-im × 17 “Sorrow”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.bbk.1, §1.2; ExO.Lr.bbk.2, §15; ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §36.1; ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §42.1; ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §66; ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §24*; ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §40*; ExO.Lr.abl.1, §6.1; ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §26.1; ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §9.1; ExO.Ht.3, §13; ExO.Ht.4, §26**; ExO.Ht.4, §84; ExB.3, §7; ExB.3, §9.2; Ol.1a, §71; Ol.2, §44 146 ► 1 •A1 ‹…› Ø 2 • (ExO.Lr.bbk.1, §1.2) ► 1 Ø 2 •4.17.9a ‹trauma of the finger› (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §36) ► 1 Ø 2 •10.1.1a ‹the enemy will take the palace’s high official› Ø 3 •27.1.1b ‹sorcery seizes the man› (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §42) ► 1 Ø 2 •2.8.5a ‹the enemy’s evil› (ExO.Lr.abl.1, §6) ► 1 Ø 2 •8.18.1a ‹financial losses› ū 3 •4.2.1a ‹disease› (ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §26) ► 1 š. š. 2 •8.18.1a ‹financial losses› š. š. 3 •4.2.1a ‹disease› (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §9) ► 1 •4.4.11b ‹the sick person will die› Ø 2 (ExB.3, §9) Variants and spellings: li-ib-bi (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §9.1; ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §26.1), li-bi-im (Ol.1a, §71; ExO.Lr.abl.1, §6.1), libi (ExO.Ht.4, §84; ExO.Ht.4, §26**), libbi(ŠA3-b/i) (ExO.Lr.bbk.1, §1.2; ExO.Lr.bbk.2, §15), libbi(ŠA3) (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §36.1; ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §42.1; ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §66; ExO.Ht.3, §13; ExB.3, §7; ExB.3, §9.2). 2.7.1b. lu-mu-un libbim(ŠA3-e!-em) iš-ša-⌈k⌉[a-an] ×1 “There will be sorrow”. 2.7.2. 3 PRS ExB.3, §4** 3 NOM Ol.1a, §50.3; Sorrow > ♙[Owner of the oil] (–) 2.7.2a. a-na be-el šamnim(I3) lu-mu-un li-ib-bi-im ×2 “For the owner of the oil: sorrow”. Ol.2, §33 ► 1 •18.16.1a ‹attack› Ø 2 •27.7.3a ‹bad mukil-reshi spirit› Ø 3 (Ol.1a, §50) Variants and spellings: šamni(I3.GIŠ) (Ol.1a, §50.3), li-/-ib-bi (Ol.1a, §50.3). 2.7.3. 2.7.3a. ×1 Sorrow[Bitter] > ♙[Man] (–) a-wi-lum lu-mu-un libbim(ŠA3) ṣa-⌈ar⌉-pa-am i- 3 PRS ma-⌈a⌉[r] ExO.Lr.V.10, §29 “The man will experience (lit. see) a bitter sorrow”. The meaning ‘bitter, grievous’ for the adjective ṣarpu (< ṣarāpu A ‘to fire (of metals and bircks), burn (intrans.)’) is not attested elsewhere else and is missing from the dictionaries. Cf. though the adverb ṣarpiš used to designate a bitter or loud cry (CAD Ṣ, 112f.). 2.7.4. 2.7.4a. ×1 ¬Sorrow[Predicted] > ♙[Man] (+) awīlum(LU2) lu-mu-un libbim(ŠA3) i-ta-ad-nu-šu 3 u2-ul i-mar “The man will not experience (lit. see) the sorrow that was predicted (lit. they gave) to him”. 147 PRT PRS ExO.Lr.V.10, §31 The verbal form i-ta-ad-nu-šu is ambiguous. Prof. Streck (personal communication) suggest to regard ittadnušu as the perfect N, which refers to a situation in the future: “The man will not experience the sorrow that will have been predicted for him”. This interpretation is possible, but not unproblematic in my opinion, as the perfect tense is hardly in use in the apodosis, and a forecast that reverses another prediction in the future would be truly exotic. In view of those difficulties, I would rather opt for the preterite Gt ittadnūšu. 2.7.5. Sorrow > † (/–) 2.7.5a. be-el le-mu-ti-ka lu-mu-un libbim(ŠA3) / i-mar ×1 “Your foe will experience (lit. see) sorrow”. 2.7.6. ne2-el-me-nu ma-ḫi-ir-šu ×1 “Distress confronts him (i.e. physiognomically examined person)”. 2.8.1. ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §2 3 STV Ps.3, §28 Distress (–) 2.7.6a. 2.8. 2 PRS the Evil Evil (–) The advent (lit. ‘foot’) of evil is likely an umbrella-term for evil related to different calamities: in the examples below it is associated with fears, enemy invasion, disease and death. For the term in the context of rituals against evil (diseases and enemy invasions) see Wiggermann 1992, 91–7. 2.8.1a. 55 ×3 “Advent of evil”. 3 NOM še20-e-ep le-mu-ut-tim ExO.Lr.pdn.3, §17.1; ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §88; ExO.M.3, §49 ► 1 Ø 2 •5.3.1a ‹fears› Ø 3 •4.4.11b ‹the sick person will die› (ExO.Lr.pdn.3, §17) Variants and spellings: še20-ep (ExO.M.3, §49), šēp(GIR3) le-mu-tim (ExO.Lr.pdn.3, §17.1). 2.8.2. 2.8.2a. ×1 Evil > ♙[Man’s house] (–) šēp(GIR3) le-⌈m⌉[u-(ut)-tim] 3[a-na bi-i]t a-wi-lim 3 PRS i-ru-ub ExO.Lr.ubn.2, §2.1* “Advent of evil will enter the man’s house”. ► 1 š. š. 2a •18.5.6b ‹the enemy will invade›-ma 2b •20.3.21a ‹he will plunder the sheep owner’s (belongings as) booty› (ExO.Lr.ubn.2, §2) 2.8.3. 2.8.3a. Evil > ♙[Man] (–) 38 3 NOM le-me-en6 a-wi-lim 148 ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §55 ×1 “The man’s evil”. 2.8.4. Evil > ♔[Prince] (–) 2.8.4a. 3 ×1 “The prince’s evil”. 2.8.5. [le]-⌈me⌉-en6 ru-be2-em 3 NOM ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §80* 3 NOM ExO.Lr.abl.1, §6.2 3 NOM ExO.Lr.šlm.1, §2 3 STV Ps.3, §34* 3 PRS Ps.3, §26 3 NOM Ps.2, §29** 3 PRS Ps.1b, §18 Evil > † (/–) 2.8.5a. lemen(NIG2.ḪUL) nakrim(lu2KUR2-/-im) ×1 “The enemy’s evil”. ► 1 •2.7.1a ‹sorrow› Ø 2 (ExO.Lr.abl.1, §6) Possibly, “evil from the enemy”. 2.9. 2.9.1. Misfortune Misfortune (–) 2.9.1a. lu-mu-nu ×1 “Very unfavorable”. Likely refers to the omen; cf. 1.10 above and see CAD L, 246b. 2.9.2. Misfortune[Awaits] (–) 2.9.2a. lum-mu-tum ma-aḫ!-ra-as-[su2] ×1 “Misfortune awaits him”. 2.9.3. Misfortune[Follows] (–) 2.9.3a. lu-mu-tum ir-te-ne2-di-šu ×1 “Misfortune always follows hin”. 2.9.4. Misfortune > ♟[Opponent] (–) 2.9.4a. lu-um-nu-um a-na be-el [a-wa-ti-šu (?)] ×1 “Misfortune for his opponent”. 2.9.5. Misfortune > ♙[Man], ♘[Dependents] (–) 2.9.5a. 29 ×1 “Evil will seize this (man) and his dependents”. lu-mu-nu ša-a-ti u3 ṭe-eḫ-ḫi-šu i-ṣa-ba-at 149 2.9.6. Misfortune ? (?) 2.9.6a. lu-um-nu-um […] i-na ni […] ×1 “Misfortune …”. 2.9.7. Misfortune > ? (?) 2.9.7a. lumnum(ḪUL) a-na […] ×1 “Misfortune for …”. 2.9.7b. lumnum(Ḫ[UL) …] ×1 “Misfortune …”. 3 PRS Ps.2, §28** 3 PRS Ce.EcS.1, §9** 3 PRS Ce.EcS.1, §10** 3 PRS In.2a, §12** 2.10. Trouble 2.10.1. Trouble > ♙[Man] (–) 2.10.1a. a-wi-lam ma-ru-uš-tum i-[x (x) (x)] ×1 “Trouble will … the man”. The verbal form is probably iṣabbassu or ikaššassu. 2.10.2. 2.10.2a. ×1 Trouble[Not knowingly] > ♙[Man] (–) 32 a-wi-lum 33i-na la la-ma-di-šu 35 i-ma-aq-qu2-ta-aš-šum 34 ma-ru-uš-tum 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §106 “The man, trouble will happen to him without him knowing”. 2.10.3. 2.10.3a. ×1 Trouble > ♙[House] (–) bi-ta-am aš-šu 25 ša-[a-t]i ma-ru-uṣ-tum 26 i-ka-ša-da- 3 PRS Bh.2, §10 “Trouble will reach this (i.e. of the man mentioned in the protasis) house”. Note morphological spelling in ma-ru-uṣ-tum. 2.10.4. Trouble > ♧[City] (–) 3 PRS 2.10.4a. a-lum ma-ru-uš-tam \ i-mar ×1 “The city will experience (lit. see) trouble”. ► 1a •19.1.1a ‹the gate will be locked› Ø 1b (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §28) 150 ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §28.1b ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §15.1b || ► 1a •19.1.1a ‹the gate will be locked›-ma 1b (ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §15) Variants and spellings: ālum(IRIki) ma-ru-uš-tam i-im-ma-/-ar (ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §15.1b). 2.10.4b. ×1 16 ⌈a⌉-[la-am] ⌈ša-a⌉-[ti] da-aš-šu 17 ma-ru-uṣ-tum i-ka-ša- 3 PRS Bh.2, §20** “Trouble will reach this (i.e. mentioned in the protasis) city”. Note morphological spelling in ma-ru-uṣ-tum. 2.11. Hardships and difficulties 2.11.1. Hardship (–) 2.11.1a. 1 ×1 “Hardship”. 3 PRS pu-uš-qu2-um ExO.Lr.M.15, §1 Possibly refers to the exta feature in the protasis (Landsberger and Tadmor 1964, 203; Meyer 1987, 200). 2.11.2. Difficulties > ♙[Man] (–) 2.11.2a. 19 ×1 “Difficulties will seize him (i.e. physiognomically examined person)”. 2.11.2b. a-wi-lam da-an-na-tum i-ṣa-ba-at ×2 “Difficulties will seize the man”. da-an-na-tum i-ṣa-ba-as-su2 3 PRS Ps.1b, §54 3 PRS In.2a, §13 || In.2c, §14*; the In.2a, §17.1a ► 1a Ø 1b •2.12.4a ‹he will not escape (from a difficult situation)› (In.2a, §17) Variants and spellings: awīlam(LU2) dannatum(KAL) […] (In.2c, §14). 2.11.2c. awīlum(LU2) dannatam(K[AL?) im?]-mar ×1 “The man will experience difficulties”. 3 PRS In.2c, §11(.1)** 3 PRS Bh.1, §5* 3 PRS Ps.1b, §36 ► 1a [?] 2 ‹…› (In.2c, §11) 2.11.2d. awīlum(LU2) šu-u2 dan-na-tam [i(m)-ma-a]⌈r⌉ ×1 “This (i.e. mentioned in the protasis) man will experience difficulties”. 2.11.3. Difficulties[Permanent] > ♙[Man] (–) 2.11.3a. 25 ×1 “He (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will live (lit. walk) in difficulties”. i-na da-an-na-tim i-il-la-ak 151 2.11.4. 2.11.4a. ×1 Difficulties[T:Young age] > ♙[Man] (–) awīlum(LU2) šu-u2 i-na ṣe2-eḫ-ru-ti-[šu] an-na-tam [im-ma-ar] 14 d[a]- 3 PRS Ps.1a, §5.1a* §51.1a* || Ps.1b, “This (i.e. the physiognomically examined) man will experience hardships in his youth”. ► 1a -ma 1b •6.1.3a ‹he will obtain bread as an old man› (Ps.1a, §5 || Ps.1b, §51) Variants and spellings: awīlum(LU2) […] (Ps.1a, §5.1a*); followed by –[m]a (Ps.1a, §5.1a* || Ps.1b, §51.1a*). 2.11.5. Difficulties > ♔[King] (–) 2.11.5a. 7 ×1 “Difficulties will seize the king”. 2.11.6. šar-ra-am da-an-na-tum i-ṣa-ab-ba-at rubâm(NUN) dan-na-tum i-ṣa-bat ×1 “Difficulties will seize the prince”. 3 PRS ExO.Ht.3, §50 3 PRS ExO.Ht.4, §18 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §30 ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §13 Hardship > ♔[Prince] (–) 2.11.7a. ru-ba-am pu-uš-\-qu2-um i-ṣa-ba-at ×1 “Hardship will seize the prince”. 2.11.8. Br.O.1, §39 Difficulties > ♔[Prince] (–) 2.11.6a. 2.11.7. 3 PRS Difficulties > ♔[Palace] (–) 2.11.8a. ekallam(E2.GAL-am) da-a/n-na-tum \ i-ṣa-/-ba-at ×1 “Difficulties will seize the palace”. Variants and spellings: ekallam(E2.GAL) da-an-na-tum i-ṣa-bat (ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §13). 2.11.9. Difficulties > ♘[Army] (–) 2.11.9a. ummān(ERIN2)-k[a da]n-na-tum i-ṣa-bat ×1 “Difficulties will seize your army”. 2.11.9b. ummānī(ERIN2-ni) ⌈dan-na!(KAL)-tum⌉ i-ṣa-bat ×1 “Difficulties will seize my army”. 2.11.10. Difficulties > ♘[Army’s leader] (–) 152 2 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.4, §10* 1 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.4, §1* || 2.11.10a. 37 ×1 “The army’s leader will experience difficulties”. 2.11.11. a-li-ik pa-ni um-ma-nim da-an-na-tam i-ma-a/r 3 PRS ExO.Ht.4, §52 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.2, §32*; Difficulties > ♧[Country] (–) 2.11.11a. ma-tam da-an-na-tum 22i-ṣa-ab-ba-at ×3 “Difficulties will seize the country”. Br.O.1, §4.1a*; Br.O.1, §9.1a ► 1a -ma 1b •8.21.1b ‹the gur-measure will collapse› (Br.O.1, §4) ► 1a -ma 1b •6.4.1d ‹there will be famine› (Br.O.1, §9) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (Br.O.1, §4.1a*; Br.O.1, §9.1a). 2.11.11b. ma-tum dan-na-tam ⌈i⌉-[mar] ×1 “The country will experience difficulties”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.nps.2, §7* 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §67 3 PRS ExO.Lr.V.5, §2; 2.12. Escaping from difficulties 2.12.1. Escaping > ♙[Man] (+) 2.12.1a. 10 ×1 “The man will get away”. 2.12.2. a-wi-lum it-ta-ṣ/i2 Escaping[Hardship] > ♙[Man] (+) 2.12.2a. awīlum(LU2) i-na pu-uš2-qi2-im iṣ-ṣi ×2 “The man will escape from hardship”. ExO.Lr.V.5, §4.1 ► 1 Ø 2 •4.4.2a ‹for the sick person: he will recover› ū šumma 3 •8.17.4a ‹he (i.e. the man) will find his long (lit. from many days) lost object› (ExO.Lr.V.5, §4) Variants and spellings: iṣ-ṣi2 (ExO.Lr.V.5, §4.1). Note iṣṣi for uṣṣi (Wsem. influence, Prof. Krebernik, personal communication). 2.12.3. Escaping[Difficulties] > ♙[Man] (–) 3 PRS 2.12.3a. a-wi-lum i-na da-na-tim uṣ-ṣi-i ×3 “The man will escape from a difficult situation”. Ol.1a, §33; In.2a, §14 || In.2c, §16*; In.2a, §15 Variants and spellings: awīlum(LU2) (In.2a, §15; In.2c, §16*), uṣ-ṣi (Ol.1a, §33). 2.12.4. ¬Escaping[Difficulties] > ♙[Man] (–) 153 2.12.4a. (awīlum) 30u2-ul! u2-uṣ-ṣ[i2] ×1 “He (i.e. the man) will not escape (from a difficult situation)”. 3 PRS In.2a, §17.1b* 3 Ps.2, §6* ► 1a •2.11.2b ‹difficulties will seize the man› Ø 1b (In.2a, §17) 2.12.4b. i-na da-na-at i-ṣa-ba-tu u2-u[l? uṣṣi] ×1 “He (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will not escape from a difficult situation that will seize him”. 2.12.5. a-wi-lum i-na pu-uš!(RI)-qi2-im u3 da-na-tim uṣ-ṣ/i ×1 “The man will escape from hardships and difficulties”. 2.12.6a. ×1 PRS Escaping[Hardship, Difficulties] > ♙[Man] (+) 2.12.5a. 2.12.6. PRS 3 PRS Ol.2, §48* (¬)Escaping[Hardship, Difficulties] > ♙[Man] (?) 11 a-na ḫarrānim(KAS[KAL-n]im?) a-wi-lum i-na 3 PRS pu-uš-qi2 u3 ⌈d⌉[a-an-na-ti(m)] \ u2-⌈x⌉[…] ExB.2, §5.3** “For the campaign: the man will (or: will not) escape from troubles and difficulties”. ► 1 •15.2.2a ‹the dweller of the city will repeatedly reach out for the enemy› Ø 2 •4.8.1b ‹for the sick person: …› [?] 3 (ExB.3, §5) Both uṣṣi ‘will escape’ and ul uṣṣi ‘will not escape’ are a possibility. Cf. above. 2.12.7. (¬)Escaping?[?] > ♙[Man] (?) 2.12.7a. awīlum(LU2) i-n[a … uṣṣi] ×1 “The man will escape (?) from …”. 3 PRS In.2c, §15** 3 PRS ExO.Lr.M.36, §20.1b Uncertain. 2.12.8. Escaping[Difficulties] > ♔[King] (+) 2.12.8a. šu-u2 (= šarrum) i-na dannatim(KALA.GA) u2-ṣi ×1 “He (i.e. the king) will escape from a difficult situation”. ► 1a •18.22.18a ‹they will defeat the army of the king’s country›-ma 1b (ExO.Lr.M.36, §20) 154 2.12.8b. šarrum(LUGAL) (eras. x) da-an-na-tum \ iṣ-ṣi ×1 “The king will escape from a difficult situation”. 3 PRS ExO.Lg.9, §77 Note iṣṣi for uṣṣi (Wsem. influence, Prof. Krebernik, personal communication). 2.12.9. Escaping[Difficulties, S:Field] > ♔[King] (+) 2.12.9a. 15 ×1 “The king will escape from a difficult situation in the field”. 2.12.10. i-na ṣe-ri-im 16i-na da-na-tim 17šar-rum 18uṣ-ṣi 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §32 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §38; Escaping[Difficulties] > ♔[Prince] (+) 2.12.10a. 48 ru-bu-u2-um 49i-na da-an-na-tim 50uṣ-ṣi2 ×2 “The prince will escape from a difficult situation”. In.2a, §16 Variants and spellings: ru-bu i-na da-an-na-tim uṣ-ṣi (In.2a, §16). 2.12.10b. 39 ×1 “The prince will escape from a difficult situation”. 2.12.11. ru-bu-um 40i-na da-an-na-tim 41u2-ṣi2-⌈am⌉ e-le-pa-ti-ka i-na da-an-na-t/im uṣ-ṣi ×1 “Your boats will escape from a difficult situation”. e-le-pa-at-ka i-na da-/-an-na-tim \ u2-ul uṣ-ṣi ×1 “Your boats will not escape from a difficult situation”. ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §29 2 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §30 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §53* Escaping[Difficulties] > ♘[Main force] (+) 2.12.13a. ku-ub-ru-um i-na da-an-na-t[im uṣ-ṣi] ×1 “The main force will escape from a difficult situation”. 2.12.14. 2 PRS ¬Escaping[Difficulties] > ♘[Boats] (+) 2.12.12a. 2.12.13. ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §115 Escaping[Difficulties] > ♘[Boats] (+) 2.12.11a. 2.12.12. 3 PRS ¬Escaping[Difficulties] > ♘[Main force] (+) 155 2.12.14a. ×1 [ku-ub-ru-um] 46i-[n]a da-an-na-tim [u2-u]⌈l⌉ [uṣ- 3 PRS ṣi] ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §54* “The main force will not escape from a difficult situation”. Reconstruction follows ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §53* above. 2.13. Mourning 2.13.1. Wailing(s) (–) Rigmu ‘sound’, ‘nosie’, ‘cry’ etc. (CAD R, 328b) has a broad semantical spectrum, but in all the predictions below it is likely to be taken in the particular meaning ‘wailing’. Such a specification is based upon the apodoses forecasting wailing for the sick person and wailing of trouble and their similarity to giḫlû-predictions (further below). 2.13.1a. ri-ig-mu-um ×3 “Wailing”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.npt.9, §8; Ol.1a, §53; Ol.2, §41 2.13.1b. ri-ig-mu-u2 ×3 “Wailings”. 3 NOM ExO.B&Pd.1a, §5; ExO.B&Pd.1a, §23.1a; ExO.Lr.npt.9, §6.1* ► 1a Ø 1b •8.18.3a ‹the man will experience financial losses› (ExO.B&Pd.1a, §23) ► 1 š. š. 2 •1.9.1a ‹disqualified (omen)› (ExO.Lr.npt.9, §6) Variants and spellings: ri-ig-mu (B&Pd.1a, §23.1a; ExO.Lr.npt.9, §6.1*). Possibly sg. with mimation loss. 2.13.1c. [ri-ig]-⌈mu iš⌉-ša-ka-an ×1 “There will be wailing”. 2.13.2. ri-ig-mu-um i-na bītim(E2) iš-ša-ka-an ×1 “There will be wailing in the house”. 2.13.3a. ×1 ExO.Lr.nps.3, §11* 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.1a, §26 bīt(E2) 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.1a, §21 Wailing[P:House] (–) 2.13.2a. 2.13.3. 3 PRS Wailing[Of trouble, P:House] (–) ri-ig-mu-um ša ma-ru-uš-tim awīlim(L/U2) ib-ba-aš-ši i-na “There will be wailing of trouble in the man’s house”. 2.13.4. Wailing[P:Country] (–) 156 2.13.4a. ⌈ri⌉-ig-mu i-na ma-tim [iš-ša-/-ak]-ka-⌈a⌉[n] ×1 “There will be wailing in the country”. 2.13.5. 2.13.5a. ×1 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.10, §26* Wailing[S:Campaign] > ♘[@Army] (–) a-na ṣābim(ERIN2.ḪA2) ḫarrānam(KASKAL) ri-ig- 3 NOM m/u-um Ol.2, §53.2 “For the army on campaign: wailing”. ► 1 •2.13.7a ‹for the sick person: wailing› Ø 2 (Ol.2, §53) 2.13.6. Wailing ? > ♣[Country] (?) 2.13.6a. [a-n]⌈a⌉ māt(KUR) nakrim(KUR2) ri-gi-im […] ×1 “For the enemy’s counry: wailing of …”. 3 ? ExO.Lr.nps.2, §11 Possibly, rigim maruštim (cf. ExO.B&Pd.1a, §21 above) or rigim Adad, cf. thunder in 24.3. 2.13.7. Wailing > ♘[@Sick person] (–) 2.13.7a. a-na mar-ṣi-im ri-ig-mu-⌈um⌉ ×2 “For the sick person: wailing”. 3 NOM Ol.1a, §51.1; Ol.2, §53.1 ► 1 Ø 2 •20.7.6c ‹for the campaign: my army will have a share› (Ol.1a, §51) ► 1 Ø 2 •2.13.5a ‹for the army on campaign: wailing› (Ol.2, §53) Variants and spellings: mar-ṣi (Ol.1a, §51.1). 2.13.8. 2.13.8a. ×1 Wailing > ♘[Sick person] (–) ma-ar-ṣu2 šu-u2 9ri-ig-mu i-na mu-ḫi-šu iš-ša-ka- 3 PRS /-an Fl.1, §4.1a “This sick person: wailing will be prepared for him”. ► 1a -ma 1b •4.4.1a ‹he will be well› (Fl.1, §4) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (Fl.1, §4.1a). 2.13.9. Wailing ? (?) 2.13.9a. ri-gi-im […] ×1 “Wailing / thunder of …”. 3 ? 157 ExO.Lr.nps.2, §10.1** ► 1 šumma 2 •18.6.7d ‹in the campaign my army will not reach its destination› (ExO.Lr.nps.2, §10) Possibly, rigim maruštim (cf. ExO.B&Pd.1a, §21 above) or rigim Adad, cf. thunder in 24.3. 2.13.9b. ×1 3 […] um-m[a x x] za (or a) 4[…] x-bi-it [x (x)] na? 3 NOM […] ri-ig-mu-um PRS?, ExO.Lr.V.11, §41.1a-b?** “… wailing”. 2.13.10. Mourning (–) Giḫlû (< Sum. KI.ḪULU, SB kiḫullû) designates a place for mourning rites, as well as the ritual itself. The usage of the verb nadû ‘to throw’, transf. ‘to ground’ likely points towards an actual allocation of a place for the mourning ritual in the house or the palace. 2.13.10a. ni-di gi-iḫ-le-e ×1 “Performance (lit. throwing) of mourning”. 3 NOM ExB.3, §26.2 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.10, §35.1*; ► 1 •4.4.11b ‹the sick person will die› Ø 2 (ExB.3, §26) 2.13.11. Mourning[P:Man’s house] (–) 2.13.11a. gi-iḫ-lu-um i-na bi-i[t] a-wi-lim i-na-a[d-di] ×3 “Mourning will be performed (lit. thrown) in the man’s house”. ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §23*; ExO.Lr.ubn.4, §18* ► 1 š. š. 2 •7.12.6a ‹the man will become a leader› (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §35) Variants and spellings: ⌈gi!-iḫ!⌉-lu-u2-um (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §23*), in-[na-(ad)-di] (ExO.Lr.ubn.4, §18*). 2.13.11b. i-na bi-ti awīlim(LU2) gi-iḫ-lu-u2 i/n-na-ad-di ×1 “In the man’s house mourning will be performed (lit. thrown)”. 2.13.12. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §17 3 PRS ExO.Ht.2, §3.2* Mourning[P:Palace] (–) 2.13.12a. ⌈gi-iḫ-lu⌉ i-na ekallim(E2.GAL) in-n[a-ad-di] ×1 “Mourning will be performed (lit. thrown) in the palace”. ► 1 •18.6.6b ‹my army will not reach its destination› [?] 2 (ExO.Ht.2, §3) 2.13.13. Unkempt hair (–) Unkempt hair, worn as a sign of mourning, is probably also a metaphoric designation of bad times. 3 PRS 2.13.13a. ma-li-a-am in-na-/-aš-ši ×1 “Unkempt hair (as an attribute of mourning) will 158 Br.O.1, §31.1b be worn”. ► 1a •11.22.7b ‹the country will vanish›-ma 1b (Br.O.1, §31) 2.13.14. Unkempt hair > ♧[Country] (–) 3 PRS 2.13.14a. ma-tum ma-li-a-am i-na-aš-ši ×1 “The country will wear unkempt hair (as an attribute of mourning)”. Br.O.1, §6.3 ► 1 •14.1.4a ‹the rule of the king is over› Ø 2 •18.19.15b ‹your enemy will overthrow your army in battle› Ø 3 (Br.O.1, §6) 2.13.15. Breast-beating (–) Gabāraḫḫu, var. kabāraḫḫu (< Sum. GABA.RAḪ ‘breast-beating’) in view of the equations with sipittu, giḫlû (cf. above) and maḫāṣ irti should most likely be understood as an attribute of mourning (Winitzer 2006, 613, fn. 229), not ‘rebellion’ (CAD G, 1b). 2.13.15a. k/a-ba-ra-ḫu ×2 “Breast-beating”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.pdn.1, §1; ExO.Lg.9, §53 Variants and spellings: 24kabāraḫḫu(GABA.⌈RA⌉-ḫu-um!(RA)) (ExO.Lg.9, §53*). 2.13.16. Breast-beating > ♘[Army] (–) 2.13.16a. 12 ×2 “Breast-beating of my army”. 1 NOM ka-ba-ra-aḫ-ḫi um-ma-ni-i[a] ExO.Lr.kki.3, §14*; ExO.Lr.kki.3, §56.1 ► 1 rs. 2a •17.9.5b ‹the enemy will send you a peace offer›-ma 2b •17.15.6a ‹he will return and take hold of your ‘flock’› (ExO.Lr.kki.3, §56) 2.13.17. Breast-beating > † (/–) 2.13.17a. ka-ba-ra-aḫ nakrim(lu2KUR2) ×2 “Breast-beating of the enemy”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.pdn.1, §6*; ExO.M.3, §27 Variants and spellings: [ka]-ba-ra-ḫi nakrim(lu2KUR2-im) (ExO.Lr.pdn.1, §6*). 2.13.18. 2.13.18a. ×1 Breast-beating[P:Harem] (–) 42 [ka-b]a-ra-aḫ-ḫu i-na bi-it si2-in-ni-iš-tim i-/- 3 PRS ša-[k]a-an “There will be breast-beating in the harem”. 159 ExO.Lg.5, §8* 3. Life and death This section assembles most predictions related to life expectation and death in any contexts. Exceptions are the apodoses specifically forecasting death from disease (4.4.104.4.17, 4.7.4, 4.17.13), in childbirth (22.2.4) and from attacks of animals (25.5.4, 25.6.2), as well as the ambiguous homonymous predictions, concerning the defeat of an army (see Tadmor 1958). This section opens with apodoses dedicated to life expectation (3.1) and approaching death (3.2 and 3.3). Following are predictions of death (3.4), killing (3.5) and mass-murder and massacre (3.6). On death in apodoses see Jeyes 1980a and Cooper 1980. 3.1. Life expectation 3.1.1. Long life (+) 3.1.1a. ūmū(UD-mu) ar-ku-(eras.)-[tum] ×1 “The days are many (lit. long days)”. 3.1.2. ExO.Lr.V.7, §18* 3 NOM ExO.Sp.2, §8 3 PRS ExO.M.3, §61.1b Long life > ♘[Prince] (+) 3.1.2a. ūmū(UD) rubêm(NUN) ar-ku-tum ×1 “The days of the prince are many (lit. long days of the prince)”. 3.1.3. 3 NOM Seeing grandchildren > ♙[Man] (+) 3.1.3a. (awīlum) ma-ar-ma-ri-šu i-ma-a-ar ×1 “He (i.e. the man) will (live to) see his grandchildren”. ► 1a •7.12.3a ‹the man will become a respected person› Ø 1b (ExO.M.3, §61) 3.1.4. Numbered days (–) 3.1.4a. ūmū(UD-mu) i-ṣu2-tum ×3 “The days are numbered (lit. few days)”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.V.7, §5.2*; ExO.Lr.V.7, §19; ExO.Lr.V.11, §5.2 ► 1 •14.1.2a ‹end of rule› Ø 2 (ExO.Lr.V.7, §5) ► 1 •14.1.3a ‹end of the rule in the country› Ø 2 (ExO.Lr.V.11, §5) Variants and spellings: i-ṣu2!(ṢE)-tu-um (ExO.Lr.V.11, §5.2). 3.1.4b. 8´ ? ? […] ⌈x⌉ ūmī(UD-mi) i-ṣu2-ti[m …] ×1 160 ExO.Lr.pzr.1, §3** “… few day …”. 3.1.5. Days nearly done (–) 3.1.5a. 18 ×1 “His (i.e. the physiognomically examined person’s) days are near (to their end)”. 3.1.6. ūmātū(UD-ma-tu)-šu qe2-er-ba 3 STV Ps.1b, §9 3 NOM ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §18; Days over (–) Compare end of rule in 14.1.2-5. 3.1.6a. ūmū(UD-mu-u2) ga-am-ru-tum ×2 “The days are over (lit. completed days)”. ExO.Lr.V.6, §2.1* ► 1 ana marṣim teppeš “for the sick person: you will perform (the divination)” 2 •4.4.14b ‹he will die (immediately after)› Ø 3a •18.2.3a ‹you will send the army to the campaign›-ma 3b •18.5.8a ‹the foe will go to you› (ExO.Lr.V.6, §2) Variants and spellings: 4ūmū(UD-mu) ga!(SI)-am-ru-tum (ExO.Lr.V.6, §2.1*). 3.1.7. Days over > ♔[King] (–) 3.1.7a. šarrum(LUGAL) ūmū(UD.[MEŠ)-šu] ga-am-ru ×1 “The king: his days are over”. 3 STV Br.O.1, §14.1a 3 NOM ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §30 3 NOM ExO.Lr.pdn.2, §5.1a 3 NOM ExO.Lr.V.6, §22 ► 1a Ø 1b •14.3.1a ‹another one will sit on his throne› (Br.O.1, §14) 3.1.8. Days over > ♔[Prince] (–) 3.1.8a. ūmī(UD-mi) rubêm(NUN) ga-am-ru-tum ×1 “The days of the prince are over (lit. completed days of the prince)”. 3.1.9. Days over > ♙[@Sick person] (–) 3.1.9a. 23 a-na ⌈m⌉a-ar-ṣi2-im 24u2-mu-šu ga-am-⌈ru⌉ ×1 “For the sick person: his days are over”. ► 1a Ø 1b •4.4.11a ‹he will die› (ExO.Lr.pdn.2, §5) 3.1.10. Days over > † (/–) 3.1.10a. ūmū(UD-mu) ga-am-ru-tum ša nakrim(lu2KUR2) ×1 “The days of the enemy are over (lit. completed 161 days of the enemy)”. 3.2. Fate On the aspects of šīmtu see Lawson 1994. Cf. natural death (lit. death of fate) in 3.4.7-8 below. 3.2.1. Fate (–) 3.2.1a. ši-im-tum ×4 “Fate”. 3 NOM Ol.2, §3.1a; Ol.2, §4.1a; Ol.2, §5.1a; Ol.2, §14.1a ► 1a Ø 1b •4.4.11b ‹the sick person will die› (Ol.2, §3) ► 1a Ø 1b •4.4.11b ‹the sick person will die› (Ol.2, §4) ► 1a Ø 1b •4.4.11b ‹the sick person will die› (Ol.2, §5) ► 1a Ø 1b •21.2.1a ‹they (i.e. the groom and the bride) will marry› (Ol.2, §14) 3.2.2. Fate > ♙[Man] (–) 3.2.2a. kak(ki)(gišTUKUL) ši-im-tim \ ša a-wi-lim ×1 “‘Weapon’ of the man’s fate”. 3.3. 3.3.1. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.kki.3, §30 3 ? ExO.Lr.nps.2, §4 3 STV Ps.1b, §30 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.10, §71.2a**; Close death Death agony (–) 3.3.1a. ⌈te-ši m⌉[u-tim (…)] ×1 “Agony of death (…)”. Cf. death agony for the sick person in 4.4.10 3.3.2. Consigned to death > ♙[Man] (–) 3.3.2a. 13 ×1 “This (i.e. the physiognomically inspected) man is consigned to (lit. the hands of) death”. 3.4. 3.4.1. 3.4.1a. awīlum(LU2) šu-u2 a-na qa2-ti mu-tim pa-qi2-id Death Death > ♙[Man] (–) a-wi-lum i-ma-a-at 162 ×1 “The man will die”. Ol.1a, §39.2 ► 1 ‹…› š. š. 2a -ma 2b •27.19.3a ‹another will give his offering› (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §71) ► 1 •24.14.3a ‹Lunar eclipse› Ø 2 (Ol.1a, §39) Variants and spellings: Preceded by ša-nu ⌈šum-šu⌉ (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §71.2a); [awīlum(LU2)] i-m/a-at (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §71.2a, in question); followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §71.2a). 3.4.2. Death[S:Campaign] > ♙[Man] (–) 3.4.2a. a-wi-lum ḫarrān(KASKAL) i-la-kam i-ma-at ×1 “The man: he will die on the road he is taking”. 3.4.3. PRS PRS ExO.M.3, §26 Death[T:Within two years] > ♙[Man] (–) 3.4.3a. 27 ×1 “This (i.e. the physiognomically examined) man will die within two years”. 3.4.4. 3 awīlum(LU2) šu-u2 a-na MU.2.KAM i-ma-at 3 PRS Ps.1b, §57 3 PRS ExO.Lr.V.11, §21.2 Death > ♙[The owner of the sheep] (–) 3.4.4a. (bēl immerim) i-ma-at ×1 “He (i.e. the owner of the sheep) will die”. ► 1 •24.14.1a ‹eclipse› šumma ana bēl immerim imtaqtam “if it befalls to the owner of the sheep” 2 (ExO.Lr.V.11, §21) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 16šum-ma a-na be-el im-me-ri-im 17im-ta-aq-ta-am (ExO.Lr.V.11, §21.2). 3.4.4b. be-el immerim(UDU) i-ma-at ×1 “The owner of the sheep will die”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.10, §64.1a ► 1a Ø 1b •8.19.7a ‹after his death his house(hold) will be financially ruined› (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §64) 3.4.5. Fall > ♙[The owner of the sheep] (–) 3.4.5a. mi-qi2-it-ti be2-el ni-qi2-im ×1 “Fall of the owner of the sacrifice”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §5.2 ► 1 •11.21.6a ‹the enemy will force (the population) to leave the country› rs. 2 (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §5) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 9⌈re⌉-qu2-sa3 (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §5.2). 3.4.6. Death > ♙[@Commoner] (–) 163 3.4.6a. 54 ×1 “For the commoner: he will die”. 3 PRS ⌈a⌉-na ⌈mu⌉-uš-ke2-ni-im i-ma-at ExO.Lr.npt.9, §15.4a ► 1 •27.20.3a ‹in the household of the man a taboo will be broken› Ø 2 •27.20.7a ‹the enu-priest will have illicit sexual intercourse› Ø 3a-b •27.19.5a ‹the king will make a votive statue, but another person will bring (it into the temple)› Ø 4a -ma 4b •8.19.3a ‹his household will be financially ruined› (ExO.Lr.npt.9, §15) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.npt.9, §15.4a). 3.4.7. Death[Natural] > ♙[Man] (–) Cf. fate in 3.2 above. 3.4.7a. ⌈awīlum(LU2)⌉ mu-ut š[i-i]⌈m⌉-ti-⌈šu⌉ i-ma-at ×1 “The man will die a natural death (lit. the death of his fate)”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.10, §53.1 3 PRS ExO.V.3, §23 ► 1 š. š. 2 •24.14.1a ‹eclipse› (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §53) 3.4.8. Death[Natural] > ♔[King] (–) 3.4.8a. ša!-ru-um mu-ut ši-im-ti-šu i-ma-at ×1 “The king will die a natural death (lit. the death of his fate)”. 3.4.9. Death[Of god] > ♙[Man] (–) Mūt īlim ‘death of god’ was formerly understood ad hoc as a synonym to mūt šīmti ‘natural death’ (e.g. CAD M2, 319a). In a recent note Fincke (2013b) convincingly advocates the opposite meaning, “death (decreed) by god”, i.e. bad death by divine order. 3.4.9a. ×1 (awīlum) mu-ut (eras.: {NI?}) ilī(DINGIR)-šu i-ma- 3 PRS a-at ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §56.2* “He (i.e. the man) will die a death (decreed) by (lit. of) his god”. ► 1a •4.2.6a ‹the man will become sick on the road he is taking›-ma 1b •4.4.11a ‹he will die› ū. r. 2 (ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §56) Variants and spellings: Preceded by ūmam(⌈UD-ma⌉-am) r[e-q]a2-a-am (ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §56.2*). 3.4.10. Death[Of god] > ♔[King] (–) 3.4.10a. 16 ×1 “The king will die a death (decreed) by (lit. of) šarrum(LUGAL) mu-ut i-li-šu i-ma-at 164 3 PRS Br.O.1, §7.1a* his god”. ► 1a -[ma] 1b •14.3.15a ‹an important person will lead the country› (Br.O.1, §7) Variants and spellings: Followed by -[ma] (Br.O.1, §7.1a*). 3.4.11. Death > ♔[Country’s lord] (–) 3.4.11a. 24 ×1 “The lord of the country will die”. 3.4.12. be-el ma-a-tim 25i-ma-a-at 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §96 3 NOM ExO.Lr.bbk.3, §21; Fall > ♔[Prince] (–) 3.4.12a. mi-qi2-it-ti ru-be2-e-em ×7 “Fall of the prince”. ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §36*; ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §80.2; ExO.Lg.9, §81; ExO.Ht.4, §10; ExO.Ht.4, §67; ExO.Ht.4, §86 ► 1 •24.14.1a ‹eclipse› Ø 2 (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §80) Variants and spellings: mi-qi2-ti (ExO.Ht.4, §67), ru-be2-em (ExO.Ht.4, §10; ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §36*; ExO.Ht.4, §67; ExO.Ht.4, §86). 3.4.12b. rubûm(NUN) i-ma-⌈aq⌉-[qu2-ut] ×1 “The prince will fall”. 3 PRS ExO.Ht.3, §23.1b* 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.10, §39 PRS ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §52 ► 1a •16.2.36a ‹the hupshu-troops will revolt›-ma 1b (ExO.Ht.3, §23) 3.4.13. Fall[S:Campaign] > ♔[Prince] (–) 3.4.13a. ru-bu-um ḫarrān(KASKAL) i-la-ku i-ma-qu2-ut ×1 “The prince will fall in the campaign that he is undertaking”. 3.4.13b. rubûm(NUN) i-na ḫarrān(KASKAL) illaku(GEN) i- 3 ma-⌈qu2-ut⌉ ×1 PRS PRS “The prince will fall in the campaign that he is undertaking”. 3.4.14. 3.4.14a. Fall > † (/–) mi-qi2-it-ti nakrim(lu2KUR2-im) 3 NOM 165 ExO.B&Pd.1a, §45 ×1 “Fall of the enemy”. 3.4.14b. mi-qi2-it-ti be-el lum-nim ×1 “Fall of the foe”. 3 NOM Ol.2, §23.1 ► 1 Ø 2 •4.4.11b ‹the sick person will die› Ø 3 •18.6.5a ‹the army on campaign will reach its destination› (Ol.2, §23) 3.4.14c. mi-qi2-it-ti be-el le-mu-ut-ti-ka ×1 “Fall of your foe”. 2 NOM In.2a, §5 || In.2c, §5* 3 PRS ExO.Lr.V.8, §23 3 PRS ExO.Lr.V.8, §24 3 NOM ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §97 3 NOM ExO.B&Pd.1a, §43; In.2c, §5* is completely broken; restored from the parallel manuscript. 3.4.15. Fall[P:Border] > ♔[Prince] (–) 3.4.15a. rubûm(NUN) i-na pa-ṭi-šu i-ma-qu2-ut ×1 “The prince will fall at his border”. 3.4.16. Fall[P:Border] > † (/–) 3.4.16a. nakrum(lu2KUR2) i-na pa-ṭi-šu i-ma-qu2-ut ×1 “The enemy will fall at his border”. 3.4.17. Death > ♘[Diviner] (–) 3.4.17a. 29 ×1 “The diviner will die”. 3.4.18. ba-ru-u2-um i-ma-a-at Fall > ♘[Diviner] (–) 3.4.18a. 17 mi-qi2-it-ti 18bārîm(MAŠ.ŠU.GID2.GID2) ×6 “Fall of the diviner”. ExO.B&Pd.2, §2*; ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §75; ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §107; ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §97*; ExO.Ht.4, §21 Variants and spellings: mi-qi2-ti (ExO.B&Pd.2, §2*; ExO.Ht.4, §21), ba-ri-im (ExO.Ht.4, §21; ExO.B&Pd.1a, §43), ⌈ba-r⌉[i-(i)-im] (ExO.B&Pd.2, §2*). 3.4.19. 3.4.19a. Death[P:Destination] > ♘[Diviner] (–) mār(DUMU) bārîm(MAŠ2.ŠU.GID2.GID2) a-šar i-ta- 3 al-⌈la⌉-ku!(LU) i-ma-[(a–)at] 166 PRS PRS ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §19** ×1 “The diviner will die in the place he is leaving to”. Alt. i-ma-[(aq)-qu-ut] “will fall”. 3.4.20. 3.4.20a. ×1 Fall[P:Destination] > ♘[Diviner] (–) bārû(MAŠ2.ŠU.GID2.GID2) a-ša-ar i-la-ku \ i-ma- 3 qu2-ut PRS PRS ExO.Lr.kki.3, §58.2 “The diviner will fall in the place he is going to”. ► 1a •10.2.8a ‹they will imprison the king in his (own) palace›-ma 1b •3.5.1a ‹they will kill him› š. š 2 (ExO.Lr.kki.3, §58) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 22ša-nu-um šum-šu (ExO.Lr.kki.3, §58.2) 3.4.21. Fall > ♘[Important person(s)] (–) 3.4.21a. mi-qi2-ti ka-ab-tim ×1 “Fall of an important person”. 3 NOM ExO.B&Pd.1b, §9 ExO.B&Pd.1c, §37 3 NOM ExO.V.3, §48 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.10, §88.3a** || Variants and spellings: mi-qi2-it-⌈ti⌉ (ExO.B&Pd.1b, §9). 3.4.21b. mi-qi2-ti ka-ab-tu-tim ×1 “Fall of important persons”. 3.4.22. Death > ♘[?] (–) 3.4.22a. \ [… ša] ⌈šu-ma-am i-šu⌉ i-ma-at ×1 “a famous … will die”. ► 1 •18.23.23a ‹fall of the hupshu-troops› Ø 2 •3.4.37a ‹fall of the (inhabitants of) the gagu-cloister› š. š. 3a (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §88) Variants and spellings: Preceded by ša-nu š[um-šu] (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §88.3a**); followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §88.3a**). 3.4.23. Death > ♘[Groom] (–) 3 NOM 3.4.23a. \ zi-ka-ru-um i-ma-at ×1 “The male (i.e. the groom) will die”. 21.2.1 3.4.24. Death > ♘[Woman / bride] (–) 167 Ol.2, §15 3.4.24a. si2-ni5-iš-tum i-ma-at ×2 “A woman will die”. 3 PRS Ol.2, §16; Fl.1, §12 Variants and spellings: sinništum(LU2.MUNUS) (Fl.1, §12). The apodosis Ol.2, §16 refers specifically to the bride; cf. Ol.2, §15 above, predicting the death of the groom (lit. ‘male’). 3.4.25. Death[S:Warfare] > ♘[Woman] (–) 3.4.25a. si2-ni-iš-tum i-na kakki(gišTUKUL) i-{UD}-ma-at ×1 “A woman will die in battle”. 3.4.26. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.V.10, §28* 3 PRS ExO.Lr.M.36, §10.2*; Death > ♘[Wife] (–) 3.4.26a. aššat(DAM) awīlim(LU2) i-mat!(NA) ×2 “The man’s wife will die”. ExO.Lr.M.36, §43* ► 1 •12.4.7a ‹the king’s heir will repeatedly divulge secrets› šumma 2 (ExO.Lr.M.36, §10) Variants and spellings: Preceded by \ šumma(UD) (ExO.Lr.M.36, §10.2*); a-ša-at awīlim(LU2!) imât(BA.UG7) (ExO.Lr.M.36, §43*). 3.4.27. Death > ♘[Concubine] (–) 3.4.27a. se2-ke-er-t[um i-ma-at (?)] ×1 “A concubine will die”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §77.1a** ► 1a [-ma] 1b •8.12.2a ‹her property will be converted by the palace› (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §77) Variants and spellings: Followed by [-ma] (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §77.1a**). 3.4.28. Death[S:Presence of unclean person?] > ♘[Lady] (–) 3.4.28a. [a-n]a mu-su2!(BA)-ke-e bēltu(NIN) imât(BA.UG7) ×1 “For unclean person (presence) (?): the lady will die”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §3.1* ► 1 ū 2 •3.4.56a ‹the son of a herald will die› (ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §3) I cautiously follow the reading and the interpretation of the unique [a-n]a mu-su2!(BA)-ke-e in this apodosis (also in the previous apodoses in the same text, ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §1.2** and ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §2.2**) in Jeyes 1989b, 103. Jeyes proposes to see here the word musukku/û ‘unclean person’ and to understand this as reference to situation when a ritually unclean person is present during the divination and spoils it. I am not entierly convinced by this interpretation, as it requires an emendation and still remains unusual for the material. Note that the comparison with such references to characters as ana marṣim, ana muškēnim or ana bēl immerim, suggested by Jeyes, is structurally incorrect. As the predictions preceded by this expression in fact refer to deaths of personae of different classes, one would postulate a unity of setting, but not of addressee. 168 3.4.29. Death > ♘[Renowned woman] (–) 3.4.29a. munus ×1 “A renowned woman will die”. 3.4.30. si-in-<ni>-iš-tum e-du-tum imât(BA.UG7) 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §4* 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ṣbt.5, §9** Death > ♘[Female housekeeper] (–) 3.4.30a. 22 [… a-b]a!-ra-ka-ti-šu ⌈i⌉-ma-[a-at] ×1 “…, his female housekeeper will die”. The reconstruction [… a-b]a!-ra-ka-ti-šu seems the most reliable option for this apodosis39. 3.4.31. Death > ♘[Renowned enu-priest] (–) 3.4.31a. ⌈e⌉-nu we-du-um i-ma-at ×1 “A renowned enu-priest will die”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.3, §9.1 ExO.Lr.npt.10, §54.1 || ►lū 1 lū 2 •3.4.34a ‹a renowned pashishu-priest will die› š. š. 3 •23.3.1a ‹gift of the river› (ExO.Lr.npt.3, §9) ► 1 lū 2 •3.4.34a ‹a renowned pashishu-priest will die› š. š. 3 •23.3.1a ‹gift of the river› (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §54) Variants and spellings: Preceded by lu (ExO.Lr.npt.3, §9.1), e-nu-um we-du-um (lu …) i-⌈ma⌉-at (ExO.Lr.npt.3, §9.1). 3.4.32. Death > ♘[King-appointed enu-priest] (–) 3.4.32a. e-nu-um ni-ši-it šarrim([L]UGAL) i-[ma-a-/-a]t ×1 “An enu-priest installed by the king will die”. 3.4.33. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.10, §85* 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ṣbt.3, §2.2* Death > ♘[Pashishu-priest] (–) 3.4.33a. pa-ši-šu-⌈um i⌉-ma-a-at ×1 “A pashishu-priest will die”. ► 1 •3.4.36a ‹an ugbabtu-priestess will die› ūlū 2 •3.4.33a ‹a pashishu-priest will die› (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.3, §2) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 5[u2-lu]-u2 (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.3, §2.2*). ExO.Lr.ṣbt.3, §2.2* is a variant of ExO.Lr.ṣbt.5, §8 (below). 3.4.34. Death > ♘[Renowned pashishu-priest] (–) 3 PRS 3.4.34a. pa-ši-šu we-du-u2-um i-⌈ma⌉-at ×2 “A renowned pashishu-priest will die”. 39 169 ExO.Lr.npt.3, §9.2 ExO.Lr.npt.10, §54.2*; || ExO.Lr.ṣbt.5, §8.2* ►lū 1 •3.4.31a ‹a renowned enu-priest will die› lū 2 š. š. 3 •23.3.1a ‹gift of the river› (ExO.Lr.npt.3, §9) ► 1 •3.4.31a ‹a renowned enu-priest will die› lū 2 š. š. 3 •23.3.1a ‹gift of the river› (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §54) ► 1 •3.4.36a ‹an ugbabtu-priestess will die› lū 2 (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.5, §8) Variants and spellings: Preceded by lu (ExO.Lr.npt.3, §9.2; ExO.Lr.npt.10, §54.2; ExO.Lr.ṣbt.5, §8.2*), pa!-ši-⌈šu wedu-u⌉m i-ma-at (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §54.2), ⌈pa-ši-šum⌉ 20[wedûm] i-ma-a-at (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.5, §8.2*). ExO.Lr.ṣbt.5, §8 is a variant of ExO.Lr.ṣbt.3, §2.2* (above). 3.4.35. Death > ♘[Entu-priestess] (–) 3.4.35a. 11´ ×3 “An entu-priestess will die”. 3 PRS e-en-tu-um i-ma-at ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §95.1a**; ExO.Lg.6, §7.1a; ExO.Lg.6, §8.1a ► 1a [?] 1b ‹…› (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §95) ► 1a -ma 1b •13.3.1a ‹an ugbabtu-priestess will be appointed› (ExO.Lg.6, §7) ► 1a -ma 1b •13.3.2a ‹an ugbabtu-priestess will not be appointed› (ExO.Lg.6, §8) Variants and spellings: ExO.Lg.6, §8.1a). 3.4.36. 65 […] ⌈x e⌉n-tum i-ma-at (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §95.1a**); followed by -ma (ExO.Lg.6, §7.1a; Death > ♘[Ugbabtu-priestess] (–) 3.4.36a. ugbabtum(NIN.DINGIR) i-ma-at ×2 “An ugbabtu-priestess will die”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ṣbt.3, §2.1* ExO.Lr.ṣbt.5, §8.1*; || ExO.Lg.8, §23 ► 1 ūlū 2 •3.4.33a ‹a pashishu-priest will die› (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.3, §2) ► 1 lū 2 •3.4.34a ‹a renowned pashishu-priest will die› (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.5, §8) Variants and spellings: 4[ug-b]a-ab-tum ⌈i⌉-[ma]-⌈at⌉ (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.3, §2.1*), §8.1**). 3.4.37. 19 [ugbabtum] i-ma-at (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.5, Death > ♘[Gagu-cloister inhabitants] (–) 3 NOM 3.4.37a. mi-qi2-ti ga-g/i-im ×1 “Fall of the (inhabitants of) the gagu-cloister”. ExO.Lr.npt.10, §88.2 ► 1 •18.23.23a ‹fall of the hupshu-troops› Ø 2 š. š. 3a •3.4.22a ‹a famous … will die› (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §88) Cf. “Epidemic in the g.” CAD G, 10b, s.v. gagû: 3.4.38. Fall > ♘[Shandabakku-official] (–) 170 3.4.38a. ⌈mi-qi2-ti š⌉[a?]-⌈data?-ba-ki-im⌉ ×1 “Fall of a shandabakku-official”. 3.4.39. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.npt.10, §55** 3 NOM ExO.B&Pd.1a, §73 ExO.B&Pd.1c, §10; Fall > ♘[Army’s leader] (–) 3.4.39a. mi-qi2-it-ti a-li-ik pa-ni um-ma-nim ×5 “Fall of the army’s leader”. || ExO.Lr.kki.3, §49; ExO.Lg.7, §7*; ExO.Ht.4, §48**; ExO.Ht.4, §55* Variants and spellings: mi-qi2-ti (ExO.B&Pd.1c, §10; ExO.Ht.4, §55*), pa!(IZ)-ni (ExO.Lg.7, §7*). The reconstruction of the partly damaged apodosis ExO.Ht.4, §48** ([miqitti] 30a-li-ik pa-ni [um-ma-nim]) is supported by its protasis, šumma rēš libbi tarik “if the tip (lit. head) of the heart is dark”. While in this text the tip of the heart is regularly associated with the army’s leader, dark color in the protasis often yields a prediction of death. 3.4.39b. [mi-qi2-it-ti a-l]i-ik pa-⌈ni⌉ ummānī(ERIN2-⌈ni)-ia⌉ 1 NOM ×1 “Fall of my army’s leader”. ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §1.1* ► 1 •3.4.39b ‹fall of my army’s leader› Ø 2 •3.4.54a ‹for unclean person (presence) (?): the son of the man will die› (ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §1) 3.4.39c. 47 ×1 “The army’s leader (?) will fall”. 3.4.40. 3.4.40a. ×1 [a-li-ik pa-ni (?) u]⌈m⌉-ma-nim i-ma-qu2-ut 3 PRS ExO.Ht.4, §28** Fall[S:Campaign] > ♘[Army’s leader] (–) i-na ḫarrānim(KASKAL) mi-qi2-it-ti a-li-ik pa-n[i 3 NOM um-m]a-n/a-tim Ol.2, §21.2* “In the campaign: fall of the armies’ leader”. ► 1 •4.4.11b ‹the sick person will die› Ø 2 (Ol.2, §21) 3.4.41. 3.4.41a. ×1 Fall[S:Warfare] > ♘[Army’s leader] (–) i-na kakkim(gišTUKUL-im) mi-qi2-it-ti a-li-ik pa- 1 NOM ni \ um-ma-ni-ia 23 ExO.Lr.V.11, §15.2 “In warfare: fall of my army’s leader”. ► 1 •27.14.4a ‹at the destination the gods of my army will abandon it› Ø 2 (ExO.Lr.V.11, §15) 171 3.4.42. 3.4.42a. ×1 Fall[S:?] > ♘[Army’s leader] (–) a-na ⌈x⌉ […] 38a-li-ik pa-ni um-ma-nim i-ma-qu2- 3 PRS [ut] ExO.Lg.9, §60** “For …: the army’s leader will fall”. The apodosis is likely to begin with ana kakki “for warfare” or ana ḫarrānim “for the campaign”, cf. above. 3.4.43. 3.4.43a. ×2 Fall > ♞[Army’s leader] (/–) mi-qi2-it-ti a-li-ik lu2 nakrim( KUR2) um-ma-an 3 NOM pa-ni ExO.B&Pd.1a, §74 ExO.B&Pd.1c, §11; || ExO.Ht.3, §12 “Fall of the army’s leader of the enemy”. Variants and spellings: mi-qi2-ti (ExO.B&Pd.1c, §11), a-lik pa-na ummān(ERIN2) nakrim(KUR2) (ExO.Ht.3, §12). 3.4.43b. ×1 18 mi-qi2-it-ti a-li-ik nakrī(lu2KUR2)-ka {IZ} pa-ni um-ma-an 2 NOM ExO.Lg.7, §8 “Fall of the army’s leader of your enemy”. 3.4.44. Fall > ?[Army’s leader] (?) 3.4.44a. mi-qi2-⌈ti⌉ a-li-ik pa-ni ša […] ×1 “Fall of the leader of …”. 3.4.45. ExO.B&Pd.2, §3** 3 NOM ExO.Ht.4, §80 1 NOM ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §12 3 PRS ExO.M.3, §46** Fall > ♘[General] (–) 3.4.45a. 28 ×1 “Fall of the general”. 3.4.45b. mi-qi2-it-ti a-ša-re-di-ia ×1 “Fall of my general”. 3.4.46. 3 NOM mi-qi2-it-ti (eras.) a-ša-re-di Fall > ♞[General] (/–) 3.4.46a. a-š[a-re-e]d nakrim(lu2KUR2) i-ma-qu2-tu ×1 “The vanguard of the enemy will fall”. In view of the verbal agreement a-š[a-re-e]d is either collective or a mistake for the pl. ašarēdūtu. Cf. the later Izbu apodosis ašarēdūt(SAG.KAL.MEŠ) ummānīya(ERIN2.MU) imaqqutū(ŠUB.MEŠ) “the vanguard of my army will fall” (Izbu IV, 36; see Leichty 1970, 69). 3.4.47. Death > ♘[Rabi sikkati-officer] (–) 172 3.4.47a. 12 ×1 “The rabi sikkati-officer will die”. 3.4.48. ra-bi si2-ik-ka-tum 13i-ma-a-at 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §103 3 NOM ExO.B&Pd.1a, §42*; Death > ♘[Renowned person] (–) 3.4.48a. mi-qi2-ti we-di-\-i ×2 “Fall of a renowned person”. ExO.Lr.ṣbt.2, §10.2 ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §30.2 || ► 1 •24.14.1a ‹eclipse› Ø 2 (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.2, §10 || ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §30) Variants and spellings: mi-qi2-it-ti we-de!(E)-e-em (ExO.B&Pd.1a, §42), we-di (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.2, §10.2). 3.4.48b. mi-qi2-ti we-di-im ša nakrim(lu2KUR2) ×1 “Fall of a renowned person of the enemy”. 3 NOM ExO.B&Pd.1b, §10* ExO.B&Pd.1c, §38 3 NOM ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §73 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §76 || Variants and spellings: mi-qi2-it-ti (ExO.B&Pd.1b, §10*). 3.4.49. Fall > ♘[Renowned solder] (–) 3.4.49a. 5 ×1 “Fall of a renowned solder”. 3.4.50. mi-qi2-it-ti 6re-di-im we-di-im Death > ♘[Two warriors] (–) 3.4.50a. 25 qar-ra-da-an 26šinā(2-na) 27i-mu-ut-ta-nim ×1 “Two warriors will die”. Might actually refer to a situation of duel or trial by battle, cf. ExO.Ht.4, §111 below, predicting the fall of warriors from both sides. 3.4.51. 3.4.51a. ×1 Fall[Altogether] ♘[Warrior] <> ♞[Warrior] (–) pl qa2-ar-ra-du i-a-u2-tu-un u3 ša nakrim(lu2\KUR) 1 PRS 23 iš-⌈te!-ni⌉-iš i-ma-qu2-tu ExO.Ht.4, §111 “Our warriors and the ones of the enemy will fall together”. Might actually refer to situation of duel or trial by battle, cf. the similar ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §76 above, predicting the death of two warriors. 3.4.52. 3.4.52a. Fall > ♘[Courtier warriors] (–) 3 qa2-ra-du šu-ut re-ši-im i-ma-qu2-tu 173 3 PRS ExO.Ht.4, §103 ×1 3.4.53. “Courtier warriors will fall. Death > ♘[Ally] (–) 3.4.53a. be-el sa-li-mi-ka i-ma-at ×1 “Your ally will die”. 2 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §49.1a ► 1a -ma 1b •19.2.4a ‹you will lay siege on his city› (ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §49) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §49.1a). 3.4.54. 3.4.54a. ×1 Death[S:Presence of unclean person?] > ♘[Man’s son] (–) ⌈a-na mu-su2!(BA)-ke-/-e⌉ mār(DUMU) awīli(LU2) 3 PRS ⌈imât(BA.UG7)⌉ ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §1.2** “For unclean person (presence) (?): the son of the man will die”. ► 1 •3.4.39b ‹fall of my army’s leader› Ø 2 (ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §1) Alt., a member of the awilu-class. For ana musukkê see 3.4.8a. 3.4.55. 3.4.55a. ×1 Death[S:Presence of unclean person?] > ♘[Offical’s son] (–) a-na mu-su2!(BA)-ke-e mār(DUMU) bēl(LU2) te-er- 3 PRS t/i imât(BA.UG7) ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §2.2** “For unclean person (presence) (?): The son of an office-holder (?) will die”. ► 1 •19.6.1b ‹fall of my fort’s army› Ø 2 (ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §2) The reading and interpretation of LU2 te-er-t/i is difficult. Jeyes 1989b, 103, note to l. 1’suggests that the apodosis speaks about “the son of the client” or “the son of the diviner”. The reading *awīl têrti implied by this translation is not known to be attested elsewhere and seems artificial. I would cautiously propose to consider here the reading bēl(LU2) te-er-t/i or ša(LU2) te-er-t/i, which makes more sense in the context. For the correspondence between Sum. LU2 and Akk. bēlu and LU2 and ša s. CAD B 192b, s.v. bēlu, lexical section and CAD Š1, 1a, s.v. ša, lexical section respectively. If right, this might be a peculiar example of a late OB learned spelling. For ana musukkê see 3.4.8a. 3.4.56. Death[S:Presence of unclean person?] > ♘[Herald’s son] (–) 3.4.56a. mār(DUMU) nāgiri(NIMGIR) imât(BA.UG7) ×1 “The son of a herald will die”. 3 NOM ► 1 •3.4.28a ‹for unclean person (presence) (?): the lady will die› ū 2 (ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §3) 174 ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §3.2 Variants and spellings: Preceded by u3 (ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §3.2). Alt, possibly a member of the professional group (cf. mār bārîm etc.); mār nāgiri is, however, not common. 3.4.57. Death[P:Man’s house] (–) 3.4.57a. 17´ ×7 “A death will occur in the man’s house”. mu-tum i-na bīt(E2) awīlim(LU2) ib-ba-aš-ši 3 PRS Bh.1, §1*; Bh.1, §2*; Bh.1, §9; Bh.1, §10; Bh.1, §12.1; Bh.1, §13 ► 1 šumma 2 •11.24.2a ‹the man’s house will be devastated› (Bh.1, §12) Variants and spellings: ⌈mu-tu⌉ (Bh.1, §1*), i-ba-aš-ši (Bh.1, §10; Bh.1, §12.1; Bh.1, §13). 3.4.57b. 21´ ×1 ši mu-tum i-na bīt(E2) awīlim(LU2) ša-tu i-ba-aš- 3 PRS Bh.1, §11 “A death will occur in this (i.e. the person’s mentioned in the apodosis) man’s house”. 3.4.58. 3.4.58a. ×2 Death > ♘[Some family member] (–) i-na [n]i-šu-ut awīlim(LU2) ma-ma-na-an (eras.) \ 3 PRS i-ma-at “Someone from the man’s family will die”. ExO.Lr.npt.3, §1.1; ExO.Lr.npt.3, §3.1 ExO.Lr.npt.10, §51.1* || ► 1 ūlū 2 •3.4.60a ‹someone from the man’s servants will die› š. š. 3 •24.14.4a ‹(lunar) eclipse in the evening watch› (ExO.Lr.npt.3, §1) ► 1 ūlū 2 •3.4.60a ‹someone from the man’s servants will die› š. š. 3 •24.14.6a ‹(lunar) eclipse in the morning watch› (ExO.Lr.npt.3, §3) ► 1 š. š. 2 •24.14.6a ‹(lunar) eclipse in the morning watch› (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §51) Variants and spellings: i-na ni-šu-ut a-wi-lim … ma-a[m]-ma-an i-ma-at (ExO.Lr.npt.3, §1.1, continues on §1.2; ExO.Lr.npt.3, §3.1). 3.4.58b. i-na ni-šu-ti-šu ištēn(1) LU2 x [… imât (?)] ×1 “One … from his (i.e. the physiognomically examined person’s) family will die (?)”. 3 PRS Ps.2, §32** 3 PRS ExO.V.3, §43 Uncertain. 3.4.59. 3.4.59a. Death > ♘[Some non-relative] (–) 68 ši-ir la ni-šu-ta-a-wi-li-im i-ma-at 175 ×1 “A non-relative (lit. flesh of not his family) of the man will die”. Note sandhi spelling ni-šu-ta-a-wi-li-im for nišūt awīlim. 3.4.60. Death > ♘[Some servant] (–) 3.4.60a. i-na aš-ta-pi-ir a-wi-lim ma-a[m]-ma-an i-ma-at ×2 “Someone from the man’s servants will die”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.3, §1.2; ExO.Lr.npt.3, §3.2 ► 1 •3.4.58a ‹someone from the man’s family will die› ūlū 2 š. š. 3 •24.14.4a ‹(lunar) eclipse in the evening watch› (ExO.Lr.npt.3, §1) ► 1 •3.4.58a ‹someone from the man’s family will die› ūlū 2 š. š. 3 •24.14.6a ‹(lunar) eclipse in the morning watch› (ExO.Lr.npt.3, §3) Variants and spellings: Followed by 2u3-lu (ExO.Lr.npt.3, §1.2; ExO.Lr.npt.3, §3.2). 3.4.60b. ×1 i-na aš-ta-pi-ir bi-it awīlim(LU2) ma-ma-na-/-an 3 PRS i-ma-at ExO.Lr.npt.10, §49.1 “Someone from the man’s household servants will die”. ► 1 š. š. 2 •24.14.4a ‹(lunar) eclipse in the evening watch› (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §49) 3.4.61. Death > ♘[Servant] (–) 3.4.61a. 12´ ×1 “A servant will die”. ṣeḫrum(TU.RA) / imât(BA.UG7) 3 PRS Bh.1, §8.1 3 PRS ExO.Lr.M.36, §22.2 ► 1 Ø 2 •8.16.17a ‹there will be a loss in the man’s house› (Bh.1, §8) 3.4.61b. \ a-na ṣeḫrim(TU.RA) imât(BA.UG7) ×1 “For a servant: he will die”. ► 1 •12.4.26a ‹our border city will repeatedly leak plan after plan› Ø 2 (ExO.Lr.M.36, §22) 3.4.62. 3.4.62a. ×1 Death[Falling off the roof] > ♘[Servant] (–) ṣe-ḫ[e-er awīlim(LU2) iš-t]⌈u⌉ u2-ri-im i-ma-qu2- 3 NOM ut ExO.Lr.npt.10, §52* “The man’s servant will fall off the roof”. For the expression ištu ūrim maqāltu ‘to fall off the roof’ as an euphemism for suicide see Stol 2007b. 3.4.63. Death > ♘[Some acquaintance] (–) 176 3.4.63a. i-na a-ḫi-it-ti a-wi-lim 5[ma-a]m-ma-an i-ma-at ×1 “Someone from the man’s acquaintances’ circle will die”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.3, §2.1* ExO.Lr.npt.10, §50.1* ► 1 ūlū 2 •23.3.3a ‹the River will murder the man› š. š. 3 •24.14.5a ‹(lunar) eclipse in the middle watch (of the night)› (ExO.Lr.npt.3, §2) ► 1 š. š. 2 •24.14.5a ‹(lunar) eclipse in the middle watch (of the night)› (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §50) Variants and spellings: a-ḫi-at awīlim(LU2) ma-ma-na-[an] (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §50.1*). 3.4.64. Death > ♙[One of two persons] (–) 3.4.64a. 8´ ×1 “One of them (i.e. the two persons mentioned in the protasis) will die”. 3.4.65. ištēn(1) i-na bi-ri-šu-nu imât(BA.UG7) 3 PRS Bh.1, §6 3 NOM ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §12.1a Death > ♘[Some person] (–) 3.4.65a. a-a-u2-ma i-/-ma-at ×1 “Someone will die ”. ► 1a -ma 1b •8.12.1a ‹his (i.e. someone’s) property will be converted by the palace› (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §12) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §12.1a). 3.4.66. Death[S:Warfare] > ♘[Some person] (–) 3.4.66a. a-a-⌈um⌉-ma i-na ⌈k⌉[a-a]k!?-ki (?) i-ma-at ×1 “Someone will die in war”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.10, §57** The reading ⌈k⌉[a-a]k!?-ki is uncertain40. 3.4.67. 3.4.67a. ×1 Death[In prime] > ♙[Man] (–) (amūt Luḫuššim) 2ša a-wi-lum i-na bu-ul-ṭi3-šu 3 STV mi-tu “(The omen of the luhushu-demon,) when a man dies in his prime”. ► 1a •28.2.1a ‹omen of the luhushu-demon› ša 1b (ExO.Lr.V.11, §19) 40 177 ExO.Lr.V.11, §19.1b || 3.4.68. Death[Painful] (–) 3 PRS 3.4.68a. mu-tum mu-ur-ṣum i-ṣa-ba-as-su ×1 “Painful death will seize him (i.e. physiognomically examined person)”. Ps.2, §52.1* the ► 1 Ø 2 •3.4.71c ‹death …› (Ps.2, §52) 3.4.69. Death[Violent] (–) For similar prediction referring to different kinds of death see Stol 2007b. 3.4.69a. a-wi-lum mu-ut ša-ga-aš-ti i-ma-at ×1 “The man will die a violent death”. 3.4.70. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §5 3 PRS Ps.1b, §34 Death[Asphyxial] (–) 3.4.70a. mu-ut ḫi-in-qi2 i-ma-at ×1 “He (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will die an asphyxial death”. Note ḫinqu as disease(s) not related to asphyxiation (stricture etc.) in CAD Ḫ, 195a. Cf. mūt ḫanāqi in a physiognomic prediction (Kraus Texte 6:67 apud CAD Ḫ, 77a): 3.4.71. Death[?] (–) 3.4.71a. 26 ×1 “… will die”. 3.4.71b. (…) 4⌈i-ma-at⌉ ×1 ⌈x x x⌉ […] ⌈i⌉-ma-a[t] 3 PRS ExO.Ht.4, §46** 3 PRS ExO.Lr.V.4, §1.1b “He will die”. ► 1a •17.19.3a ‹…, strong hostility will seize him›-ma 1b -ma 1b •A1 ‹he will be buried in a foreign city› (ExO.Lr.V.4, §1) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.V.4, §1.1b). 3.4.71c. mu-tum x […] ×1 “Death …”. 3 ? Ps.2, §52.2** ► 1 •3.4.68a ‹painful death will seize him (i.e. the physiognomically examined person)› Ø 2 (Ps.2, §52) 3.4.72. Fall > ? (?) 3.4.72a. ⌈mi-qi2-it-t⌉[i …] ×5 “Fall of …”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.mzz.2, §4**; ExO.Lr.mzz.2, §21**; ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §76.1**; ExO.Lr.V.10, §15**; 178 ExO.Ht.4, §100** ► 1 Ø 2 •24.12.2b ‹dyke breaches will happen› (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §76) Variants and spellings: mi-⌈qi2-i⌉[t-ti …] (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §76.1), mi-[qi2-it-ti (?) …] (ExO.Lr.mzz.2, §4**; ExO.Lr.mzz.2, §21**), 57⌈mi!⌉-qi-it-[ti …] (ExO.Ht.4, §100**). 3.4.72b. 59 ×1 “In warfare: fall of …”. 3.5. 3.5.1. i-na ka-ak-ki mi-qi2-[(it)-ti …] 3 NOM ExO.Ht.4, §101** 3 PRS ExO.Lr.kki.3, §58.1b Killing Killing < ♔[King] (/+) 3.5.1a. (šarram) i-du-uk-ku-šu ×1 “They will kill him (i.e. the king)”. ► 1a •10.2.8a ‹they will imprison the king in his (own) palace›-ma 1b š. š 2 •3.4.20a ‹the diviner will fall in the place he is going to› (ExO.Lr.kki.3, §58) 3.5.1b. šarram(LUGAL) i-du-ku-u2 ×1 “They will kill the king”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §22.2 3 PRS ExO.Lr.amt.1, §1.2 i- 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §41 bāb(KA2) 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.2, §16 ► 1 •27.7.1a ‹mukil-reshi spirit› Ø 2 (ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §22) 3.5.2. Killing[P:City] < ♔[King] (/+) 3.5.2a. 4 ×1 “They will kill the king in his city”. šar-ra-am i-na li-ib-bi \ a-li-šu i-du-ku-u2-šu ► 1 •24.6.2a ‹snow will hit the barley› Ø 2 (ExO.Lr.amt.1, §1) 3.5.3. 3.5.3a. ×1 Killing[P:Palace] < ♔[King] (/+) 10 šar-ru-um du-ak 11 i-na li-bi ekallī(E2.GAL-li)-š/u 12 “The king will be killed in his palace”. Note the archaizing i-du-ak. 3.5.3b. ×1 20 šar-ra-am i-na libbi(ŠA3-bi) ekallī(E2.GAL)-šu i-du-uk-ku-u2-šu “They will kill the king inside his palace gate”. 3.5.4. Killing[P:Residing place] > [Weapon] < ♔[Lord] (/+) 179 3.5.4a. ×1 be-lam i-na šu-ub!-ti-šu kakkum(gišTUKUL) i-da- 3 PRS ⌈ak⌉-šu ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §18* “A weapon will kill the lord in his residing place”. 3.5.5. 3.5.5a. ×1 Killing[P:Tunnel] < ♔[King] (/+) 44 šar-ra-am ku-šu 45 i-na pa-ni! pi-i[l]-ši-\-im 46 i-du-uk- 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §8* “They will kill the king in front of the tunnel”. 3.5.6. Killing > † < ♔[2] (/+) 3.5.6a. (nakarka) 8i-da-ak-ka ×1 “He (i.e. your enemy) will kill you”. 2 PRS ExO.Lr.V.11, §36.1b ► 1a •17.17.4b ‹your enemy will acquire an ally›-ma 1b (ExO.Lr.V.11, §36) 3.5.7. Killing > ♘[Palace personnel] < ♔[King] (/+) 3.5.7a. šarram(LUGAL) ⌈ekallû(E2.GAL?)-šu? i⌉-[du-ku-šu] ×1 “The king, his palace personnel will kill him”. 3.5.8. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mzz.2, §3** 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.2, §10 Killing > ♘[Courtiers] < ♔[Prince] (/+) 3.5.8a. \ ru-ba-am ⌈ti-ir⌉ ekallī(E2.GAL)-šu i-du-ku-u[š] ×1 “The prince, the courtiers of his palace will kill him”. For the reading ⌈ti-ir⌉ see Jeyes 1989b, 154, note 11' and CAD T 459, s.v. tīru A. Note -š for -šu. 3.5.9. Killing > ♘[Palace personnel] < ♔[Manishtushu] (/+) 3.5.9a. (Maništīšu) ša e-ka-lu-šu 23[i]-du-ku-šu ×1 “(Manishtushu,) whom personnel killed”. his (own) 3 PRT ExO.V.2, §8.1b* palace ► 1a •28.1.13a ‹omen of Manishtushu› ša 1b •3.5.9a ‹whom his (own) palace personnel killed› (ExO.V.2, §8) 3.5.10. Killing > ♘[Courtiers] < ♔[King] (/+) 180 3.5.10a. 22 šar-ra-am 23šu-ut re-ši-i-šu 24i-du-uk-ku-šu ×2 “The king, his courtiers will kill him”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §102.1b*; ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §33 ► 1a •16.2.1a ‹‘weapon’ of revolt› Ø 1b (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §102) Variants and spellings: šarram(LU[GAL) š]u-ut re(!ḫu)-<ši>-šu / \ [i]-du-ku-uš (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §102.1b*, note -š for -šu). 3.5.11. Killing > ♘[Courtiers] < ♔[Prince] (/+) 3.5.11a. ru-ba-am šu-ut re-ši-šu i-du-uk-ku-šu ×3 “The prince, his courtiers will kill him”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §60; ExO.Lr.mrt.2, §8; ExO.Lr.V.7, §3** Variants and spellings: ru-⌈ba!(KU)-am šu!(NI)-ut⌉ re-ši-šu ⌈i-x-x⌉-[…] (ExO.Lr.V.7, §3**, uncertain), i-du-ku-uš (ExO.Lr.mrt.2, §8). 3.5.12. Killing > ♘[Subordinate] < ♔[Lord] (/+) 3 PRS 3.5.12a. (wardum) be-el-šu i-da-ak ×1 “He (i.e. the subordinate) will kill his lord”. ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §32.2c ► 1a •A1 ‹?› Ø 2b •16.2.30a ‹a subordinate will uprise›-ma 2c (ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §32) 3.5.12b. wa-ar-du-um 21be-el-šu i-da-ak ×1 “A subordinate will kill his lord”. 3 PRS ExO.Lg.8, §11.1a ► 1a -ma 1b •14.3.13a ‹he will seize the throne› (ExO.Lg.8, §11) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lg.8, §11.1a). 3.5.13. 3.5.13a. ×1 Killing > ♘[Subordinates] < ♔[Shar-Kali-Sharri] (/+) (Šar-kal-Šarrī) ša wa-ar-du-u2-šu i-na ku-nu-uk- 3 PRT ka-ti-šu-nu \ i-du-ku-u2-šu “(Shar-Kali-Sharri,) whom killed with their seals”. his ExO.Lr.kki.3, §83.1b subordinates ► 1a •28.1.17a ‹omen of Shar-Kali-Sharri› ša 1b (ExO.Lr.kki.3, §83) 3.5.14. 3.5.14a. ×1 Killing > ♘[Subordinates] < ♔[Rimush] (/+) (Rīmuš) ša wa-ar-du-šu i-na ku-nu-[k]a-\-ti-šu-nu 3 PRT i-du-ku-⌈šu⌉ “(Rimush,) whom his subordinates killed with their seals”. 181 ExO.Ht.4, §3.1b ► 1a •28.1.12a ‹omen of Rimush› ša 1b (ExO.Ht.4, §3) 3.5.15. Killing > ♘[Important person] < ♔[Lord] (/+) 3.5.15a. kab!(U2)-tu be2-el-šu i-da-ak ×2 “An important person will kill his lord”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mzz.2, §13**; ExO.Lr.V.7, §22(.1)* Variants and spellings: ⌈kab-tum be-el⌉-[šu …] (ExO.Lr.mzz.2, §13**). 3.5.16. 3.5.16a. ×1 Killing > ♘[Shukkallu-official] < ♔[King] (/+) šarram(LUGAL-am) šukkal(SUKKAL)-šu i-da-ak- 3 PRS šu ExO.Lg.9, §68 “The king, his shukkallu-official will kill him”. 3.5.17. Killing > ♘[Shukkalmahhu-official] < ♔[King] (/+) 3.5.17a. (šukkalmaḫḫum) ⌈š⌉[a b]e-el-šu i-du-ku ×1 “(The shukkalmahhu-official,) who killed his lord”. 3 PRT ExO.V.3, §49.1b 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §33.1b; ► 1a •A1 ‹omen of the shukkalmahhu-official› ša 1b (ExO.V.3, §49) 3.5.18. Killing > ♧[City] < ♔[King] (/+) 3.5.18a. (ālum) be-el-šu i-da-ak ×2 “It (i.e. the city) will kill its lord”. ExO.Lg.5, §6.1c ► 1a •16.2.12b ‹the city will revolt›-ma 1b (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §33) ► 1a •19.2.5a ‹the enemy will lay siege on the city› Ø 1b •16.2.12b ‹the city will revolt›-ma 1c Ø 1d •18.5.10a ‹the enemy will arrive to your land› (ExO.Lg.5, §6) Variants and spellings: be2-el-šu (ExO.Lg.5, §6.1c). 3.5.19. Killing > ♘[Son] < ♔[Father] (/+) 3.5.19a. \ ma-ru-u2 a-ba-šu i-da-ak ×2 “Son will kill his father”. 3 PRS ExO.Sp.1, §10.1a*; ExO.Lg.8, §29.1a ► 1a -ma 1b •14.3.6a ‹he will seize the throne› (ExO.Sp.1, §10) ► 1a -ma 1b •14.3.6a ‹he will seize the throne› (ExO.Lg.8, §29) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lg.8, §29.1a; ExO.Sp.1, §10.1a*). 182 3.5.20. Killing > ♘[Heir] < ♔[King] (/+) 3.5.20a. 21 ×1 “The king’s heir will kill his father”. a-pi-il šar-ri-im a-ba-šu i-da-ak 3 PRS ExO.Lg.7, §10.1a 2 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §1.2b ► 1a -ma 1b •14.3.2a ‹he will rule the throne› (ExO.Lg.7, §10) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lg.7, §10.1a). 3.5.21. Killing > ♘[One of non-equal rank] < ♔[2] (/+) 3.5.21a. (lā meḫerka) i-da-ak-ka ×1 “He (i.e. one not of your rank) will kill you”. ► 1a •17.1.1a ‹rivalry› Ø 1b •17.1.2a ‹(one) throne will rival (another) throne› š. š. 2a •16.2.40a ‹someone not of your rank will uprise against you›-ma 2b (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §1) 3.5.22. Killing > ♔[King] < ♘[Someone] (/+) 3 PRS 3.5.22a. (šarram ayyumma) [i-da-a]k-/-šu ×1 “He (i.e. someone) will kill him (i.e. the king)”. ExO.B&Pd.1a, §9.1c* ► 1a •16.2.43a ‹someone will uprise against the king›-ma 1b •10.2.7a ‹he (i.e. someone) will imprison him (i.e. the king)›-ma 1c (ExO.B&Pd.1a, §9) 3.5.23. Killing > ♔[King] < ♘[Prince] (+) 3.5.23a. šar-ru-um i-na ru-be2-e-šu 41([…]) i-da-ak ×1 “The king will kill (one ?) of his (vassal) princes”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §34** The word swallowed by the lacuna is probably ayyamma ‘someone’ or ištēn ‘one’. 3.5.24. Killing > ♔[King] < ♘[Princes] (+) 3.5.24a. 42 šar-rum ru-be-šu i-⌈da-ak!⌉ ×1 “The king will kill his (vassal) princes”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §82.1a* ► 1a -ma 1b •8.12.3a ‹their property will be converted by the palace› (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §82) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §82.1a). 3.5.25. 3.5.25a. Killing > ♘[Someone] < ♔[King] (/+) 3 PRS (ayyumma) šar-rum i-da-⌈ak-/-šu⌉ 183 ExO.Lr.kki.3, §36.1c ×1 “He (i.e. the king) will kill him (i.e. someone)”. ► 1a •12.10.5a ‹someone will bring a denunciation to the king›-ma 1b •12.11.2a ‹he (i.e. the king) will not accept his (i.e. someone’s) denunciation›-ma 1c (ExO.Lr.kki.3, §36) 3.5.26. 3.5.26a. ×1 Killing > ♔[King] < ♧[City inhabitant(s)] (+) 35 ⌈šar!-rum⌉ i-na wa-ši-ib ⌈ālī(IRI!)⌉-šu da-ak 36 […] i- 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.2, §12** “The king will kill … of the inhabitants of his city”. Uncertain reading41. Cf. ExO.Lr.ubn.2, §13** below. The word in the lacuna can be ayyamma ‘someone’ or ištēn ‘one’, a group or a specific character. 3.5.27. 3.5.27a. ×1 Killing > ♚[King] < ♧[City inhabitant(s)] (/+) šar-rum nakrum(lu2KUR2-rum) i-⌈na wa-ši!-ib!⌉ 3 PRS […] 39[(x x)] ⌈x⌉ i-da-ak ExO.Lr.ubn.2, §13** “An enemy king will kill … from the inhabitants of …”. Uncertain reading42. Cf. ExO.Lr.ubn.2, §12** above. 3.5.28. Killing < ♔[Spy] (/+) 3.5.28a. (ša lišāni) [id-da-ak] ×1 “He (i.e. the spy) will be killed”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.V.7, §11.1b** ► 1a •12.6.3a ‹a spy will be caught›-ma 1b (ExO.Lr.V.7, §11) 3.5.29. 3.5.29a. 41 Cf. copy: 42 Cf. copy: Killing[P:Destination] < ♘ [Messenger (/+) \ [ma-a]r ši-ip-ri-ka a-šar ta-ša-ap-pa-ru-šu id- 2 PRS 184 ExO.Lr.mzz.1, §19* ×1 da-ak “Your messenger will be killed in the place you are sending him to”. 3.5.30. Killing > ♙[Man] < ♘[Wife] (+) 3.5.30a. (aššat awīlim mussa) i-da-ak-ši ×1 “He (i.e. her husband) will kill her (i.e. the wife)”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.6, §4.1c ► 1a •21.4.1a ‹the man’s wife will have (extramarital) sex›-ma 1b •21.4.2b ‹her husband will catch her›-ma 1c (ExO.Lr.npt.6, §4) 3.6. Murder and massacre 3.6.1. Murdering > † (/+) 3.6.1a. nakrum(lu2KUR2-rum) pa-ag-ra-am i-na-a-/-di ×1 “The enemy will kill someone (lit. throw a corpse)”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.dnn.1, §5.2 ► 1a •25.1.1a ‹a lion will be seen›-ma 1b •25.1.12a ‹it will kill someone in front of the gate› lū 2 (ExO.Lr.dnn.1, §5) Variants and spellings: Preceded by lu-u2 (ExO.Lr.dnn.1, §5.2). 3.6.2. 3.6.2a. ×1 Murdering[P:In front of the city gate] > † (/+) 41 nakrum(lu2KUR2-rum) i-na pa-ni a-bu-ul-lim pa- 3 PRS ag-ra-am i-na-an-di ExO.Lr.kki.3, §86 “The enemy will kill someone (lit. throw a corpse) in front of the gate”. 3.6.2b. ×1 [nakrum i-na p]a-ni abullī(KA2.GAL)-ia pa-a[g- 1 PRS ra-am i-na-ad-di] ExO.Lr.abl.3, §12** “The enemy will kill someone (lit. throw a corpse) in front of my gate”. Uncertain. Alt. nēšum ‘a lion’, cf. 25.1.12a. 3.6.3. Killing (–) 3 PRS 3.6.3a. a-ḫu-um a-ḫa-/-šu i-da-ak ×1 “One will kill another (lit. brother will kill his brother)”. ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §23.3 ► 1 •15.1.1d ‹mind and reason will change› Ø 2 •11.19.1a ‹disorder› Ø 3 (ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §23) 185 3.6.4. Bloodshed > ♧[Country] (–) 3.6.4a. 44 ×1 “There will be bloodshed (lit. bloods)”. 3.6.5. da-mu iš-ša-ka-\-nu ša-ga-ša-tum i-na ma-tim ib-ba-aš-ši-⌈i⌉ ×2 “There will be a massacre in the country”. 3.6.6a. ×1 ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §108 3 PRS ExO.Sp.1, §4; Massacre > ♧[Country] (–) 3.6.5a. 3.6.6. 3 PRS ExO.V.3, §25 Massacring[♚♔Cities] ♔[2] <> † (–) \ at-ta u3 nakar(lu2KUR2)-ka ālānī(IRIki)-ku-nu tu- 2 PRS uš-ta-ga-ša! ExB.3, §23.1a* “You and your enemy will massacre each other’s cities”. ► 1a -ma 1b ‹?› (ExB.3, §23) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExB.3, §23.1a). 3.6.7. 3.6.7a. ×1 Massacring[Entire population] > ♔[2] < ♣[Enemy city] (+) 16 (āl nakrim) zikar(NITA)-⌈šu⌉ sinništa(MUNUS)-šu ta-da-a-ak u3 2 PRS ExO.Lr.nṣp.1, §7.1b “You will kill its (i.e. the captured enemy city’s) men and women”. ► 1a •19.7.5d ‹you will capture one of the enemy’s cities›-ma 1b (ExO.Lr.nṣp.1, §7) 3.6.8. 3.6.8a. ×1 Massacring[Entire population] > † < ♧[Border city] (/+) (ištēn ina ālānika aḫûtim nakrum) 13zi-ka-ar-⌈šu⌉ 3 PRS si2-ni-iš-ta-šu i-da-a-ak ExO.Lr.nṣp.1, §6.1b “He (i.e. the enemy) will kill its (i.e. of one of your border cities, that was captured) men and women”. ► 1a •19.7.12c ‹the enemy will capture one of your border cities›-ma 1b (ExO.Lr.nṣp.1, §6) 3.6.9. 3.6.9a. Massacring[War prisoners] > ♔[2] (+) 15 ⌈ša⌉-al-la-at ta-ša-al-la-lu ta-da-a-ak “You will kill the booty (i.e. war prisoners) that 186 2 PRS PRS ExO.Lg.9, §31 ×1 3.6.10. 3.6.10a. ×1 you will take. Massacring[War prisoners] > † (/+) 12 ša-al-l[a-a]t i-ša-al-la-lu nakrum(lu2KUR2) i-da- 3 a-ak “The enemy will kill the booty (i.e. war prisoners) that he will take. 187 PRS PRS ExO.Lg.9, §30 4. Health and disease Health is an important topic in Mesopotamian divination. Reports of divination performed for disease prognosis are known in Mari letters ( Durand and Charpin 1988, nos. 83 and 136). The compendia material concerning disease can be divided into several subgroups. In the first group of divinations health (4.1) and occurrence of desease (4.2) are treated as matters of general concern. The bulk of the predictions dedicated to disease are applied to specific situations, when there is concern about a particular sick person. These include duration of the disease (4.3), recovery perspectives (4.4), relapse of the disease after remission (4.5), disease complications (4.6) and, importantly, disease contagion (4.7). Some damaged apodoses, likely also referring to these situations, are collected in a separate section (4.8). Some predictions refer to particular maladies or symptoms. These are cough (4.9), the bennudisease (seizures) (4.10), the diʾu-disease (malaria) (4.11), edema (4.12), the epqu-disease (4.13), the shibu-disease (4.14), hydrophobia (4.15) and (im)potency (4.16)43. Adjacent to these are also the apodoses dedicated to trauma (4.17) and blindness (4.18). Finally, a group of predictions are concerned with disease as a large scale phenomenon, i.e. epidemic (4.19). 4.1. 4.1.1. Health Good health > ♙[Man] (+) 4.1.1a. 10 ×1 “The man will be in good health”. 4.1.1b. 41 ×1 “This (i.e. the physiognomically examined) man will be healthy”. 4.1.1c. i-ba-al-lu-ṭu2 ×1 “He (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) (?) (lit. they) will be well”. [a-wi-lum] i-na-aḫ-ḫi-[iš] awīlum(LU2) šu-u2 i-na ba-la-ṭim i-il-la-ak 3 PRS Bh.2, §2* 3 PRS Ps.1b, §43 3 PRS Ps.3, §43 Although the copy shows a clear TU, iballuṭū is likely to be emended to iballuṭ, as the expected recipient is the physiognomically examined person. Alternatively, the prediction can be regarded as referring to the client’s family, but the lack of an explicit indication in this case does seem very unusual. 4.1.2. 43 Poor health > ♙[Man] (–) Cf. also ashqulalu in 24.14.12-17 (esp. of army). 188 4.1.2a. 16 ši-ir! a-wi-li la / [i-ṭi-ab] ×1 “The man will not be in good health (?) (lit. the man’s flesh is not good?)”. 3 PRS? In.1, §7** The reading is following the copy and against Leichty's emendation (ši-ir! a-wi-li da!-[mi-iq]). To my knowledge, šīru is not known to be used with damāqu, while ṭiʾābu is the standard verb in the common idiom referring to good health and pleasure (cf. usages in CAD Š3 116f.). 4.2. 4.2.1. Occurrence of disease Disease (–) 4.2.1a. mu-ur-ṣu2-um ×2 “Disease”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §26.3; ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §9.3* ► 1 •2.7.1a ‹sorrow› Ø 2 •8.18.1a ‹financial losses› ū 3 (ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §26) ► 1 •2.7.1a ‹sorrow› š. š. 2 •8.18.1a ‹financial losses› š. š. 3 (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §9) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 40u3 (ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §26.3), 27[ša-nu-(um)] šu-um-ša (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §9.3*); mu-urṣu (ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §26.3). 4.2.1b. 5 mu-ur!(UN)-ṣu2 i-ba-aš-ši ×1 “A disease will occur”. 4.2.1c. um-ta-ra-aṣ ×2 “He / she will be sick”. 3 PRS In.1, §10* 3 PRS ExO.Lr.V.10, §7; ExO.Lr.V.10, §13.1b ► 1a •22.1.2a ‹the wife of the man will give birth to a boy›-ma 1b (ExO.Lr.V.10, §13) The rare attestation of marāṣu Dt (not in the dictionaries) is a significant feature of the text ExO.Lr.V.10. In ExO.Lr.V.10, §13.1b the subject of the verb is likely the man’s wife, although alternatively the boy could be also regarded as the subject. 4.2.2. Disease > ♙[Man] (–) 4.2.2a. \ a-wi-lam mu-ur-ṣum i-ṣa-ba-su2 ×2 “Disease will seize the man”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.2, §1(.1a)**; ExO.Lr.mrt.2, §2.1a ► 1a ( 2b ) (ExO.Lr.mrt.2, §1) ► 1a -ma 1b •4.4.1b ‹he will recover› (ExO.Lr.mrt.2, §2) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.mrt.2, §2.1a). The reconstruction of ExO.Lr.mrt.2, §1(.1a) (a-wi-la[m…], rest broken) is tentative and based on the next omen, ExO.Lr.mrt.2, §2.1a. It is also unclear if the apodosis was followed by *ExO.Lr.mrt.2, §1.1b. 4.2.3. Disease > ♙[The owner of the sheep] (–) 189 4.2.3a. 16 a-na be-el im-me-ri-im 17mu-ur-ṣa-am u2-ka-a/l ×1 “For the owner of the sheep: he will hold a disease”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §42 Note the translation of this omen in CAD K 512a, s.v. kullu, where the apodosis is considered as a reference to the protasis: “if the gall bladder has a membrane, it brings disease for the owner of the sheep”. 4.2.4. Disease[Severe] (–) 4.2.4a. 33 ×1 “He (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will be severely ill”. 4.2.5. ma-di-iš i-ma-ra-aṣ rubûm(NUN) mu-ur-ṣa-am dan-na-am i-ma-ra-aṣ ×1 “The prince will be sick with a severe illness”. 4.2.6a. ×1 Ps.1b, §20 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.4, §35 Disease[Severe] > ♔[Prince] (–) 4.2.5a. 4.2.6. 3 PRS Disease[S:Campaign] > ♙[Man] (–) awīlum(LU2) i-na ḫarrān(KASKAL) illaku(GEN) i- 3 ma-ra-aṣ PRS PRS ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §56.1a “The man will become sick on the road he is taking”. ► 1a -ma 1b •4.4.11a ‹he will die› ū. r. 2 •3.4.9a ‹he will die a death (decreed) by his god› (ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §56) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §56.1a). 4.2.7. 4.2.7a. ×1 Disease[S:Campaign, P:On the way] > ♙[Man] (–) awīlum(LU2) i-na qablīʾat(MURUB4) 3 PRS ḫarrānim(KASKAL) i-ma-ra-aṣ “The man will become sick in the middle of the road”. ► 1a -ma 1b •4.4.11a ‹he will die› (ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §57) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §57.1a). 4.2.8. Disease[P:Destination] > ♙[Man] (–) 190 ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §57.1a 4.2.8a. awīlum(LU2) i-na re-eš eqlim(A.ŠA3) i-ma-ra-aṣ ×1 “The man will become sick at his goal”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §58.1a ► 1a -ma 1b •4.4.11a ‹he will die› (ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §58) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §58.1a). 4.2.9. 4.2.9a. ×1 Disease[P:Destination] > ♘[Army] (–) ummān(ERIN2-ma-an)-ka i-na re-eš eqlī(A.ŠA3)- 2 PRS ⌈ša⌉ i-ma-ra!-aṣ ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §44* “Your army will be sick at its destination”. 4.3. 4.3.1. Duration of disease ¬Disease[T:Long] > ♘[Sick person] (–) 3 PRS 4.3.1a. ma-ar-ṣu2 u2-mu-šu u2-ul i-re-qu2 ×1 “The sick person: his days (of illness) will not be idle (lit. empty)”. Fl.1, §7.1a ► 1a Ø 1b •4.4.6a ‹he will recover quickly› (Fl.1, §7) The expression ūmūšu irreqū lit. ‘one’s days will be empty (i.e. idle)’ is discussed in regard to ūmam rēqam in Winitzer 2006, 110–25. 4.3.2. Disease[T:Long] > ♘[Sick person] (–) 4.3.2a. mar-ṣum ūmū(UD-mu)-šu i-re-/-qu2 ×1 “The sick person, his days (of illness) will idle (lit. empty)”. 3 PRS Ol.2, §13.1a 3 PRS Fl.1, §2.1a ► 1a -ma 1b •4.4.11a ‹he will die› (Ol.2, §13) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (Ol.2, §13.1a). 4.3.2b. awīlu(LU2) ma-ar-ṣu2 4mu-ru-su2 ⌈i-re-eq⌉ ×1 “The sick person: his sickness will last (lit. be empty). ► 1a -ma 1b •4.4.1b ‹he will recover› (Fl.1, §2) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (Fl.1, §2.1a). 4.4. Recovery perspectives 191 4.4.1. Recovery > ♘[Sick person] (+) 4.4.1a. (marṣu) 10ša-li-im ×1 “He (i.e. the sick person) will be well”. 3 STV Fl.1, §4.1b ► 1a •2.13.8a ‹this sick person: mourning will be prepared for him›-ma 1b (Fl.1, §4) 4.4.1b. (awīlum / marṣum) 24i-ba-al-lu-uṭ ×3 “He (i.e. the man / sick person) will recover”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.2, §2.1b; Fl.1, §2.1b; Fl.1, §9.1c ► 1a •4.2.2a ‹disease will seize the man›-ma 1b (ExO.Lr.mrt.2, §2) ► 1a •4.3.2b ‹the sick person: his sickness will last›-ma 1b (Fl.1, §2) ► 1a •27.4.6a ‹the man, a ghost (from a corpse) that lies in the steppe seizes him› Ø 1b •27.23.1a ‹Shamash will send him (i.e. the ghost) to the blowing wind›-ma 1c (Fl.1, §9) Variants and spellings: i-ba-lu-uṭ (ExO.Lr.mrt.2, §2.1b; Fl.1, §2.1b). 4.4.1c. mar-ṣum i-ba-al-lu-uṭ × 22 “The sick person will recover”. 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.1b, §17* ExO.B&Pd.1c, §45; ExB.3, §10.1; ExB.3, §20.1; ExB.3, §27.1; Ol.1a, §20; Ol.1a, §21; Ol.1a, §23.1; Ol.1a, §29; Ol.1a, §37.1a; Ol.1a, §38.1; Ol.1a, §48.1; Ol.2, §11; Ol.2, §18.2; Ol.2, §22.1; Ol.2, §27.1; Ol.2, §29.1; Ol.2, §30.1; Ol.2, §32.1a; Ol.2, §37.1; Ol.2, §40; Ol.2, §45.1; Ol.2, §59.1a 192 || ► 1 Ø 2 •8.9.6a ‹for the warfare: acquisition› (ExB.3, §10) ► 1 Ø 2 •18.22.6a ‹for the campaign: you will defeat the enemy› (ExB.3, §20) ► 1 Ø 2 •2.3.1a ‹well-being› (ExB.3, §27). ► 1 Ø 2 •18.22.12a ‹for the campaign: my army will defeat the enemy› (Ol.1a, §23) ►lū 1 (Ol.1a, §29) ► 1a -ma 1b •4.7.4a ‹a healthy one will die› (Ol.1a, §37) ► 1 Ø 2 •18.6.7c ‹for an army on campaign: it will not reach its destination› (Ol.1a, §38) ► 1 › Ø 2 •18.6.4a ‹my army will reach its destination› (Ol.1a, §48) ► 1 •27.7.2a ‹good mukil-reshi spirit› Ø 2 (Ol.2, §18) ► 1 Ø 2 •18.6.7b ‹the army on campaign will not reach its destination› (Ol.2, §22) ► 1 Ø 2 •18.6.7b ‹the army on campaign will not reach its destination› (Ol.2, §27) ► 1 Ø 2 •18.6.7b ‹the army on campaign will not reach its destination› (Ol.2, §29) ► 1 Ø 2 •11.5.6a ‹the army on campaign, its foundations are torn› (Ol.2, §30) ► 1a -ma 1b •4.5.1c ‹(then) will get sick again›-ma 1c •4.4.11a ‹he will die› (Ol.2, §32) ► 1 Ø 2 •18.12.4a ‹in the campaign: confrontation› (Ol.2, §37) ► 1 Ø 2 •20.7.6a ‹the army on campaign will have a share› (Ol.2, §45) ► 1a -ma 1b •4.7.4a ‹a healthy one will / will not die› (Ol.2, §59) Variants and spellings: Preceded by lu (Ol.1a, §29); mar-ṣu (Ol.1a, §48.1), i-ba-lu-uṭ (ExB.3, §10.1; ExB.3, §20.1; ExB.3, §27.1; Ol.1a, §20; Ol.1a, §29; Ol.1a, §37.1a; Ol.1a, §48.1; Ol.2, §11; Ol.2, §22.1; Ol.2, §37.1; Ol.2, §45.1; Ol.2, §59.1a), iballuṭ(TI.LA) (ExO.B&Pd.1c, §45; ExO.B&Pd.1b, §17*); followed by -ma (Ol.1a, §37; Ol.2, §32; Ol.2, §59). 4.4.1d. ma-ar-ṣu2 šu-u2 / i-ba-lu-uṭ ×1 “This sick person will recover”. 3 PRS Fl.1, §5.1a ► 1a -ma 1b •4.7.3a ‹his substitutes (i.e. similarly sick people) will appear in this household› (Fl.1, §5.1) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (Fl.1, §5.1a). 4.4.1e. mar-ṣum mu-ru-us-su2 i-na-an-di-šu ×1 “The sick person: his illness will leave him”. 3 PRS Ol.2, §47.1 3 PRS Ol.1a, §64.1a ► 1 Ø 2 •20.7.3a ‹the owner of the oil will have a share› (Ol.2, §47) 4.4.1f. mar-ṣum mu-ru-us-su2 / i-na-pu-su2 ×1 “The sick person, his sickness will abandon him” ► 1a -ma 1b •4.5.1a ‹it will strike him again›-ma 1c •4.4.11a ‹he will die› Ø 2 •1.8.2a ‹for the campaign: niphupredictions› (Ol.1a, §64) 193 Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (Ol.1a, §64.1a). 4.4.2. Recovery > ♘[@Sick person] (+) 3 PRS 4.4.2a. a-na mar-ṣi-im i-ba-al-lu-uṭ ×6 “For the sick person: he will recover”. ExO.Lr.V.2, §3.2**; ExO.Lr.V.5, §4.2*; Ol.1a, §3.2; Ol.1a, §4.2; Ol.1a, §27.1; Ol.1a, §42.1 ►šumma 1 •20.7.6d ‹for the campaign: my army will have a share in the place it is headed to› šumma 2 šumma 3a •19.5.11a ‹you are besieging a city: the one in the city will come out›[-ma] 3b •17.3.6a ‹he will kiss your feet› (ExO.Lr.V.2, §3) ► 1 •2.12.2a ‹the man will escape from hardship› Ø 2 ū šumma 3 •8.17.4a ‹he (i.e. the man) will find his long (lit. from many days) lost object› (ExO.Lr.V.5, §4) ►ana ḫarrānim eppuš “If I am performing for the campaign” 1 •20.7.4a ‹I will have a share› Ø 2 (Ol.1a, §3) ► 1 •22.1.2a ‹the wife of the man will give birth to a boy› Ø 2 (Ol.1a, §4) ► 1 Ø 2 •18.22.8a ‹for the campaign: I will defeat the enemy› (Ol.1a, §27) ► 1 Ø 2 •20.9.2a ‹for the campaign: my army will return empty-handed› (Ol.1a, §42) Variants and spellings: preceded by šumma(BE) (ExO.Lr.V.2, §3.2*), u3 š[um-m]a (ExO.Lr.V.5, §4.2*); [ma]-ar-ṣi2-im (ExO.Lr.V.5, §4.2*); mar-ṣi2-im (ExO.Lr.V.2, §3.2**), i-ba-lu-uṭ (ExO.Lr.V.5, §4.2*; Ol.1a, §42.1; Ol.1a, §27.1). The reconstruction of the damaged apodosis ExO.Lr.V.2, §3.2** is tentative, while the verb is swallowed by the lacuna: alternatively, ‘he will die’. 4.4.3. Recovery[P:The house] > ♘[Sick person] (+) 4.4.3a. i-na bi-it a-wi-lim mar-ṣum ⌈i⌉-ba-l[u]-/-uṭ ×1 “In the man’s household: the sick person will recover 3 PRS ExO.M.2, §12.2a ► 1b •A1 ‹you will capture the border fortress of your enemy›-ma 1b •11.14.6a ‹you will demolish it› Ø 1c •11.13.7a ‹you will reconsider and build it (anew)› Ø 2a Ø 2b •4.7.4a ‹a healthy one will die› (ExO.M.2, §12) 4.4.4. Recovery > ♘[Sick brother] (+) 4.4.4a. 11 ×1 “The man’s sick brother will recover”. a-ḫi a-wi-lim mar-ṣum i-ba-al-lu-uṭ 3 PRS ExB.1a, §15 || ExB.1b, §15 Variants and spellings: awīlim(LU2) (ExB.1b, §15), i-ba-lu-uṭ (ExB.1b, §15). The word aḫu (lit. ‘brother’) is likely to be regarded here in the broader sense as ‘associate’, ‘friend’ or ‘relative’ (see CAD A1, 200-203, s.v. aḫu A). Alternatively, the word can also be regarded as aḫu ‘arm’ (CAD A1, 205, s.v. aḫu B), but 194 it is unlikely, as the subject of balāṭu in the apodoses of this group is always the sick person and never a body part. 4.4.5. Recovery[Hard] > ♙[Man] (+) 4.4.5a. a-wi-lum li-im-ra-aṣ li-iš-t/a-ne2-eḫ i-ba-lu-uṭ ×1 “Let the man be sick, let him be in pain, he will (eventually) recover”. 3 PRC, PRC PRS Ol.1a, §35.1a-c 3 PRS Fl.1, §7.1b Note the unique use of precative forms in this prediction. 4.4.6. Recovery[Quick] > ♘[Sick person] (+) 4.4.6a. (marṣu) 18ar-ḫi-iš i-ba-al-lu-uṭ ×1 “He (i.e. the man) will recover quickly”. ► 1a •4.3.1a ‹the sick person: his days (of illness) will not last long› Ø 1b (Fl.1, §7) 4.4.7. ¬Recovery > ♘[Sick person] (–) 4.4.7a. awīlu(LU2) ma-ar-ṣu2 2u2-ul i-ba-lu-uṭ ×1 “The sick person will not recover”. 4.4.8. 3 PRS Fl.1, §1 ¬Cure > ♘[Sick person] (–) 4.4.8a. 34 ×1 “This man, a salve is not given to him”. awīlum(LU2) šu-u2 lu-ub-kum u2-ul na-di-iš-šum 3 PRS Ps.1b, §40 No parallels are known; it is unclear whether ‘salve’ is used here in the strict medical sense or rather metaphorically. 4.4.9. Disease[Overwhelming] > ♘[Sick person] (–) 3 STV 4.4.9a. a-na mar-ṣi ka-ti-/-im ×1 “For the sick person: he is overwhelmed”. Ol.1a, §49.2 ► 1 •18.16.1a ‹attack› Ø 2 (Ol.1a, §49) Difficult, see CAD K, 300b, s.v. katāmu for parallels. The translation ‘overwhelmed’ in relation to the sick person is probably right. It seems, however, secondary development of the verb’s meaning ‘to be covered with garments’ as a known way of treating the sick (likely due to algidity). Cf. marṣa takattim(DUL)-ma “you cover the sick person” in the medical text BBR No. 48:15 and others, see CAD K, 299. 4.4.10. Death agony > ♘[Sick person] (–) 195 4.4.10a. a-na mar-ṣi2 te-ši mu-ti/m i-ma-qu2-ta-aš-šum ×1 “For the sick person: agony of death will fall upon him”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.10, §43.2a ► 1 •11.20.6a ‹in warfare: chaos› Ø 2a -ma 2b •4.4.11a ‹he will die› (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §43) Variants and spellings: Followed by -⌈ma⌉ (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §43.2a). Cf. death agony in 3.3.1. 4.4.11. Death > ♘[Sick person] (–) 4.4.11a. (marṣum) i-ma-a-at ×8 “He (i.e. the sick person) will die”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.10, §43.2b; ExO.Lr.pdn.2, §5.1b; ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §56.1b; ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §57.1b; ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §58.1b*; Ol.1a, §64.1c; Ol.2, §13.1b; Ol.2, §32.1c ► 1 •11.20.6a ‹in warfare: chaos› Ø 2a •4.4.10a ‹for the sick person: agony of death will fall upon him›-ma 2b (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §43) ► 1a •3.1.9a ‹for the sick person: his days are over› Ø 1b (ExO.Lr.pdn.2, §5) ► 1a •4.2.6a ‹the man will become sick on the road he is taking›-ma 1b ū. r. 2 •3.4.9a ‹he will die a death (decreed) by his god› (ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §56) ► 1a •4.2.7a ‹the man will become sick in the middle of the road›-ma 1b (ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §57) ► 1a •4.2.8a ‹the man will become sick at his goal›-ma 1b (ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §58) ► 1a •4.4.1f ‹the sick person, his sickness will abandon him›-ma 1b •4.5.1a ‹it will strike him again›-ma 1c Ø 2 •1.8.2a ‹for the campaign: niphu-predictions› (Ol.1a, §64) ► 1a •4.3.2a ‹the sick person: his days (of illness) will be prolonged›-ma 1b (Ol.2, §13) ► 1a •4.4.1c ‹the sick person will recover›-ma 1b •4.5.1c ‹(then) he will get sick again›-ma 1c (Ol.2, §32) Variants and spellings: i-ma-at (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §43.2b; Ol.2, §13.1b). 4.4.11b. mar-ṣum i-ma-a-at × 32 “The sick person will die”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.pdn.3, §17.3; ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §11.2b**; ExO.Lr.V.8, §7.3; ExO.Lr.V.10, §34.2; ExB.1a, §28* || ExB.1b, §28; ExB.3, §9.1; ExB.3, §21.1; 196 ExB.3, §26.1; Ol.1a, §17; Ol.1a, §18.1; Ol.1a, §19; Ol.1a, §24.1; Ol.1a, §25; Ol.1a, §28; Ol.1a, §36; Ol.1a, §73; Ol.2, §3.1b**; Ol.2, §4.1b; Ol.2, §5.1b; Ol.2, §10.1; Ol.2, §12; Ol.2, §19.2; Ol.2, §20.2; Ol.2, §21.1; Ol.2, §23.2; Ol.2, §24; Ol.2, §26; Ol.2, §34.1; Ol.2, §36.1; Ol.2, §46.1; Ol.2, §60; Ol.2, §67.1 ► 1 ‹…› Ø 2a •4.8.1c ‹for the sick person: …› [?] 2b (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §11) ► 1 •2.8.1a ‹advent of evil› Ø 2 •5.3.1a ‹fears› Ø 3 (ExO.Lr.pdn.3, §17) ► 1a •A1 ‹the city(’s population) will come out›-ma 1b •A1 ‹and it will become abandoned› Ø 2a •1.8.1a ‹niphuprediction(s)› Ø 2b •1.5.2a ‹unreliable word› Ø 3 (ExO.Lr.V.8, §7) ► 1 •20.7.7a ‹the army will have a share in the place where he is heading to› lū 2 (ExO.Lr.V.10, §34) ► 1 Ø 2 •2.7.1a ‹sorrow› (ExB.3, §9) ► 1 Ø 2 •18.25.10a ‹for warfare: flight› (ExB.3, §21) ► 1 Ø 2 •2.13.10a ‹performance of mourning› (ExB.3, §26) ► 1 Ø 2 •18.8.2a ‹for the campaign: the army will not return› (Ol.1a, §18) ► 1 Ø 2 •18.4.2a ‹for warfare: the god of the enemy will kill the army› (Ol.1a, §24) ► 1a •3.2.1a ‹fate› Ø 1b (Ol.2, §3) ► 1a •3.2.1a ‹fate› Ø 1b (Ol.2, §4) 197 ► 1a •3.2.1a ‹fate› Ø 1b (Ol.2, §5) ► 1 Ø 2 •18.8.9b ‹the army marching on campaign will not return› (Ol.2, §10) ► 1 •27.7.3a ‹bad mukil-reshi spirit› Ø 2 (Ol.2, §19) ► 1 •27.16.27a ‹presence of the Netherworld› Ø 2 Ø 3 •18.6.5a ‹the army on campaign will reach its destination› (Ol.2, §20) ► 1 Ø 2 •3.4.40a ‹in the campaign: fall of the armies’ leader› (Ol.2, §21) ► 1 •3.4.14b ‹fall of the foe› Ø 2 Ø 3 •18.6.5a ‹the army on campaign will reach its destination› (Ol.2, §23) ► 1 Ø 2 •18.6.7b ‹the army on campaign will not reach its destination› (Ol.2, §34) ► 1 Ø 2 •18.6.5a ‹the army on campaign will reach its destination› (Ol.2, §36) ► 1 Ø 2 •8.16.15a ‹the owner of the oil will suffer a loss› (Ol.2, §46) ► 1 Ø 2 •18.26.2a ‹in the campaign: they will disperse the army› (Ol.2, §67) Variants and spellings: Preceded by ⌈lu⌉ (ExO.Lr.V.10, §34.2); mar-ṣu (Ol.1a, §28), [m]a-ar-ṣu-⌈um⌉ (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §11.2b), i-ma-at (ExO.Lr.V.8, §7.3; ExO.Lr.V.8, §9.4; ExO.Lr.V.10, §34.2; ExB.3, §9.1; ExB.3, §21.1; ExB.3, §26.1; Ol.1a, §18.1; Ol.1a, §28; Ol.1a, §73; Ol.2, §10.1; Ol.2, §12; Ol.2, §20.2; Ol.2, §21.1; Ol.2, §23.2; Ol.2, §26; Ol.2, §34.1; Ol.2, §36.1; Ol.2, §46.1; Ol.2, §60; Ol.2, §67.1), imât(⌈i⌉-BA.UG7) (ExO.Lr.pdn.3, §17.3). In ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §11.2b the traces of ⌈m⌉[a] in i-⌈m⌉[a-at (?)] before the last lacuna are ambigus and could be alternatively seen as ⌈b⌉[a] in iballuṭ44. The damaged apodosis Ol.2, §3.1b** is preceded by šimtu ‘fate’ and thus likely to be restored as mar-⌈ṣ⌉[um imât] (contra iballuṭ in Pettinato 1966a). 4.4.11c. mar-ṣum i-na ⌈mu-ru-ṣi⌉-šu i-ma-at ×1 “The sick person will die from his illness”. 4.4.12. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §109 3 PRS ExO.Lr.V.5, §3.4* Death > ♘[@Sick person] (–) 4.4.12a. a-na mar-ṣ[i2]-{x}-im i-ma-at ×1 “For the sick person: he will die”. ► 1 •24.10.10bA1 ‹big loss› Ø 2a •18.17.1a ‹the enemy will suddenly attack›-ma 2b •17.15.7a ‹he will take away the ‘flock’› šumma 3a •24.10.6b ‹the flooding will rise›-ma 3b •24.12.7a ‹it will take away the country’s harvest› ū šumma 4 (ExO.Lr.V.5, §3) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 6u3 šum-ma (ExO.Lr.V.5, §3.4). 4.4.13. Death > ♘[Terminally sick person] (–) 44 198 4.4.13a. 15 ×1 “The terminally ill (lit. dead) person will die”. 3 PRS mi-tu i-ma-at Fl.1, §6.1a ► 1a -ma 1b •4.7.2a ‹those who are left after him are well› (Fl.1, §6) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (Fl.1, §6.1a). Peculiar is mītu, a term that possibly designates coming to terms with the inevitability of death of the sick person, despite the person being still alive. 4.4.14. Death[Quick] > ♘[@Sick person] (–) 4.4.14a. 4 ×1 “(For the sick person: I will perform (the divination) and) he will die (immediately after)”. (a-na ma-ar-ṣi-im e-pe-eš-ma) i-ma-a-at 1/3 PRS Ol.1a, §2.2 ► 1 •18.11.7a ‹for the campaign: two positions will advance against each other› ana marṣim eppeš-ma “For the sick person: I will perform (the divination)” 2 (Ol.1a, §2) 4.4.14b. (a-na mar-ṣim te!(UD)-pe-eš15) i-ma-at ×1 “(For the sick person: you will perform (the divination) (and) he will die (immediately after)”. 2/3 PRS ExO.Lr.V.6, §2.2 ► 1 •3.1.6a ‹the days are over› ana marṣim teppeš “for the sick person: you will perform (the divination)” 2 Ø 3a •18.2.3a ‹you will send the army to the campaign›-ma 3b •18.5.8a ‹the foe will go to you› (ExO.Lr.V.6, §2) For UD as /te/ in the same text see also te!(UD)-eš15-ta-a-ḫa in ExO.Lr.V.6, §21.1a-b (17.9.6a). 4.4.14c. awīlu(LU2) / i-na mu-ur-ṣi2-šu 6ar-ḫi-iš i-ma-at ×1 “The man will quickly die from his sickness”. 4.4.15. 7 ×1 “The sick person will die on the fourth day”. a-na UD.4.KAM ma-ar-ṣu i-ma-a-a[t] 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §46 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §45* Death[T:7th day] > ♘[Sick person] (–) 4.4.16a. 5 ×1 “The sick person will die on the seventh day”. 4.4.17. Fl.1, §3 Death[T:4th day] > ♘[Sick person] (–) 4.4.15a. 4.4.16. 3 PRS a-na UD.7.KAM [ma-a]r-[ṣu i-ma-a-at] Death[T:?th day] > ♘[Sick person] (–) 199 4.4.17a. a-na UD.[x.KAM] 9[ma-ar]-⌈ṣ⌉[u] i-ma-⌈a⌉-at ×1 “The sick person will die on the … day”. 4.5. 4.5.1. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §47* 3 PRS Ol.1a, §64.1b Relapse of disease after remission Disease relapse > ♘[Sick person] (–) 4.5.1a. (marṣum murussu) i-ša-an-ni-šu ×1 It (i.e. the disease) will strike him (i.e. the sick person) again.” ► 1a •4.4.1f ‹the sick person, his sickness will abandon him›-ma 1b -ma 1c •4.4.11a ‹he will die› Ø 2 •1.8.2a ‹for the campaign: niphu-predictions› (Ol.1a, §64) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (Ol.1a, §64.1b). 4.5.1b. / mar-ṣum mu-ru-us-su2 i-ša-ni-a-šu ×2 “The sick person, his sickness will strike him again (lit. will be a second time for him)”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §57.2; Ol.1a, §47.1 ► 1 •24.10.5b ‹massive seasonal flooding will come› Ø 2 (ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §57) ► 1 Ø 2 •1.9.2a ‹for the campaign: disqualified (omen)› (Ol.1a, §47) Variants and spellings: mar-ṣa-am mu-ru-us-su2 i-⌈ša⌉-an-ni-šu (Ol.1a, §47.1, note the accusative). 3 PRS 4.5.1c. (marṣum) i-ta-ar i-ma-ra-a[ṣ] ×1 “He (i.e. the sick person) will get sick again”. Ol.2, §32.1b ► 1a •4.4.1c ‹the sick person will recover›-ma 1b -ma 1c •4.4.11a ‹he will die› (Ol.2, §32) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (Ol.2, §32.1b). Note the hendiadys construction. 4.6. 4.6.1. Disease сomplications Disease complications[Bedridden] > ♘[Sick person] (–) 4.6.1a. mar-ṣa-am eršum(gišNA2) i-ka-la-šu ×1 “The sick person will be made bedridden (lit. the bed will imprison the sick person)”. 4.6.2. 4.6.2a. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.6, §8 Disease complications[Leg paralysis] > ♘[Sick person] (–) [a-n]⌈a šēp(GIR3) awīlim(LU2)⌉ mi-iq-tum i-ma- 3 PRS 200 ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §54.1a-b* ×1 qu2-ut-ma šēp(GIR3) awīlim(LU2) i-ba-al! “A stroke will affect the man’s leg and the man’s leg will wither (lit. dry)”. ► 1a -ma 1b (ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §54) This apodosis is certainly referring to the flail leg syndrome and the verb abālu ‘to dry’ describes the waste of muscle (cf. in the same sense the colloq. Russian высохнуть ‘to dry out’). This aspect of abālu is rare and seemingly skipped scholarly attention. For similar usages cf. 4.6.3a below and the following passages: kal pagrīya ubbalu “who paralyzed my whole body” (BMS 53:12) and murammû šerʾāni mubbil liq pî mubbil qaqqadi ākil šerʾāni “(the demon) who dries up the palate, who paralyzes the head, who devours the muscles” (KAR 88 fragm. 4 iii 4f., see Ebeling, ArOr 21, 417). Connotations to paralysis resulting in dumbness may also be present in contexts referring to the drying of the tongue, the palate and the lips (see also CAD A1, 30b and 31a, s.v. abālu B 1-d and 2-c), where the verb stands primarily for the lack of spittle. 4.6.3. Disease complications[Partial body paralysis] > ♘[Sick person] (–) 4.6.3a. mar-ṣum i-na mu-ur-ṣi2-šu mu-ut-ta-tu-šu i-ba-l/a 3 PRS ExO.Lr.kki.3, §81; ×2 “The sick person’s ‘half’ will ‘dry out’ from his illness”. Ol.2, §7 Variants and spellings: 26mar-ṣum i-na mu-ur-ṣi-i-šu mu-⌈ut⌉-ta-tu-u2-šu 27i-ib-ba-la-a (ExO.Lr.kki.3, §81). CAD M2, 311, s.v. muttatu A translates “the sick person will lose half of his hair during his illness”. ‘Half’ is, however, ambiguous, and a reference to hemiparesis, paralysis of half of the body, seems more appropriate as the complication of an illness. 4.7. Disease contagion 4.7.1. Сontagion? (–) 4.7.1a. ×1 mu-ur-ṣa-am (for murṣum ?) mu-ur-ṣa-am u2-ub- 3 PRS [ba-al (?)] ExO.Ht.1, §13** “Disease will bring disease (?)”. CAD M2, 225b, s.v. murṣu regards this apodosis as a reference to the setting: mu-ur-ṣa-am {mu-ur-ṣa-am} u2-ub-[ba-al (?)] “(the feature of the exta) brings illness”. Such a setting introduction would be unparalleled and seems not very likely. 4.7.2. ¬Сontagion (+) 3 PRS 4.7.2a. ar-ka-su2 da-am-qa2-at ×1 “Those who are left after him (i.e. the deceased; lit. the estate) are well”. ► 1a •4.4.13a ‹the terminally ill person will die›-ma 1b (Fl.1, §6) 4.7.3. Сontagion[P:House] (–) 201 Fl.1, §6.1b 4.7.3a. 13 ×1 “His (the sick preson’s) substitutes (i.e. similarly sick people) will appear in this household”. pu-ḫa-tu-šu i-na bi-tim ša-ti i-ba-aš-ša-a 3 PRS Fl.1, §5.1b 3 PRS ExO.M.2, §12.2b; ► 1a •4.4.1d ‹this sick person will recover›-ma 1b (Fl.1, §5.1) 4.7.4. Death > ♘[Healthy person] (–) 4.7.4a. ba-al-ṭu3-um i-ma-⌈at⌉ ×3 “A healthy one will die”. Ol.1a, §37.1b; Ol.2, §59.1b** ► 1b •A1 ‹you will capture the border fortress of your enemy›-ma 1b •11.14.6a ‹you will demolish it› Ø 1c •11.13.7a ‹you will reconsider and build it (anew)› Ø 2a •4.4.3a ‹in the man’s household: the sick person will recover› Ø 2b (ExO.M.2, §12) ► 1a •4.4.1c ‹the sick person will recover›-ma 1b (Ol.1a, §37) ► 1a •4.4.1c ‹the sick person will recover›-ma 1b (Ol.2, §59) Note that in Ol.2, §59 one could alternatively restore [la] i-ma-at. 4.7.5. 4.7.5a. ×2 Carrying the disease[P:Palace] > ♘[Important person] (–) 16´ ⌈kab⌉-tum ia-u2-um-ma si-im-mu i-na zu-um-ri- 3 PRS šu-ma a-na ekallim(E2.GAL) i-na-⌈du-u2-šu⌉ ExO.Ht.3, §61*; ExO.Ht.3, §62.1a “Some important man will bring a disease to the palace in his own body”. ► 1a -ma 1b •4.5.1b ‹he will be caught› (ExO.Ht.3, §62) Variants and spellings: i-na-du-u2 (ExO.Ht.3, §61*); followed by -ma (ExO.Ht.3, §62.1a). This peculiar apodosis addresses a situation, when a sick person comes to the palace and thus threatens to infect others. If the harm is deliberately intended, this would be one of earliest records of contagious diseases used as biological weapon. 4.8. 4.8.1. Disease (damaged) ? > [@Sick person] (?) 4.8.1a. a-na ⌈mar-ṣi2⌉-[im⌉ […] ×2 “For the sick person …”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.pzr.1, §2.4**; ExO.Lr.V.2, §2.2** ► 1 ‹…› [šumma] 2a •8.7.5a ‹for the campaign: my army will obtain its wishes› [?] 2b •20.3.57a ‹abundant booty › [šumma] 4 (ExO.Lr.pzr.1, §2) ► 1 •A1 ‹far warfare …› šumma 2 •4.8.1a ‹for the sick person …› (ExO.Lr.V.2, §2) Variants and spellings: Preceded by šumma(BE) (ExO.Lr.V.2, §2.2**; ExO.Lr.pzr.1, §2.4**, broken, but can be restored 202 based on the structure of the text), [a-n]a mar-ṣi2-im […] (ExO.Lr.V.2, §2.2**). 4.8.1b. a-na mar-⌈ṣim i-x⌉-[x]-⌈x⌉ […] ×1 “For the sick person: …”. 3 ? ExB.2, §5.2** ► 1 •15.2.2a ‹the dweller of the city will repeatedly reach out for the enemy› Ø 2 [?] 3 •2.12.6a ‹for the campaign: the man will (or: will not) escape from troubles and difficulties› (ExB.3, §5) 4.8.1c. a-na [m]a-a[r-ṣi-im] 32[x x x] ⌈x⌉ ×1 “For the sick person: …”. 3 ? ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §11.2a** ► 1 ‹…› Ø 2a [?] 2b •4.4.11b ‹the sick person will die› (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §11) 4.8.2. Disease? (?) 4.8.2a. […] di ni / ši? ta am \ [(… ) i-m]a-ra-aṣ ×1 “… will be sick”. 4.9. 4.9.1. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §13** 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §24* Particular diseases: Cough Attack > ✣[Cough-demon] (–) 4.9.1a. 30 [šu-lum] i-na ma-tim 31i-⌈te-e⌉[b-b]⌈i⌉-a-am ×1 “Shulum (the cough-demon) will attack in the country”. Restored from parallel (ExO.Lr.mrt.7, §4, s. commentary in George 2013, 42). On Šūlum, the cough-demon, see most recently Oshima 2014, 252. 4.10. Particular diseases: The bennu-disease (seizures) The precise nature of bennu, a disease associated with seizure disorders, is a matter of dispute in Assyriology. Traditionally the term is considered to be the Akkadian word (or one of the designations) for epilepsy (importantly, Stol 1993, 5-7, 20-21; cf. AHw 122, CAD B, 205-206, with earlier bibliography). Others (Avalos 2007, Scurlock and Andersen 2005, 693, note 195 and 696, note 261; Avalos 1995b) find this identification limited or simplified, not least due to the lack of agreement on the definition of epilepsy even in modern medical science. An alternative interpretation suggested in Scurlock and Andersen 2005, 83–4 is to identify bennu with cysticercosis, a tissue infection caused by the pork tapeworm, characterized by seizures when the patient’s brain is affected by the parasite. The existing delicate consensus is thus, that seizures, possibly of neurological nature, are the key symptom of this sickness (or rather a group of diseases). 4.10.1. Disease[Seizures] > ♙[Man] (–) 203 4.10.1a. be2-e-nu eli(UGU) awīli(LU2) i-ma-qu2-ut ×1 “Seizures will happen to the man”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §18 On maqātu ‘to happen’ and tebû ‘to cease’ of seizures see Stol 1993, 5-6 and 11-12. 4.10.2. 4.10.2a. ×1 Disease[Curable seizures] > ♙[Man] (–) be2-en-nu-um \ te-bu-um ⌈e⌉-li ⌈awīlim(LU2)⌉ i- 3 PRS ma-qu2-ut ExO.Sp.3, §41 “Curable seizures will happen to the man”. 4.10.3. 4.10.3a. ×1 Disease[Incurable seizures] > ♙[Man] (–) be2-en-nu-u[m l]a ⌈te⌉-b/u-um \ e-li awīlim(LU2) i- 3 PRS ma-qu2-ut ExO.Sp.3, §40 “Incurable seizures will happen to the man”. 4.10.4. Disease[Seizures] > ♘[Man’s son] (–) 4.10.4a. be-en!(EL)-ni e-li ma-ri a-wi-li-im / i-ma-qu2-ut ×1 “Seizures will happen to the man’s son”. 3 PRS ExO.V.3, §33 Note fixed the -i ending (for further examples see CAD B 205f., s.v. bennu). The pl. mārī ‘sons’ is possible, but seems less likely. 4.10.5. Recovery[Seizures] (+) 3 PRS 4.10.5a. be-en-ni ša im-qu2-tu i-te-bi ×1 “The seizures that happened will go away”. ExO.V.3, §34 Note the fixed -i ending (see CAD B 205f., s.v. bennu for further examples). This form is seen as st. abs. by GAG §62e (“auch nur ein epileptischer Anfall”). 4.10.6. ?[Seizures] (?) 4.10.6a. be-e-n[u …] ×1 “Seizures …”. ? ? ? ExO.Lr.mzz.2, §20** 4.11. Particular diseases: The diʾu-disease (malaria) The diʾu-disease is described as a non-fatal seasonal epidemic illness, which is characterized by several stages that include fever, sweat and loss of appetite, lasting altogether seven days (Scurlock and Andersen 2005, 59–61, Stol 2007a, 15–8). The symptoms, according to Stol, most 204 likely to point towards to a milder form of malaria that existed before a more malignant variant of the infection reached the Greek world in about 400 BC. 4.11.1. Disease[Malaria, P:House] (–) 4.11.1a. di-ḫu-um i-na bīt(E2) awīlim(LU2) \ ib-ba-aš-ši ×1 “The diʾu-disease will occur in the man’s household”. 3 PRS In.2a, §11 || In.2c, §12* 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.4, §11 ExO.Lr.npt.10, §97 Variants and spellings: ⌈d⌉[di]-⌈ḫu⌉-um (In.2c, §12*). 4.11.2. Disease[Malaria] > ♔[Throne holder] (–) 4.11.2a. wa-ši-ib kussîm(giš[G]U.ZA) di-u2-um i-ṣa-ba-su2 ×1 “The one sitting on the throne: the diʾu-disease will seize him”. Variants and spellings: wa-ši-ib kussîm(⌈g⌉[išGU.ZA) di]-⌈u2⌉-um i-ṣa-ba-a[t] (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §97). 4.12. Particular diseases: Edema Edema (malā mê, lit. ‘filling with water’) is mentioned in OB and SB lists of diseases (MSL IX 79, 117d-f and id., 93, col. ii (v), 61-63 respectively; Sum. A.MUD-a-še3-ke, A.GAL-la-TIL-la and A.ŠA3.GA.SI). See also Fincke 2013a, 124-5, with fn. 1. 4.12.1. Disease[Edema] > ♙[Sick person] (–) 4.12.1a. marṣu([G]IG) me-e i-ma-al-la ×1 “The sick person will fill with water”. 4.12.2. 3 PRS ExO.Ht.2, §9 3 PRS ExO.Ht.3, §69 Disease[Edema] > ♙[Sheep’s owner] (–) 4.12.2a. be-el immerim(UDU) me-e i-ma-al-la ×1 “The sheep’s owner will fill with water”. 4.13. Particular diseases: The epqu-disease The term is translated as ‘leprosy’ (lit. ‘scales’) in Stol 1993, 129. Scurlock and Andersen 2005, 71 are more cautious and describe the disease as “variously colored thickenings of the skin, possibly the skin lesions of lepromatous leprosy” (for discussion see id. 723, notes 130-1). 4.13.1. 4.13.1a. Disease[Epqu] > ♘[Palace attendant] (–) 3 NOM i-na e-ri-ib ekallim(E2.GAL) ep-qu2 205 ExO.Lr.bbk.3, §17 || ×1 “Epqu among the palace attendants”. 4.14. Particular diseases: The shibu-disease 4.14.1. Disease[Shibu] > ♘[Army] (–) 3 PRS 4.14.1a. um-ma-nam ši-bu-⌈um⌉ i-ṣa-ba-at ×1 “The shibu-disease will seize the army”. ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §55 For further attestations of this disease see CAD Š2, 399a, s.v. šību: 4.15. Particular diseases: hydrophobia Hydrophobia or the rabies virus affects all warm-blooded creatures and is transmitted mainly through the saliva of the infected animal, when it bites. Without modern medical means such as vaccination the virus is fatal (in a few recent cases, unvaccined infected patients survived the virus in artificial coma). Dogs are among the main carriers of the virus and pose the highest danger for men as domestic animals, especially while it is hard to tell an infected animal showing early symptoms from a healthy one. Rabid dogs, the awareness of the danger of rabies and the fear of this disease is well-attested in Mesopotamian incantations, laws, omens and various other sources (see Yuhong 2001 for detailed overview). On hydrophobia in Mesopotamian medical texts see Scurlock and Andersen 2005, 75–6. See also harmful animals (25). 4.15.1. Disease[Hydrophobia] > [Dogs] (–) 4.15.1a. ka-al-bu iš-še20-gu-u2 ×4 “Dogs will become rabid”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §66; ExO.Lr.ṣbt.2, §7; ExO.Lr.ṣbt.3, §3*; ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §27 Variants and spellings: kalbū(UR.GI7.MEŠ) (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §27), i-še-gu-u2 (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §27), i-še20-gu-u2 (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.2, §7). 4.15.2. Disease[Hydrophobia] > ♙[Man] (–) 4.15.2a. 2 ×1 “The man will be infected with rabies”. 4.15.3. a-wi-lum iš-še20-gi 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ṣbt.3, §1 3 PRS ExO.Lr.M.36, §37 Ninkarrak devours[P:Country] (–) 4.15.3a. d ×1 “Ninkarrak will devour in the country”. nin-kar-ra-ak i-na mātim(KALAM) i-kal The placement of the apodosis within the classification is tentative. The ground is the well-attested association of 206 Ninkarrak, a healing goddess of the Gula circle (see recently Westenholz 2010), with a dog (for this relation of Ninkarrak and other healing goddesses see Farber 1981, 58; Avalos 1995a, 111-113, 186, 202-216; Steinkeller, The Babylonian Healing Goddess Gula, and her Dog, and some Classical Analogies. Unpublished lecture given at Tel Aviv University, Dec. 16, 1998 (1998); Ornan 2004; Groneberg 2000, 297–304; Groneberg 2007, 92–9; Westenholz 2010; Böck 2014, 38– 44). The dual nature of the ancient healing deities, which can bring not only the cure, but also the disease (Avalos 1995a, 415; Steinkeller, The Babylonian Healing Goddess Gula, and her Dog, and some Classical Analogies. Unpublished lecture given at Tel Aviv University, Dec. 16, 1998 (1998); Groneberg 2000, 303–4) gives one reason to believe that the destructive aspect of Ninkarrak might have been also related to rabies epidemic. Noteworthy in that regard is the formula in ll. 6-7 of the incantation KAR 71, which urges the goddess to constrain her dogs: d[nin]-kar-ra-ak ṣu-bi-ti mi-ra-ni-ki ina pi(KA) kalbēki(UR.GI7.MEŠ-ki) dan-nu-te i-di-i ḫar-gul-lu “O, Ninkarrak, halt your young whelps, place a muzzle on the mouth of your mighty dogs” (translation Avalos 1995a, 186). One might add here also CH xliv 63, where the curse of Ninkarrak, a painful and untreatable disease, is compared to ni-ši-ik mu-tim “the bite of death”, a poetic expression that likely had connotations with the bite of a rabid animal. 4.16. (Im)potency Sexual diseases are a common topic in Mesopotamian scholarship, but the corpus at hand yields only one related prediction. 4.16.1. High libido (+) 4.16.1a. ni-ši li-ib-bi a-na aš-ša-ti-⌈šu ṣa?⌉-[bi-su2] ×1 “Sexual desire for his (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) wife seizes him”. 3 PRS Ps.2, §50** 4.17. Trauma 4.17.1. 4.17.1a. ×1 Slipping[Slippery ground] > ♙[Man] (–) i-na mu-uḫ2-ḫe-el-ṣe-tim šēp(GIR3) awīlim(LU2) / 3 PRS i-ḫe-le-ṣe ExO.Lr.pdn.3, §9 “The foot of the man will slip on a slippery ground”. 4.17.2. Wound (–) The term dikšu is ambiguous as it may refer both to a piercing wound or to piercing pain, not necessarily caused by a wound (CAD B, 137ff.). CAD B, 138a translates the word in our passages as “attack of pain”, but the prediction telling about two dikšus speaks in favor of an actual wound. 4.17.2a. 47 ×1 “Wound”. 3 NOM di-ik-šu-um 207 ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §90 4.17.2b. di-ik-{šu}-šum 16ib-ba-aš-ši ×1 “A wound will happen”. 4.17.3. 3 PRS ExO.Lg.9, §74 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §91 Wound[Two] (–) 4.17.3a. 50 di-ik-ša-an 51ši-na 53i-te-bu-šu-um ×1 “Two wounds will be inflicted to him”. Noteworthy that the dual goes with a masc. pl. verb. instead a fem. pl. verb (courtesy Prof. Streck). 4.17.4. Wound > ♔[King] (–) 4.17.4a. 48 ×1 “For the king: a wound will happen”. 4.17.5. a-na šar-ri-[i]m 49di-ik-šum 50ib-ba-aš-ši 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §9 Wound > ♘[Diviner] (–) This small group of OB apodoses, all from one text, has few later counterparts in the physiognomical series, namely: in kakki immaḫḫaṣ (Commentary tablet I, 92, s. Böck 2000, 248) “He will be smitten with a weapon”, ina GIŠ (for kakki or ṣillê ?) immaḫḫaṣ “He will be smitten with a … (weapon or peg?)” (Excerpt tablet I, 14 and 17, s. Böck 2000, 281-282; Commentary tablet II, 10, s. Böck 2000, 248); note also ina GIŠ (for kakki or ṣillê ?) iddâk “He will be smitten with a … (weapon or peg?)” (Commentary tablet I, 91, s. Böck 2000, 248). According to the dictionaries, the verb maḫāṣu in the N-stem can mean both ‘to be wounded’ and ‘to be killed’. While CAD M1, 84 lists the apodoses below under the latter meaning, AHw 582a reserves it only for passages addressing the slaughter of a sacrifice bull. I believe the latter is more correct, given the marginality of these passages, contrasted with the plenty of apodoses using the regular verbs for killing (dâku and nâru), and the consistent usage of maḫāṣu in the Nstem to describe beating as a punishment in both OB and MA (s. CAD M1, 84a). 4.17.5a. 54 ×1 “The diviner will be smitten”. 4.17.6. bārûm(MAŠ2.ŠU.GID2.GID2) im-ma-ḫa-aṣ ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §29 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §28 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §30 Wound > ♘[Shukkalmahhu-official] (–) 4.17.6a. 48 ×1 “A shukkalmahhu-official will be smitten”. 4.17.7. 3 PRS šukkalmaḫḫu(ŠUKKAL.MAḪ) 49im-ma-ḫa-aṣ Wound > ♘[Zabardabbu-official] (–) 4.17.7a. 5 zabardabbu(ZABAR.DAB5) 6im-ma-ḫa-aṣ ×1 “A zabardabbu-official will be smitten”. 208 4.17.8. Pierced flesh (–) 4.17.8a. ši-ir-šu is!(ŠA)-sa3-ḫa-al ×1 “His (i.e. the physiognomically person’s) flesh will be pierced”. 3 PRS Ps.1b, §56* examined Possibly, as an idiom: “he will have annoyance” (see CAD S, 30a, s.v. saḫālu). 4.17.9. Trauma[Finger] (–) The danger and the corresponding importance of a finger wound likely lies in such possible complications as tetanus, sepsis or necrosis. 4.17.9a. ni-ki-ip u2-ba-nim ×2 “Trauma of the finger”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.bbk.3, §24; ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §36.2 ► 1 •2.7.1a ‹sorrow› Ø 2 (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §36) 4.17.10. 4.17.10a. ×1 Trauma[Finger, from knife] (–) awīlum(LU2) i-na ma-ka-lim u2-ba-an-šu / i-la- 3 PRS pa-at ExO.Lr.V.10, §38.2 “The man will wound his finger with a knife”. ► 1 •25.1.5a ‹attack of a lion› Ø 2 (ExO.Lr.V.10, §38) 4.17.11. Trauma[Finger] > ♔[King] (–) 4.17.11a. u2-ba-an šarrim(LUGAL) \ ša qa2-ti-šu i-ma-ra-aṣ ×1 “The king’s finger on his hand will be infected”. 4.17.12. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §37 3 PRS ExO.Lr.pdn.3, §10; Trauma[Finger] > ♔[Prince] (–) 4.17.12a. ru-bu-um u2-ba-an-šu \ i-na-ak-ki-ip ×2 “The prince will hurt his finger”. ExO.Lr.kki.3, §78 Variants and spellings: rubû(NUN) u2-ba-aš-šu i-na-ki-ip (ExO.Lr.pdn.3, §10). 4.17.13. Death[Finger trauma] > ♙[Man] (–) 4.17.13a. i-na ni-ki-ip u2-ba-nim awīlum(LU2) i-ma-/-at ×2 “The man will die from the trauma of the finger”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.3, §25; ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §39 Variants and spellings: ubānim(ŠU.SI) (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §39), i-ma-a-at (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §39). 209 4.17.14. Disease[Prick of thorn] (–) The disease occurs in several lists of diseases, including the Old Babylonian (MSL IX 78, 108, as meḫiṣ / meḫišti ṣillê. Other variants are siḫilti ṣille, meḫiṣ qanni “prick of reed” and meḫiṣ iṣi “prick of wood” (s. CAD Ṣ, 193b, s.v. ṣillû). Kinnier Wilson 1994, 112-113 identifies it with mycetoma pedis, an infectious (bacterial or fungal) disease that develops in feet wounds. 4.17.14a. mi-ḫi-iṣ gišṣe-el-li-im ×1 “Prick of a thorn”. 4.17.15. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §45 3 PRT ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §61.1b* Disease[Bite of shoe] > ♔[Amar-Suen] (–) 4.17.15a. (Amar-Suen) \ ša i-na ni-š]i-ik še20-e-nim i-mu-tu ×1 “(Amar-Suen), who died from the ‘bite of the shoe’”. ► 1a •28.1.20a ‹omen of Amar-Suen› ša 1b (ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §61) 4.17.15b. ×1 (Amar-Suen) \ [ša … še]-pi-im iš-ša-ak-nu-šum i- 3 PRT, PRT ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §32.1b-c** || ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §57.1b-c** na ni-ši-ik še-ni-im i-mu-tu “(Amar-Suen), when a … of foot was set for him (and) he died from the ‘bite of the shoe’”. ► 1a •28.1.20a ‹omen of Amar-Suen› ša 1b-c (ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §32 || ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §57) Variants and spellings: a-mu-ut Amar-Suen(mAMAR-[dZ]U.[EN.NA) ša […] 53iš-ša-ak-nu-ma i-na n[i-…] (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §57.a-c). 4.18. Blindness See also tearing eyes as a penalty in 13.10.1-2. 4.18.1. Blindness (–) 4.18.1a. i-⌈ni⌉-in i-za-za-a ×1 “Eyes will stand still”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.3, §5 Noteworthy is the oblique case, which possibly expresses a casus pendens, i.e. “the eyes, they will stand still”. Note that in LB īnīn could be subject (courtesy Prof. Streck). 3 PRS 4.18.1b. ⌈i⌉-ni awīlim(LU2) i-ta-za-az-za ×1 “The eyes of the man will stand still”. 4.19. Epidemic See also Epizootic (9.7). 210 ExO.Lr.npt.10, §60 4.19.1. Epidemic (–) 4.19.1a. 27 ×1 “Epidemic will break out”. 4.19.2. 4.19.2a. ×1 3 PRS mu-ur-ṣa-nu ib-ba-aš-šu-u2 ExO.Ht.4, §16 Epidemic[P:Country] (–) (amūt Lugalirrra u Meslamtaea) ša mu-t⌈a⌉-[nu] 3 NOM i-na m[a-tim] ExO.Lr.npt.7, §10.1b* “(The omen of Lugalirra and Meslamtaea,) of plague in the country”. ► 1a •28.2.3a ‹the omen of Lugalirra and Meslamtaea› ša 1b (ExO.Lr.npt.7, §10) Variants and spellings: preceded by 24ša (ExO.Lr.npt.7, §10.1b) 4.19.2b. ×4 \ mu-ta-nu-u2 i-na mātim(KALAM) ib-ba-aš-šu-/- 3 PRS u2 ExO.Lr.npt.10, §37.2; “Epidemic will happen in the land”. ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §5; ExO.Lr.pdn.3, §24; ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §86* ► 1a •28.2.4a ‹the omen of Erra and Meslamtaea› ša 1b •7.4.12a ‹will come to the aid of your army› š. š. 2 (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §37) Variants and spellings: preceded by ša-nu šum-šu (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §37.2); mu-ta-a-nu (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §37.2), mu-ta-nuu/m! (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §5), mu-[ta-nu] (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §86*), ⌈ma⌉-tim (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §37.2), ma-a-tim (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §5, ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §86*), i-ba-aš-{ŠI}-šu (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §37.2; note the ghost-word bašāšu in CAD and AHw, based on this context and spelling). 4.19.2c. mi-qi2-tum i-na ma-tim ib-ba-aš-ši ×1 “There will be an epidemic in the country”. 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.2, §22 3 PRS Br.O.1, §3* 3 PRS Br.O.1, §38.1a Alt. “defeat”. 4.19.2d. bi-bu-um i-na ma-tim 7ib-ba-[aš]-ši ×1 “Plague will break out in the country”. 4.19.3. Epidemic[Severe] (–) 4.19.3a. mu-ta-n/u 4da-an-na-tum ib-ba-aš-šu-u2 ×1 “A severe plague will happen”. ► 1a -ma 1b •A1 ‹one will not enter another’s house› (Br.O.1, §38) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (Br.O.1, §38.1a). 4.19.4. Epidemic and fires[P:Country] (–) For fires see 24.15. On the relation between plague and fire see Roberts 1971. 211 4.19.4a. ×1 (amūt Nergal u Ningišzida) ša mu-ta-ni u3 ma- 3 PRS aq-la-tim ExO.Lr.amt.2, §1.1b “(The omen of Nergal and Ningishzida, of) plague and fires”. ► 1a •28.2.5a ‹the omen of Nergal and Ningishzida› ša 1b (ExO.Lr.amt.2, §1.1a) Variants and spellings: Preceded by ša (ExO.Lr.amt.2, §1.1b). 4.19.5. Plague devours < ✣[(Plague–)god] (–) 4.19.5a. i3-lum a-ki-il2 ×1 “The (plague-)god will have eaten”. 3 STV ExO.Lr.M.31, §2 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.1b, §1.1 ExO.B&Pd.1c, §29.1*; ►šumma 1 (ExO.Lr.M.31, §2) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 5šum-ma (ExO.Lr.M.31, §2). 4.19.5b. i-lu-um i-ka-al ×8 “The (plague–)god will devour”. || ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §17; ExO.Lr.ubn.3, §6; ExO.Lr.ubn.4, §11; ExO.Sp.1, §11*; ExO.V.3, §27*; ExO.V.3, §41; Ce.EcL.1, §7.2 ► 1 Ø 2 •24.15.17a ‹Ningishzida will burn the country› (ExO.B&Pd.1b, §1 || ExO.B&Pd.1c, §29) ► 1 •6.4.1f ‹starvation will settle› Ø 2 Ø 3 •24.10.1b ‹the seasonal flooding will come down the river› ū 4 •9.1.4a ‹the harvest will be successful› (Ce.EcL.1, §7) Variants and spellings: [i]-lum (ExO.B&Pd.1b, §29.1*; ExO.Sp.1, §11*), ilum(DINGIR-lum) (ExO.B&Pd.1b, §1.1; Ce.EcL.1, §7.2), ilu(DINGIR-lu) (ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §17), ilum(DINGIR) (ExO.Lr.ubn.3, §6; ExO.Lr.ubn.4, §11), i-ik-kala[l] (ExO.Sp.1, §11*), i-kal (ExO.B&Pd.1b, §1.1; ExO.B&Pd.1c, §29.1*; ExO.Lr.ubn.3, §6; ExO.Lr.ubn.4, §11). 4.19.6. Plague devours < ✣[Nergal] (–) 4.19.6a. Nergal(dGIR3.UNU.GAL) 37i-ik-ka-al ×2 “Nergal will devour”. 3 PRS Br.O.1, §15.1 ► 1 Ø 2 •14.2.12a ‹there will be a king of the world in the ecumene› (Br.O.1, §15) 4.19.7. ExO.KiUr.1, §4*; Plague devours < ✣[Gemini] (–) 212 4.19.7a. d ×1 “The Gemini will devour”. 4.19.8. 4.19.8a. ×1 MAŠ.TAB.BA i-ka-lu 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §19 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §89* 3 PRS ExO.Sp.1, §7 3 PRS ExO.Sp.2, §9 3 PRS ExO.Lr.M.36, §28.1 Plague devours > ♧[Country] < ✣[Nergal] (–) 54 Nergal(dGIR3.UNU.GAL) i-na ma-a-ti[m i(k)-]ka[al] “Nergal will devour in the country”. 4.19.8b. Nergal(dGIR3.UNU.GAL) ma-tam ik-ka-a/l ×1 “Nergal will devour the country”. 4.19.9. Plague devours > ♣[Country] < ✣[(Plague–)god] (/–) 4.19.9a. ilu(DINGIR) i-na māt(KUR) nakri(KUR2) i-kal ×1 “The (plague–)god will devour in the enemy’s country”. 4.19.10. Depopulating > ✣[Nergal] < ♞[Army] (/–) For plague in the military setting see also 7.4.11-12. 4.19.10a. ×1 Nergal(dGIR3.UNU.GAL) ummān(ERIN2) nakrim(KUR2) \ i-na-šar “Nergal will depopulate the enemy’s army”. ► 1 Ø 2 •11.16.3a ‹there will be a decrease of population in the enemy’s country› (ExO.Lr.M.36, §28) 4.19.11. Defeating > ✣[Nergal] < ♞[Army] (/–) 4.19.11a. Nergal([dGI]R3.UNU.GAL) nakram(lu2KUR2) i-da-ak 3 PRS ×1 “Nergal will kill the enemy”. 4.19.12. ExO.Lr.nps.3, §20* ?[Reputation] > ✣[Nergal] (–) 4.19.12a. 7 Nergal(dGIR3.UNU.GAL) \ šu-ma-am na-x ×1 “Nergal will … name”. 213 3 PRS ExO.Lr.M.37, §7** Horowitz and Oshima 2006, 68 read the verbal form as id!-dan! and translate “Nergal will give out a name”. This seems implausible both from the paleographical perspective45 and grammatically (the authors explain the form as either an assyrism or the present-future form in the local language). 45 Cf. and . 214 5. Mental conditions The apodoses collected in this section are dedicated to disturbing mental conditions and disorders, both temporary and permanent. These are, namely, confusion (5.1), worries (5.2), fear (5.3) and overcoming it (5.4), terror (5.5), panic (5.6), stupor (5.7), depression (5.8) and insanity (5.9). For some other forecasts expressed as emotions see also sections 2 and 7. 5.1. 5.1.1. Confusion Confusion (–) 5.1.1a. 5 ×1 “A confusion will happen”. 5.1.2. 5.1.2a. ×1 3 PRS di-il-ḫu-um ib-ba-aš-ši Ps.1b, §25 Confusion > ♙[Man] < ✣[God] (–) ilum(DINGIR-lum) e-li awīlim(LU2-lim) / di-il- 3 PRS ḫa!(ZA)-am i-na-di ExO.B&Pd.1a, §31* “The god will inflict (lit. throw) a confusion upon the man”. 5.1.3. Confusion[Self-inflicted] > ♙[Man] (–) 5.1.3a. 19 ×1 “A confusion of his own is inflicted upon him”. 3 STV di-li-iḫ ra-ma-ni-šu na-di-i-šu Ps.1b, §33 Cf. CAD D, 141, s.v. dilḫu: “Confusion of mind will be inflicted upon him”. While diliḫ ramānīšu might indeed refer to a confusion of mind, one should note that ramānu emphasizes the responsibility of the person for his state, as opposed to evil inflicted by a deity (above), sorcery, oath etc. (passim in section 27). For similar usage of ramānu s. CAD R, 120ff., s.v. ramānu C. Cf. also tēše ramāni in 18.23.26. 5.2. 5.2.1. Worries Worries (–) 5.2.1a. na-zi-iq ×1 “He (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) is worried”. 5.2.1b. 35 ×1 “He (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will worry”. [i-na]-an-zi-iq 215 3 STV Ps.1b, §13 3 PRS Ps.1b, §21* Note /zz/ > /nz/. 3 PRS 5.2.1c. šu-u2 i-na-zi-iq ×1 “This one (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will worry”. Ps.2, §58.1b ► 1a •8.14.1a ‹a powerful person will enjoy his (i.e. the physiognomically inspected person’s) belongings›-ma 1b (Ps.2, §58) 5.2.2. Worries > ♙[Man] (–) 5.2.2a. awīlum(LU2) šu i-na-az-[zi-iq] ×1 “This man (i.e. the physiognomically person mentioned in the protasis) will worry”. 5.2.3. ni-zi-iq-tum 21u2-ul i-ṭe-eḫ-ḫi-šum ×1 “Worry will not approach him (i.e. physiognomically examined person)”. 3 PRS Ps.1b, §14 3 PRS Ps.2, §56 3 PRS Ps.2, §51 the Tremble > ♙[Man] (–) 5.2.4a. a-wi-lum šu-u2 ir-ta-na-a-ad ×1 “That man will always tremble”. 5.2.5. Bh.1, §3* ¬Worries > (+) 5.2.3a. 5.2.4. 3 PRS Tremble[Of anxiety] (–) 5.2.5a. i-na ḫi-mi-iṭ li-ib-bi it-ta-na-ad-d[ar] ×1 “Because of anxiety he (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will constantly tremble”. Râdu Gtn ‘constantly tremble’ is likely used here to describe constant stress or phobias. 5.3. 5.3.1. Fear Fear (–) 5.3.1a. a-di-/-ra-tum ×1 “Fears”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.pdn.3, §17.2 ► 1 •2.8.1a ‹advent of evil› Ø 2 Ø 3 •4.4.11b ‹the sick person will die› (ExO.Lr.pdn.3, §17) 216 5.3.2. Fearing[Permanently] > ♔[King] < ♚/♞[Haters] (–) 5.3.2a. 22 [š]ar-ru-um 23ša-na-i-šu 24ip-ta-na-al-la-aḫ ×1 “The king will be constantly frightened of his haters”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §5 The word šannāʾu is according to CAD Š1, 388a a hapax meaning ‘hater’ (etymology based on Heb. ś-n-ˀ ‘to hate’). 5.3.3. Fear[P:Bed chambers] > ♔[King] (–) 5.3.3a. 15 ×1 “The king will be nervous in his bedchamber”. 5.3.4. šar-ru-um i-na bi-it ma-a-a-li-šu i-ga-lu-ut awīlum(LU2) a-di-ra-tu-šu i-ka-ša-da-/-šu ×1 “The fears of the man will seize him”. 3 PRS ExB.3, §15 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §104 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §40 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.5, §8.2* Fear[P:Country] (–) 5.3.5a. 17 ×1 “There will be panic in the land”. 5.3.6. ExO.Lr.npt.3, §6 Seized by fears > ♙[Man] (–) 5.3.4a. 5.3.5. 3 PRS gi-li-it-tum 18i-na ma-a-tim 19ib-ba-aš-ši Fearing[Permanently] > † < ♧[Country] (/–) 5.3.6a. nakru(KUR2) māt(KUR) rubê(NUN) i-ta-na-da-⌈ar⌉ ×1 “The enemy will be in constant fear of the prince’s country”. 5.3.7. Fearing[Permanently] > ♔[Princes] < ♔[King] (/–?) 5.3.7a. 11 ×1 “The king, his (dependent) constantly fear him”. [šar-r]a-am ru-bu-šu i-ta-na-⌈da⌉-ru-šu princes will ► 1 •24.3.3a ‹the country will fear the thunder of the Adad› Ø 2 (ExO.Lr.npt.5, §8) 5.3.8. 5.3.8a. ×1 Fearing[Permanently] > ♘[Grands] < ♔[King] (/–?) 22 šar-[ru]-um /-u2-šu 23 ra-[bu]-t[u-šu] 24 i-pa-[a]l-⌈la-ḫu- 3 PRS “The king, his grands will constantly fear him”. 217 ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §61* 5.3.9. 5.3.9a. ×1 Fear > ♘ [Warriors] (–) eli(UGU) ⌈qarrādī(UR.SAG)⌉-ka ⌈pu-lu-uḫ⌉-tum i- 2 PRS ⌈ša⌉-[ka-an] ExO.Ht.2, §27* “Fear will affect your warriors”. 5.3.10. Fear > ♘[Army] (–) 5.3.10a. 7 ×1 “Fear will affect (lit. fall upon) the army”. ⌈ḫa⌉-pu-um e-li um-ma-ni-im i-ma-qu2-ut 3 PRS ExO.Ht.4, §4 The word ḫāpu is a hapax (CAD H, 20a, s.v. ḫābu C; not in AHw). Likely the word is a PaRS of ḫâpu ‘to be frightened’ (AHw 322a, s.v. ḫâpu(m) II, compared with Arab. ḫūf) and might be related to the NA ḫūpu, also a hapax46 (S. CAD H, 243b, s.v. ḫūpu B; AHw 357b, s.v. ḫūpu II). 5.3.10b. um-ma-nu-u[m (…)] i-ru-ur ×1 “The army (…) will be frightened”. 5.3.11. 3 PRS ExO.Ht.4, §31** 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §41.2a Fear[S:Warfare] > ♘[Army] (–) 5.3.11a. i-na kakkim(gišTUKUL) um-ma-nu-um i-ru-ur ×1 “In warfare: the army will be frightened”. ► 1a •24.7.1a ‹rise of wind› Ø 1b •24.11.2a ‹waves will rise›-ma 1c •24.11.4a ‹it will sink boats› Ø 2a -ma 2b •18.25.1a ‹it will drop its weapons› (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §41) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §41.2a). 5.3.12. 5.3.12a. ×1 Fear > ♘[Army] < † (–) a-di-ra-at nakrim(lu2KUR2) i-[n]a libbi(ŠA3) um- 3 STV ma-nim na-di-[a] ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §51.1* “Fear of the enemy exists (lit. is thrown) among the army”. ► 1 [?] 2 •24.4.10a ‹the army (?) marching on the campaign will drink rain water› (ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §51) 5.3.12b. ×1 39 a-di-ra-at nakrim(lu2KUR2-im) i-na li-ib-bi 40um- 1 STV ma-ni-ia na-da-a ExO.Lr.kki.3, §65 “Fear of the enemy exists (lit. is thrown) among my army”. 46 Attested once in the phrase ina ḫūp libbāte imuʾʾat “He is going to die die from the … of the heart” (ABL 657, r. 3). 218 5.3.13. 5.3.13a. ×1 Fear[P:Position] > ♘[Army] (–) um-ma-an-ka i-na šu-pa-at [wa-aš-b]a-at i-ta-na- 2 PRS ra-a/r ExO.Lr.npt.10, §12.1* “Your army will be frightened at the position it is occupies”. ► 1 [?] 2 •11.23.3a ‹… will turn to mounds and ruins› Ø 3 •11.24.5a ‹the country will be devastated› (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §12) 5.3.14. Fear [Army] <> [Army] (–) 5.3.14a. um-ma-num ⌈qa2-du⌉ um-ma-nim i-ta-⌈r⌉[u-ur] ×1 “(One) army and (another) army will fear each other”. 5.3.15. ḫu-ur-ba-šum e-li um-ma-ni i-ma-[qu2-ut] ×1 “Tremble will affect (lit. fall upon) the army”. 5.4.1. ExO.B&Pd.2, §13** 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.1a, §10* 3 PRS ExB.3, §11.2; Tremble > ♘[Army] (–) 5.3.15a. 5.4. 3 PRS Overcoming fear ¬Seized by fears > ♙[Man] (+) 5.4.1a. awīlum(LU2) a-di-ra-tu-š/u u2-ul i-ka-ša-da-šu ×2 “The man, his fears will not seize him”. ExB.3, §16.2 ► 1 •1.6.1a ‹ambiguous omen› Ø 2 (ExB.3, §11) ► 1 •2.3.1a ‹well-being› Ø 2 (ExB.3, §16) 5.4.2. Overcoming fears > ♙[Man] (+) 5.4.2a. a-wi-lum e!-li a-di!(TE)-ra-ti-š[u? izzaz] ×1 “The man will overcome his fears”. 3 PRS ExO.Lg.8, §25** 3 PRS ExO.Lr.V.10, §30** Alternatively, one can restore ileʾʾe. 5.4.3. Overcoming fears[Non-personal] > ♙[Man] (+) 5.4.3a. awīlum(LU2) i-na gi-li-it la a-wa-ti-šu u2-ša-ṣi? ×1 “The man will escape from a panic that does not concern him”. 219 5.5. 5.5.1. Terror Terror (–) 5.5.1a. pi-ri-it-tum ×1 “Terror”. 5.5.2. pi2-ri-it-tum a-na rubêm(NUN) i-ṭe4-ḫi-a ×1 “Terror will come to the prince”. 5.5.3a. ×1 ExO.Ht.4, §6 3 PRS ExO.Ht.2, §31 Terror > ♔[Prince] (–) 5.5.2a. 5.5.3. 3 NOM Terror > ♘[Army] (–) pi2-⌈ri-it⌉-tu eli(UGU) ummān(ERIN2-ni)-ia i-ma- 1 PRS aq-qu2-ut ExO.Ht.3, §8 “Terror will fall upon my army”. 5.5.4. 5.5.4a. ×1 Terror > ♞[Army] (/–) pi2-⌈ri-it⌉-tu eli(UGU) ummān(ERIN2) nakri(KUR2) 3 PRS i-ma-⌈aq-qu2-ut⌉ ExO.Ht.3, §9 “Terror will fall upon the enemy’s army”. 5.5.5. Terror stops > ♘[Army] (+) 5.5.5a. 55 ×1 “The terror (that affected) my army has stopped”. 5.6. 5.6.1. pi2-⌈ri-ti⌉ 1um-ma-ni-im 2pa-ar-sa3-a[t] 3 STV ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §39* 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.1a, §34; Panic Panic > ♘[Army] (–) 5.6.1a. ḫa-a-tum e-li um-ma-nim i-ma-/-qu2-ut ×2 “Panic will fall upon the army”. ExO.Lr.kki.3, §38 Variants and spellings: 27ḫa-tum (ExO.Lr.kki.3, §38). 5.6.2. 5.6.2a. ×2 Panic > ♞[Army] (/–) 29 ḫa-tum e-li um-ma-an nakrim(lu2KUR2-im) i-ma- 3 PRS /-qu2-ut 220 ExO.Lr.kki.3, §39; ExO.Lg.9, §54* “Panic will fall upon the enemy’s army”. Variants and spellings: [ḫa-a]t-tum (ExO.Lg.9, §54*). 5.6.3. Panic > ? (–) 5.6.3a. [e-li …]-ri-im ḫa-a-tum ⌈i-ma⌉-aq-qu2-ut ×1 “Panic will fall upon …”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ṣbt.3, §17** Possibly, eli bēl immerim “the owner of the sheep”, eli (ummān) nakrim “the enemy / the enemy’s army”, eli (ummān) šarrim “the king / the king’s army” etc. 5.7. 5.7.1. Stupor Stupor (–) 5.7.1a. kak(ki)(gišTUKUL) qu2-l/i-im ×2 “‘Weapon’ of stupor (lit. silence)”. 5.7.2. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.kki.3, §82; ExO.V.2, §5 Stupor > ♘[Army] (–) 5.7.2a. 2 ×1 “Stupor (lit. silence) will fall upon my army”. qu2-lum e-li um-ma-ni-ia i-ma-qu2-ut 1 PRS ExO.Lr.V.8, §18.3 ► 1 •A1 ‹escape of a prince › š. 2 •27.7.3a ‹bad mukil-reshi spirit› Ø 3 (ExO.Lr.V.8, §18) 5.7.3. Stillness (–) 5.7.3a. 1 a-mu-ut 2sa2-ḫu-ru-ri-im ×1 “Omen of silent despair”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.M.16, §1.1a 2 PRS ExO.Lg.9, §69 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.10, §4.2 ► 1a •5.7.3a ‹omen of silent despair› ša (ExO.Lr.M.16, §1) 5.7.4. Stillness > ♔[2] (–) 5.7.4a. ša-ḫu-ra-tum it-ta-ba-ka ×1 “Stillness will fall upon you”. 5.8. 5.8.1. Depression Depression > ♙[Man] (–) 5.8.1a. ṭe-e-em awīlim(LU2) i-ma-/-qu2-ut ×1 “The man will be depressed (lit. the man’s mind 221 will fall)”. ► 1a •20.6.2a ‹the enemy will cut down the date-palms of the temples in the country› [?] 1b ‹…› ū. r. 2 (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §4) Variants and spellings: ūmam(UD-ma-am) re-qa2 (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §4.2). For further examples of this idiom this idiom see CAD Ṭ, 96 s.v. ṭēmu. 5.9. Insanity Compare change of mind in regard to loyalty (15.1), which is expressed in similar wording; in some cases the two can be confused. 5.9.1. Insanity (–) 5.9.1a. 23 mi-il-kum 24sa3-pi-iḫ ×1 “Insanity (lit. the reason is scattered)”. 3 STV ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §43 3 STV Ps.1b, §32.1b Might belong to a political setting, cf. change of mind in 15.1. 5.9.1b. ṭe2-em-šu pu-ur-ru-ur ×1 “He (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) is insane (lit. his mind is scattered)”. ► 1a •27.9.4a ‹this (i.e. the physiognomically examined) man is godless› Ø 1b (Ps.1b, §32) 5.9.2. 5.9.2a. ×1 Insanity[Of head trauma] (–) 29 mu-uḫ-ḫa-šu ma-ḫi-iṣ ki-ma mu-uḫ-ḫi-šu-ma 3 PRS ṭe2-em-šu i-ba-aš-ši Ps.1b, §38.1a-b 30 “His (i.e. the physiognomically examined person’s) brain is damaged; his mind is just like his brain”. For similar passages, where damage to the head or the brains (cf. George 2013, 283) is related to insanity s. CAD Ṭ 95f., s.v. ṭēmu d1'. 5.9.3. Insanity > ♔[Some prince] (–) 5.9.3a. rubû(NUN) a-ia!-um-ma ⌈ṭe4-em-šu i-ša-an-ni⌉ ×1 “Some prince will become insane”. 5.9.4. Insanity[S:Warfare] > ♘[Army] (–) 5.9.4a. 19 3 PRS i-na ka-ak-ki-im ṭe4-[em] um-ma-nim ip-pa-ra- 3 PRS ar 222 ExO.Ht.3, §78* ExO.Lr.V.11, §46* ×1 “In warfare: the army will become insane (lit. the army’s mind will become scattered)”. 223 6. Nourishment The immediate problem of availability of food and drinking water is reflected in the apodoses. The predictions in this section deal with personal food security in general (6.1), food and water supplies during military campaigns (6.2), as well as diversions intended to undermine them (6.3). The largest subsection is dedicated to famine, massive lack of food, which could result in bodies lying unburied and cannibalism (6.4). 6.1. 6.1.1. Food security Food < ✣[God] (+) For divine patronage in general see subsections 27.9-15. 6.1.1a. 32 ×1 “Bread is given him (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) by the god”. 6.1.1b. 38 ×1 3 STV Ps.1b, §39 ištēn(1) 3 PRS Ps.1b, §42 a-ka-lum it-ti i-li na-di-iš-šum awīlum(LU2) šu-u2 a-ka-lam!(lum) il(DINGIR)-šu a-na a-ka-lim i-na-di-šum “This man: his god will give him one (a single?) bread for his (everyday?) meal”. 6.1.2. Food[S:Difficult times] > ♙[Man] (+) For hardships and difficulties in general see subsections 2.10-11. 6.1.2a. i-na da-an-na-tim a-ka-lam [i]k-kal ×1 “In hard times he (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will eat bread”. 6.1.2b. 16 ×1 “In troubled times he (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will eat bread”. [i-na na-am-r]a-[ṣ]i-im a-ka-lam i-ka-al 3 PRS Ps.1a, §2* || Ps.1b, §49 3 PRS Ps.1a, §4* || Ps.1b, §52* 3 PRS Ps.1a, §5.1b* || Ps.1b, §51.1b Variants and spellings: i-n[a …] (Ps.1a, §4*). 6.1.3. Food[T:Old age] > ♙[Man] (+) 6.1.3a. (awīlum) i-na ši-bu-ti-šu akalam(NINDA) i-ra-ši ×1 “He (i.e. the physiognomically examined man) will obtain bread as an old man”. ► 1a •2.11.4a ‹this (i.e. the physiognomically examined) man will experience hardships in his youth›-ma 1b (Ps.1a, §5 || Ps.1b, §51) 224 Ps.1a, §5.1b* is restored from the parallel manuscript. 6.2. Food and water supplies in warfare Portents of rain water available for drinking in the campaing (24.4.10-11) is thematically related to this group of apodoses. 6.2.1. 6.2.1a. ×1 Going on campaign[Sufficient of food]> ♘[Army] (+) um-ma-nu-um ḫarrān(KASKAL) u2-ku-lilimim i- 3 PRS ⌈la⌉-[ak] ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §53.1** “The army will go on campaign (sufficient) of food”. ► 1 Ø 2 •24.9.3a ‹Adad, wind and rain will delay the army› (ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §53) The spelling u2-ku-lilimim is very unusual and uncertain. 6.2.2. 6.2.2a. ×1 Thirst[P:Field] > [Army] (–) ummānam(ERIN2.MEŠ) i-na ṣe-ri-im u⌈m⌉ i-ṣa-b[a]-at 23´ ṣ[u2]-mu- 3 PRS ExO.Sp.3, §13.1 “Thirst will seize the army in the field”. ► 1 Ø 2 •26.3.1a ‹rust will infect the barley› (ExO.Sp.3, §13) For ERIN2.MEŠ as ummānum in this text cf. ExO.Sp.3, §16.2 and ExO.Sp.3, §35.2, where it is referred to with the sg. fem. encitic possessive pronoun -ša. 6.2.3. 6.2.3a. ×1 Thirst[S:Campaign] > [Army] (–) 9 um-ma-an šar-ri-im um 12i-ṣa-ab-ba-at 10 i-na ḫar-ra-nim 11 ṣu-mu- 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §21 “Thirst will seize the king’s army in the campaign”. 6.3. 6.3.1. 6.3.1a. ×1 Diversions to cut water and food supplies Filllig reservoirs[On the way] > † < ♔[2] (/+) 63 ⌈na-ak-ru⌉-um a-na pa-ni-i-ka bu-ra-tim u2-ma- 2 PRS la “The enemy will fill the water-reservoirs on your way (lit. before you)”. 6.3.2. Taking away[Game] > † < ♔[2] (/+) 225 ExO.Lr.ṣbt.3, §24 6.3.2a. ša ḫu-ḫa-ra-ti-ka nakrum(lu2KUR2) i-le-qe2-[(e)] ×1 “The enemy will take whatever is caught in your bird-traps”. 6.4. 6.4.1. 2 PRS ExO.Lr.V.7, §23* 3 NOM ExO.B&Pd.1a, §11; Famine Famine (–) 6.4.1a. 58 ×5 “Famine”. ḫu-ša-aḫ-ḫu-um ExO.Ht.4, §62; ExO.Ht.4, §89; ExO.KiUr.1, §20**; ExO.KiUr.1, §21* Variants and spellings: ḫu-ša-[...] (ExO.B&Pd.1a, §11), ḫu-ša-ḫu-um (ExO.Ht.4, §89), ⌈ḫu⌉-[…] (ExO.KiUr.1, §20**), ḫu-ša-aḫ-ḫ[u (…)] (ExO.KiUr.1, §21*). ExO.KiUr.1, §21* could probably contain an extended variant of the prediction, see below. 6.4.1b. [su2]-un-qum ×1 “Hunger”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §3.2** ► 1 ‹?› rs. 3 •6.4.1b ‹hunger› (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §3) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 4⌈re-qu3-s⌉[a3] (?) (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §3.2). 6.4.1c. šēp(GIR3) ḫu-ša-aḫ-ḫi ×1 “The advent of famine”. 6.4.1d. ḫu-ša-ḫu-um ib-ba-aš-ši-i ×2 “There will be famine”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §51.2 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.2, §11* ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §21; || Br.O.1, §9.1b* ► 1a -ma 1b •6.4.1d ‹there will be famine› (Br.O.1, §9) Variants and spellings: ḫu-ša-aḫ-ḫu-um (ExO.Lr.bbk.2, §11*; Br.O.1, §9.1b*), ib-ba-aš-ši (ExO.Lr.bbk.2, §11*). 6.4.1e. su2-un-qu2 iš-ša-ka-am ExO.B&Pd.2, §41.1a; ×2 “Hunger will settle”. ExO.B&Pd.2, §48* ► 1a -ma 1b •6.4.6b ‹one will eat the flesh of the other› (ExO.B&Pd.2, §41) Variants and spellings: su2!-[u]n-qu2 [i]š-ša-[k]a-a[n] (ExO.B&Pd.2, §48*); followed by -ma (ExO.B&Pd.2, §41.1a; note /nm/ > /mm/). 6.4.1f. ub-bu-ṭu2 iš-ša-ak-ka-an! ×4 “Starvation will settle”. 3 PRS Ce.EcL.1, §2.1*; Ce.EcL.1, §4.1*; Ce.EcL.1, §5.1*; Ce.EcL.1, §7.1 226 ► 1 ū 2 •A1 ‹a famous king will die (?)› ū 3 •11.22.4a ‹the city, its population will vanish› (Ce.EcL.1, §2) ► 1 ū 2 •18.23.6a ‹a large army will fall› (Ce.EcL.1, §4) ► 1 ū 2 •18.22.2a ‹there will be a defeat of another king› (Ce.EcL.1, §5) ► 1 Ø 2 •4.19.5b ‹the (plague-)god will devour› Ø 3 •24.10.1b ‹the seasonal flooding will come down the river› ū 4 •9.1.4a ‹the harvest will be successful› (Ce.EcL.1, §7) 6.4.2. Famine > ♧[Country] (–) 6.4.2a. ḫu-ša-aḫ-ḫu i-na ma-tim ib-ba-aš-ši ×6 “There will be famine in the country”. 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.2, §18.1a; ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §31.1b; ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §15; ExO.Lr.ubn.4, §38.1b; ExO.Sp.3, §19; ExO.M.3, §38* ► 1a Ø 1b •6.4.5a ‹corpses will fall› Ø 1c •6.4.6a ‹flesh will devour flesh› (ExO.B&Pd.2, §18) ► 1a •11.20.2a ‹(there will be) chaos› u 1b (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §31) ► 1a •11.21.5a ‹the enemy will cause you to leave your field fallow›-ma 1b (ExO.Lr.ubn.4, §38) Variants and spellings: Preceded by u3 (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §31.1b); ḫu-ša-ḫu (ExO.B&Pd.2, §18.1a, ExO.Sp.3, §19), ḫu-šaḫu-um (ExO.Lr.ubn.4, §38.1b), ku-ša-ḫu-um (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §31.1b), mātim(KALAM) (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §31.1b), māti(KUR) (ExO.Lr.ubn.4, §38.1b; ExO.Sp.3, §19). 6.4.2b. ḫu-ša-ḫu-um ma-a-tam i-ṣa-ba-at ×1 “Famine will seize the country”. 3 PRS ExO.Lg.9, §14.1b 3 PRS ExO.Lr.V.11, §33 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §28; ► 1a •24.9.4a ‹Adad will devastate›-ma 2a (ExO.Lg.9, §14) 6.4.2c. 23 ×1 “There will be hunger in the country”. 6.4.2d. su-un-qum ma-tam i-ṣa-ba-at ×2 “Hunger will seize the country”. su2-un-qum i-na ma-a-tim ib-[b]a-aš-ši Br.O.1, §19* Variants and spellings: 45su2-un-qu2-um [ma-tam i-ṣa]-ab-ba-at (Br.O.1, §19*). 3 PRS 6.4.2e. ma-tum su-un-qa2-am i-mar ×1 “The country will experience hunger”. Br.O.1, §1.1a ► 1a •6.4.2e ‹the country will experience hunger›-ma 2a ‹…› (Br.O.1, §1) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (Br.O.1, §1.1a). 6.4.2f. 29 ×1 “This country will experience hunger”. ma-tum ši-i su-un-qa2-am i-mar 3 PRS 227 Br.O.1, §12.1a ► 1a -ma 1b •18.21.13a ‹its enemy will prevail over it› (Br.O.1, §12) 6.4.3. Famine > ♣[Country] (–) 6.4.3a. ḫu-ša-ḫu i-na ma-a[t] nakri(lu2KUR2) i-ba-aš-ši ×1 “There will be famine in the enemy’s country”. 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.2, §24.1a ► 1a Ø 1b •6.4.5a ‹corpses will fall›-ma 1c •6.4.6b ‹one will eat the flesh of the other› (ExO.B&Pd.2, §24) 6.4.4. 6.4.4a. ×1 Famine[Strong] > ♧[Country] (–) ḫu-ša-aḫ-ḫu dannu(KAL) i-na māti(KUR) ib-ba- 3 PRS aš-[ši (…)] ExO.Ht.1, §7* “There will be a severe famine in the land”. 6.4.4b. ×2 mātum(KUR) su-un-q[a2-am] ma-a[r] 11´ da-an-na-am i- 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.6, §1*; ExO.Sp.3, §6* “The land will experience severe hunger”. Variants and spellings: 2ma-tum su2-un-qa2-am (ExO.Lr.npt.6, §1*). 6.4.4c. ×1 ma-tam ḫu-ša-ḫu-um 25[d]a-an-nu-um i-ṣa-ba-as- 3 PRS si2 ExO.V.2, §9 “The land: strong famine will seize it”. 6.4.5. Famine[Unburied bodies] (–) 6.4.5a. pa-ag-rum / i-ma-qu2-ut ×2 “Corpses (lit. a corpse) will fall”. 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.2, §18.1b; ExO.B&Pd.2, §24.1b* ► 1a •6.4.4a ‹there will be famine in the country› Ø 1b Ø 1c •6.4.6a ‹flesh will devour flesh› (ExO.B&Pd.2, §18) ► 1a •6.4.3a ‹there will be hunger in the enemy’s country› Ø 1b -ma 1c •6.4.6b ‹one will eat the flesh of the other› (ExO.B&Pd.2, §24) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.B&Pd.2, §24.2b*). 6.4.5b. ×1 ḫu-ša-ḫu-u/m \ ša ša-al-ma-tum in-na-an-du-u2 3 ib-ba-aš-ši-i PRS PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §34.1a-b PRS PRS ExO.M.2, §8.2a-b* “A famine of corpses thrown (unburied) will occur”. 6.4.5c. ×1 ḫu-ša-ḫu ša ša-lam-tum in-na-an-du i-n[a ma- 3 tim] / ib-ba-ši “A famine of corpses (lit. a corpse) thrown (unburied) will occur in the country”. 228 ► 1 •11.5.12a ‹the fundament of the enemy’s land will be unbraced› Ø 2a-b (ExO.M.2, §8) 6.4.6. Cannibalism <> (–) 6.4.6a. ši-rum \ ši-ra-am i-kal ×1 “Flesh will devour flesh”. 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.2, §18.1c ► 1a •6.4.4a ‹there will be famine in the country› Ø 1b •6.4.5a ‹corpses will fall› Ø 1c (ExO.B&Pd.2, §18) 3 PRS 6.4.6b. a-ḫu ši-ir a-ḫi-⌈im⌉ i-kal ×2 “One will eat the flesh of the other”. ExO.B&Pd.2, §24.1c; ExO.B&Pd.2, §41.1b ► 1a •6.4.3a ‹there will be hunger in the enemy’s country› Ø 1b •6.4.5a ‹corpses will fall›-ma 1c (ExO.B&Pd.2, §24) ► 1a •6.4.1e ‹hunger will settle›-ma 1b (ExO.B&Pd.2, §41) Variants and spellings: a-ḫi (ExO.B&Pd.2, 41). 229 7. Character, fortune and social status The apodoses collected in this section refer to different aspects of character and fate. The first subsection contains apodoses that give personal characteristics to the diviner’s client (7.1), all from physiognomical omens. The following subsections assemble predictions concerning fate in general, metaphorically referred to as the path (of life) (7.2), receiving support (7.3), aid (7.4), kindness (7.5), mercy (7.6), protection (7.7), divine breeze (7.8), prosperity (7.9), acquiring might (7.10), honor (7.11) and social status (7.12). The attitude towards the person from the society is referred to in apodoses concerning personal credibility (7.13), fame and reputation (7.14), professional reputation (7.15) and social outcastness (7.16). 7.1. Personal characteristics For some other forecasts expressed as emotions see also sections 2 and 5. Subsection 7.1. list some personal characteristics in regard to property and business activity. 7.1.1. Happy (+) 7.1.1a. i-na-me-er ×1 “He will be happy”. 7.1.2. u3-<ul> i-na-me-er ×1 “He will not be happy”. qa2-ia-al ×1 “He is (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) taciturn”. Ps.3, §42* 3 STV Ps.1b, §7 3 STV Ps.1b, §8 3 STV Ps.2, §66* Noisy (–) 7.1.4a. ḫa-bu-ur ×1 “He is (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) noisy”. 7.1.5. 3 PRS Taciturn (+) 7.1.3a. 7.1.4. Ps.3, §41 ¬Happy (–) 7.1.2a. 7.1.3. 3 PRS Whiner (–) 7.1.5a. mu-ši u ur-ri-im u2-i-a u3 a-i-a ra-ki-i[s-sum] ×1 “Day and night he (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) is wailing (lit. alack-and-alasis 230 is bound to him)”. 7.1.6. 7.1.6a. ×1 Merry-maker (+?) li-ib-ba el-ṣa ša ma-di-iš la na-še20-e iš-š[a-ak- 3 PRS ka-an] Ps.2, §67* “He has (such) a joyful heart, that it is (lit. of) heavy to bear (lit. very much not to bear)”. 7.1.7. Truthful (+) 7.1.7a. ki-tam i-da-b[u-ub] ×1 “He (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will speak the truth”. 7.1.8. la [ki-tam i-da-bu-ub] ×1 “He (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will speak lies (lit. untruth)”. sa3-a-ar ×1 “He is (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) a criminal”. 7.2.1. 3 PRS Ps.3, §6* 3 STV Ps.1b, §5 3 STV In.2a, §20 3 PRS ExO.Lr.V.11, §1 Criminal (–) 7.1.9a. 7.2. Ps.3, §5* ¬Truthful (+) 7.1.8a. 7.1.9. 3 PRS Path (of life) Well-being > ♙[House] (+) 7.2.1a. ki-bi-is bīt(E2) awīlim(LU2) ša-lim ×1 “The path of the man’s household is well”. Cf. well-being in general (2.3). 7.2.2. Setting on the right way > ✣[God] < ♙[Man] (+) 7.2.2a. 2 ×1 “The god will put the man’s path in harmony”. i-lum ki-bi-is a-wi-lim u2-še-še-er Peculiarly, the expression ‘to set on the right path’ uses both ešēru Š ‘to make straight, right’ (this apodosis) and wuššuru G ‘to release, to allow’ and Dt “to be allowed” (below). For further examples of this contamination, see the examples collected in CAD E, 357b, s.v. ešēru and wuššuru with ḫarrānu and šēpu in CAD U/W, 324. 231 7.2.3. Setting on the right way > ✣[God] < ♙[2] (+) 7.2.3a. 13 ×1 “Your way is in agreement with the god”. 7.2.4. 7.2.4a. ×1 še20-ep-ka it-ti i-lim ⌈u2!⌉-[t]⌈a⌉-aš-ša-ar 2 PRS ExO.Lg.9, §47* ¬Setting on the right way > ✣[God] < ♙[Man] (–) šēp(GIR3) awīlim(LU2) it-ti ilim(DINGIR-lim) u2-/- 3 STV ul wu-šu-ra-at ExO.Lr.pdn.3, §19.2 “The way of the man is not in agreement with the god”. ► 1 •9.7.5a ‹the plague(-god) will devour the livestock› š. š. 2 (ExO.Lr.pdn.3, §19) Variants and spellings: Preceded by ša-nu šum-šu (ExO.Lr.pdn.3, §19.2). 7.2.5. ¬Setting on the right way > ✣[God] < ♘[Army] (–) Compare 18.4.4 below. 7.2.5a. ×1 10 ḫa-ra-an um-ma-[ni-ia] 11it-ti i-[lim] u2-la 12wu- 1 STV ⌈šu!(SU2)⌉-[ur] ExO.Lr.pdn.2, §3.1* “My army’s campaign is not in agreement with the god”. ► 1 Ø 2 •14.1.2a ‹end of rule› (ExO.Lr.pdn.2, §3) 7.2.6. Good path (+) 7.2.6a. ur-ḫu dam-qum ša-ki-i[n-šum] ×1 “A good path is set for him (i.e. the physiognomically examined person)”. 7.2.7. Ps.3, §7* 3 STV Ps.3, §8* 3 PRS Ps.1b, §35.2 Bad path (–) 7.2.7a. ur-ḫu lum-mu-nu ša-ki-in-[šum] ×1 “An unfortunate path is set for him (i.e. the physiognomically examined person)”. 7.2.8. 3 STV Stable life (+) 7.2.8a. 23 ×1 “He (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will live (lit. walk) in stability”. i-na ki-na-tim i-il-la-ak 232 ► 1 •7.5.1b ‹his (i.e. the inspected person’s) god is constantly good to him› Ø 2 (Ps.1b, §35) 7.2.9. Righteous life (+) 7.2.9a. 27 ×1 “He (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will live (lit. walk) in righteousness”. 7.2.10. 3 PRS i-na i-ša-ra-a-tim i-il-la-ak Ps.1b, §37 Hostile path > ♙[Man] (–) The following two apodoses can explicitly refer to the campaign or the travel setting. 7.2.10a. a-wi-lum ḫa-ra-an i-la-ku ga-ri-a-at ×1 “The path the man is taking is hostile”. 7.2.11. 7.2.11a. ×1 3 PRS STV Ol.1a, §40 Troublesome path > ♙[Man] (–) awīlum(LU2) ḫarrān(KASKAL) ḫarrān(KASKAL) 3 PRS ri-pi-it-tim i-la-ak ExO.M.3, §50 “The man will take one troublesome path after another”. For ḫarrān ḫarrān see 2.3.10a. above. 7.3. 7.3.1. Support Support < ✣[God] (+) 7.3.1a. i-mi-id ilim(DINGIR-lim) ×1 “God’s support”. 7.4. 3 NOM ExO.Ht.4, §85 Aid Note the military context of the predictions . In some cases, the ‘god’ might be an euphemism for plague-god, cf. 7.4.11-13. 7.4.1. Aid (+) 7.4.1a. ka-ak ri-i-ṣi ×3 “‘Weapon’ of aid”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.npt.9, §4.1a ExO.Lr.npt.10, §17.1a; || ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §36; ExO.Lr.kki.3, §24 ► 1a Ø 1b •7.4.3a ‹the god will come to the man’s aid› (ExO.Lr.npt.9, §4 || ExO.Lr.npt.10, §17) Variants and spellings: kak(ki)(gišTUKUL) (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §17.1a; ExO.Lr.kki.3, §24), ri-ṣi (ExO.Lr.npt.9, §4.1a; 233 ExO.Lr.npt.10, §17.1a; ExO.Lr.kki.3, §24). 7.4.1b. še20-ep ri-ṣ[i] ×1 “Advent of aid”. 7.4.2. Aid < ✣[God] (+) 7.4.2a. ri-ṣi ilim(DINGIR-lim) ×2 “God’s help”. 7.4.3. 3 NOM ExO.M.1, §2 3 NOM ExO.Ht.4, §66; ExO.Ht.4, §78 Aid > ♙[Man] < ✣[God] (+) 7.4.3a. ilum(DINGIR) re-ṣu2-ut 11a-wi-lim i-la-ak ×1 “The god will come to the man’s aid”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.9, §4.1b ExO.Lr.npt.10, §17.1b ► 1a •7.4.1a ‹‘weapon’ of aid› Ø 1b (ExO.Lr.npt.9, §4 || ExO.Lr.npt.10, §17) Variants and spellings: awīlim(LU2) (ExO.Lr.npt.9, §4.1b). 7.4.3b. re-ṣu2-ut a-wi-lim 56ilum(DINGIR-lum) i-la-ak ×1 “The god will come to the man’s aid”. 7.4.4. ExO.Ht.4, §61 3 PRS ExO.Ht.2, §11* 3 NOM ExO.Ht.3, §54.1b*; Aid > ♔[King] < ✣[God] (+) 7.4.4a. ilum(DINGIR) re-ṣu2-ut šarrim([LU]GAL) [i-la-ak] ×1 “The god will come to the king’s aid”. 7.4.5. 3 PRS Aid > ♔[Prince] < ✣[God] (+) 7.4.5a. ri-ṣi2 ilim(DINGIR) a-na rubêm(NUN) ×2 “The (patron–)god’s help to the prince”. ExO.Ht.3, §71 ► 1a •18.12.1a ‹the enemy will be spotted›-ma 1b (ExO.Ht.3, §54) 7.4.5b. ri-ṣi2 ilim(DINGIR) a-na rubêm(NUN) ib-ba-aš-šu ×2 “There will be help from the (patron–)god’s to the prince”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §21.2; ExO.Lr.ubn.3, §15 ► 1 •11.7.2a ‹the enemy will execute the remission of debts in his country› Ø 2 (ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §21) 7.4.6. 7.4.6a. Aid[S:Campaign] > ♘[Army] < ✣[God] (+) 78´ [i-na] ⌈ḫa-ra⌉-nim ilum(DINGIR-lum) i-na i-di 3 PRS 234 ExO.Sp.3, §45.2* || ×1 ummānim(ERIN2.MEŠ) i-la-ak “In the campaign the god will come to the aid of the army”. ► 1 Ø 2 •7.4.6a ‹in the campaign the god will come to the aid of the army› (ExO.Sp.3, §45) 7.4.7. Aid > ♧[City] < ? (+) 7.4.7a. [a-n]a ālim(IRI) ⌈ri-ṣi2⌉ […] ×1 “There will be help from … to the city”. 7.4.8. 3 ? ExO.Lr.ubn.3, §23** 3 PRS ExO.Ht.2, §5** Aid > ? < ✣[God] (+) 7.4.8a. ilum(DINGIR) ⌈re⌉-[ṣu2-ut X] i-la-ak ×1 “The god will come to …’s aid”. Probably, addresses the man, the king, or the prince. Cf. other predictions of divine help above. 7.4.9. Aid > † < ♘[Army] (?) 7.4.9a. [um-m]a-an-ka i-di nakrim(lu2KUR2) i-la-ak ×1 “Your army will come to the aid of the enemy”. 7.4.10. 7.4.10a. ×1 2 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.10, §20* i-n[a i-d]⌈i⌉ [u]m-ma-ni-ka nakrum(lu2KUR2-rum) 2 PRS i-la-ak ExO.Lr.npt.10, §21* Aid > ♘[Army] < † (?) “The enemy will come to the aid of your army”. 7.4.11. Aid[Great weapon] > ♘[Army] (+) For plague in the military setting see also 4.19.10-11. 7.4.11a. ×1 kakkum(gišTUKUL) ra-bu-um i-na i-di um-ma- 2 PRS ⌈an⌉-ka i-la-[ak] 22 ExO.Lr.npt.7, §9.1b* “A great weapon will come to the aid of your army”. ► 1a •28.2.3a ‹the omen of Lugalirra and Meslamtaea› Ø 1b (ExO.Lr.npt.7, §9) 7.4.12. 7.4.12a. Aid > ♘[Army] < ✣[Erra], ✣[Meslamtaea] (+) (Erra u Meslamtaea) ša i-na i-di um-ma-ni-/⌈ka 2 PRS 235 ExO.Lr.npt.10, §37.1b ×1 i⌉-la-⌈ku⌉ “(Erra and Meslamtaea) will come to the aid of your army”. ► 1a •28.2.4a ‹the omen of Erra and Meslamtaea› ša (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §37) 7.4.13. 7.4.13a. ×1 1b š. š. 2 •4.19.2b ‹epidemic will happen in the land› Aid > ♔[1] < ✣[?], ✣[Nergal] (+) d […] 16u3 Nergal(dGIR3.UNU.GAL) a-na i-id ra- 1 PRS ma-ni-ia i-la-[ku] ExO.Lr.V.5, §8** “… and Nergal will come to my aid”. 7.4.14. Aid and kindness (+) 7.4.14a. ri-⌈ṣu2 u3 gi⌉-[mi-il-lu] ×1 “Help and kindness”. 7.5. 7.5.1. 7.5.1a. ×1 3 NOM ExO.Ht.2, §13** Kindness Kindness > ♙[Man] < ✣God (+) 15 awīlum(LU2) šu-u2 il(DINGIR)-šu it-ti-šu ka-ia- 3 STV an Ps.1b, §31.2 “This (i.e. the physiognomically examined) man, his god is constant(ly good) to him”. ► 1 •7.12.1a ‹the man will become renowned› Ø 2 (Ps.1b, §31) 7.5.1b. 22 ×1 “His (i.e. the inspected person’s) god is constantly good to him”. il(DINGIR)-šu a-na da-mi-iq-tim ka-a-a-an-šum 3 STV Ps.1b, §35.1 ► 1 Ø 2 •7.2.8a ‹he (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will live in stability› (Ps.1b, §35) 7.6. 7.6.1. 7.6.1a. ×1 Mercy Mercy > ♙[Man] (+) 5 a-wi-lum šu-u2 re-[e-ma-am] 6i-ma-ar-ma 7i-na 3 PRS, PRS Bh.2, §18.1a-b** qa2-ti-šu [i-ṣa-ab-ba-at] “This man will see mercy and take it in his hands(?)”. 236 7.6.2. 7.6.2a. ×1 ¬Mercy and fulfillment of prayers[P:♣City] > ♘[Captive] (–) 6 ša-al-lu i-na a-al ša-al-lu-u2 7re-mu-um u3 un- 3 ne2-nu-um u2-ul iš-ša-ka-an-šum STV PRS ExO.Lr.V.4, §2 “There will be nor mercy, neither (fulfillment of) prayers for the captive person in the city he was driven to”. 7.7. 7.7.1. Protection Protection > ♙[Man] < ✣[God] (+) 7.7.1a. ṣi-li ilim(DINGIR) e-li ⌈awīlim(LU2)⌉ i-ba-aš-ši-i ×2 “There will be protection (lit. shade) of the (patron–)god to the man”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §20; ExO.Lr.V.7, §7* Variants and spellings: ṣi-li i-li e-li a-wi-lim ⌈i-b⌉[a-(aš)-ši] (ExO.Lr.V.7, §7*) 7.7.1b. na-pi-iš-ti a-wi-lim \ ilum(DINGIR) i-na-ṣa-ar ×1 “The (patron–)god will protect the man’s life”. 7.8. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §8 Divine breeze The divine ‘breeze’ is tentatively taken as a favourable divine manifestation, while it is sometimes defined as ṭābu ‘sweet’ in later predictions (see CAD N1, 305a). Note, however, that the word napīšu can also mean stench (George 2015, 93–4). 7.8.1. Breeze > ♘[Army] (+) 3 PRS 7.8.1a. um-ma-nu-um na-pi-ša-am i-mar ×1 “The army will feel (lit. see) the breeze”. ExO.Lr.kki.3, §76.1a ► 1a Ø 1b •19.7.22a ‹the city you are besieging will not be captured› (ExO.Lr.kki.3, §76) 7.8.2. 7.8.2a. ×1 Breeze > ♘[Army] < ✣[God] (+) ilum(DINGIR) na-pi-ša-am a-na um-ma-ni-ka i-ša- 2 PRS ka-an “The god will provide a breeze for your army”. ► 1 Ø 2 •17.15.3a ‹the enemy (…) will leave your ‘flock’ alone› (ExO.Lr.V.6, §13) 7.8.3. Breeze > ♣[Besieged city] (/+) 237 ExO.Lr.V.6, §13.1 7.8.3a. 20 ×2 “The city you are besieging will feel (lit. see) the breeze”. 7.9. 7.9.1. 2 PRS a-li la-wi-at na-pi-ša i-mar ExO.V.2, §7; ExO.V.2, §13 Prosperity Prosperity > ♙[Man] (+) 7.9.1a. a-wi-lum!(LAM) a-na pa-ni-šu i-ma-⌈ṣi⌉ ×1 “The man will prosper”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ṣbt.2, §1* ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §21* || 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.1a, §84.2 ExO.B&Pd.1c, §8.2; || 7.10. Might Compare portents of having no rival (14.2.3-8). 7.10.1. Might > ♙[Man] (+) 7.10.1a. 4´ ×3 “The man will become strong(er)”. a-wi-lum i-da-an-⌈ni⌉-in ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §20**; In.1, §4 ► 1 •2.6.1a ‹pride› Ø 2 (ExO.B&Pd.1a, §84 || ExO.B&Pd.1c, §8) Variants and spellings: awīlum(LU2-lum) (ExO.B&Pd.1a, §84.2), awīlum(LU2) (ExO.B&Pd.1c, §8.2), i-da-ni-in (ExO.B&Pd.1a, §84.2; ExO.B&Pd.1c, §8.2); [… n]i-in (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §20**, uncertain, cf. imaṣṣi in the next apodosis). 7.10.2. 7.10.2a. ×1 Might[Over †] > ♔[2] < ✣[God] (+) e-li nakrīka([l]u2KUR2-ka) ilum(DINGIR) ⌈u2⌉-[da- 2 PRS n]a-ka ExO.M.3, §43.1a* “Your god will make you stronger than your enemy”. ► 1a Ø 1b •7.11.4a ‹the god will give you honor› (ExO.M.3, §43) 7.11. Honor 7.11.1. Honor (+) 7.11.1a. ni-iš re-ši-im ×5 “Honor (lit. raising of the head)”. 3 NOM ExO.B&Pd.2, §11.1a*; ExO.Lr.šlm.1, §3*; ExB.3, §6.1; Ol.2, §17.1; 238 In.2a, §19 ► 1a [?] 1b ‹…› (ExO.B&Pd.2, §11) ► 1 Ø 2 •2.3.1a ‹well-being› (ExB.3, §6) ► 1 Ø 2 •20.7.6a ‹the army on campaign will have a share› (Ol.2, §17) Variants and spellings: ni-ši re-ši (ExB.3, §6.1); ni-iš!(ID) ⌈re-ši⌉ (ExO.Lr.šlm.1, §3*, note the proposed nīd rēši ‘unkn. mng.’ for this apodosis in CAD N2, 210b, s.v. nīdu). 7.11.2. Honor > ♙[Man] (+) 7.11.2a. re-eš15 awīlim(LU2-lim) in-na-aš-še20-e ×1 “The man will become honorable (lit. the man’s head will be raised). 7.11.3. 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.1a, §28 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.9, §3; Honor > ♙[Man] < ✣[God] (+) 7.11.3a. i-lu-um re-eš a-wi-lim i-na-aš-ši ×2 “The god will make the man honorable (lit. raise the man’s head)”. Ol.1a, §70 Variants and spellings: ilum(DINGIR) (ExO.Lr.npt.9, §3). 7.11.3b. il(DINGIR)-šu re-ši-šu u2-ša-qa2 ×1 “His (i.e. the examined person’s) (patron–)god will lift his head”. 7.11.4. 3 PRS Ps.3, §17 2 PRS ExO.M.3, §43.1b Honor > ♔[2] < ✣[God] (+) 7.11.4a. re-ši-in na-še20-tim ilum(DINGIR) i-ša-ka-\-an-ka ×1 “The god will give (lit. set) you honor (lit. two raised heads)”. ► 1a •7.10.2a ‹your god will make you stronger than your enemy› Ø 1b (ExO.M.3, §43) Note rēšīn in the dualis. 7.11.5. Honor? > ♔[Prince] (?) 3 NOM 7.11.5a. [n]i-ši re-eš ⌈rubê(NUN)⌉ ×1 “The prince’s honor (lit. raising of the head)”. ► 1 [?] 2 ‹…› (ExO.Lr.ubn.3, §21) 7.12. Social status 239 ExO.Lr.ubn.3, §21.1 7.12.1. Becoming renowned? (+) 7.12.1a. awīlum(LU2) <šumšu> u2-we-ed-de ×1 “The man will make (his name?) renowned”. 3 PRS Ps.1b, §31.1* ► 1 Ø 2 •7.5.1a ‹this (i.e. the physiognomically examined) man, his god is constant(ly good) to him› (Ps.1b, §31) Note that the subject of the transitive wedû D is omitted. 7.12.2. Becoming important > ♔[Prince] (+) 3 PRS 7.12.2a. rubû(NUN) i-ka-bi-it ×1 “The prince will become important”. ExO.Lr.mzz.1, §1.1a ► 1a -ma 1b •17.4.1a ‹he will intercede for another’s brother(s)› (ExO.Lr.mzz.1, §1) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.mzz.1, §1.1a). 7.12.3. Becoming a gentleman > ♙[Man] (+) 3 PRS 7.12.3a. a-wi-lum a-wi-lu-tam i-la-ak ×1 “The man will become a respected person (lit. a man)”. ExO.M.3, §61.1a ► 1a Ø 1b •3.1.3a ‹he will (live to) see his grandchildren› (ExO.M.3, §61) 7.12.4. 7.12.4a. ×1 Becoming a gentleman > ♘[Son] (+) i-na mārī(DUMU.MEŠ)-šu iš-te-en a-wi-lu-[tam it- 3 PRS ta-na-al-la-ak (?)] Ps.2, §21 “One of his (i.e. the physiognomically examined person’s) sons will become a (respected) man”. 7.12.5. 7.12.5a. ×1 ¬Becoming a gentleman > ♘[Son] (–) i-na mārī(DUMU.MEŠ)-šu iš-te-en l[a a]-w[i-lu- 3 PRS tam it-ta-na-al-la-ak (?)] Ps.2, §20** “One of his (i.e. the physiognomically examined person’s) sons will not become a (respected) man”. 7.12.6. 7.12.6a. Becoming a leader > ♙[Man] (+) 3 PRS a-wi-lum a-ša-re-/-du-tam \ i-la-ak ExO.Lr.npt.10, §35.2*; ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §33 240 ×2 “The man will become a leader”. ► 1 •2.13.11a ‹mourning will be performed (lit. thrown) in the man’s house› š. š. 2 (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §35) Variants and spellings: Preceded by [ša]-⌈nu šum⌉-šu (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §35.2*); awīlum(LU2) <a>-ša-r/e-du-tam \ i-l/a-ak (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §35.2*). 7.12.6b. re-šu-tam i-il-la-ak ×1 “He (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will become a headman”. 3 PRS Ps.1b, §10 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.1a, §30 3 STV Ps.2, §63.1b 7.13. Credibility 7.13.1. Credible opinion > [Man] (+) 7.13.1a. a-wa-at awīlim(LU2-lim) iz-za-az!(AB) ×1 “The man’s word will be considered credible (lit. will stand)”. 7.13.2. Respected opinion > [Man] (+) 7.13.2a. i-na a-li-šu pi-šu i-te-el ×1 “His (i.e. the physiognomically examined person’s) opinion is respected (lit. noble) in his city”. ► 1a •7.15.1a ‹he (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will succeed in his craft›-ma 1b (Ps.2, §63) Cf. noble command in 17.2.4. 7.13.3. Lightweight opinion > [Man] (–) 7.13.3a. a-wa-at awīlim(LU2-lim) i-qa2-a[l]-li-i/l ×1 “The man’s word will be lightweight”. 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.1a, §8 3 PRS Ps.2, §61.1b 7.14. Fame and reputation 7.14.1. Fame (+) 7.14.1a. šum-šu iz-za-ak-ka-ar ×1 “His (i.e. the physiognomically person’s) name will be mentioned”. examined ► 1a •A1 ‹he will take a treasure in his …› u 1b •7.14.1a ‹his (i.e. the physiognomically examined person’s) name will be mentioned› (Ps.2, §61) Variants and spellings: Preceded by u3 (Ps.2, §61.1b). 241 7.14.1b. šu-u2-ma šum-šu iz-za-ka-ar ×1 “This one’s (i.e. the physiognomically examined person’s) name will be mentioned”. 3 PRS Ps.2, §69.1b ► 1a •10.2.4a ‹grievous imprisonment, of his reputation being …, will happen to him (i.e. the physiognomically examined person)› Ø 1b (Ps.2, §69) 7.14.2. Fame[Without knowing] (+) 7.14.2a. ša la i-du-u2 zi-ki-ir šu-mi-šu u2-ša-b[a-lam] ×1 “His name will be brought up without him knowing”. 7.14.3. Ps.2, §53* 3 STV Ps.3, §15* 3 PRS Ps.3, §13 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §1; Fame[Good] (+) 7.14.3a. šu-um-šu i-[n]a [d]a-mi-i[q]-tim ḫa-[si-is] ×1 “His name is referred in good (context)”. 7.14.3b. šu-um-šu i-še-er ×1 “He (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will have a good reputation (lit. his name will thrive)”. 7.14.4. 3 PRS Fame[Good] > ♘[Diviner] (+) 7.14.4a. ba-ru šum da-mi-iq-tim i-/-leq-qe2-e ×4 “The diviner will acquire good reputation”. ExO.Lr.kki.3, §57; ExO.Ht.3, §46*; ExO.Ht.4, §12* Variants and spellings: bārûm(MAŠ2.ŠU.GID2.GID2) (ExO.Lr.kki.3, §57; ExO.Ht.3, §46*), šu-mi (ExO.Lr.kki.3, §57), il/e-eq-qe2 (ExO.Lr.kki.3, §57; ExO.Ht.3, §46*), 20ba-r[u-(um) šu-ma-(am) da-mi-iq-ta]m i-le-qe2 (ExO.Ht.4, §12*). 7.14.5. Fame[Bad] (–) 7.14.5a. šu-um-šu i-[n]a le-mu-tim ḫa-si-is ×1 “His name is referred in bad (context)”. 7.14.5b. šu-ma la d[a]m?-qa2 iš-{aš}-ša-ka-an ×1 “He (i.e. the physiognomically person’s) will have bad reputation”. 3 STV Ps.3, §16 3 PRS Ps.2, §75.1b** examined ► 1a •12.10.3a ‹he (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will be mentioned in denunciations› Ø 1b (Ps.2, §75) 7.14.5c. šu-um-šu u3-ul i-š[e-er] 3 PRS 242 Ps.3, §14* ×1 7.14.6. “He (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will not a have good reputation (lit. his name will not thrive)”. Fame[Bad] < ♘[Neighbors] (–) 7.14.6a. ba-ab-ta-šu a-na le-mu-ut-tim iz-za-k[a-ar-š]u ×1 “His (i.e. the physiognomically examined person’s) neighborhood will mention him (i.e. the physiognomically examined person)”. 7.14.7. a-wa-at ib-ba-aš-šu-u2-šu u2-ul i-la-am-ma-ad ×1 “He (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will not be aware of the talks that will be about him”. 3 PRS, PRS Ps.2, §54 3 PRS Ps.2, §14* 3 PRS Ps.3, §22* 3 PRS Ps.2, §63.1a* 3 PRS Ps.2, §62 Rumors[Bad] (–) 7.14.8a. qa2-bi le-mu-tim ir-ta-na-a[d-di-šu] ×1 “Malicious talks will constantly follow him”. 7.14.9. Ps.2, §17* Rumors[Without awareness] (–) 7.14.7a. 7.14.8. 3 PRS Oblivion (–) 7.14.9a. šu-um-šu i-ḫa-l[i-i]q ×1 “His (the physiognomically examined person’s) name will vanish”. 7.15. Professional reputation 7.15.1. Professional success (+) 7.15.1a. i-na ši-pi-ir [i-d]i-šu i-še-er ×1 “He (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will succeed in his craft”. ► 1a -ma 1b •7.13.2a ‹his opinion is respected in his city› (Ps.2, §63) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (Ps.2, §63.1a*). 7.15.2. Professional reputation[Bad] (–) 7.15.2a. i-na ši-pi-ir i-di-šu šum-šu im-ma-as-si2-ik ×1 “His professional (lit. in his craft his) reputation 243 will be spoiled”. 7.16. Social outcastness 7.16.1. Thrusted > ♙[Man] < ♧[Mankind] (–) 7.16.1a. 45 ×1 “He (i.e. the physiognomically person’s) is thrusted by people”. 3 STV it-ti a-wi-l[u-t]i sa3-ki-ip Ps.1b, §44.1b examined ► 1a •27.12.3a ‹this (i.e. the physiognomically examined) man is thrusted by his god› Ø 1b (Ps.1b, §44) 244 8. Property Property and subjects related to it compile a vast and diverse topic. A small group of predictions refer to personal character in regard to property (8.1). Apodoses protending abundance (8.2) and wealth (8.3) contrapose poverty (8.4), as growth (8.5) contraposes downturn (8.6). Positive apodoses predicting obtainment of desired (8.7), gain (8.8), acquisition (8.9) and a gift (8.10) all compile a closely related group. Threat to property can take form of discovery of valuables by a powerful party (8.11), its conversion (8.12), confiscation (8.13), appropriation (8.14), theft (8.15) or loss (8.16). Lost valuables can, however, return (8.17). The next three related subsections predict financial losses (8.18), ruin (8.19) and division of property between heirs (8.20). Finally, a separate group of apodoses refer to market prices and dynamics (8.21) 8.1. Characteristics in regard to property Compare general characteristics in subsection 7.1. 8.1.1. Creditor (+) 8.1.1a. qa2-ia-pa-nu-tam 9i-ip-pu-uš ×1 “He is (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will become a creditor”. 3 PRS Ps.1b, §4.1a 3 STV Ps.3, §44 3 NOM ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §53.1 ► 1a Ø 1b ‹…› (Ps.1b, §4) 8.1.2. Spender (–) 8.1.2a. mu-sa-a-pi-iḫ ×1 “He (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) is a spender”. 8.2. 8.2.1. Abundance Abundance (+) 8.2.1a. ṭu3-uḫ2-du ×1 “Abundance”. ► 1 Ø 2 •20.7.7a ‹the army will have a share in the place where he is heading to› (ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §53) 8.2.2. Abundance > ♧[Country] (+) 8.2.2a. ṭu2-uḫ2-du i-na māti(KUR) ib-ba-aš-š[i] ×1 “There will be abundance in the country”. 8.2.3. Abundance > ♣[Country] (/+) 245 3 PRS ExO.Ht.3, §40 8.2.3a. ṭu2-uḫ2-du i-na māt(KUR) nakri(KUR2) ib-ba-aš-ši ×1 “There will be abundance in the enemy’s country”. 8.3. 8.3.1. ExO.Ht.3, §41 3 NOM ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §82; Wealth Wealth (+) 8.3.1a. 10 ×2 “Wealth”. 8.3.2. 3 PRS ma-aš-ru-um ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §83 Wealth > ♙[Man] (+) 8.3.2a. 21 ×1 “The man will become rich”. a-wi-lum i-ša-ar-ru 3 PRS ExB.1a, §18 || ExB.1b, §18 3 PRS Fl.1, §13 3 PRS Bh.2, §15* 3 PRS Ps.1b, §53 2 ExO.Lr.ṣbt.5, §4.1a-b*; Variants and spellings: awīlum(LU2) (ExB.1b, §18). 8.3.2b. awīlum(LU2) ma-aš-ru-u2 33u2-ṣa-ab-šu-u2 ×1 “The man: his wealth will increase (lit. him)”. 8.3.2c. 18 ×1 “This (i.e. mentioned in the protasis) man will increase in riches”. 8.3.3. a-wi-lum!(LAM) šu-u2 19mi-im-ma u2-wa-ta-a[r] Wealth[Unknowingly] > ♙[Man] (+) 8.3.3a. a-na la i-de-⌈e⌉ iš-ta-na-ru ×1 “He (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will become rich without knowing”. 8.3.4. 8.3.4a. ×2 Wealth > ♔[2] < ✣[God] (+) e-li ma-ku-ur il-ka i-di-nu-ku ilum(DINGIR) u2-ṣaba-ak-kum PRS PRS ExO.Lr.V.10, §5.1a-b “The god will add (lit. increase) to the property your god (already) gave you”. Variants and spellings: e-li m[a-ak-ku-ur] 7⌈il!⌉-ka i-di!(ŠU)-nu-kum i-lum uṣ-ṣa-⌈ab?⌉[-ba-kum] (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.5, §4.1a-b*). 8.3.5. 8.3.5a. Wealth > ♘[Younger brother] (+) \ [a-ḫu-um] ṣe-eḫ-ru-um i-ša-ru 3 PRS 246 ExO.Lr.mrt.3, §3.1a* ×1 “The younger brother will become rich”. ► 1a -ma 1b •8.4.3a ‹the older (brothers) will become poor› (ExO.Lr.mrt.3, §3) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.mrt.3, §3.1a*). 8.4. 8.4.1. Poverty Poverty > ♙[Man] 8.4.1a. 6 ×1 “The man will become poor”. [a-wi-lu]m i-[la-pi-in] 3 PRS Bh.2, §1** 3 PRS ExO.Lr.V.10, §10* 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.3, §3.1b* Uncertain; cf. Bh.2, §2 in 4.1.1a. 8.4.2. Poverty > ♙[Household] 8.4.2a. [bi-i]t ⌈a-wi⌉-lim i-la-pi-in ×1 “The man’s house will become poor”. 8.4.3. Poverty > ♙[Older brothers] 8.4.3a. ra-bu-tum i-la-pi-[nu] ×1 “The older (brothers) will become poor”. ► 1a •8.3.5a ‹the younger brother will become rich›-ma 1b (ExO.Lr.mrt.3, §3) 8.5. Growth Compare fold growth in subsection 9.2. 8.5.1. Growth[Household] > ♙[@Commoner, Man] (+) 8.5.1a. a-na mu-uš-ke-ni bīt(E2) awīlim(LU2) i-ra-pi2-iš ×1 “For the commoner: the house(hold) of the man will grow (lit. extend)”. 3 PRS ExO.StIn.1, §1.2 ► 1a •28.1.4a ‹omen of Sargon› ša 1b •14.2.14b ‹who ruled the (entire) country› šumma 2 (ExO.StIn.1, §1) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 3šumma(BE) (ExO.StIn.1, §1.2). The prediction is somewhat ambiguous, as it might refer to household members, property, or both. 8.6. Downturn Compare fold downturn in subsection 9.3. 247 8.6.1. Downturn[Property] > ♙[Man] (–) 3 PRS 8.6.1a. ma-ku-ur a-wi-lim i-ṣe-ḫe-/-er ×1 “The man’s property will become few”. 8.6.2. 8.6.2a. ×1 ExO.Ht.4, §13 Downturn[Property, Household] > ♙[Man] (–) 33 a-wi-lum ṣe-ḫe-er bi-ti-šu u3 u2-ne2-ti-šu 34i-na- 3 PRS šu i-ma-ra Br.O.1, §33 “The man will experience (lit. his eyes will see) a downturn of his household and his movables”. 8.7. 8.7.1. 8.7.1a. ×1 Obtaining desired Obtaining desired > ♙[Man] (+) a-wi-lum i-zi-im-ti li-ib-bi-šu ša-da-a 32 qa2-ta-šu i-ka-aš- 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.9, §10 “The man (lit. his hands) will obtain his heart’s desire”. 8.7.1b. ×1 [awīlum(LU2) ni-zi-im-ti (?) li-ib]-bi!(BA)-šu qa2- 3 PRS as-su2 i-/-ka-ša-ad ExO.Lr.npt.10, §30** “The man (lit. his hand) will obtain his heart’s desire”. 8.7.1c. ×1 17 awīlum(LU2) ṣu2-mu-r[a-a]t [u2]-ṣa-ma-ru qa2- 3 PRS as-su2 18i-ka-aš-ša-ad ExO.V.2, §6.1* “The man (lit. his hand) will obtain his wishes (lit. the wishes he wishes)”. ► 1 Ø 2 •19.7.8b ‹you will enter the city you are besieging› (ExO.V.2, §6) 8.7.1d. ×1 a-wi-lum b[i-i]b-la-at li-ib-bi-šu qa2-/[(as)-su2] 3 PRS 46 i-ka-aš-ša-ad ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §85.2* “The man (lit. his hand) will obtain his heart’s desires”. ► 1 •18.23.9a ‹fall of the enemy’s army› rs. 2 (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §85) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 45re-qu2-sa3 (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §85.2*). 8.7.1e. ša uz-na-šu i-ba-aš-ši-a qa2-as-s[u i-ka-aš-ša-ad] ×1 “His (i.e. the physiognomically examined person’s) hand will obtain what will his attention 248 3 PRS Ps.2, §8* is directed to (lit. appear in his ears)”. 8.7.2. 8.7.2a. ×1 Obtaining desired[T:In one or two years] > ♙[Man] (+) ša u2-ṣa-am-ma-ru i-na i-ka-aš-ša-ad] MU.1.KAM MU.1.[1.KAM 3 PRS Ps.2, §9* “He (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will obtain what he wishes in a year (or) two”. 8.7.3. 8.7.3a. ×1 Obtaining desired > ♙[@Commoner: Man] (+) a-na lu2mu-uš2-ke-ni-im awīlum(LU2) ma-a[l] u2- 3 PRS ṣa-ma-[ru qāssu ikaššad] ExO.Lr.V.5, §7.2** “For the commoner: the man (lit. his hands) will obtain whatever he wishes for”. ► 1 ‹…› ū šumma 2 (ExO.Lr.V.5, §7) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 14u3 šum-ma (ExO.Lr.V.5, §7.2**). 8.7.4. Obtaining desired > ♔[2] (+) 8.7.4a. ṣu2-mi-ra-ti-ka ta-⌈ka⌉-ša-ad ×1 “You will obtain your wishes”. 8.7.4b. ka-a[l] pa-ni-ka te-le-eq-qe2-/-e ×1 “You will take everything you look for (lit. is in front of you)”. 8.7.5. 8.7.5a. ×1 2 PRS ExO.M.3, §40 2 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §10 Obtaining desired[S:Campaign] > ♘[Army] (+) [a-n]a ḫarrānim(KASKAL) um-ma-ni ṣu2-mu-ra- 1 PRS ti-šu i-⌈ka⌉-[aš-šad] ExO.Lr.pzr.1, §2.2a* “For the campaign: my army will obtain its wishes”. ► 1 ‹…› [šumma] 2a [?] 2b •20.3.57a ‹abundant booty › [šumma] 4 •4.8.1a ‹for the sick person …› (ExO.Lr.pzr.1, §2) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 3´[šumma(BE)] (ExO.Lr.pzr.1, §2.2a*). 8.7.6. 8.7.6a. Obtaining desired[P:Destination] > ♘[Army] (+) 23 [a-šar (?) um-ma-n]i i-la-ku-u2 ṣu2-mi-ra-ti-i-ša 1 249 PRS PRS ExO.Lr.kki.3, §80.1a** ×1 24 [i-ka-aš-ša-a]⌈d⌉ “My army will obtain its desire in the place (?) it is headed to”. ► 1a u 1b •20.7.5a ‹(my army?) will have a share› [?] 1c ‹…› (ExO.Lr.kki.3, §80) 8.7.7. ¬Obtaining desired (–) 8.7.7a. [ta-aṣ]-mi-ir-tum l[a ka-ši-it-tum] ×1 “Unfulfilled wish”. 8.7.8. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.ubn.3, §22** 3 PRS Ps.2, §7* ¬Obtaining desired > ♙[Man] (–) 8.7.8a. ša uz-na-šu i-ba-aš-ši-a u2-u[l i-ka-aš-ša-ad] ×1 “He (i.e. the physiognomically examined person’s) will not obtain what will sound (lit. appear) in his ears”. Restored after Ps.2, §8*. 8.7.9. 8.7.9a. ×1 ¬Obtaining desired > ♔[Prince] (–) \ rubû([NU]⌈N?⌉) bi-ib-la-at libbī(ŠA3)-šu ⌈qa2-ta⌉- 3 PRS šu u2-ul i-ka-ša-da ExO.Lr.pdn.3, §29.1a** “The prince (lit. his hand) will not obtain his heart’s desires”. ► 1a Ø 1b •A1 ‹the campaign he (?) is undertaking ...› (ExO.Lr.pdn.3, §29) 8.7.10. 8.7.10a. ×1 ¬Obtaining desired > ♞[Army] (/–) um-ma-an nakrim(lu2KUR2) ṣu2-mi-ra-ti-ša ul i- 3 PRS ka-aš-ša-ad ExO.Lr.V.8, §1 “The enemy’s army will not obtain its wishes for”. 8.7.11. Obtaining desired > † (?) 8.7.11a. nakru(KUR2-ru) ša u2-ṣa-ma-r[a …] ×1 “The enemy will … what his desires”. 8.7.12. (¬)Obtaining desired (?) 250 3 PRS ? ExO.Lr.mzz.2, §8 8.7.12a. ṣu2-m[i-ra-at …] ×1 “Desire of …”. 8.8. 8.8.1. ×1 “He (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will acquire property”. Ps.3, §27 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ṣbt.2, §4 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §24* 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.3, §3 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §5.1 Gain[Profit] > ♙[Man] (+) 8.8.2a. a-wi-lum ne2-me-lam i-ma-a/r ×1 “The man will have (lit. see) profit”. 8.8.2b. ⌈a⌉-[wi-lum ne2]-me-lam i-ra!(RI)-aš-ši ×1 “The man will obtain profit”. Gain[Income] > ♔[Palace] (+) 8.8.3a. er-bu-um a-na ekallim(E2.GAL) i-ir-ru-u[b] ×1 “Income will come to the palace”. 8.8.4. 3 PRS Gain[Property] > ♙[Man] (+) ma-ar-ši-tam i-ra-ši 8.8.3. ExO.Lr.abl.3, §10 Gain 8.8.1a. 8.8.2. 3 PRS Gain[Income] > ♘[Prince] (+) 8.8.4a. rubûm(NUN) er-ba-am i-kal ×1 “The prince will enjoy income”. ► 1 š. š. 2 •8.8.6a ‹the shukkallu-official will enjoy income› (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §5) 8.8.5. 8.8.5a. ×1 Gain[Income] > ♘[Servants] < ♔[Palace] (/+) e-ri-ib a-na šarrim(LUGAL) / i-ru-bu \ a-na wa- 3 ar-di-i-[šu] i-ru-ub PRT PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §14 “The income that came to the king will come to his servants”. 8.8.6. 8.8.6a. Gain[Income] > ♘[Shukkallu] (/+) šukkallum(SUKKAL) er-ba-am i-ka-al 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.2, §2*; ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §5.2 251 ×2 “The shukkallu-official will enjoy income”. ► 1 •8.8.4a ‹the prince will enjoy income› š. š. 2 (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §5) Variants and spellings: Preceded by ša-nu šu[m]-šu (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §5.2). 8.8.7. 8.8.7a. ×1 Gain[Income] > ♘[Important Person] < ♔[Palace] (/+) (kabtum) e-ri-⌈ib a-na⌉ ekallim(E2.GAL) i-ru-bu a- 3 na qa2-ti-šu i-ru-ub PRT PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §3.1b “The income that came to the palace will come to him (i.e. the important person’s) (lit. his hands) ”. ► 1a •13.1.9a ‹an important person who is renowned will appear›-ma 1b (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §3) 8.8.8. Gain[Profit] > ♞[Opponent] < ♙[Man] (/+) 8.8.8a. iš-di-iḫ-šu a-na be-e[l a-wa-ti-šu i-sa3-ḫ]u-ur ×1 “His (i.e. the physiognomically examined person’s) profit will turn to his opponent”. 8.8.9. 3 PRS Ps.2, §15* 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.2, §19; Gain[Product] > ♔[Palace] (+) 8.8.9a. ḫi-ṣi2-ma-tim a-na ekallim(E2.GAL)-lim i-ru-ub ×2 “The country’s product will come to the palace”. ExO.Lr.ṣbt.3, §19** Variants and spellings: 52[ḫi-ṣi2-ib ma-ti]-im a-na ekallim(E2.GAL-lim) i-ru-ub (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.3, §19**, uncertain, reconstruction follows Jeyes 1989b, 138). Note sandhi /b m/ > /mm/ in ḫiṣimmātim < *ḫiṣib mātim. 8.8.10. ¬Gain[Product] > ♔[Palace] (–) 8.8.10a. ḫi-iṣ!(IŠ)-bu a-na ekalli(E2.GAL) u2-ul i-/-ru-ub ×1 “The product will not come to the palace”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §11.2* ► 1 •18.3.7a ‹attack of an usurper king› š. š. 2 (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §11) Variants and spellings: ša-nu šum-šu (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §11.2*). 8.8.11. 8.8.11a. ×1 Gain[Silver, Gold] > ♔[King] (+) kaspu(KU3.BABBAR) u3 ḫurāṣu(KU3.SIG17) a-na 3 PRS šarri(LUGAL) i-sa-ḫu-ur “Silver and gold will turn to the king”. 252 Ce.EcS.1, §18(.1)* ► 1 [?] 2 ‹…› (Ce.EcS.1, §18) 8.9. 8.9.1. Acquisition Acquisition (+) 8.9.1a. 2 ×1 “Acquisition”. 3 NOM ki-ši-i[t]-tum ExO.Lr.V.6, §1.1 ► 1 Ø 2 •19.7.8b ‹you will enter the city you are besieging› (ExO.Lr.V.6, §1) 8.9.2. Acquisition > ♙[Man] (+) 8.9.2a. awīlum(LU2) šu ki-ši-it-ti [qa2-ti i-ra-aš-ši] ×1 “This (lit. mentioned in the protasis) man will gain an acquisition”. 8.9.3. 3 PRS Bh.1, §4* 3 NOM ExO.Lr.ubn.1, §2.2 3 NOM ExO.V.1, §2.2 3 NOM ExB.3, §29* 1 NOM Ol.3, §7.1 Acquisition > ♙[@Commoner] (+) 8.9.3a. a-na lu2mu-uš2-k[e-ni]m ki-ši-id qa-tim ×1 “For the commoner: an acquisition”. ► 1 •A1 ‹the king will conquer a foreign land› ū 2 (ExO.Lr.ubn.1, §2) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 12u3 (ExO.Lr.ubn.1, §2.2). 8.9.4. Acquisition > ♙[@Trader] (+) 8.9.4a. a-na tamkārim(DAM.GAR3) ki-ši-id qa2-ti ×1 “For the trader: an acquisition”. ► 1 •18.22.14a ‹a small army will defeat a big army› Ø 2 (ExO.V.1, §2) 8.9.5. Acquisition[S:Campaign] (+) 8.9.5a. a-na ḫarrānim(KASKAL) ki-ši-i[d / qa2]-ti ×1 “For the campaign: an acquisition”. 8.9.5b. a-na ḫarrānim(KASKAL) ki-ši-id qa-ti-⌈i/a⌉ ×1 “For the campaign: my acquisition”. ► 1 [ana ḫu]lqim teppuš-ma “(If) you are performing for a lost object” 2 •8.17.5a ‹you will find the lost object› (Ol.3, §7) 8.9.6. Acquisition[S:Warfare] (+) 253 8.9.6a. a-na kakkim(gišTUKUL) ki-ši-id / qa2-ti ×1 “For the warfare: acquisition”. 3 NOM ExB.3, §10.2 3 PRS ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §17** 3 NOM ExO.Lr.ṣbt.3, §7** 3 NOM ExO.Lr.ṣbt.3, §8** 3 NOM ExO.Ht.3, §28; ► 1 •4.4.1c ‹the sick person will recover› Ø 2 (ExB.3, §10) 8.9.7. Acquisition > ? (+) 8.9.7a. [k]i-ši-id qa2-tim e-⌈li x⌉[…] ×1 “Acqusition for …”. 8.9.7b. 18 ×1 “Acqusition …”. […] qa2-tim Unclear; either kišid, ṣibit or ṣīt “loss”. Cf. next apodosis below. 8.9.7c. 20 ×1 “Acqusition …”. […] qa2-tim Unclear; either kišid, ṣibit or ṣīt “loss”. Cf. previous apodosis above. 8.10. Gift 8.10.1. Gift > ♔[Prince] < ✣[God] (+) 8.10.1a. ni-di-in ilim(DINGIR) a-na rubêm(NUN) ×2 “Gift of the god to the prince”. 8.10.2. ExO.Ht.3, §77 Gift[Something] > ♙[2] < ♘[Someone] (+) 8.10.2a. ma-am-ma-an mi-im-/-ma i-na-di-kum ×1 “Someone will give you something”. 2 PRS ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §4 3 PRS Ps.2, §59.1b* 8.11. Discovery of valuables 8.11.1. Discovery[Old treasure] > ♙ (+) 8.11.1a. ni-ṣi2-ir-tam la-bi-ir-tam i-[mar] ×1 “He (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will find (lit. see) an ancient treasure”. ► 1a •8.14.2a ‹a powerful person will take his (i.e. the physiognomically inspected person’s) property›-ma 1b (Ps.2, §59) 8.11.2. Discovery[Treasure] > ♘[important person] < ♙ (/+) 254 8.11.2a. ni-ṣi-ir-ta-šu ka-ab-tu (immar) ×1 “An important person (will discover) his (i.e. the physiognomically examined person’s) treasure”. 3 PRS Ps.2, §60.1 3 PRS Ps.2, §60.2 ► 1 ū 2 •8.11.3a ‹the palace will discover (his treasure)› (Ps.2, §60) 8.11.3. Discovery[Treasure] > ♔[palace] < ♙ (/+) 8.11.3a. (niṣirtašu) ekallum(E2.GAL) i-mar ×1 “The palace will discover (his – i.e. the physiognomically examined person’s – treasure)”. ► 1 •8.11.2a ‹an important person (will discover) his (i.e. the physiognomically examined person’s) treasure› ū 2 (Ps.2, §60) Variants and spellings: Preceded by u3 (Ps.2, §60.2). 8.12. Conversion 8.12.1. 8.12.1a. ×1 Conversion[Property] > ♔[Palace] < ♘[Someone] (+) (ayyumma) \ ri-⌈du⌉-[s]u a-na ekallim(E2.GAL) i- 3 PRS ru-ub ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §12.1b “His (i.e. someone’s) property will be converted by the palace”. ► 1a •3.4.65a ‹someone will die ›-ma 1b (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §12) 8.12.2. 8.12.2a. ×1 Conversion[Property] > ♔[Palace] < ♘[Concubine] (+) (sekertum) 31ri-du-sa3!(A) a-na ekallim(E2.[GAL]) 3 PRS i-⌈ir⌉-ru-[ub] ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §77.1b* “Her (i.e. the concubine’s) property will be converted by the palace”. ► 1a •3.4.27a ‹a concubine will die›[-ma] 1b (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §77) 8.12.3. Conversion[Property] > ♔[Palace] < ♘[Princes] (+) 8.12.3a. (rubû) ri-du-s[u2!-nu] ⌈ekallum(E2.GAL)⌉ i-re-de ×1 “Their (i.e. the princes’) property will be converted by the palace”. 255 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §82.1b* ► 1a •3.5.24a ‹the king will kill his (vassal) princes›-ma 1b (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §82) 8.12.4. 8.12.4a. ×1 Conversion[Property, Household] > ♔[Palace] < ♙[@Commoner] (/+) a-na mu-uš-ke-nim 20bi-is-su2 u2 u2-ne2-ti-šu 3 PRS ekallum(E2.GAL) i-re-de-e Br.O.1, §8.2 “For the commoner: the palace will convert his house and his movable property”. ► 1 •18.19.13a ‹the enemy will overthrow the country› Ø 2 (Br.O.1, §8) 8.12.5. Conversion[Property] > ♔[King] < ♙[Someone] (/+) 8.12.5a. š[ar-rum ri]-du-ut a-a-i-im-ma i-re-d/e-e ×1 “The king will convert someone’s property”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ṣbt.2, §5.1a* ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §25.1a* || ► 1a -ma 1b •8.12.9a ‹he will give (someone’s property) to another person› (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.2, §5 || ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §25) Variants and spellings: ⌈šar!(RA)-ru-um!(LA)⌉ ri-du-ut a-a-im!(GU)-ma (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.2, §5.1a*); Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.2, §5.1a; ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §25.1a*). 8.12.6. 8.12.6a. ×1 Conversion[Property] > ♔[King, Palace] < ♙[Someone] (+) ri-du-ut a-a-[(i)-(im)-ma] ekallim(E2.GAL) i-re-[(ed)-de] 42 [ša]r-rum a-na 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §52* “The king will convert someone’s property to the palace”. 8.12.7. Conversion[Households] > ♔[King] < ♙[Subordinates] (+) 8.12.7a. 27 ×1 “The king will convert the houses of his subordinates”. 8.12.8. šarrum(LUGAL) bītāt(E2.ḪA2) wardī(IR3.MEŠ)-šu 3 PRS i-ra-ad-di Conversion[Property] > ♔[King] < ? (+) 8.12.8a. 47 ×1 “The king will convert …”. 8.12.9. 8.12.9a. ExO.Lr.V.5, §17 3 PRS ⌈x⌉ […] šar-rum i-re-de ExO.Ht.4, §57** Conversion[Property] > ♘/♙[Another] < ♔[King] < ♘/♙[Someone] (+?) (šarrum ridût ayyimma) \ a-na ša-ni-i-im i-na- 3 PRS 256 ExO.Lr.ṣbt.2, §5.1b || ×1 ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §25.1b d/i-in “(The king) will give (someone’s property) to another person”. ► 1a •8.12.5a ‹the king will convert someone’s property›-ma 1b (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.2, §5 || ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §25) Variants and spellings: ša-ni-im (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.2, §5.1b). Cf. 20.3.30. 8.12.10. Conversion[Property] > ♔[King, Palace] < ✣[Temples] (+) 8.12.10a. ×1 šarrum(LUGAL) ma-kur bītāt(E2) 3 PRS ilāni(DINGIR.RA.MEŠ) \ a-na ekallim(E2.GAL-lim) u2-še-re-ma ExO.Lr.M.36, §23.1a “The king will bring the property of the gods’ temples to the palace”. ► 1a •8.12.10a ‹the king will bring the property of the gods’ temples to the palace›-ma 1b •A1 ‹it will be exposed to the Sun› (ExO.Lr.M.36, §23) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.M.36, §23.1a). Note /bm/ > /mm/. 8.12.11. Conversion > [Palace] < [Palace] (?) 3 PRS 8.12.11a. e-ka-lum e-ka-lam i-re-ed-de ×2 “(A) palace will convert (another) palace”. ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §6; ExO.Lr.V.10, §32 Variants and spellings: ekallum(E2.GAL-lum) ekallam(E2.GAL-am) i-re-d/e-e (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §6). 8.12.11b. ekallam(E2.GAL-lam) \ ekallum(E2.GAL) i-re-de ×1 “(A) palace will convert (another) palace”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §9 2 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.2, §6.1 ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §15 8.12.12. Conversion > ♔[2] < ♚[Palace] (+) 8.12.12a. 8 ekal(E2.GAL) nakrī(lu2KUR2)-ka te-re-de-e ×1 “You will convert your enemy’s palace”. ► 1 Ø 2 •20.3.4a ‹you will take the property of the enemy’s country› (ExO.Lr.bbk.2, §6) Variants and spellings: te-e-re-de (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §15). 8.12.13. Conversion > † < ♔[Palace] (/+) 8.12.13a. 6 nakrum(⌈lu2⌉KUR2-rum) ekal(E2.GAL)-ka i-re-de-e 2 PRS ×1 257 ExO.Lr.bbk.2, §5.1 || “The enemy will convert your palace”. ► 1 Ø 2 •20.3.6a ‹the enemy will take the property of your country› (ExO.Lr.bbk.2, §5) ExO.Lr.bbk.2, §5 is a variant of ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §13 (below). 8.12.13b. \ ekal(E2.GAL)-ka nakrum(lu2KUR2) i-re-e-de ×1 “The enemy will convert your palace”. 2 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §13 bīt(E2) awīlim([L]U2) ekallum(E2.GAL) u2-ka-an- 3 PRS na-ak ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §9.2 ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §13 is a variant of ExO.Lr.bbk.2, §5 (above). 8.13. Confiscation 8.13.1. 8.13.1a. ×1 Confiscation[House] > ♔[Palace] < ♙[Man] (/+) “The palace will seal the man’s house”. ► 1a •19.7.9a ‹the enemy will enter the city›-ma 1b •20.5.5a ‹he will take away the city’s harvest› š. š. 2 (ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §9) Variants and spellings: Preceded by šanûm šumšu(MU.NI.KI.MIN) (ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §9.2). 8.13.2. Confiscation[House] > ♔[King] < ♙[Man] (/+) 8.13.2a. 49 ×1 “The king will seal the man’s house”. 8.13.3. 8.13.3a. ×1 šar-rum bi-it a-wi-lim u2-ka-na-[a/]k! 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §85* Confiscation[Palace] > ♔[King] < ♚[Rival king] (+) šarrum(LUGAL) ekal(E2.GAL) me-eḫ-ri-šu {NI?} \ 3 PRS i-ka-na-ak ExO.Lr.M.36, §36 “The king will seal his peer’s palace” 8.13.4. 8.13.4a. ×1 Taking away[House] > ♘[Creditor] < ♙[Man] (+) 20 bēl(EN) ri-ib-bi-it a-wi-lim bi-it a-wi-lim i-ta- 3 PRS ba-al “The man’s creditor will take the man’s house”. 8.14. Appropriation 8.14.1. Appropriation[Property] > ♘[Mighty person] < ♙[Man] (/+) 258 ExO.Lr.V.6, §11 3 PRS 8.14.1a. mi-im-mu-u2-šu dan-nu i-ik-ka-al ×1 “A powerful person will enjoy (lit. eat) his (i.e. the physiognomically inspected person’s) belongings”. Ps.2, §58.1a ► 1a -ma 1b •5.2.1c ‹this one (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will worry› (Ps.2, §58) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (Ps.2, §58.1a). 8.14.2. Taking away[Property] > ♘[Mighty person] < ♙[Man] (/+) 8.14.2a. mi-im-ma-šu dan-nu!(NA) i-ik-ki-im ×1 “A powerful person will take his (i.e. the physiognomically inspected person’s) property”. 3 PRS Ps.2, §59.1a ► 1a -ma 1b •8.11.1a ‹he (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will find an ancient treasure› (Ps.2, §59) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (Ps.2, §59.1a). 8.15. Theft 8.15.1. Theft (–) 8.15.1a. mi-il-la-tum ×4 “Looting”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §62.1a; ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §21.2a; ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §101.1a**; ExO.Lr.V.11, §30.1a ► 1a •8.15.1a ‹looting› Ø 1b (ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §62) ► 1 •18.22.5b ‹you will defeat your enemy› [?] 2a Ø 2b •8.15.3a ‹the shatammu-officials will constantly steal from the palace› (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §21) ► 1a Ø 1b •8.15.4a ‹criminals will constantly steal from the palace› (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §101) ► 1a Ø 1b •8.15.3c ‹the shatammu-officials will loot the palaces› (ExO.Lr.V.11, §30) Variants and spellings: 14mi-il5-la-tum (ExO.Lr.V.11, §30.1a), [x x (x)]-tum (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §101.1a**, uncertain). 8.15.2. 8.15.2a. ×2 Theft > ♔[Palace] < ♘[Shatammu-officials] (–) šatammū(ŠA3.TAM.MEŠ) ekallam(E2.GAL) i-ma-al- 3 PRS la-lu “The shatammu-officials will loot the palace”. ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §62.1b; ExO.Lr.ṣbt.2, §9.1* ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §29.1* || ► 1a •8.15.1a ‹looting› Ø 1b (ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §62) ► 1 Ø 2 •26.6.2a ‹the kurussissu-rodent will eat the flax of the country› (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.2, §9 || ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §29) Variants and spellings: šatammū(ŠA3!(DI).TAM) (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.2, §9.1*), šatammū(Š[A3.TAM].⌈E.NE⌉) (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, 259 §29.1*), ekallam(E2.GAL-lam) (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.2, §9.1*; ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §29.1*), i-ma-la-lu (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §29.1*; ExO.Lr.ṣbt.2, §9.1*). 8.15.3. Theft > ♔[Palace(s)] < ♘[Shatammu-officials] (–) 8.15.3a. ša-ta-mu ekallam(E2.GAL) iš-ta-na-ri-[qu2] ×1 “The shatammu-officials will constantly steal from the palace”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §21.2b* ► 1 •18.22.5b ‹you will defeat your enemy› [?] 2a •8.15.1a ‹looting› Ø 2b (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §21) 8.15.3b. ×1 šatammū(ŠA3.TAM-mu) ekallam(E2.GAL-am) u2- 3 PRS sa3-(eras.)-na-qu2 ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §29.2* ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §15.2* || “The shatammu-officials will harass the palace”. ► 1 •18.10.4a ‹in warfare: the enemy will block the army› ū. r. 2 (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §29) ► 1a •A1 ‹in warfare: the enemy will control the army› rs. 1b (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §15) Variants and spellings: Preceded by ūmam(⌈UD⌉-ma-am) re-qa2-a!(ZA)-/-am (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §29.2*), re-qu2-sa3 (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §15.2*); ša-at-ta-am-mu ekallam(E2.GAL) u2-sa3-na-[qu2] (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §15.2*). 8.15.3c. ×1 ša-tam-mu ekallāti(E2.GAL-la-ti) u2 15 i-ma-al-la-lu- 3 PRS ExO.Lr.V.11, §30.1b “The shatammu-officials will loot the palaces”. ► 1a •8.15.1a ‹looting› Ø 1b (ExO.Lr.V.11, §30) 8.15.4. Theft > ♔[Palace] < ♘[Criminals] (–) 8.15.4a. sa3-ar-ru-tum ekallam(E2.GAL2) iš-t[a-n]a-ri-qu2 ×1 “Criminals will constantly steal from the palace”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §101.1b 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §78.1a* ► 1a •8.15.1a ‹looting› Ø 1b (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §101) 8.15.5. Disappearance[Something] > ♔[Palace] (–) 8.15.5a. i-na ekallim(E2.G[AL!]) 33mi-im-ma i-ḫa-a[l-li-iq] ×1 “An object will disappear in the palace”. ► 1a [-ma] 1b •13.9.1a ‹they will catch the (stealing) criminal› (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §78) Variants and spellings: Followed by [-ma] (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §78.1a*). 8.15.6. 8.15.6a. Appropriation[Goods] > ♔[King] < ♔[Palace] (/–) šarrum(LUGAL) du-mu-uq \ ekallim(E2.GAL) i-na 3 PRS 260 ExO.Lr.M.36, §26.1a ×1 qātim(ŠU) i-le-qe2 “The king will take the palace’s goods in his hands”. ► 1a -ma 1b •A1 ‹he will escape› (ExO.Lr.M.36, §26) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.M.36, §26.1a). 8.16. Loss 8.16.1. Loss (–) 8.16.1a. ta-a[m]-ṭi-[t]⌈um⌉ ×1 “Loss”. 8.16.1b. 7 ×1 “A garment (portending) losses”. 8.16.2. ṣu2-ba-at ta-am-ṭi-a-tim 3 NOM ExO.Lr.npt.10, §36 3 NOM Ps.1b, §26 3 PRS ExO.M.3, §44** 3 PRS In.2a, §9.1b || In.2b, §5.1b* || In.2c, §9.1b*; Loss > † (/–) 8.16.2a. ta-[am]-ṭi-at nakrim(⌈lu2⌉KUR2) ×1 “Loss(es) of the enemy”. Alternatively, ta-[aq]-ṭi-at, cf. 14.1.2a-b. 8.16.3. Loss[Ox] (–) 8.16.3a. ṣi-it alpim(GU4) i-na bi-it a-wi-lim \ ib-ba-aš-ši ×2 Loss of cattle will happen in the man’s house(hold)”. In.2a, §24.1b ► 1a •8.18.4a ‹financial losses› ū 1b (In.2a, §9 || In.2b, §5 || In.2c, §9; In.2a, §24) Variants and spellings: Preceded by u3 (In.2a, §9.1b*; In.2b, §5.1b*; In.2a, §24.1b; note the omission of u3 in In.2c, §9); ṣīt(ZI) (In.2b, §5.1b*; In.2c, §9.1b*), alpim(GU4)-ma (In.2b, §5.1b*), bīt(E2) (In.2a, §24.1b; In.2b, §5.1b*; In.2c, §9.1b*), awīlim(⌈LU2⌉) (In.2a, §24.1b; In.2c, §9.1b*). in the last two manuscripts is either a short form of the logographic ZI.DA (s. already Finkel 1983, 52, fn. 9) or a mistake for ṣi-<it>. ZI 8.16.4. Loss[Donkey] (–) 8.16.4a. ṣi-it i-me-ri-im ×2 “Loss of a donkey”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §37; ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §67.2* ► 1 •8.16.6a ‹loss of gold› [?] 2 (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §67) Variants and spellings: Preceded by ([…]) (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §67.2*); ⌈i!⌉-me2-⌈e⌉-[ri-im] (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §67.2*). 261 Alt. ṣīt immerim “Loss of a sheep”, not imērim “donkey”. 8.16.5. Loss[Silver] (–) 8.16.5a. ṣi-it kaspim(KU3.BABBAR) ×2 “Loss of silver”. 8.16.6. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §40; ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §66 Loss[Gold] (–) 8.16.6a. ṣi-it ḫurāṣim(KU3.⌈G⌉[I]) ×1 “Loss of gold”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §67.1* 3 NOM? ExO.Lr.ubn.2, §1** 3 PRS ExO.Lr.nṣp.1, §15.2 ► 1 [?] 2 •8.16.4a ‹loss of a donkey› (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §67) 8.16.7. Loss[?] (–) 8.16.7a. ṣi?-⌈i⌉[t …] ×1 “Loss of …”. 8.16.8. Loss[Treasure] > ♙[Man] (–) 8.16.8a. na-ṣi-ir-ti awīlim(LU2) / u2-ṣi ×1 “The man’s treasure will get away”. ► 1 •24.4.1b ‹it will rain› ū. r. 2 (ExO.Lr.nṣp.1, §15) Variants and spellings: Preceded by ūmam(UD-ma-am) re-qa2-a-am (ExO.Lr.nṣp.1, §15.2). 8.16.9. Loss[Treasure] > ♔[Prince] (–) 8.16.9a. ni-ṣi-⌈ir-ti⌉ [rubêm(NUN) uṣ-ṣi] ×1 “The prince’s treasure will get away”. 3 PRS ExO.KiUr.1, §13** 2 PRS ExO.Lg.9, §57* 8.16.10. Loss[Treasure] > ♔[2] (–) 8.16.10a. 32 ×1 “Your treasure will get away”. [ni]-ṣi-ir-ta-ka iṣ-[ṣi] Note iṣṣi for uṣṣi (Wsem. influence, Prof. Krebernik, personal communication). 8.16.11. Loss[Treasure] > ♔[2] < ♣[Country] (–) 8.16.11a. ×1 na-ṣi-ir-ta-ka ⌈a-na⌉ ma-at nakrim(lu2KUR2) i-⌈il- 2 PRS la-a/k⌉ “Your treasure will go to the enemy’s country”. 262 ExO.Lr.bbk.3, §16 8.16.12. Loss[Treasure] > † < ♔[2] (/–) 8.16.12a. \ na-ṣi-ir-ti na-ak-ri-ka uṣ-ṣi-kum ×1 “Your enemy’s treasure will get away to you”. 8.16.12b. 34 ×1 “Your enemy’s treasure will get away to you”. [n]i-ṣi-ir-ti nakrī(lu2KUR2)-k[a uṣ-ṣi-(a)-a]m 2 PRS Ol.1a, §44 2 PRS ExO.Lg.9, §58** 3 PRS ExO.Lg.8, §35 2 PRS ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §3 3 PRS Ol.2, §46.2; Alt. [tu-še20-ṣe-a-a]m “you will take away”. 8.16.13. Loss[Property] (–) 8.16.13a. bi-ši qa2-tim uṣ-ṣi ×1 “Property in possession (lit. of hand) will be lost (lit. get out)”. 8.16.14. Loss[Property] > [2] (–) 8.16.14a. bi-iš qa2-t/i-i-ka \ [(…) i]-na qa2-tim u2-ṣi-i ×1 “Property in your possession (lit. of your hand) (…) will be lost (lit. get out of hand)”. 8.16.15. Loss > ♙[The owner of the oil] (–) 8.16.15a. be-el šamnim(I3) ṣi-tam u2-še-eṣ-ṣe2 ×2 “The owner of the oil will suffer (lit. bring out) a loss”. Ol.2, §56.2 ► 1 •4.4.11b ‹the sick person will die› Ø 2 (Ol.2, §46) ► 1 •A1 ‹there will be great … for the man› Ø 2 (Ol.2, §56) Variants and spellings: u2-še-eṣ-ṣe (Ol.2, §56.2). 8.16.16. Loss > ♙[Man] (–) 8.16.16a. ×1 33 a-wi-lum šu-u2 uṣ-<ṣi>-i-šu 34 ṣi2-ta-am i-im-ma-ar-ma 35 u2- 3 PRS “This man (i.e. the person mentioned in the apodosis) will experience a loss and (the property) will be lost for him”. 8.16.17. Loss[P:Household] > ♙[Man] (–) 263 Bh.2, §11.1a-b* 8.16.17a. 13´ ×1 “There will be a loss in the man’s house”. ṣi2-tum i-na bīti(E2-ti) awīlim(LU2) i-ba-aš-ši 3 PRS Bh.1, §8.2 ► 1 •3.4.61a ‹a servant will die› Ø 2 (Bh.1, §8) 8.16.17b. ×1 a-wi-lum!(LIM) i-na bi-š/i-i-šu 58[u3 ma-a]k-ku-ri-i- 3 PRS šu mi-im-ma u2-še20-eṣ-ṣ/e ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §66* “The man will lose (lit. bring out) an object from his house(hold) or his property”. 8.16.18. Loss[Something precious] > ♔[King] (–) 8.16.18a. ×1 šarrum(LUGAL) mi-ma-šu wa-a/q-ra-am u2-⌈še- 3 PRS ṣe2⌉ ExO.Lr.šlm.1, §5 “The prince will lose (lit. bring out) a precious object”. 8.16.19. Loss[Goods] > ♔[King] (–) 8.16.19a. ×1 šarrum(LUGAL) dam-qu2-ti-šu i-na qātim(ŠU) u2- 3 PRS še-ṣe2 ExO.Lr.M.36, §21.1 “The king will lose (lit. bring out of hand) his goods”. 8.16.20. Loss[Goods] > ♔[King] < ♣[Country] (–) 8.16.20a. ×1 dam-qu2-ut šarrim(LUGAL) a-na mātim(KALAM) 3 PRS nakartim(lu2KUR2) in-na-bi-tu ExO.Lr.M.36, §34.2 “The king’s goods will escape to the enemy country”. ► 1 •24.12.5a ‹a wier will overflow› šumma 2 (ExO.Lr.M.36, §34) Variants and spellings: Preceded by šumma(UD) (ExO.Lr.M.36, §34.2). Alt. māt(KALAM nakrim(lu2KUR2) ‘enemy’s country’. 8.17. Return of valuables 8.17.1. Return of valuables[Given object] > ♔[2] (+) 8.17.1a. mi-im-ma ša ta-ad-di-nu i-tu-ra-a/k-kum ×1 “Something that you gave away will return to you”. 264 2 PRS Ol.2, §28.2 ► 1 •27.13.5a ‹the anger of the god has passed› Ø 2 (Ol.2, §28) 8.17.2. Return of valuables[Lost object] > ♙[Man] (+) 8.17.2a. a-wi-lum ḫa-⌈li⌉-iq-⌈ta⌉-[šu / i-t]u-ra-šum ×1 “The man’s lost object will return to him”. 8.17.3. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.dnn.1, §1* 3 PRT ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §34(.2); Finding valubles[Lost object] > ♙[Man] (+) 8.17.3a. ⌈a⌉-wi-lum ḫa-li-iq-ta-šu u2-ta-a ×2 “The man will find his lost object”. Ol.2, §57.2 ►( 1 ) 2 (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §34) ► 1 •27.18.25a ‹request for silver› Ø 2 (Ol.2, §57) Variants and spellings: awīlum(LU2) ḫa-li-iq-ta-šu ut-ta (Ol.2, §57.2). 8.17.4. Return of valuables[Lost object, T:Long ago] > ♙[Man] (+) 8.17.4a. (awīlum) ḫ[a-li]-iq-šu iš-tu u2-mi ma-du-tim ut-ta ×1 “He (i.e. the man) will find his long (lit. from many days) lost object”. 3 PRT ExO.Lr.V.5, §4.3 ► 1 •2.12.2a ‹the man will escape from hardship› Ø 2 •4.4.2a ‹for the sick person: he will recover› ū šumma 3 (ExO.Lr.V.5, §4) Variants and spellings: 9u3 šum-ma (ExO.Lr.V.5, §4). 8.17.5. Return of valuables[Lost object, S:Lost object] > ♙[2] (+) 8.17.5a. ḫu-ul-qa!-a[m] 18[tu-ta]-a-am ×1 “You will find the lost object. 2 PRS Ol.3, §7.2* ► 1 •8.9.5b ‹for the campaign: my acquisition› [ana ḫu]lqim teppuš-ma “(If) you are performing for a lost object” 2 (Ol.3, §7) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 17[a-na ḫ]⌈u⌉-ul-qi2-im te9-pu-uš!(RI)-ma (Ol.3, §7.2*). 8.18. Financial losses 8.18.1. Financial losses (–) 8.18.1a. 39 ×3 “Financial losses”. 3 NOM i-bi-us-su2 ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §26.2; ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §9.2**; ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §10* 265 ► 1 •2.7.1a ‹sorrow› Ø 2 ū 3 •4.2.1a ‹disease› (ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §26) ► 1 •2.7.1a ‹sorrow› š. š. 2 š. š. 3 •4.2.1a ‹disease› (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §9) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 26[ša-nu-(um) š]u-um-ša (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §9.2**); i-bi-is-su2-um (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §9.2**), 29[i-bi]-is-su2-u2 (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §10*). 8.18.2. Financial losses > ♙[@Commoner] (–) 8.18.2a. 19 ×1 “For the commoner: financial losses”. [a-n]a mu-uš-ke2-nim i-bi-{x}-is-su2-um 3 NOM ExO.Lr.V.4, §6.2* ► 1 •18.20.2a ‹the enemy will drive you until your (very) gate› Ø 2 (ExO.Lr.V.4, §6) 8.18.3. Financial losses > ♙[Man] (–) 8.18.3a. awīlum(LU2-lum) i-bi-sa3-am / i-mar ×2 “The man will experience (lit. see) financial losses”. 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.1a, §14; ExO.B&Pd.1a, §23.1b ► 1a •2.13.1b ‹wailings› Ø 1b (ExO.B&Pd.1a, §23) Variants and spellings: i-bi-sa3-a-am (ExO.B&Pd.1a, §14). 8.18.3b. 34 ×1 “This (i.e. the physiognomically examined) man will experience (lit. see) financial losses”. 8.18.3c. a-na i-bi-us-se2-e u2-ṣi-a-[am] ×1 “He (i.e. the physiognomically inspected person) will have (lit. come out for) losses”. awīlum(LU2) šu-u2 ⌈i⌉-[bi-sa3-am i-i]m-ma-ar 3 PRS Ps.1b, §17* 3 PRS Ps.2, §46* Alternatively, on can see here the opposite meaning: “For losses: he (i.e. the physiognomically inspected person) will escape (bankruptcy)”. The latter interpretation is unlikely, as addressing (ana …) is uncommon in physiognomical apodoses. 8.18.4. Financial losses > ♙[Man’s house] (–) 3 PRS 8.18.4a. i-bi-su2-um (ina bīt awīlim ibbašši) ×2 “Financial losses (will happen in the man’s house(hold))”. In.2a, §9.1a || In.2b, §5.1a* || In.2c, §9.1a; In.2a, §24.1a ► 1a ū 1b •8.16.3a ‹loss of cattle will happen in the man’s house(hold)› (In.2a, §9.1a || In.2b, §5.1a* || In.2c, §9.1a; In.2a, §24.1a) Variants and spellings: i-bi-su2-u2-um (In.2a, §24.1a), ⌈i⌉-[bi]-⌈su⌉ (In.2b, §5.1a*), ibissûm(I.BI2.ZA) (In.2c, §9.1a). 266 8.18.5. Financial losses > ♙[Owner of the sheep] (–) 8.18.5a. be-el immerim(UDU) i-bi-is-⌈sa3⌉-[am] i-im-ma-ar 3 PRS ×1 “The owner of the sheep will experience (lit. see) financial losses”. ExO.Ht.3, §60* 8.19. Financial ruin 8.19.1. Financial ruin > ♙[House] (–) 8.19.1a. 10´ ×1 “This house(hold) will be financially ruined”. 8.19.2. bītu(E2-tu) šu-⌈u2⌉ i-sa3-ap-pa-aḫ 3 PRS Bh.1, §7 3 NOM ExO.B&Pd.1a, §24 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.1a, §15*; Financial ruin > ♙[Man’s house] (–) 8.19.2a. na-as-pu-uḫ bīt(E2) awīlim(LU2-⌈lim⌉) ×1 “Financial ruin of the man’s household”. 8.19.2b. bi-it a-wi-lim is-sa-ap-pa-aḫ ×9 “The man’s household will be financially ruined”. ExO.B&Pd.1a, §36; ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §9; ExO.Lr.V.7, §8.1*; ExO.Sp.2, §2.2; ExO.Ht.3, §52; ExO.V.3, §26.2; Ol.1a, §34; In.1, §6* ► 1 •8.20.1a ‹sons will divide their share (?) during their father’s lifetime› Ø 2 (ExO.V.3, §26) ► 1 •8.19.2b ‹the man’s household will be financially ruined› š. š. 2 •27.7.3a ‹bad mukil-reshi spirit› (ExO.Lr.V.7, §8) ► 1 •19.7.16a ‹city after city will be annexed by the enemy› [?] 2 matīma 3 •A1‹the king will …with your help› [?] 4 •16.2.44c ‹brother will revolt against brother / one will revolt against the other› Ø 5 •18.21.5a ‹the prince will prevail over his plunderer› (ExO.Sp.2, §2) Variants and spellings: Preceded by ša-nu-um šum-šu (ExO.V.3, §26.2); bīt(E2) (ExO.B&Pd.1a, §15*; ExO.B&Pd.1a, §36; ExO.Ht.3, §52), a-wi-li (ExO.Lr.V.7, §8.1*), a-wi-<li>-im (In.1, §6*), awīlim(LU2-lim) (ExO.B&Pd.1a, §15*; ExO.B&Pd.1a, §36; ExO.Sp.2, §2.2), awīlim(LU2) (ExO.Ht.3, §52), is-sa3-pa-aḫ (ExO.V.3, §26.2; ExO.B&Pd.1a, §15*; ExO.B&Pd.1a, §36; ExO.Lr.V.7, §8.1*; ExO.Sp.2, §2.2), i-sa3-pa-aḫ (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §9; ExO.Sp.2, §2.2); i-sa3-pa2-/[aḫ] (In.1, §6*). 8.19.2c. bīt(E2) a-wi-lim us-/-sa3-pa-aḫ ×1 “The man’s house(hold) will be financially ruined”. 3 PRS 267 ExO.Lr.ṣbt.1, §7.1 ► 1 •A1 ‹omen of the Hullulaya-demon› Ø 2 (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.1, §7) 8.19.3. Financial ruin > ♙[Commoners’s house] (–) 8.19.3a. (muškēnum) 55[b]i-is-su2 is-sa3-ap-pa-aḫ ×3 “His (i.e. the commoner’s) household will be financially ruined”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.9, §15.4b ► 1 •27.20.3a ‹in the household of the man a taboo will be broken› Ø 2 •27.20.7a ‹the enu-priest will have illicit sexual intercourse› Ø 3a-b •27.19.5a ‹the king will make a votive statue, but another person will bring (it into the temple)› Ø 4a •3.4.6a ‹for the commoner: he will die›-ma 4b (ExO.Lr.npt.9, §15) 8.19.4. Financial ruin > ♙[House owner’s house] (–) 8.19.4a. (bēl bītim) 35bi-i[s-su2] is-sa3-pa-aḫ ×3 “His (i.e. the owner of the house) household will be financially ruined”. 3 PRS Bh.2, §17.1b* ► 1a •10.3.2a ‹captivity will take the owner of the house with his sons from the house›-ma 1b (Bh.2, §17) 8.19.5. Financial ruin > ♙[?] (–) 8.19.5a. (…) / ([…]) bi-is-su2 is-sa3-pa-aḫ ×3 “His (i.e. the …’s) household will be financially ruined”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.10, §87.1b** 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §21 ► 1a ‹…› Ø 1b (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §87) 8.19.6. Financial ruin > ♙[Owner of the sheep] (–) 8.19.6a. 4 ×1 “The owner of the sheep will be financially ruined”. 8.19.7. 8.19.7a. ×1 be-el im-[m]e-ri-im is-sa3-ap-pa-aḫ Financial ruin[T:After death] > ♙[Owner of the sheep’s house] (–) (bēl immerim) wa-ar-⌈ki⌉-šu / bi-is-su2!(ZA) is-sa- 3 PRS p[a]-[a]⌈ḫ⌉ “After his (i.e. the owner of the sheep’s) death (lit. after him) his house(hold) will be financially ruined”. ► 1a •3.4.4b ‹the owner of the sheep will die› Ø 1b (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §64) 268 ExO.Lr.npt.10, §64.1b* 8.19.8. Financial ruin > ♔[Palace] (–) 8.19.8a. ekallum([E2].GAL)-lum is-sa3-ap-pa-aḫ ×1 “The palace will be financially ruined”. 8.19.9. 3 PRS ExO.Sp.1, §6* 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.2, §7.1b*; Financial ruin > ♙[Man’s house] (–) < ♘[Man’s wife] 8.19.9a. (aššat awīlim) bi-it a-wi-lim u2-sa3-ap-pa-aḫ ×2 “She (i.e. the man’s wife) will ravage the man’s house(hold)”. Ol.2, §64.1b ► 1a •21.3.1a ‹the man’s wife will gad about›-ma 1b [š. š.] 2a •18.5.1a ‹you will invade›-ma 2b •20.3.48a ‹you will take away booty from the rear region of the enemy’s country› (ExO.Lr.ubn.2, §7) ► 1a -ma 1b •8.19.9a ‹she will ravage the man’s house(hold)› (Ol.2, §64) 8.19.9b. ×1 aššat(DAM) a-/-wi-lim \ [bi-it mutī(DA]M?)-ša u2- 3 PRS sa3-pa-aḫ ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §1** “The man’s wife will ravage her spouse’s house(hold)”. 8.19.10. Financial ruin > ♙[Man’s property] (–) < ♘[Man’s wife] 8.19.10a. ×1 (aššat awīlim) 36ma-ak-ku8-ur mu-ti-i-ša ⌈u2⌉- 3 PRS [sa3-a]p-[pa-aḫ] ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §57.1b* “She (i.e. the man’s wife) will ravage her spouse’s house(hold)”. ► 1a •21.3.1a ‹the man’s wife will gad about›-ma 1b (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §57) 8.19.11. Financial ruin > ♙[Man’s house] (–) < ♘[Man’s heir] 8.19.11a. ×2 (apil awīlim) [aḫ] 33 bi-it a-b[i]-⌈i-šu⌉ u2-sa3-ap-pa- 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.2, §5.1b*; ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §56.1b “He (i.e. the man’s heir) will ravage his father’s house(hold)”. ► 1a •21.3.2a ‹the man’s heir will gad about›-ma 1b [š. š.] 2a •18.5.1a ‹you will invade›-ma 2b •20.3.47a ‹you will take away booty from the central region of your enemy’s country› (ExO.Lr.ubn.2, §5) ► 1a •21.3.2a ‹the man’s heir will gad about›-ma 1b (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §56) Variants and spellings: a-bi-šu (ExO.Lr.ubn.2, §5.1b*). 8.19.12. Financial ruin[T:During lifetime] > ♙[Man’s house] (–) < ♘[Man’s sons] 269 8.19.12a. ×1 ma-a-ru i-na bu-ul-ṭi a-bi-šu-n/u nu u2-sa3-ap-pa-ḫu 36 bi-it a-bi-šu- 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §27 “Sons will ravage their father’s house(hold) during their father’s lifetime”. 8.20. Division of property 8.20.1. 8.20.1a. ×1 Division of property[T:During lifetime] > ♙[Man’s house] < ♘[Man’s sons] (–?) ma-ru i-na bu-[ul-ṭi] a-bi-šu-/-nu i⌉-zu-uz-zu 33 ⌈zi?-tam? (?) 3 PRS ExO.V.3, §26.1** “Sons will divide their share (?) during their father’s lifetime”. ► 1 Ø 2 •8.19.2b ‹the man’s household will be financially ruined› (ExO.V.3, §26) The subject is difficult47. Possibly, better to read bītam(E2-tam) “the house” or the like. 8.20.2. Division of land > ♔[King] < ♘[Sons] (–?) 8.20.2a. šar-rum a-na ši-na ma-ri-šu 38ma-as-su2 i-za-az ×1 “The king will divide his country between his two sons”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.V.10, §36 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §32.2; 8.21. Market 8.21.1. Price rise[Gur-measure] (–) 8.21.1a. \ ku-rum i-ša-qa2-al ×5 “The gur-measure will be weighted”. ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §38; ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §39(.2); ExO.Lr.ṣbt.3, §9*; ExO.Ht.4, §39 ► 1 •19.1.2a ‹the enemy will lock the gate› ū. r. 2 (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §32) ► 1 ‹…› š. š. (?) 2 (ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §39) Variants and spellings: Preceded by ūmam(UD-ma-am) re-qa2-a-a/m (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §32.2), [MU.NI KI.MI]⌈N⌉ (?) (ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §39); 11ku-ur-ru-um (ExO.Ht.4, §39), 22[ku-ur-r]u-um (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.3, §9*), ku-ur-ru (ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §39), i-{ša}-ša-qa2-al (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §32.2), i-ša-aq-qa2-al (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.3, §9*), iš-ša-qa2-⌈a⌉[l] (ExO.Ht.4, §39), iš-ša-aq-qi2il (ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §39). 47 Cf. copy: 270 The form iššaqqil in ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §39 and in ExO.Lr.nṣp.1, §4.2 below is a variant of the N-stem present form (see CAD Š2, 1a, s.v. šaqālu). 3 PRS 8.21.1b. ku-ru-um i-ma-qu2-ut ×2 “The gur-measure will collapse”. ExO.Ht.1, §8.1; Br.O.1, §4.1b ► 1 Ø 2 •18.23.24b ‹for warfare: fall of the …’s army › (ExO.Ht.1, §8) ► 1a •2.11.11a ‹difficulties will seize the country›-ma 1b (Br.O.1, §4) Variants and spellings: kurru(GUR-ru) (ExO.Ht.1, §8.1). 8.21.1c. ku-ru-um / i-ḫe-pe-e ×1 “The gur-measure will be halved”. 8.21.2. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §11 3 PRS ExO.Lr.nṣp.1, §4.2 Price rise[Barley and oil] (–) 8.21.2a. še-um u3 šamnu(I3) i-ša-q⌈i3⌉-lu ×1 “Barely and weighted)”. oil will be expensive (lit. ► 1 •19.2.8a ‹your ally and your foe will encircle you› š. š. 2 (ExO.Lr.nṣp.1, §4) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 8ša-nu šum-šu (ExO.Lr.nṣp.1, §4.2). 8.21.3. Selling property > ♧[People] (–) 8.21.3a. ni-šu bi-ša-ši-na \ a-na ma-ḫi-ri-im u2-še-ṣe-a ×1 “People will offer (lit. bring out) their property for sale”. 271 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §63 9. Agriculture and livestock Predictions referring to agriculture forecast the harvest yield (9.1). A number of apodoses concern various topics related to livestock. These are livestock increase (9.2), decrease (9.3), disappearance (9.4), as well as such threats as disappearance of grazeland (9.5), livestock famine (9.6) and epizootic (9.7). This setting is thematically related to apodoses in the sections property (8), nourishment (6), weather (24), and pests (26). Harvest taken as booty is the topic of subsection 20.5. 9.1. 9.1.1. Harvest Crops yield (+) 9.1.1a. d ×1 “There will be (a yield of) crops (lit. Nisaba)”. 9.1.2. NISABA i-ba-aš-ši 5 ×1 “The (harvest) year is good”. 9.1.3a. ×1 Ce.EcL.2, §3 3 STV Ce.EcL.2, §2 3 STV Ce.EcL.2, §1 3 PRS Ce.EcL.1, §3.1; Harvest year[Good] (+) 9.1.2a. 9.1.3. 3 PRS ša-at-tum da-am-qa2-at Harvest year[Bad] (–) 2 š[a-a]t-tum le-em-n[a-at] “The (harvest) year is bad”. Note partial e-coloring in le-em-n[a-at]. 9.1.4. Harvest[Successful] (+) 9.1.4a. e-bu-rum i-iš-še-er ×4 “The harvest will be successful”. Ce.EcL.1, §7.4; Ce.EcL.1, §8.1a; Ce.EcL.1, §9.1b ► 1 Ø 2 •18.4.1a ‹the king’s army will be sent for good› (Ce.EcL.1, §3) ► 1 •6.4.1f ‹starvation will settle› Ø 2 •4.19.5b ‹the (plague–)god will devour› Ø 3 •24.10.1b ‹the seasonal flooding will come down the river› ū 4 (Ce.EcL.1, §7) ► 1a -m[a?] 1b ‹…› (Ce.EcL.1, §8) ► 1a •24.8.1a9.1.4a ‹the northern wind will appear› Ø 1b ū 2 ‹…› ū 3 ‹…› (Ce.EcL.1, §9) Variants and spellings: preceded by u3 “or:” (Ce.EcL.1, §7.4), i-še-e[r] (Ce.EcL.1, §3.1), e-še-er-m[a? …] (Ce.EcL.1, §8.1a). 272 9.1.5. Harvest[Successful] > ♧[Country] (–) 3 PRS 9.1.5a. e-bu-ur2 ma-tim i-iš-še-er ×4 “The harvest of the country will be successful”. ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §44; ExO.Lr.ṣbt.1, §8.1; ExO.Lr.V.10, §3.2; ExO.Ht.3, §67 ► 1 Ø 2 •A1 ‹there will be (surplus) barley for shipment› (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.1, §8.1) ► 1 •20.5.1a ‹you will enjoy your enemy’s harvest› Ø 2 (ExO.Lr.V.10, §3) Variants and spellings: preceded by ša-nu šum-šu (ExO.Lr.V.10, §3.2); e-bu-ur (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.1, §8.1, ExO.Lr.V.10, §3.2), ebūr(BURU14) (ExO.Ht.3, §67), ma-ti (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.1, §8.1), māti(KUR) (ExO.Ht.3, §67), i-še20-er (ExO.Lr.V.10, §3.2), i-še20-{ER!?}-er (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.1, §8.1). 9.1.6. ¬Harvest[Successful] (–) 9.1.6a. e-bu-ur2 ma-tim u2-/-ul i-še-er ×1 “The harvest of the land will not be successful”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §45.1b 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.4, §7.2 ► 1a •24.6.2a ‹snow will hit the barley›-ma 1b (ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §45) 9.1.7. ¬Harvest year[Successful] (–) 9.1.7a. ebūr(⌈BURU14⌉) šatti(MU) ul(NU) i-še-er ×1 “The year’s harvest will not be successful”. ► 1 •24.9.13a ‹Adad will devastate the irrigated field(s) of the land› Ø 2 (ExO.Lr.ubn.4, §7) 9.1.8. 9.1.8a. ×1 Harvest[Poor] > ♧[Country] (–) ma-a-tum ([…]) ka-[al] 13 e-bu-ra-am sa3-an-q[a2-a]m i- 3 PRS ExO.Ht.4, §40 “The country (…) will eat a poor (lit. hungry) harvest”. 9.2. Livestock increase Compare growth of household in 8.5. 9.2.1. Livestock increase (+) 3 PRS 9.2.1a. wi-li-id bu-lim i-še-er ×2 “The birth of livestock will prosper”. Variants and spellings: wi-li-id bu-li i-/⌈še20-er⌉ (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.2, §11). 273 ExO.Lr.ṣbt.2, §11; ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §31 9.2.2. 9.2.2a. ×1 9.3. Livestock increase > ♙[Man] (+) 42 [ta]r-ba-aṣ a-wi-lim i-ra-p[i-iš] 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.2, §34* 3 PRS Br.O.1, §16.1; “The man’s fold will become broader”. Livestock decrease Compare downturn of property and household in 8.6. 9.3.1. Livestock decrease (–) 9.3.1a. bu-lum 43i-ṣe-eḫ-ḫe-er ×2 “Livestock will decrease (in numbers)”. Br.O.1, §18 ► 1 Ø 2 •14.2.8a ‹in warfare: the king’s army will have no match› (Br.O.1, §16) Variants and spellings: i-ṣe-ḫe-er (Br.O.1, §16.1) 9.3.1b. t[a]-li-it-ti 30bu-li-im i-ṣe-ḫe-er ×1 “The birth of livestock will decrease (in numbers)”. 9.3.2. ta-[a]r-ba-aṣ [awīlim(LU2)] i-ṣe-/-ḫe-er ×1 “(Livestock in) the man’s fold will decrease (in numbers)”. 9.4.1. ExO.Sp.3, §27* 3 PRS ExO.V.3, §37 3 NOM ExO.V.3, §15 Livestock disappearance (–) ta-ar-ba-aṣ a-wi-lim i-re-eq ×1 “The man’s fold will empty”. 9.4.1b. ša-aḫ-lu-⌈uq-ti⌉ bu-li-im ×1 “Catastrophe affecting the livestock”. 9.5.1. 3 PRS Livestock disappearance 9.4.1a. 9.5. Br.O.1, §32 Livestock decrease > ♙[Man] (–) 9.3.2a. 9.4. 3 PRS Grazeland disappearance Grazeland disappearance (–) 274 3 PRS 9.5.1a. me-ri-it bu-lim i-ḫa-li-iq ×1 “The grazeland of the livestock will vanish”. ExO.Lr.M.36, §32.1c ► 1a •24.3.2a ‹at the end of the year Adad will cry›-ma 1b •24.4.2c ‹he will withhold the rain› Ø 1c (ExO.Lr.M.36, §32) 9.6. 9.6.1. Livestock famine Livestock famine (–) 9.6.1a. ⌈ḫu-ša-aḫ⌉ bu-⌈li⌉-im ×1 “Famine of livestock”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §107.1a 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §11; ► 1 •‹livestock will fall› Ø 1 ‹?› (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §107) 9.7. 9.7.1. Livestock epizootick Livestock epizootic (–) See also Epidemic (4.19). 9.7.1a. mi-qi2-it-ti bu-li-im ×2 “Fall of livestock”. 9.7.1b. 11 ×1 “Fall of livestock”. ExO.V.3, §16 mi-qi2-it-ti 12ra-ša-ši-im 3 NOM ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §74 The word rašāšu is rare and uncertain. The translation ‘livestock’ is based on a commentary for a similar omen in CT 30, 41, K.3946:12: rašāšu būlu ina lišāni (see CAD R 191a). AHw 958b suggests that the word comes from *rāš(i) ašîm, but provides no translation. 9.7.1c. miqitti([R]I.RI.GA) bu-lim [i(b)-ba]-aš-ši ×1 “There will be a fall of livestock”. 9.7.1d. immerātu(UDU.ḪA2) i-ma-aq-qu2-[ta] ×1 “Sheep will fall”. 3 PRS ExO.Sp.3, §29* 3 PRS Ce.EcL.1, §6.1 ► 1 ū 2 •11.24.1a ‹there will be devastation› (Ce.EcL.1, §6) Alternatively, immerū(UDU.ḪA2) i-ma-aq-qu2-[tu]. The rendering of the logogram is uncertain, as immeru uses both masc. and fem. plural forms in the OB time and later (s. CAD I/J, 132, s.v. immeru b 1´-2´). 9.7.2. 9.7.2a. Livestock epizootic > ♙[Man] (–) mi-qi2-it-ti būlim(MAŠ2.ANŠE) i-na bītīšu(E2-šu) 3 PRS 275 Ps.2, §57 ×1 ib-ba-aš-ši “A fall of livestock will happen in his (i.e. the physiognomically examined person’s) household”. 9.7.3. 9.7.3a. ×1 Livestock epizootic > ♔[King’s fatstock] (–) i-na na-am-ra-at šarrim(LUGAL) 20mi-qi2-[i]t-tum 3 PRS i-ba-aš-ši Ce.EcL.2, §8 “In the king’s fatstock an epizootic will happen”. For namriʾātu (namrâtu) s. CAD N1 237. 9.7.4. 9.7.4a. ×1 Livestock epizootic > ♧[Country] (–) [bu-ul] iq 24 Šakkan(GIR3) i-na mātim(KUR) i-ḫal-li- 3 PRS Ce.EcS.1, §17* “Flocks will fall in the country”. Emendation follows Ce.EcS.1, §19 (sub 9.7.6a below). 9.7.5. Plague(-god) devours[Livestock] (–) 3 PRS 9.7.5a. ilum(DINGIR-lum) bu-lam i-kal ×2 “The (plague-)god will devour the livestock”. ExO.Lr.pdn.3, §19.1; ExO.Sp.3, §34* ► 1 š. š. 2 •7.2.4a ‹the way of the man is not in agreement with the god› (ExO.Lr.pdn.3, §19) Variants and spellings: bu-lam!(LUM) (ExO.Sp.3, §34). 9.7.5b. bu-lam!(TU) ilum(DINGIR-lum) i-kal ×1 “The (plague-)god will devour the livestock”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.pdn.3, §15.2* ► 1 •20.11.1a ‹the enemy will do corveé work for me› Ø 2 Ø 3 •20.3.46a ‹the enemy will take away booty from the my fortress› (ExO.Lr.pdn.3, §15) 9.7.6. Mars brings down livestock (–) The planet Mars, a deity of the Nergal / Erra circle, is said to annihilate the flocks in a number of second and first millennium apodoses. The Mesopotamian perception of Mars along with the Pleiades as agents of epizootic and epidemic is analyzed in Cooley 2008, 180–1 (see also id. 182-185 for further examples of this association). Most significant is the passage from the Erra Epic, where the Pleiades are instructed to help the Plague god to kill the people and their flocks: ana šakān kamāri ṣalmat qaqqadi ana šumūtti šumqutu būl Šakkan “… to make devastations, to 276 kill the black-headed (people and) to slaughter Shakkan’s herds” (Erra and Ishum I 42-43, cf. also id. IV 147 and 150; see Cagni 1969, 62 and Cagni 1977, 28. The regarded apodosis (to my knowledge, not included in this discussion so far) provide the earliest evidence for this association. Notable is also the direct indication of this relation in the lexical entry mulṣal-bat-a-nu : muš-ta-bar-ru mu-ta-nu “Mars : (the planet) which always brings pestilence” (5R 46 No. 1:42 apud CAD Ṣ, 72 s.v. Ṣalbatānu). 9.7.6a. ×1 d ṣa-al-ba-ta-nu-um i-ša-aḫ-ḫi-iṭ-ma Šakkan(GIR3) u2-ḫa-al-la-aq 27 bu-ul 3 PRS “Mars will attack and bring down the livestock”. Note the lack of determinative before GIR3 (likely also in Ce.EcS.1, §17, s. 9.7.4a above). 277 Ce.EcS.1, §19.1a-b 10. Captivity, imprisonment and exile Apodoses in this section predict unfreedom as captivity (10.1), imprisonment (10.2), and slavery (10.3), as well as forced exile (10.4). See also Booty and plunder (20.3). 10.1. Captivity 10.1.1. 10.1.1a. ×1 Taking > † < ♘[Palace high official] (/+) \ a-ša-re-ed ekallim(E2.GAL-lim) nakrum(lu2KUR2) 3 PRS i-le-qe3 ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §42.2 “The enemy will take the palace’s high official”. ► 1 •2.7.1a ‹sorrow› Ø 2 Ø 3 •27.1.1b ‹sorcery seizes the man› (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §42) Possibly, also ašāred ekallim nakram ileqqe “the palace’s high official will take the enemy”.This reading is, however, very unlikely in view of the preceding negative prediction. 10.1.2. Taking captive > ♔[2] < † (+) 10.1.2a. \ nakra(lu2KUR2-ra) ta-ka-mi ×2 “You will take the enemy captive”. 2 PRS ExO.M.1, §13; ExO.M.3, §41 Variants and spellings: nakram(lu2KUR2) ta-ka-⌈am⌉-mu (ExO.M.3, §41). 10.1.3. Taking captive > ♔[Shulgi] < ♚[Tappa-Darah] (+) 10.1.3a. (Šulgi) ša mtap-pa2-pa-dda-ra-aḫ ik-mu-/-u2 ×3 “(Shulgi,) who captured Tappa-Darah”. 3 PRT ExO.Lr.bbk.2, §14.1b; ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §35.1b; ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §40.1b ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §18.1b || ► 1a •28.1.19a ‹omen of Shulgi› ša 1b •10.1.3a ‹who captured Tappa-Darah› (ExO.Lr.bbk.2, §14; ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §35; ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §40 || ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §18) Variants and spellings: tap-pa2-dda-ra-aḫ (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §35.1b; ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §40.1b), tap-pa2-pa-da-ra-aḫ (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §18.1b). 10.1.4. Taking captive[Close battle] > ♔[2] < † (+) 10.1.4a. nakram(lu2KUR2-am) 47qi2-it-ru-bi-iš te-ki-im ×1 “You will take the enemy captive in close (battle)”. 10.1.5. Taking captive[Close battle] > † < ♔[2] (/+) 278 2 PRS ExO.Lg.9, §23 10.1.5a. 6 ×1 “The enemy will take you captive in close (battle)”. 10.1.5b. 45 ×1 “The enemy will take you captive in close (battle)”. 10.1.6. 10.1.6a. ×1 nakrum(lu2KUR2-rum) qe3-er-bi-iš 7i-ki-im-ka qi2-it-ru-bi-iš nakrum(lu2KUR2) i-ik-ki-im-ka 2 PRS ExO.Lr.V.1, §2 2 PRS ExO.Lg.9, §22 Subduing[In neckstock] < ♚[King] (+) šar-ra nakar(lu2KUR2)-ka i-/-na ki-pi-ir ki-ša-di- 2 PRS im \ u2-ka-na-šu-ni-kum ExO.Lr.mrt.1, §5 “They will subdue to you the king, your enemy, in a neckstock”. 10.1.7. 10.1.7a. ×1 Subduing[In neckstock] > ♚[King] < ♔[@King] (+) a-na šar-ri-im na-ak-/-ri-ka 7i-na ki-pi-ir ki-ša- 2 PRS di-im u2-ka-na-šu-ka ExO.Lr.mrt.1, §6 “They will subdue you to the king, your enemy, in a neckstock”. 10.1.8. Putting in fetters < ♔[King] (/+) 10.1.8a. šar-rum a!-na ka-/-na-tim 27[i-na-(ad)-du-š]⌈u⌉ ×1 “They will put the king in fetters”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §42.1a** 3 PRS ExO.V.1, §5 ► 1a -ma 1b •A1 ‹he will return› (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §42) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §42.1a**). 10.1.9. Taking captive < ♘[Army’s leader] (/+) 10.1.9a. ⌈a⌉-li-ik 18pa-ni um-ma-na-tim ik-ka-mu ×1 “The armies’ leader will be taken captive”. 10.1.9b. 42 ×1 ša i-na pa-ni [u]m-ma-ni-/-im 43i-la-ku 44i-⌈ka⌉- 3 [am]-⌈mi⌉ “The one walking in front of the army will be taken captive”. ► 1 [?] 2a-b ‹…› (ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §71) 279 PRS PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §71.1* 10.1.10. Taking captive < ♘[Deputy] (/+) 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.3, §10 ka-mu-tum i-na libbi(ŠA3) ummānī(ERIN2-ni)-ia 3 STV qa2-ad-du ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §28 10.1.10a. ma-an-su i-ik-ka-mi ×1 “A deputy will be taken captive”. 10.1.11. 10.1.11a. ×1 Having captives > ♘[Army] (+) “Captives will be prostrated in the midst of my army”. 10.1.12. Captivity > ♘[Army] (–) See also Encirclement (18.10). 10.1.12a. ki-lum um-ma-ni i-ṣa-ba-at ×1 “Captivity will seize my army”. 10.1.13. ExO.Lr.V.8, §27 3 PRS ExO.Lg.9, §50 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §84.1b** Taking captive > [Captive] < [Captors] (+?) 10.1.13a. ka-mu-um 19ka-mi-šu i-[k]a-am-mu ×1 “A captive person will capture his captors”. 10.1.14. 1 PRS Taking captive > ? < ? (?) 10.1.14a. [… i]-ka-mu ×1 “... will capture …”. ► 1a •19.1.3a ‹the enemy will come to your gate›-m[a] 1b Ø 1c •20.3.37a ‹he will capture the city and the lord of the city› (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §84) 10.2. Imprisonment 10.2.1. Imprisonment[P:Prison] (–) 10.2.1a. wa-ša-ab ṣi-bi-[it-tim] ×1 “Imprisonment”. 10.2.2. 10.2.2a. ×1 3 NOM Ps.2, §30* Imprisonment > ♙[Man] (–) a-wi-lum i-na / a-l[i]-ka (?) in-na-ad-di 21 a-na ṣ[i2]-bi-it-tim 2 PRS “The man will be thrown to prison in your city ”. 280 ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §74** 10.2.3. 10.2.3a. ×1 Imprisonment[P:Palace, grievous] > ♙[Man] (–) me2-si2-ir ekallim(E2.GAL) ša ni-zi-iq-ti i-si2-[ir- 3 PRS šu] Ps.2, §68* “Grievous imprisonment by the palace will happen to (lit. arrest) him (i.e. the physiognomically examined person)”. 10.2.4. 10.2.4a. ×1 Imprisonment[P:Palace, of reputation being …] > ♙[Man] (–) me2-si2-ir ekallim(E2.GAL) ša za-ka-ar šu-mi-š[u x 3 PRS x x] i-si2-ir Ps.2, §69.1a** “Grievous imprisonment, of his reputation being …, will happen to (lit. arrest) him (i.e. the physiognomically examined person)”. ► 1a Ø 1b •7.14.1b ‹this one’s (i.e. the physiognomically examined person’s) name will be mentioned› (Ps.2, §69) 10.2.5. Imprisoning > ♔[Prince] < ♘[Grand] (+?) 10.2.5a. rubû(NUN) ka-bi-is-su i-ka-al-⌈la⌉ ×1 “The prince will imprison his grand”. 10.2.6. ExO.Ht.3, §36 3 PRS ExO.Ht.3, §37 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.1a, §9.1b Imprisoning > ♚[Prince] < ♘[Grand] (/+?) 10.2.6a. rubû(NUN) ša nakri(KUR2) ka-bi-is-su i-ka-al-la ×1 “The enemy’s prince will imprison his grand”. 10.2.7. 3 PRS Imprisoning > ♞[Someone] < ♔[King] (/+) 10.2.7a. (šarram ayyumma) u2-sa3-ar-šu ×1 “He (i.e. someone) will imprison him (i.e. the king)”. ► 1a •16.2.43a ‹someone will uprise against the king›-ma 1b -ma 1c •3.5.22a ‹he (i.e. someone) will kill him (i.e. the king)› (ExO.B&Pd.1a, §9) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.B&Pd.1a, §9.1b). 10.2.8. 10.2.8a. ×1 Imprisoning[P:Palace] < ♔[King] (/+) 20 šar-ra-am i-na li-ib-bi ekallī(E2.GAL)-šu sa3-ru-u2-šu!(UR) 281 21 u2- 3 PRS ExO.Lr.kki.3, §58.1a* “They will imprison the king in his (own) palace”. ► 1a -ma 1b •3.5.1a ‹they will kill him› š. š 2 •3.4.20a ‹the diviner will fall in the place he is going to› (ExO.Lr.kki.3, §58) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.kki.3, §58.1a*). 10.3. Slavery See also 7.6.2a. 10.3.1. Slavery[P:To ♣City] > ♙[Man] (–) 10.3.1a. a-wi-lum 23a-na a-[al] na-ak-ri-im iš-ša-la-al ×1 “The man will be driven as captive to the enemy’s city”. 10.3.2. 10.3.2a. ×1 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §75* Slavery[P:From house] > ♙[House owner], ♘[Sons] (–) 31 [i-na] bi-t[im?] 32be-⌈e⌉[l] bi-ti-im re-e-šu 34ša-la-[tu]⌈m⌉ i-le-qe2-šu 33 qa2-du ma- 3 STV Bh.2, §17.1a** “Captivity will take the owner of the house with his sons from the house”. ► 1a -ma 1b •8.19.4a ‹his household will be financially ruined› (Bh.2, §17) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (Bh.2, §17.1a**). 10.4. Exile 10.4.1. 10.4.1a. ×1 Exile[P:From city] > ♔[Man] (–) awīlum(LU2) i-na a-al w[a]-aš-bu u2-na-ka- 3 PRS (eras.)-ar ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §26 “The man will be alienated from the city he lives in”. 10.4.1b. 24 a-wi-la-am 25i-na a-{wi}-li-im 26u2-še-ṣu2-šu-u2 ×1 “They will expel the man from the city”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §69.1a* ► 1a -ma 1b •A1 ‹he will return›-ma 1c •14.3.6e ‹he will seize his father’s throne› (ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §69) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §69.1a*). 10.4.2. Exile > ♔[Prince] (–) 282 10.4.2a. rubûm(NUN) ṭa-ri-⌈du⌉-[tam i-l]a-ak ×2 “The prince will go into exile”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §17.2*; ExO.Lg.8, §9* ► 1 •20.3.9a ‹the property of your country will go to your enemy’s country› š. š. 2 (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §17) Variants and spellings: Preceded by ša-nu šum-šu (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §17.2*); ru-bu-um ṭa-ri-du-tam / [i-la-ak] (ExO.Lg.8, §9*). 10.4.3. Exile[P:From (?) ♧city] > ♔[Prince] (–) 10.4.3a. ru-bu-um 5u2-ṭa2-ra-ad 6a-na a-li-šu ×1 “The prince will be driven away from (?) (text: to) his city”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.M.24, §2 ►šumma 1 (ExO.Lr.M.24, §2) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 4šum-ma (ExO.Lr.M.24, §2). Uncertain; the prep. ana is possibly to be emended to ina. Note also the unusual word order and the unique passive Dtstem (so CAD Ṭ, 60a, s.v. ṭarādu). 10.4.4. Exile ?[P:From ♧city] > ♔[King] (–) 10.4.4a. šarram(LUGAL) i-na a-<li-šu uṭarradūšu> ×1 “They will exile (?) the king from his city”. 3 PRS ExO.Lg.9, §66** Tentative reconstruction. The end of the apodosis was left blank. 10.4.5. 10.4.5a. ×1 Exile[P:From ♧country] > ♔[Prince] (–) ⌈ru⌉-bu-um i-⌈na⌉ mātī(KUR)-šu ṭa-ri-du-/-tam 3 PRS 42´ i-la-ak ExO.Sp.3, §24 “The prince will go into exile from his country”. 10.4.6. 10.4.6a. ×1 Exile[P:To ♚country] > ♔[King] (–) šarrum(LUGAL) a-na ⌈du⌉-šu 11 ma-ti na-ka-ar-ti i-ṭa3-ra- 3 PRS ExO.Lr.V.3, §6 “They will exile the king to the enemy’s country”. 10.4.7. 10.4.7a. ×1 Forcing to exile[P:From ♚country] > ♔[2] < † (+) nakar(lu2KUR2)-ka i-na ma-ti-šu!(ZU) tu!(TE)-še20-ṣe- 2 PRS e-šu 283 ExO.Lr.V.6, §23* “You will expel your enemy from his country”. 10.4.8. 10.4.8a. ×1 Exile[Because of fierceness] > ♚[Prince] (/–) ru-bu-um ša ma-a-tim na-ka-ar-tim ṭu3-ti⌉-i-ka ⌈ṭa-ri⌉-du-tam i-la-a-ak 26 ! ⌈i -na aš- 2 PRS ExO.Lg.7, §12** “The prince of the enemy country will go into exile because of your fierceness”. 10.4.9. Exile[P:From city] > ♘[Mayor] (–) 10.4.9a. 37 ×1 “They will expel the mayor from his city”. 10.4.10. ra-be-⌈a⌉-na 38i-na a-li-šu 39u2-še20-ṣu2-u2-šu ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §88 3 PRS ExO.Lg.8, §6** 3 PRS ExO.Lr.M.18, §2.1a-b Exile > ? (?) 10.4.10a. 10 ×1 “… will go into exile”. 10.4.11. 3 PRS […] ṭa-ri-du-tam i-la-⌈ak⌉ Deportation > ♧[Small towns] (–) Cf. destruction of small towns in 11.22.6. 10.4.11a. 3 a-mu-tum 4sa2 na-ka3-ar 5a-li ṣa-ḫa-ru-ti2 ×1 “Omen of deportation of small towns”. The reading na-ka3-ar (the value ka3 for GA is well-attested in archaic OB Mari) is based on the conventional OB counterpart below, where the orthography leaves no place for ambiguity. This, however, still does not completely exclude the possibility for na-qa2-ar in this prediction, cf. demolition in 11.14. 10.4.11b. na-ka-ar a-li ṣe-⌈eḫ⌉-ru-tim ×1 “Deportation of small towns”. 10.4.12. 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.1a, §47 Return from exile[P:To country] > ♔[Exiled person] (+) 12´ 10.4.12a. ṭa-ri-du ša i-na [māti(KUR) ku-šu-du] ×1 “An exiled person will return to the country he was chased from”. [i-ta-ar] 3 PRS PRS ExO.Sp.2, §3.2* ► 1a •A1 ‹?› matīma 1b •10.4.12a ‹an exiled person will return to the country he was chased from› (ExO.Sp.2, §3) Variants and spellings: Preceded by ma-ti-ma (ExO.Sp.2, §3.1b*). 10.4.13. Return from exile[P:To city] > ♔[Chased exiled person] (+) 284 10.4.13a. ×1 52 ṭa-ri-du-u2-um li)-šu 55i-ta-ar 53 ša ku-uš-šu-du 54 a-na ālī(IRI- 3 “An exiled person, who is chased, will return to his city”. 285 PRS PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §19 11. Internal politics The following section consists of different topics related to the life of a country. The section opens with apodoses referring to social mood, i.e. agreement (11.1) as opposed to discord and civil war (11.2). Relations between ruler and subjects are regarded in predictions dealing with rule type (11.3), control and obedience (11.4), discipline (11.5), as well the influence of the ruler on the country (11.6), with the special case of remission of debts (11.7). Other predictions that refer to the country are forecasts of prosperity (11.8), getting out in the open (11.9), calm living (11.10), crime (11.11), and seeking refuge (11.12). Juxtaposed are also such subsections as building (11.13) and demolition (11.14), populating (11.15) and depopulation (11.16). Abandoned roads (11.16.3) and blockade (11.18) can cause the isolation of the country. Internal unrest is referred to in predictions of disorder (11.19), as well as chaos and turmoil (11.20). Finally, serious degradation might result in abandonment (11.21), destruction (11.22), falling into ruin (11.23), devastation (11.24) and annihilation (11.25). 11.1. Agreement 11.1.1. Сoncensus > ♧[Country] (+) 11.1.1a. (mātum) 9pi-i-ša a-na iš-te-en i-ta-ar ×1 “Its (the country’s) discourse will become one”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.V.11, §11.1b ► 1a •11.18.3a ‹the country will be blockaded› Ø 1b (ExO.Lr.V.11, §11) 11.1.1b. ×1 28 ma-a-tum ka-lu-ša 30 iš-ša-ak-ka-an 29 mil-ku-ša a-na we-di-im 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §6.1 “The whole country, its opinion will become one”. ► 1 Ø 2 •17.19.1a ‹hostility› (ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §6) 11.2. Discord and civil war 11.2.1. Discord > ♧[Country] (–) 11.2.1a. la mi-it-gu-rum i-na mātim(KALAM) ib-/-ba-aš-ši! ×1 “There will be discord in the country”. 3 PRS ► 1 •24.14.1a ‹eclipse› Ø 2 •11.2.1a ‹there will be discord in the country› (ExB.3, §18) 11.2.2. Civil war > ♧[Country] (–) 286 ExB.3, §18.2* Compare war between countries (18.1.1). 11.2.2a. mātum(KALAM) iṣ-ṣa-ba-at i-ta-ka-/-al ×1 “The country will fight itself (and) devour itself”. 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.1b, §5.1a-b ExO.B&Pd.1c, §33.1a-b* 3 PRS Br.O.1, §11.1a* Variants and spellings: ma-tum i-ṣ/a-ba-[at] (ExO.B&Pd.1c, §33.1a-b*). 11.3. Rule type 11.3.1. Harsh king (–) 11.3.1a. šarrum(LUGAL) [da]-an-nu-um 27ib-ba-aš-ši ×1 “There will be a harsh king”. ► 1a -ma 1b •11.6.6a ‹he will weaken this country› (Br.O.1, §11) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (Br.O.1, §11.1a*). 11.3.2. 11.3.2a. ×1 Harsh king[P:Country] (–) šarrum(LUGAL) dannum(KALA.GA) i-na ma-t/im 3 PRS 37 ib-ba-aš-ši Br.O.1, §53 “There will be a harsh king in the country”. 11.3.3. Rule[Evil] (–) 11.3.3a. pa-le-e 41ra-gi-im ×1 “Rule of an evil person”. 3 NOM Br.O.1, §35.1a ► 1a Ø 1b •16.2.42a ‹criminals will uprise›-ma 1c •11.22.10a ‹they will ruin the country› (Br.O.1, §35) 11.3.4. Rule[✣Enlil] (?) 11.3.4a. palê(BALA) den-lil2 ×1 “The rule of Enlil”. 3 PRS Br.O.1, §42.1a 3 PRS ExO.Lr.nps.2, §5** ► 1a Ø 1b •11.8.1a ‹the country will prosper› (Br.O.1, §42) 11.3.5. Rule[?] (?) 11.3.5a. pa-le-⌈e⌉ […] ×1 “The rule of …”. 11.4. Control and obedience 11.4.1. Compliance (+) 287 || On tešmûm see Winitzer 2006, 176. 11.4.1a. te-eš-mu-um ×2 “Compliance”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §71.1*; ExO.Lg.9, §19.1a ► 1 Ø 2 •17.19.6a ‹two kings will be at enmity› (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §71) ► 1a •11.4.1a ‹compliance› Ø 1b •18.12.6a ‹your army that you are sending to an expedition will confront the army› (ExO.Lg.9, §19) Variants and spellings: te-eš-mu-[um (…)] (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §71.1*) 11.4.2. Compliance > ♧[Country] (+) 11.4.2a. 1 ×1 “Compliance of the country”. 11.4.3. taš-ma 2mātim(KALAM) 3 NOM ExO.Lr.M.20, §1 3 PRS ExO.Lr.M.25, §1 3 PRS ExO.Lr.M.21, §1 rubû(NUN) mās(KUR)-su2 i-na qa2-ti-šu u2-⌈ka⌉- 3 PRS [al (?)] ExO.Sp.2, §11** Ruling > ♔[Prince] < ♧[Country] (+) 11.4.3a. 1 ×1 “The prince will rule his country”. 11.4.4. ru-bu-u-um 2ma-su2 3i-be-/-el2 Supervising > ♔[King] < ♧[Country] (+) 11.4.4a. šar-ru-um 2ma-tam2 i-sa3-ni-iq ×1 “The king will control his country”. ►šumma 1 (ExO.Lr.M.21, §1) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 1šum-ma (ExO.Lr.M.21, §1). 11.4.5. 11.4.5a. ×1 Controlling > ♔[Prince] < ♧[Country] (+) “The prince will control (lit. hold in his hand) his country”. 11.4.6. Submitting > ♔[King] < ♧[Country] (+) 11.4.6a. mātum(KALAM) a-na šarrī(LUGAL)-ša uk-ta-pa-al 3 PRS ×1 “The country will submit (lit. bow down) to its king”. Variant of ExO.B&Pd.1c, §30 (below). 288 ExO.B&Pd.1b, §2 11.4.7. Submitting > ♔[Lord] < ♧[Country] (+) 11.4.7a. ma-tum a-na be2-li-ša uk-ta-\-⌈pa2-a⌉[l] ×1 “The country will submit (lit. bow down) to its lord”. 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.1c, §30 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §67*; Variant of ExO.B&Pd.1b, §2 (above). 11.4.8. Obedience > ♧[Country] < ♔[King] (+) 11.4.8a. šar-ru-um ma-as-su2 18a-na pi-i-šu uš-ša-ab ×3 “The king, his country will obey him (lit. live by his command)”. ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §69.1a; ExO.Lr.V.11, §31 ► 1a Ø 1b •17.3.5a ‹they will sweep his feet with their beards› (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §69) Variants and spellings: 7šar-rum (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §69.1a), pi-šu (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §67*; ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §69.1a), uš-ša-⌈a⌉ab (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §67*). 11.4.9. Obedience > ♧[Country] < ♔[Lord] (+) 11.4.9a. mātu(KUR) a-na a-wa-at be-li-ša uš-ša-a[b] ×1 “The country will obey (lit. live by the command of) its lord”. 3 PRS ExO.Sp.3, §45.1 ► 1 Ø 2 •7.4.6a ‹in the campaign the god will come to the aid of the army› (ExO.Sp.3, §45) 11.4.10. Obedience > ♧[Country] < ♔[2] (+) 11.4.10a. ma-a-tum a-na pi-ka 19uš-ša-ab ×1 “The land will obey you (lit. live by your command)”. 11.4.11. 2 PRS ExO.Lg.9, §76 3 PRS ExO.Lr.V.11, §4.2 Obedience > ♘[Army] < ♘[Commander] (+) 11.4.11a. um-ma-nu-um a-na pi-i ša-pi-ri-ša ul uš-ša-ab ×1 “The army will not obey (lit. sit) its commander”. ► 1 •17.1.1a ‹rivalry› Ø 2 ūlū 3 •13.8.8a ‹the king will not obey his advisers› (ExO.Lr.V.11, §4) 11.5. Discipline 11.5.1. 11.5.1a. Firm foundations (+) iš-da-an ki-na-[tum] 3 NOM 289 ExO.Lg.8, §16.1*; ×2 “Firm foundations”. In.2a, §23* Variants and spellings: ki-na-[tu]m!(LU2) (In.2a, §23*). 11.5.2. Firm foundations < ✣[God] (+) 11.5.2a. iš-da ilim(DINGIR) ki-na-tum ×2 “Firm foundation of the (patron–)god”. 11.5.3. 3 PRS ExO.Ht.3, §57*; ExO.Ht.3, §75* Firm foundations > ♞[Army] (/+) 11.5.3a. iš-di [um-ma-an] nakrim(lu2KUR2) ki-na-tum ×1 “Firm foundations of the enemy’s army”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.pdn.3, §8** Uncertain; alternatively, “išdī [māt] nakrim ‘foundations of the enemy’s army” (cf. ExO.Ht.1, §10** below). 11.5.4. 11.5.4a. ×1 ¬Firm foundations > ♘[Army] (–) [ummān(ERIN2) rubê(NUN) išdā(SUḪUŠ.MEŠ)-š]a 3 PRS lā(NU) i!-ku-un-na ExO.Lg.4, §1** “The foundations of the prince’s army (?) will not be firm”. Uncertain; reconstruction follows Jeyes 1989b, 148. 11.5.5. Strong foundations > † (/+) 11.5.5a. 20 ×1 “The enemy, his foundations are strong”. 11.5.6. 11.5.6a. ×1 ⌈na-ak-ru⌉-um 21iš-da-a!-šu da-an-na 3 STV ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §95* Torn foundations[S:Campaign] > ♘[Army] (–) ṣābum(ERIN2.ḪA2) ḫarrānam(KASKAL) iš-da-šu 3 STV na-as-/-ḫa Ol.2, §30.2 “The army on campaign, its foundations are torn”. ► 1 •4.4.1c ‹the sick person will recover› Ø 2 (Ol.2, §30) 11.5.7. Firm foundations[Path?] (+) 11.5.7a. [x x x x]-am ša iš-da-šu ki-na i-la-ak ×1 “He (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will walk a path (?), the foundations of which are 290 3 PRS Ps.2, §65** firm”. Probably, the first, missing word is ḫarrānam or urḫam. 11.5.8. ? foundations > ♧[Country] (?) 11.5.8a. māt(KUR) rubêm(NUN) i-ši-sa3 […] ×1 “The prince’s country, its foundation is …”. 11.5.9. ExO.Ht.1, §10** ? ? ExO.Ht.2, §4** 3 PRS ExO.Lg.9, §36.1a ? foundations (?) 11.5.9a. i-⌈ši⌉-id […] ×1 “The foundation of …”. 11.5.10. 3 ? Unbraced sphincter > ♧[Country] (–) 11.5.10a. i-si2-il-ti 29ma-a-tim ip-pa-aṭ-ṭa-ar ×1 “The sphincter of the country will be unbraced”. ► 1a Ø 1b •24.12.2a ‹a dyke breach will happen› (ExO.Lg.9, §36) 11.5.11. 11.5.11a. ×1 Unbraced sphincter[S:Warfare] > ♘[Army] (–) a-na kakkim(gišTUKUL) i-si-il-ti um-ma-ni-ia ip- 1 PRS pa-ṭa-ar 21 ExO.Lr.V.8, §17.2 “For warfare: the sphincter of my army will be unbraced”. ► 1 •A1 ‹escape of an important person› Ø 2 (ExO.Lr.V.8, §17) 11.5.12. Unbraced fundament > ♣[Country] (?) 11.5.12a. šu-bu-ur ma-at nakrim(lu2KUR2-im) [ip]-/-pa-ṭar ×1 “The fundament of the enemy’s country will be unbraced”. 3 PRS ExO.M.2, §8.1* ► 1 Ø 2a-b •6.4.5c ‹a famine of corpses thrown (unburied) will occur in the country› (ExO.M.2, §8) 11.5.13. ? fundament > ♣[Country] (?) 11.5.13a. šu-bu-⌈ur⌉-ti ma-tim na-/-ka-ar-tim [x (x)] ⌈x⌉ [x] ×1 “The fundament of the enemy’s country will …”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.V.10, §33** Uncertain. The verb is not readable on the copy. If my reading is correct, the first word is šuburtu, a peculiar fem. by- 291 form of šuburru (cf. ExO.M.2, §8 above), that is not attested elsewhere. 11.6. Ruler and country 11.6.1. Pleasing > ♔[King] < ♧[Country] (+) 11.6.1a. 15 ×1 “The king will please (lit. the heart of) his country”. 11.6.2. 11.6.2a. ×2 3 PRS šar-rum li-bi ma-ti-šu u2-ṭa-[a]⌈b⌉ ExO.Ht.4, §74 Trusting > ♔[King] < ♧[Country], ♘[Subordinates] (+) šarrum(LUGAL) ma-as-su2 u3 wa-ar-di-šu i-qi2-a- 3 PRS /-ap ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §18; ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §106* “The king will trust his country and his subordinates”. Variants and spellings: wa-ar-di-i-šu (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §106). See Richter 1991. 11.6.3. 11.6.3a. ×1 Hating > ♔[King] < ♧[Country], ♘[Subordinates] (–) šarrum(LUGAL) ma-at-su2 u3 wa-ar-di-š/u \ i-te-e- 3 PRS eb ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §25 “The king will hate (?) his country and his subordinates”. For the interpretation of this prediction and the used verb see Richter 1991. Note morph. spelling in ma-at-su2. 11.6.4. 11.6.4a. ×1 Oppressive commanding > ♔[King] < ♧[Country] (–) pi-i šar-ri-im ⌈it⌉ 10 e-⌈li!⌉ (eras.) ma-ti-šu i-ka-ab-bi- 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §70* “The king’s command will be oppressive (lit. heavy) for his country”. 11.6.5. 11.6.5a. ×1 Causing hardships > ♔[King] < ♧[Country] (–) šarrum(LUGAL) ma-as-su ma-r[u]-⌈u⌉[š]-⌈ta⌉-am 3 PRS 11 u2-ka-al-l[a-a]⌈m⌉ “The king will give his country a hard time”. 292 ExO.Lg.9, §4.2 ► 1 •24.4.4d ‹there will be heavy rain› ū. r. 2 (ExO.Lg.9, §4) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 10ūmam(UD-ma-am) re-qa2-am (ExO.Lg.9, §4.2). 11.6.6. Weakening > ♔[Harsh king] < ♧[Country] (–) 11.6.6a. (šarrum dannum) ma-tam ša-ti u2-na-aš ×1 “He (i.e. the harsh king) will weaken this (i.e. where the abnormal birth happened) country”. 3 PRS Br.O.1, §11.1b ► 1a -ma 1b •11.6.6a ‹he will weaken this country› (Br.O.1, §11) 11.7. Remission of debts 11.7.1. 11.7.1a. ×1 Remission of debts > ♧[Country] < ♔[Prince] (+) rubû(NUN) an-du-<ra>-ar išakkan(GAR) mātī(KUR-ti)-šu 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §20.2* “The prince will execute (lit. set) the remission of debts (in, lit. of) his country”. ► 1 •27.18.33a ‹… requests …› Ø 2 Ø 3 •11.22.7c ‹the prince’s country will vanish› (ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §20) 11.7.2. 11.7.2a. ×1 Remission of debts > ♣[Country] < † (/+) [nakru(KUR2)] išakkan(GAR) ⌈an-du⌉-ra-ar mātī(KUR-ti)-šu 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §21.1** “The enemy will execute (lit. set) the remission of debts (in, lit. of) his country”. ► 1 Ø 2 •7.4.5b ‹ “There will be help from the (patron–)god’s to the prince› (ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §21) The reconstruction [nakru] is based on the predictions counterpart in ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §20.2* (above). 11.8. Prosperity 11.8.1. Prosperity > ♧[Country] (+) 11.8.1a. 15 ×2 “The country will prosper”. 3 PRS ma-tum i-še20-er Br.O.1, §42.1b; Br.O.1, §43 ► 1a •11.3.4a ‹the rule of Enlil› Ø 1b (Br.O.1, §42) 11.8.1b. ma-tum a-na pa-ni-ša i-ma-aṣ-ṣi ×1 “The country will prosper”. 3 PRS 293 ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §12 11.9. Getting out in the open See also Peace (17.12). 11.9.1. Getting out to protected pastures > ♧[Country that gathered] (+) 11.9.1a. 37 ×1 “The country that assembled will get out to protected pastures”. 11.9.2. ma-a-at ik-mi-su2 a-na a-bu-ur-ri iṣ!-ṣi-a-am 3 PRS ExO.Lg.9, §18* 3 PRS ExO.Sp.3, §42*; Dwelling in protected pastures > ♧[Country] (+) 11.9.2a. ma-tum a-bu-ur-ri uš-ša-[ab] ×3 “The country will dwell in protected pastures”. ExO.M.3, §10*; ExO.M.3, §62.1b* ► 1a •17.12.3a ‹there will be peace it the country› Ø 1b (ExO.M.3, §62) Variants and spellings: mātu(KUR) (ExO.Sp.3, §42*), uš-ša-a-[ab] (ExO.M.3, §62.1b*), u2-ša-ab (ExO.Sp.3, §42*). 11.9.2b. māt(KU[R?)-k]a (?) ab-bu-ur-[ri / uššab] ×1 “Your country will dwell in protected pastures”. 11.9.3. 2 PRS ExO.Ht.1, §14** 3 PRS ExO.Lg.9, §16.1b Dwelling in protected pastures > ♧♣[Countries] (+) 11.9.3a. (šarrū) 33ma-as-su2-nu a-bu-ur-ri uš-ša-bu ×1 “Their (i.e. the two kings’) countries will dwell in protected pastures”. ► 1a -ma 1b •11.9.3a ‹their countries will dwell in protected pastures› (ExO.Lg.9, §16) 11.10. Calm living 11.10.1. Calm living (+) 11.10.1a. šu-ub-tum ne-eḫ-tum ×2 “Calm living”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.pdn.3, §7.2; ExO.Lr.V.7, §21.2* ► 1 •2.5.1a ‹happiness› Ø 2 (ExO.Lr.pdn.3, §7) ► 1 •18.19.1a ‹overthrow of the enemy’s army› š. š. 2 (ExO.Lr.V.7, §21) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 31ša-nu šum-šu (ExO.Lr.V.7, §21.2*); ne2-eḫ-tum (ExO.Lr.V.7, §21.2*). 11.10.2. 11.10.2a. Calm living > ♧[Country] (+) ma-tum šu-ub-tam ne2-eḫ-tam \ uš-ša-ab 294 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.4, §5.1b*; ×6 “The country will live a calm living”. ExO.Lr.npt.4, §8.1b; ExO.Lr.npt.10, §3*; ExO.Lr.npt.10, §9.1b*; ExO.Lr.pdn.3, §13*; Br.O.1, §49 ► 1a •27.14.7a ‹the angry gods will return to the country› -ma 1b Ø 2 •20.2.4a ‹the king will capture a foreign country› (ExO.Lr.npt.4, §5) ► 1a •27.14.7a ‹the angry gods will return to the country›-ma 1b (ExO.Lr.npt.4, §8) ► 1a •27.14.7b ‹the wrathful gods will return to the country›-ma 1b (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §9) Variants and spellings: ne-eḫ-tam (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §3*; ExO.Lr.pdn.3, §13*), u2-ša-a⌈b⌉ (ExO.Lr.npt.4, §8.1b; ExO.Lr.npt.10, §3*). 11.11. Crime 11.11.1. Crime > [Country] (–) 11.11.1a. 34 ×1 “There will be crime in the country”. 11.11.2. gi-il-la-tum 35i-na ma-a-tim 36i-ba-aš-ši 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §45 3 PRS ExO.Sp.3, §21.1 Terrorizing > ♘[Robbers] < [Country] (–) 11.11.2a. 34´ ×1 “Robbers will terrorize the country”. ḫa-ab-ba-tu māta(KUR) u2-ša-aḫ-da-ru ► 1 Ø 2 •11.12.7a ‹the land will gather into the king’s city› (ExO.Sp.3, §21) 11.12. Seeking refuge 11.12.1. Gathering to[Fortresses] > ♧[Open territories] (–) 11.12.1a. 11 ×1 “Your open fortresses”. 2 PRS na-wu-u2-ka a-na da-na-tim i-pa-ḫu-ru territories will gather ExO.Lr.npt.4, §6.2 into ► 1 •27.14.1c ‹the gods will depart from the country› Ø 2 Ø 3a •18.5.6a ‹the enemy will come›-ma 3b •20.3.54e ‹he will take away booty from the midst of your country› š. š. 4 •A1 ‹… will escape from his city› (ExO.Lr.npt.4, §6) 11.12.2. Gathering to[Fortified city] > ♧[Open territories] (–) 11.12.2a. 35 ×1 “Your open territories will assemble into a fortified city”. na-wu-u2-ka a-na a-al dūrim(BAD3) i-ka-mi-is 295 2 PRS ExO.Lg.9, §17 11.12.3. Gathering to[Fortresses] > ♧[Country] (–) 11.12.3a. mātum(KUR) a-na dannatim(KALA-tim) i-pa-ḫur ×4 “The country will gather into fortresses”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.M.39, §1*; ExO.Ht.3, §55; ExO.StIn.3, §4*; ExO.KiUr.1, §28 Variants and spellings: 2mātum(KALAM) (ExO.Lr.M.39, §1*), dan-na-tim (ExO.Ht.3, §55), dannatim(KALA!) (ExO.Lr.M.39, §1*), i-pa-ḫu-ur (ExO.Ht.3, §55). 11.12.4. 11.12.4a. ×1 Gathering to[Fortresses] > ♣[Country] (/–) [māt(KUR) nakri(KUR2) a-na dannatim(KALA-tim) 3 PRS i-pa-ḫur] “The enemy’s fortresses”. country will gather ExO.KiUr.1, §29** into Reconstruction uncertain, based on ExO.KiUr.1, §28 (above). 11.12.5. 11.12.5a. ×1 Gathering to[Fortresses] > ♧[Broad country] (–) ma-tum ra-pa-a/š-tum 2a-na da-an-na-tim [i]-pa- 3 PRS aḫ-ḫu-ur Br.O.1, §37 “A broad country will gather into fortresses”. 11.12.6. 11.12.6a. ×1 Gathering to[Fortresses] > ♧[Whole country] (–) 14 ma-a-tum ka-lu-u2-ša 15a-na a-li-im iš-te-en 16i- 3 PRS pa-ḫu-ur ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §110.1a “The whole country will gather into one city”. ► 1a Ø 1b •A1 ‹it will be cut down one district after the other› (ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §110) 11.12.7. 11.12.7a. ×1 Gathering to[King’s city] > ♧[Whole country] (–) mātum(KUR) a-na āl(IRIki) šarrī(LUGAL)-ša / i-pa- 3 PRS ḫu-ur ExO.Sp.3, §21.2 “The country will gather into the king’s city”. ► 1 •11.11.2a ‹robbers will terrorize the country› Ø 2 (ExO.Sp.3, §21) 11.12.8. 11.12.8a. Gathering to[Country] > ♧[Country] (–?) mātum(KALAM) a-na mātim(KALAM-tim) i-pa-ḫu- 3 PRS 296 ExO.B&Pd.1a, §63 ×1 ur “(One) country will gather to (another) country”. 11.12.9. Forcing gather[One place] > ♔[2] < ♣[Country] (+) 11.12.9a. (māt nakrim) 26a-ša-ar iš-te-en tu-pa2-ḫa-ar-ši ×1 “You will gather it (i.e. the enemy’s country) in one place”. 2 PRS ExO.Lr.V.11, §16.1b ► 1a •11.12.9a ‹you will control the enemy’s country› Ø 1b (ExO.Lr.V.11, §16) 11.12.10. Forcing gather[Fortresses] > † < ♧[Country] (+) 11.12.10a. ×1 māt(KUR) rubê(NU[N]) nakru(KUR2) a-na dan-na!- 3 PRS tim u2-še-re!(ḪU)-eb ExO.Lr.mzz.1, §3* “The enemy will force the prince’s country to fortresses”. 11.13. Building 11.13.1. Digging new canal (+) See blocking of watercourses (24.13). 3 PRS 11.13.1a. na-a-rum la ḫe-ri-tum i-ḫe-er-ri ×3 “A canal which has not been dug out will be dug up”. ExO.Lr.npt.8, §5.1a*; ExO.Lr.npt.10, §40.2a; ExO.Lr.npt.10, §41 ► 1a [-ma?] 1b •11.13.2b ‹on its bank a settlement will be founded› (ExO.Lr.npt.8, §5) ► 1 •22.1.1a ‹a barren woman will give birth› Ø 2a Ø 2b •11.13.2a ‹on its bank a settlement will be founded› (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §40) Variants and spellings: na-rum (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §40.2a), i-ḫe-r[i] (ExO.Lr.npt.8, §5.1a); followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.npt.8, §5, uncertain). 11.13.2. New settlement[P:On new canal’s bank] (+) 11.13.2a. (nārum) ki-ša-sa3 šu-ub-tum!(UD) u2-[š]a-a-ab ×1 “On its (the canal’s) bank a settlement will be founded (lit. sit)”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.10, §40.2b* ► 1 •22.1.1a ‹a barren woman will give birth› Ø 2a •11.13.1a ‹a canal which has not been dug out will be dug up› Ø 2b (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §40) 11.13.2b. (nārum) 10i-na a-ḫi!(AḪ)-ša šu-ub-tum u2-ša-[ab] “On its (the canal’s) bank a settlement will be 297 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.8, §5.1b* ×1 founded (lit. sit)”. ► 1a •11.13.1a ‹a canal which has not been dug out will be dug up›[-ma?] 1b (ExO.Lr.npt.8, §5) 11.13.3. 11.13.3a. ×1 Building[Fortress, P:Border] > ♔[2] (+) i-na pa-a-ṭi na-ak-ri-i-\-ka pe-e-eš 44 [d]⌈u⌉-ra-am te-ep- 2 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §35.2 “You will build a fortress on the border with your enemy”. ► 1 •27.17.2a ‹request of Shamash› Ø 2 (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §35) 11.13.4. 11.13.4a. ×1 Building[Fortress, P:Border] > † (/+) nakrum(lu2KUR2) i-na p[a-/-ṭi-(im) (?)] \ du-ra- 3 PRS a[m] ⌈i-p⌉[e-e]⌈š⌉ (?) ExO.Lr.kki.3, §70** “The enemy will build a fortress on the border”. 11.13.5. Building[Fortress, P:♣Country] > ♔[2] (+) 2 PRS 11.13.5a. du-ra-am te-pu-uš ×1 “You will build a fortress (in the enemy’s country)”. ExO.Lr.V.6, §14.1b ► 1a •18.5.3a ‹you will invade your enemy’s country›-ma 1b (ExO.Lr.V.6, §14) 11.13.6. 11.13.6a. ×1 Building[Fortress, P:♧Country] > † (/+) (nakerka) 6i-na li-bi ma-ti-ka 7du-ra-am i-pe!(ŠI)- 2 PRS eš3 ExO.Lr.kki.1, §1.1b* “He (i.e. your enemy) will build a fortress in your country”. ► 1a •18.5.6c ‹your enemy will invade›-ma 1b (ExO.Lr.kki.1, §1) 11.13.7. Rebuilding[♣Border fortress] > ♔[2] (+) 11.13.7a. (dūr pāṭ nakrīka) \ ta-sa-ḫar-ma te!(PI)-pu-su ×1 “You will reconsider and build it (i.e. the border fortress of your enemy) (anew)”. 2 PRS ExO.M.2, §12.1c* ► 1b •A1 ‹you will capture the border fortress of your enemy›-ma 1b •11.14.6a ‹you will demolish it› Ø 1c Ø 2a •4.4.3a ‹in the man’s household: the sick person will recover› Ø 2b •4.7.4a ‹a healthy one will die› (ExO.M.2, 298 §12) 11.14. Demolition See also 10.4.11a. 11.14.1. Demolition > ♧[King’s city] (–) 11.14.1a. (āl šarrim) in-na-qa2-/-ar ×1 “It (i.e. the king’s city) will be demolished”. 3 PRS ExO.V.2, §2.1c ► 1a •19.2.2a ‹the king’s city will be besieged› Ø 1b •19.7.1a ‹it will be captured›-ma 1c (ExO.V.2, §2) 11.14.2. Demolition > ♧[City of living] (–) 11.14.2a. a-al wa-aš-ba-a-t/i 15in-na-aq-q[a2]-ar ×1 “The city you are living in will be demolished”. 11.14.3. 2 PRS ExO.Lg.9, §48 2 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §46.1a Demolition > ♧[Cities] (–) 11.14.3a. a-la-nu-ka in-na-aq-qa2-ru ×1 “Your cities will be demolished”. ► 1a Ø 1b •11.23.1a ‹mounds (of ruins) will be left› (ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §46) 11.14.4. Demolition > ♣[City] (/–) 11.14.4a. a-al nakrim(lu2KUR2-im) 17in-na-a[q]-qa-ar ×1 “The enemy’s city will be demolished”. 11.14.5. ExO.Lg.9, §49 2 PRS ExO.Lg.9, §78 2 PRS ExO.M.2, §12.1b Demolishing > ♔[2] < ♣[Fortress] (+) 11.14.5a. 22 ×1 “The fortress of your enemy will be demolished”. 11.14.6. 3 PRS du-ur nakrī(lu2KUR2)-ka ta-na-aq-qa2-ar Demolishing > ♔[2] < ♣[Border fortress] (+) 11.14.6a. (dūr pāṭ nakrīka) ta-na-qar-šu ×1 “You will demolish it (i.e. the border fortress of your enemy)”. ► 1b •A1 ‹you will capture the border fortress of your enemy›-ma 1b Ø 1c •11.13.7a ‹you will reconsider and build it (anew)› Ø 2a •4.4.3a ‹in the man’s household: the sick person will recover› Ø 2b •4.7.4a ‹a healthy one will die› 299 (ExO.M.2, §12) 11.14.7. Demolishing > † < ♧[Fortified city] (/+) 11.14.7a. 24 ×1 “The enemy will demolish my fortified city”. 11.14.8. 11.14.8a. ×1 a-al du-ri-ia nakrum(lu2KUR2) i-na-aq-qa2-ar 1 PRS ExO.Lg.9, §79 Demolishing > † < ♧[Settlement] (/+) nakrum(lu2KUR2) […] \ šu-ub-ta⌈m i-na⌉-[(aq)- 3 PRS qa2-ar (?)] ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §32** “The enemy … will demolish a settlement”. Possibly, inakkar “will change his dislocation”; see CAD N1, 164b, s.v. nakāru. 11.14.9. Demolishing > ♔[King] < ♧[Own fortresses] (/+) 11.14.9a. šar-rum du-ra-ni-šu i-na-qa2-⌈a/r⌉ ×1 “The king will demolish his (own) fortresses”. 3 PRS ExO.M.1, §4 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.10, §72.1a** 11.14.10. Demolishing > ? < ♧[Country?] (?) 11.14.10a. […] x ma?-a-tam i-[na]-⌈aq⌉-qa2-ar ×1 “… will demolish the country (?)”. ► 1a Ø 1b •A1 ‹you will release his fortresses› (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §72) 11.15. Populating 11.15.1. 11.15.1a. ×1 Repopulating > ♔[Prince] < ♧[Abandoned country] (+) rubû(NUN ) mās(KUR)-⌈su2⌉ na-di-tam [u2-še-še20- 3 PRS eb] ExO.Ht.3, §56* “The prince will repopulate an abandoned country”. 11.16. Depopulation 11.16.1. Depopulation > ♙[House] (–) 11.16.1a. 3 ×1 “There is a decrease (of population) in his (i.e. nu-šu-ur2-ru-um i-na bi-ti-šu ša-ki-in 300 3 STV Ps.1b, §24 the physiognomically house”. examined person’s) nušurrû only means "decrease", not decrease of population. So "decrease ", bit the interpretation is uncertain, and "decrease”. 11.16.2. Depopulation > ♧[Country] (–) The translation ‘decrease (of population)’ for nuššuru (lit. ‘reduction) in the following predictions, all coming from the same text, is based on ExO.Lr.M.36, §28.1 (see 4.19.10a), alternative to 11.16.3a below. This forecast refers to Nergal (i.e. the Plague) reducing (inaššar) the enemy’s army. 11.16.2a. ×1 nu-šu-ru i-na mātī(KALAM!(copy aš-ši KA.GAR?) )-ia i-ba- 1 PRS ExO.Lr.M.36, §19.2* “There will be a decrease (of population) in my country”. ► 1 •18.26.3a ‹my hidden army will scatter› šumma 2 (ExO.Lr.M.36, §19) Variants and spellings: Preceded by šumma(UD) (ExO.Lr.M.36, §19.2). 1 PRS ExO.Lr.M.36, §21.2 nu-šu-ru \ i-na māt(KALAM) \ nakri(lu2KUR2) \ i- 3 PRS ba-aš-ši ExO.Lr.M.36, §28.2 11.16.2b. nu-šu-ru i-na mātī(KALAM)-ia i-ša-kan2 ×1 “Decrease (of population) will be set in my country”. ► 1 •8.16.19a ‹the prince will lose his goods› Ø 2 (ExO.Lr.M.36, §21) Variants and spellings: Preceded by šumma(UD) (ExO.Lr.M.36, §21.2). 11.16.3. 11.16.3a. ×1 Depopulation > ♣[Country] (–) “There will be a decrease (of population) in the enemy’s country”. ► 1 •4.19.10a ‹Nergal will depopulate the enemy’s army› Ø 2 (ExO.Lr.M.36, §28) Variants and spellings: Preceded by šumma(UD) (ExO.Lr.M.36, §28.2). 11.17. Abandoned roads Compare movements blocked by the enemy (18.9) and lion (25.1.9). 11.17.1. Abandonment[Roads] (–) 301 11.17.1a. ḫa-ra-na-tu-ka in-⌈na⌉-[a]⌈n-d⌉[i-a] ×1 “Your roads will be abandoned”. 2 PRS ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §45.1a ► 1a Ø 1b •A1 ‹the enemy will get a reputation at your country’s border› (ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §45) 11.17.2. Blockage[Roads] (–) 11.17.2a. (mātum) ḫa-ra-na-tu-ša 4ip-pe-ḫi-a ×1 “Its (i.e. the country’s) roads will be blocked”. 3 PRS Br.O.1, §20.1b ► 1a •11.21.4a ‹this country will become abandoned› Ø 1b (Br.O.1, §20) 11.17.3. Overwhelming[Roads] > † (/+) 11.17.3a. (nakrum) ⌈ḫa!⌉-ra-n/a-ti-ka u2-⌈sa3⌉-[ḫa]-⌈ap⌉ ×1 “He (i.e. the enemy) will overwhelm your roads”. 2 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.10, §90.1b** 3 NOM Bh.2, §7.1a 3 PRS ExO.Lr.kki.3, §37.2** 3 PRS ExO.Lr.V.11, §11.1a ► 1a •A1 ‹the enemy will ravage› [-ma] 1b (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §90) 11.18. Blockade 11.18.1. Blockade (–) 11.18.1a. 10 ×1 “Blockade”. u2-su-ur-tum ► 1a Ø 1b •18.25.8a ‹there will be routs› (Bh.2, §7) 11.18.2. Blockage[Borders] > ♔[King] (–) 11.18.2a. šar-rum i-t[a-ti-š]u (?) i-pe-[ḫu (?)] ×1 “The king, his borders will be blocked”. ► 1 •18.25.11c ‹flight of my army› š. š. 2 (ExO.Lr.kki.3, §37) Variants and spellings: 25ša-nu-um šum-šu (ExO.Lr.kki.3, §37.2**). 11.18.3. Blockade > ♧[Country] (–) 11.18.3a. 8 ×1 “The country will be blockaded”. ma-a-tum u2-te-es-se2-er ► 1a Ø 1b •11.1.1a ‹its discourse will become one› (ExO.Lr.V.11, §11) 11.18.4. Blocade > ♧[Akkadian Country] (–) 302 11.18.4a. 6 ×1 “The Akkadian country will be blockaded”. 3 PRS ma-tum a-ka-di-tum i-la-wi ExO.Lr.M.39, §2.1a ► 1a -ma 1b •11.22.11b ‹it will vanish› Ø 1c •28.1.9a ‹precept of Naram-Sin› Ø 1d •1.3.2a ‹(the divination) that the diviner performed will befall our king› (ExO.Lr.M.39, §2) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.M.39, §2.1a) 11.18.5. ? > ♣[Besieged country] < ♔[2] (?) 2 11.18.5a. ma-at ni-tam ta-la-a-[wu …] ×1 “The country that you are blocading…”. PRS ? ExO.B&Pd.2, §33** This prediction in fact takes the blocade of a country by a second-person protagonist as a prelusory condition in the subordinate clause. The broken main sentence should provide this situation with a development, but in the absence of a reliable reconstruction, the apodosis is bound to this section. 11.19. Disorder 11.19.1. Disorder (–) 11.19.1a. i-ši-tum ×1 “Disorder”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §23.2 ► 1 •15.1.1d ‹mind and reason will change› Ø 2 Ø 3 •3.6.3a ‹one will kill another› (ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §23) 11.20. Chaos and turmoil 11.20.1. Chaos (–) 11.20.1a. te-šu-um ×2 “Chaos”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §22.2; ExO.Lr.pdn.1, §2.1a ► 1 •A1 ‹…› Ø 2 Ø 3 •1.8.4b ‹niphu-predictions of a diviner among us› (ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §22) ► 1a Ø 1b •A1 ‹the army that going on campaign will weaken›-ma 1c •18.8.3a ‹it will return› (ExO.Lr.pdn.1, §2) Variants and spellings: te-šu (ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §22.2). 11.20.2. Chaos[P:Country] (–) 3 PRS 11.20.2a. te-e-šu-um (ina mātim ibbašši) ×1 “(There will be) chaos in the country”. ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §31.1a ► 1a u 1b •6.4.2a ‹there will be famine in the country› (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §31) 11.20.2b. te-šu-um i-na mātim(KUR) ib-[ba-(aš)-ši] ×1 303 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.4, §15* “There will be chaos in the country”. 11.20.2c. 51 ×1 “There will be chaos in the country”. 11.20.2d. te-šu-um a-na mātim(KUR) i-ṭ[e4-ḫ]i-a-am ×1 “Chaos will arrive to the country”. 11.20.3. 11.20.3a. ×1 te-šu-um i-na ma-a-tim iš-ša-ak-ka-an 3 PRS ExO.Ht.4, §127 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.4, §13 Chaos > ♔[Ibbi-Sin] (–) 2 te-er-tum ši-i Sîn(dEN.ZU) 3 ša ša-aḫ-4ma-as-ti 5 i-bi- 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §109 “This omen is of the disaster of Ibbi-Sin”. 11.20.4. 11.20.4a. ×1 Chaos[P:City] (–) te-e-šu-⌈um ibbašši] i⌉-[n]⌈a⌉ libbi(ŠA3) a-⌈l⌉[i?-im 3 PRS ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §44** “There will be chaos in the city”. 11.20.5. Turmoil[P:Country] (–) 11.20.5a. sa3-aḫ-ma-aš-tum 5[i-na] ma-[tim ib-ba-a]š-ši ×1 “There will be turmoil in the country”. 11.20.6. 3 PRS Br.O.1, §2* 3 NOM ExO.Lr.npt.10, §43.1 Chaos[S:Warfare] (–) 11.20.6a. i-n[a] kakkim(gišTUKUL) te-šu-um ×1 “In warfare: chaos”. ► 1 Ø 2a •4.4.10a ‹for the sick person: agony of death will fall upon him›-ma 2b •4.4.11a ‹he will die› (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §43) 11.20.6b. a-na kakkim(gišTUKUL) te-šu-um ×1 “For warfare: chaos”. 11.20.7. ExO.Lr.ubn.4, §6 3 PRS ExO.Lr.kki.3, §44 Chaos > ♘[Army] (–) 11.20.7a. 39 ×1 “Chaos will cover (lit. fall on) the army”. 11.20.7b. te-šu-u2 libbi(ŠA3!-bi) iṣabbat(DAB) ×1 3 NOM te-⌈šu-u2⌉-um e-li um-ma-nim ⌈i⌉-[m]a-qu2-u[t] ummāni(ERIN2-ni) 3 PRS “Chaos will seize the midst of my army”. 304 ExO.Lr.mzz.1, §17* 11.20.8. Turmoil[P:?] (–) 11.20.8a. sa3-aḫ-ma-aš-tum i-na [… ibbašši] ×1 “There will be turmoil in …”. 11.20.9. 3 PRS ExB.3, §3** 3 NOM ExO.Lr.npt.10, §16* ma-ti 3 PRS ExO.Lr.nps.2, §2.2** Turmoil and chaos (–) 11.20.9a. ⌈a⌉-mu-ut sa3-aḫ-ma-aš-tim u3 te-ši-⌈i!⌉-[im] ×1 “Omen of turmoil and chaos”. 11.20.10. Turmoil and chaos[P:Country] (–) 11.20.10a. ×1 te-šu-u2-um [ibbašši] sa3-aḫ-ma-aš-tum i-na “There will be chaos (and) turmoil in the country”. ► 1 •A1 ‹the enemy will … your city› šumma 2 (ExO.Lr.nps.2, §2) Variants and spellings: Preceded by \ šumma(BE) (ExO.Lr.nps.2, §2.2**). 11.21. Abandonment 11.21.1. Abandonment > ♔[Palace] (–) 11.21.1a. ekallum(⌈E2⌉.GAL) in-na-an-di ×1 “The palace will become abandoned”. 11.21.1b. 26 ×1 “The palace will become empty”. ekallum(E2.GAL) i-ri-aq 3 PRS ExO.Sp.1, §9 3 PRS Br.O.1, §30.1 ► 1 Ø 2 •24.9.12a ‹Adad will devastate the irrigated field(s)› (Br.O.1, §30) 11.21.2. Abandonment > ♧[City] (–) 11.21.2a. 21 ×1 “This (i.e. mentioned in the protasis) city will become abandoned”. 11.21.2b. a-lum nu-u2-um in-na-ad-d[i] ×1 “Our city will become abandoned”. a-lu-um šu-u2 in-[na-ad-di] 3 PRS Bh.2, §21* 1pl PRS ExO.Lr.npt.10, §11.1 ► 1 Ø 2a •A1‹your army on …: the enemy (?) will pursue it›-ma 2b •18.22.20b ‹he will defeat it› (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §11) 11.21.3. Abandonment > ♧[Districts] (–) 305 11.21.3a. iš-ra-tum / in-na-di-a ×2 “Districts will be abandoned”. 3 PRS ExO.Lg.8, §19.1a**; ExO.V.2, §1.1a ► 1a Ø 1b •11.24.5a ‹the country will be devastated› (ExO.Lg.8, §19) ► 1a Ø 1b •11.24.5a ‹the country will be devastated› (ExO.V.2, §1) Variants and spellings: 32[i]⌈š?-ra?⌉-tum (?) i-na-di-a (ExO.Lg.8, §19.1a**). 11.21.4. Abandonment > ♧[Country] (–) 11.21.4a. 3 ×1 “This (i.e. mentioned in the protasis) country will become abandoned”. ma-tum ši-i in-na-an-di 3 PRS Br.O.1, §20.1a 2 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.4, §38.1a ► 1a Ø 1b •11.17.2a ‹its roads will be blocked› (Br.O.1, §20) 11.21.5. Making abandon > † < ♧[Field fallow] (/+) 11.21.5a. nakrum(KUR2) me-re-eš-ka u2-ša-da-ka ×1 “The enemy will cause you to leave your field fallow”. ► 1a -ma 1b •6.4.2a ‹there will be famine in the country› (ExO.Lr.ubn.4, §38) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.ubn.4, §38.1a) 11.21.6. Making abandon > † < ♧[Country] (/+) 11.21.6a. na-ak-rum ma-tam \ u2-ša-da ×1 “The enemy will force (the population) to leave the country”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §5.1 3 NOM ExO.Lr.npt.10, §7*; ► 1 rs. 2 •3.4.5a ‹fall of the owner of the sacrifice› (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §5) 11.22. Destruction 11.22.1. Destruction (–) 11.22.1a. 41 ×2 “Destruction”. ša-aḫ-lu-uq-tum Br.O.1, §17.1b ► 1a •28.1.21a ‹omen of Ibbi-Sin› Ø 1b (Br.O.1, §17) 11.22.1b. a-mu-ut ša-a[ḫ-lu-uq-ti(m) (?)] ×1 “Omen of destruction”. 3 NOM 306 ExO.Sp.3, §7** Alt. ša-a[ḫ-ma-aš-ti(m)], a by-form of saḫmaštu (s. CAD S, 65a, s.v. saḫmaštu). 11.22.1c. ša-aḫ-lu-uq-t[um i]b-ba-ši ×1 “There will be destruction”. 11.22.2. 3 PRS ExO.Sp.3, §5 3 PRS Ps.3, §20; Destruction > ♙[Man] (–) 11.22.2a. i-ḫa-li-iq ×2 “He (the physiognomically examined person) will vanish”. Ps.3, §24** Variants and spellings: i-ḫa-[li-iq (?)] (Ps.3, §24**). 11.22.2b. 24 ×1 “The man will vanish”. 11.22.3. a-wi-lum i-ḫa-al-li-iq 3 PRS Br.O.1, §29 3 PRS ExB.1a, §26 || ExB.1b, §26* 3 PRS Ce.EcL.1, §2.3* Destruction > ♙[Man’s house] (–) 11.22.3a. 38 ×1 “The man’s house will vanish”. bi-it a-wi-lim i-ḫa-al-l[i]-/-iq Variants and spellings: awīlim(LU2) (ExB.1b, §26). 11.22.4. Destruction > ♧[City’s population] (–) 11.22.4a. a-lum a-wi-lu-su2 i-ḫa-[al-li-iq] ×1 “The city, its population will vanish”. ► 1 •6.4.1f ‹starvation will settle› ū 2 •A1 ‹a famous king will die (?)› ū 3 (Ce.EcL.1, §2) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 5´u3 (Ce.EcL.1, §2.3*). 11.22.5. Destruction > ♧[City and its population] (–) 11.22.5a. ālum(IRIki) u3 a-ši-bu-šu i-ḫa-li-q[u2] ×1 “The city and its dwellers will vanish”. 11.22.6. 3 PRS ExO.Ht.1, §9 3 NOM ExO.Lr.M.28, §1 Destruction > ♧[Small towns] (–) 11.22.6a. 1 ša-aḫ-lu-uq-ti2 2a-li ṣa-aḫ-ru-ti2 ×1 “Destruction of small towns”. Cf. deportation of small towns in 10.4.11. 307 11.22.7. Destruction > ♧[Country] (–) 11.22.7a. ša-aḫ-lu-uq-ti mātim(KALAM) iš-ša-ka-an ×1 “There will be a destruction of the country”. 11.22.7b. 28 ×1 “The country will vanish”. ma-tum i-ḫa-al-li-iq 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.1a, §64 3 PRS Br.O.1, §31.1a 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §20.3 ► 1a -ma 1b •2.13.13a ‹unkempt hair will be worn› (Br.O.1, §31) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (Br.O.1, §31.1a). 11.22.7c. māt(KUR) rubê(NUN) i-ḫa-al-li-⌈iq⌉ ×1 “The prince’s country will vanish”. ► 1 •27.18.33a ‹… requests …› Ø 2 •11.7.1a ‹the prince will execute the remission of debts in his country› Ø 3 (ExO.Lr.mzz.3, §20) 11.22.8. Destruction > ♣[Country] (/–) 11.22.8a. ma-a-at nakrim(l[u2KUR2) i]-ḫa-li-iq ×2 “The enemy’s country will vanish”. 3 PRS ExO.Lg.9, §2.1*; ExO.KiUr.1, §5** ► 1 Ø 2a •24.2.1a ‹the weather will be dim› Ø 2b •24.9.4a ‹Adad will devastate› Ø 2c •24.11.1a ‹the river (?) will be splashing foam› Ø 2d •24.10.7b ‹the seasonal flooding approaching is a deluge› Ø 2e •24.6.1a ‹the next (snow) will fall before the (previous) snow (?) …› (ExO.Lg.9, §2) Variants and spellings: māt(KUR) nakrim(KUR2) ⌈i⌉-[ḫa-al-li-iq] (ExO.KiUr.1, §5**, uncertain). 11.22.9. Ruining > † < ♧[Country] (/+) 11.22.9a. nakar(lu2KUR2)-ka ma-at-ka u2-ḫa-al-la-aq ×1 “Your enemy will ruin your country”. 2 PRS Br.O.1, §25.1b 3 PRS Br.O.1, §35.1c ► 1a •18.16.7a ‹successful attack› Ø 1b (Br.O.1, §25) 11.22.10. Ruining > ♘[Criminals] < ♧[Country] (/+) 11.22.10a. (sarrārū) 42ma-tam u2-ḫa-al-la-qu2-u2 ×1 “They (i.e. the criminals) will ruin the country”. ► 1a •11.3.3a ‹rule of an evil person› Ø 1b •16.2.42a ‹criminals will uprise›-ma 1c (Br.O.1, §35) 11.22.11. Destruction > ♧[Akkad] (–) 308 11.22.11a. 2ša-aḫ-lu-uq-ti2 3a-ga-de3ki ×1 3 NOM ExO.Lr.M.4, §1.1b; ExO.Sp.3, §10* “Destruction of Akkad”. ► 1a •28.1.8a ‹omen of Naram-Sin› Ø 1b (ExO.Lr.M.4, §1) Variants and spellings: ša!(TA)-aḫ-lu-uq-ti ak-ka-di (ExO.Sp.3, §10*). 11.22.11b. (mātum akkadītum) 7i-ḫa-al-li-iq ×1 “It (i.e. the Akkadian country) will vanish”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.M.39, §2.1b ► 1a •11.18.4a ‹the Akkadian country will be blockaded›-ma 1b Ø 1c •28.1.9a ‹precept of Naram-Sin› Ø 1d •1.3.2a ‹(the divination) that the diviner performed will befall our king› (ExO.Lr.M.39, §2) 11.22.12. Destruction > ♔[Ibbi-Sin] (–) 11.22.12a. (amūt Ibbi-Sîn) 11ša ša-aḫ-lu-uq-tim ×4 “(The omen of Ibbi-Sin,) of destruction”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.npt.4, §1.1b ExO.Lr.npt.6, §6.1b; ExO.Lr.bbk.2, §9.1b*; ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §10.2b; ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §12.2b ► 1a •28.1.21a ‹omen of Ibbi-Sin› ša 1b (ExO.Lr.npt.4, §1 || ExO.Lr.npt.6, §6) ► 1a •28.1.21a ‹omen of Ibbi-Sin› ša 1b (ExO.Lr.bbk.2, §9) ► 1 •A1 ‹the gods of the country will control the palace› š. š. 2a •28.1.21a ‹omen of Ibbi-Sin› ša 2b (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §10) ► 1 •A1 ‹the gods of the man will control the palace› š. š. 2a •28.1.21a ‹omen of Ibbi-Sin› ša 2b (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §12) 11.23. Ruin mounds 11.23.1. Ruins (–) 3 PRS 11.23.1a. ti-la-ni in-/-na-ad-du-u2 ×1 “Mounds (of ruins) will be left (lit. thrown)”. ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §46.1b ► 1a •11.14.3a ‹your cities will be demolished› Ø 1b (ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §46) 11.23.2. 11.23.2a. ×1 Turning to mounds and ruins > ♞[Elamites] < ♧[Ur] (–) (amūt Ibbi-Sîn) 3sa2 u2-ra-am 4Elāmtum(ELAMki) 3 PRT a-na ti-li 5u2 kar2-me5 iš-ku-un ExO.Lr.M.8, §1.1b “(The omen of Ibbi-Sin,) when the Elamites turned Ur to mounds and ruins”. ► 1a ša 1b •11.23.2a ‹when the Elamites turned Ur to mounds and ruins› (ExO.Lr.M.8, §1) 309 || 11.23.3. Turning to mounds and ruins > ? (–?) 11.23.3a. \ […] ak nu at-ti-li u3 ka-ar-mi i-ta-ar ×1 “… will turn to mounds and ruins”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.10, §12.2** ► 1 •5.3.13a ‹your army will be frightened at the position it is occupies› [?] 2 Ø 3 •11.24.5a ‹the country will be devastated› (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §12) 11.24. Devastation 11.24.1. Devastation (–) 11.24.1a. ḫa-ar-bu-tum iš-ša-ak-ka-[an] ×1 “There will be devastation”. 3 PRS Ce.EcL.1, §6.2* 3 PRS Bh.1, §12.2 ► 1 •9.7.1d ‹sheep will fall› ū 2 (Ce.EcL.1, §6) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 12´u3 (Ce.EcL.1, §6.2*). 11.24.2. Devastation > ♙[Man’s house] (–) 11.24.2a. bīt(E2) awīlim(LU2) (eras.) ḫa-ar-bu-tam i-la-ak ×1 “The man’s house will be devastated (lit. go in devastation)”. ► 1 •3.4.57a ‹a death will occur in the man’s house› šumma 2 (Bh.1, §12) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 24´šumma(BE) (Bh.1, §12.2). 11.24.3. Devastation > ♧[Fortified city] (–) 11.24.3a. a-al du-ri-im ḫa-ar-bu-tam [illak] ×1 “A fortified city will be devastated (lit. go in devastation)”. 11.24.3b. a-al du-ri-ka ḫa-ar-bu-tam / [i(l)-la-a]k ×1 “Your fortified city will be devastated (lit. go in devastation)”. 11.24.4. 3 PRS ExO.M.3, §6* 2 PRS ExO.M.1, §5* 3 PRS ExO.V.3, §46* Devastation > ♧[King’s city] (–) 11.24.4a. a-al ša-ri-im ḫa-a[r-bu-tam i-la]-⌈a⌉-ak ×1 “The king’s city will be devastated (lit. go in devastation)”. 310 11.24.5. Devastation > ♧[Country] (–) 11.24.5a. 8 ma-tum ḫa-ar-bu-tam 9i-la-ak ×7 “The country will be devastated (lit. go in devastation)”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.10, §10.1b*; ExO.Lr.npt.10, §12.3*; ExO.Lg.2, §1.3; ExO.Lg.8, §19.1b; ExO.Ht.4, §45**; ExO.KiUr.1, §17*; ExO.V.2, §1.1b ► 1a •27.14.1d ‹the gods will move away from the country›-ma 1b (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §10) ► 1 •5.3.13a ‹your army will be frightened at the position it is occupies› [?] 2 •11.23.3a ‹… will turn to mounds and ruins› Ø 3 (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §12) ► 1a-b •24.13.1a ‹the canal will block off and its waters will dry up› Ø 2 •27.14.2a ‹the land’s gods will leave it› Ø 3 ūlū 4 •14.1.6a ‹the rule will change› (ExO.Lg.2, §1) ► 1a •11.21.3a ‹districts will be abandoned› Ø 1b (ExO.Lg.8, §19) ► 1a •11.21.3a ‹districts will be abandoned› Ø 1b (ExO.V.2, §1) Variants and spellings: ma-a-tum (ExO.Ht.4, §45**; ExO.Lg.8, §19.1b), mātu(KUR) (ExO.KiUr.1, §17*), i-⌈il⌉-[la-ak] (ExO.KiUr.1, §17*). 11.24.6. Decay > ♧[Country] (–) 3 PRS ExO.Lg.9, §75 ka-šu-uš māti(KUR) ⌈ilum(DINGIR⌉-lum) i-ša- 3 PRS ka-⌈an⌉ ExO.Sp.3, §43 11.24.6a. ma-a-tum bu-lu-tam i-la-ak ×1 “The country will be devastated (lit. go in decay)”. 11.25. Annihilation See also divine decision to destroy the country (27.10.4). 11.25.1. 11.25.1a. ×1 Annihilation > ♧[Country] < ✣[God] (–) 73´ “The god will establish the annihilation of the country”. 311 11.25.2. Annihilation > ♣[Country] (/–) 11.25.2a. 75´ māt(KUR) nakri(lu2KUR2) ka-šu-šum i-ka-a[l] ×1 “Annihilation country”. will consume the 312 enemy’s 3 PRS ExO.Sp.3, §44 12. Information and intelligence The importance of information and its perception as valuble strategic resource is wellreflected in the apodoses. The first three subsections are related to the emergence of information: news in general (12.1), the arrival of messengers and others (12.2), appearance of a secret (12.3). The following apodoses are referring to information security and intelligence: information leakage (12.4), military intelligence (12.5) and espionage (12.6). Finally, information is regarded as source of possible harm in the predictions of complaint (12.7), slander (12.8), calumny (12.9), denunciation (12.10) and their acceptance (12.11). 12.1. News 12.1.1. News (+?) 12.1.1a. kak(ki)(gišTUKUL) ta-ab-si-ir-tim ×1 “‘Weapon’ of news”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §74 For other predictions with the structure ‘Weapon (i.e. forecast) of …’ see I.6.10.2. 12.1.1b. ⌈š⌉[e20-ep (?)] ta-⌈ab-s⌉[i2-ir-tim (?)] ×1 “Arrival of news (?)”. 12.1.1c. še20-ep bu-su2-ur-tim ×1 “Arrival of news”. 12.1.2. bu-su-ra-tu a-na rubê(NUN) i-ṭa-aḫ-ḫi-a ×1 “News will arrive to the prince”. bu-su-ur-tum i-ṭe-ḫi-ak!-kum ×1 “News will arrive to you ”. ExO.M.3, §32 3 PRS ExO.Ht.3, §30 2 PRS ExO.M.3, §42 3 NOM ExO.Ht.4, §54 3 NOM ExB.1a, §12** News[Good] (+) 12.1.4a. 41 ×1 “Good news”. 12.1.5. 3 NOM News > ♔[2] (+?) 12.1.3a. 12.1.4. ExO.M.3, §2** News > ♔[Prince] (+?) 12.1.2a. 12.1.3. 3 NOM bu-⌈su2⌉-ra-at du-um-qi2-im News[Joyful] (+) 12.1.5a. 2 ×1 “Joyful news”. [bu-(us)-su-r]⌈a-a⌉[t ḫadêm] 313 Tentative reconstruction; alt. dumqim. 12.1.6. News[Joyful] > ♙[Man] (+) 12.1.6a. bu-su-ra-at ḫa-de-e! a-na awīlim(LU2) i-sa3-ni-i/q ×1 “Joyful news will reach the man”. 12.1.7. 12.1.7a. ×1 3 PRS ExB.3, §19* News[Good] > ♔[King] (+) a-na šarrim(LUGAL) a-wa-tum da-mi-iq-tum i- 3 PRS ma-qu2-u/t ExO.B&Pd.1a, §7 “A good word will come to the king’s attention (lit. fall to the king)”. 12.1.8. 12.1.8a. ×1 News[Good, the palace’s] > ♔[King] (+) ⌈a-wa!⌉-at ekalli(E2.GAL) da-mi-iq-⌈tu⌉ a-na šar- 3 PRS ri u2-ṣi ExO.Lr.V.10, §35* “A good palace rumor will be disclosed to the king”. 12.1.9. 12.1.9a. ×1 News[Joyful] > ♔[Prince] (+) a-wa-at ḫu-ud libbi(ŠA3) a-na rubêm(NUN) i-ṭ[a- 3 PRS aḫ-ḫi-a-am] ExO.Ht.3, §11* “A joyful word will arrive to the prince”. 12.1.10. News[Bad] (–) 12.1.10a. bu-su2-ra-at lu-um-ni-im ×2 “Bad news”. 3 NOM ExO.Lg.8, §14; ExB.1a, §13** ExB.1a, §13** is completely broken; reconstruction is tentative, based on the reading of ExB.1a, §12**, also unreliable. 12.1.11. 12.1.11a. ×1 News[Bad] > ♙[Man’s house] (–) bu-su-ra-at lu-mu-ni-im a-na bi-ti awīlim(L/U2) i- 3 PRS ṭe-ḫi-a “Bad news will arrive to the man’s house(hold)”. 12.1.12. News[Terror] > ♔[Prince] (–) 314 ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §35 12.1.12a. a-wa-tum pi2-ri-it-tu a-na rubê(NUN!) i-ṭa-aḫ-ḫi-a 3 PRS ×1 “A word of terror will arrive to the prince”. 12.1.13. ExO.Ht.3, §31* News[Fire signal] > ♔[2] (+?) 12.1.13a. bu-su-ra-at nu-ri-im uṣ-ṣi-a-ku ×1 “News (by means) of fire signal will be disclosed to you”. 2 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.3, §27 2 PRS ExO.M.3, §47.2 2 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §37.1a* See Oppenheim 1954, 142, no. 32, 11-12. 12.2. Movements of messengers, diplomats and others See also sending envoys (17.5). 12.2.1. Arrival > ♘[Messenger] (+) 12.2.1a. ma-ar ši-ip-ri i-ṭe-ḫi-ak-kum ×1 “A messenger will arrive to you”. ► 1 •A1 ‹arrival of mahhu-priests (?)› Ø 2 (ExO.M.3, §47) 12.2.2. Arrival > ♘[Own messenger] (+) 12.2.2a. ma-ar š[i-ip-/-r]i-ka i-ḫa-b[a-tam] ×1 “Your messenger will come”. ► 1a [-ma] 1b •12.2.10a ‹he brings you bad news› ūlū 1c •12.2.7a ‹he brings you joyful news› (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §37) Variants and spellings: Followed by -[ma] (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §37.1a*). 12.2.3. Arrival > ♘[Important messenger] (+) 12.2.3a. ma-ar ši-ip-r/i-im we-du-um i-ṭe4-ḫi-a-am ×1 “A famous messenger will arrive”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.dnn.1, §4 We-du-um and its context are ambiguous, as both wēdûm ‘prominent, renowned’ and wēdum ‘single’ are possible. However, the first seems much more likely in view of the other examples in the corpus, s. I.8.3.4.14. 12.2.4. 12.2.4a. ×1 Arrival > ♘[Messenger of remote country] < ♔[King] (+) ma-ri ši-ip-ri-im ša ma-a-tim re-e/q-tim \ a-na 3 PRS šarrim(LUGAL) i-ṭe-eḫ-ḫi-a-am “A messenger of a remote country will arrive to 315 ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §58 the king”. 12.2.5. 12.2.5a. ×1 Departure[P:To ♣Country] > ♘[Own messenger] (+) mār([D]UMU) ši-ip-ri-ka nakri(KUR2) i-la-ak a-na māt(KUR) 2 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.3, §17 “Your messenger will go to the enemy’s country”. 12.2.6. 12.2.6a. ×1 Arrival[P:♣Country] > ♘[Own messenger] (+) [mār(DUMU) š]i-ip-ri-ka māt(KUR) nakri(KUR2) i- 2 PRS ṭe-ḫi-a ExO.Lr.ubn.3, §18.1a “Your messenger will arrive to the enemy’s country”. ► 1a -ma 1b ‹…› (ExO.Lr.ubn.3, §18) Variants and spellings: Followed by -m[a] (ExO.Lr.ubn.3, §18.1a). 12.2.7. 12.2.7a. ×2 Bringing[Good news] > ♘[Own messenger] < ♔[2] (+) (mār šiprīka) bu-su-ra-at kum 16 ḫa-[de-e-em n]a-ši-i- 2 STV ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §37.1c*; ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §64** “He (i.e. the messenger) brings you joyful news”. ► 1a •12.2.2a ‹your messenger will come›[-ma] 1b •12.2.10a ‹he brings you bad news› ūlū 1c (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §37) Variants and spellings: Preceded by [u3-l]⌈u?⌉-u2 (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §37.1c*); […] 6b[u]-su2-ra-at [ḫa-d]e-e-em ⌈n⌉[a-šikum] (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §64**, subject broken). 12.2.8. 12.2.8a. ×1 Bringing[Good news] > ♘[Next messenger] < ♔[2] (+) \ [ma-a]r ši-ip-ri ma-aḫ-ru-u2-um bu-su-ra-at ḫa- 2 STV de-e-em na-ši-kum ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §28* “The next messenger brings you joyful news”. 12.2.9. 12.2.9a. ×1 Arrival with[Good news] > ♘[Donkey rider] < ♔[2] (+) 22 ra-ki-ib i-me-ri ša da-am-qa2-tim na-a-šu-u2 i- 2 ṭe!-ḫi-ak-kum “A donkey rider, who brings good (news), will arrive to you”. 316 STV PRS ExO.Lr.V.6, §12* 12.2.10. 12.2.10a. ×1 Bringing[Bad news] > ♘[Own messenger] < ♔[2] (–) (mār šiprīka) š⌉[i-i-kum] 15 bu-⌈su-ra⌉-[at lu-u]m-ni-im ⌈na- 2 STV ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §37.1b* “He (i.e. your messenger) brings you bad news”. ► 1a •12.2.2a ‹your messenger will come›[-ma] 1b ūlū 1c •12.2.7a ‹he brings you joyful news› (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §37) 12.2.11. 12.2.11a. ×1 Arrival with[Terrible lies] > ♘[Messenger] (–) mār(DUMU) ši-ip-ri ša sa-ar-r[a-tim] 13´´[dan]-na- 3 PRS ⌈tim i⌉-ṭe4-ḫi-a ExO.Ht.2, §32.1* “A messenger, who bears (lit. of) terrible lies, will arrive”. ► 1 Ø 2 •19.7.3a ‹the king will capture a city with your help› (ExO.Ht.2, §32) 12.2.12. ? > ♘[Messenger] (?) 12.2.12a. ma-ri ši-ip-r[i-im …] ×1 “A messenger …”. 12.2.13. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §6 3 PRS ExO.Sp.3, §1.2** 2 PRS ExO.M.3, §56 2 PRS ExO.M.3, §60 ? > ♘[Donkey riding messenger] (?) 12.2.13a. [mār(DUMU) ši-ip]-ri ra-⌈ki⌉-ib imēri(ANŠ[E) …] ×1 “A donkey riding messenger will …”. ► 1a •17.1.1a ‹rivalry› Ø 1a ‹…› [?] 2 (ExO.Sp.3, §1) 12.2.14. Arrival > ♞[Donkey rider] (+) 12.2.14a. ra-ki-ib i-me-ri i-ṭe-ḫi-ak-kum ×1 “A donkey rider will arrive to you”. 12.2.15. Arrival[P:To ♧Country] > ♞[Important grand] (+) 12.2.15a. ra-bu-um kab-tu-um a-na ma-ti-ka i-ṭe-ḫi-ak-kum ×1 “An important grand will arrive to your country”. 12.2.16. 12.2.16a. Arrival[P:From ♣Country] > ♞[Refugee donkey rider] (+) 16 m[u-u]n-na-ab-tu ra!-[ki-i]b i-me-ri iš-tu ma- 2 PRS 317 ExO.Lr.V.6, §9 ×1 tim na-ka-ar-tim i-ṭe-ḫi-ak-/-kum “A fugitive donkey rider from an enemy country will arrive to you”. 12.2.17. Arrival > ?[Exiled ?] (+) 12.2.17a. […] x ṭar-du i-ru-ba-am ×1 “An exiled … will come”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mzz.1, §10** 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ṣbt.1, §6 3 NOM ExO.Lr.V.7, §9.1a 12.3. Secret 12.3.1. Secret > ♙[Man’s house] (?) 12.3.1a. 13 ×1 “There will be a secret in the man’s house(hold)”. pi-ri-iš-tum i-na bīt(E2) a-wi-lim i-ba-aš+ši 12.4. Information leakage On this group of predictions see recently Lenzi 2008, 45–9. See also Treason (7). 12.4.1. Information leakage (–) 12.4.1a. za-bi-il-tum ×1 “Leakage”. ► 1a Ø 1b •12.4.17a ‹the shatammu-officials will repeatedly divulge plans› (ExO.Lr.V.7, §9) 12.4.2. Leakage[Utterance] (–) 12.4.2a. zi-ik-ru-um uṣ-ṣi ×1 “An utterance will be disclosed”. 12.4.3. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §26 3 PRS ExO.Lr.V.7, §15.2* Leakage[Secret] (–) 12.4.3a. pi-ri-⌈iš-ta⌉-[a]m? (for pirištum?) u[ṣ]-ṣi ×1 “A secret will be disclosed”. ► 1 •19.4.2a ‹the enemy will breach your foundations› š. š. 2 (ExO.Lr.V.7, §15) Variants and spellings: Preceded by ša-nu šum-šu (ExO.Lr.V.7, §15.2*). 12.4.3b. pi-ri-iš-ta-ka u2-[ṣi] ×1 “Your secret will be disclosed”. 2 PRS 318 ExO.Lr.V.7, §14* 12.4.4. Leakage[Plan] < ♔[Palace] (–) 12.4.4a. a14-wa-at 3ekallim([E2].GAL) wa-ṣa-at ×1 “The palace’s plan will be disclosed”. 3 STV ExO.Lr.M.32, §1.2 ►šumma 1 •12.4.5c ‹a plan of your enemy will be disclosed› šumma 2 (ExO.Lr.M.32, §1) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 2[š]um-ma (ExO.Lr.M.32, §1.2). 12.4.5. Leakage[Plan] < † (/–) 3 PRS 12.4.5a. a14-wa-tum u2-ṣi2-i3 ×1 “The (enemy’s) plan will be disclosed”. ExO.Lr.M.30, §1.1b ►šumma 1a •17.19.9a ‹they will declare war on a friend› u 1b (ExO.Lr.M.30, §1) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 3u2 (ExO.Lr.M.30, §1.1b). 12.4.5b. (nakrum) 4a-wa-su2 u2-ṣi2-i-a-am ×1 “His (i.e. the enemy’s) plan will be disclosed”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.M.19, §1.1b ►šumma 1a •A1 ‹the enemy plots to attack some city›-ma 1b •12.4.5b ‹his plan will be disclosed› anniʾum kīʾam iššakkan (ExO.Lr.M.19, §1) Variants and spellings: Followed by 5a-ni-um ki-a-am 6i-ša-ka3-an (ExO.Lr.M.19, §1.1b) 12.4.5c. a14-wa-tum2 iš na-\-ak-ri-im \ u2-ṣi2-i3 ×1 “A plan of (lit. from) your enemy will be disclosed”. 2 PRS ExO.Lr.M.32, §1.1 ►šumma 1 šumma 2 •12.4.4a ‹the palace’s plan will be disclosed› (ExO.Lr.M.32, §1) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 1šum-ma (ExO.Lr.M.32, §1.1). 12.4.5d. a-wa-at be-el ⌈le⌉-mu-ti-ka u2-[ṣi] ×1 “A plan of your foe will be disclosed”. 12.4.6. 12.4.6a. ×1 2 PRS ExO.Lr.V.10, §27 ma-tim 3 STV ExO.Lr.M.31, §3 Leakage[Plan, P:From ♣Country] < † (/–) a14-wa-at 7na-ak-ri-im 10 wa-ṣa-at 8 iš qe2-ra-ab 9 “The enemy’s plan will be disclosed from (his) country”. ►šumma 1 (ExO.Lr.M.31, §3) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 6šum-ma (ExO.Lr.M.31, §3). 12.4.7. Leaking[Secrets] > ♘[King’s heir] (–) 319 12.4.7a. ×1 apil(DUMU!.A) šarrim(LUGAL) (hole) \ uš-te-ne2-ṣe2 pi pi2-ri-\-iš7-tam \ 3 PRS ExO.Lr.M.36, §10.1 “The king’s heir will repeatedly divulge secrets”. ► 1 šumma 2 •3.4.26a ‹the man’s wife will die› (ExO.Lr.M.36, §10) The reading aplu for the otherwise unattested logogram DUMU.A is a suggestion ad hoc based on the late logographic spelling A (s. CAD A2, 173; MZL 435), as well as on the element as part of other diri-compounds with this meaning EDURU (A×A), ESAĜ (A×SAG), also A.SAG. 12.4.8. 12.4.8a. ×1 Leaking[Secrets] > ♘[King’s attendant] (–) mu-za-az \ (hole) \ rēš(SAG) šarrim(LUGAL) pi2- 3 PRS ri-iš7-tam \ uš-te-ne2-ṣe2 ExO.Lr.M.36, §12 “An attendant of the king will repeatedly divulge secrets”. 12.4.9. 12.4.9a. ×1 Leaking[Secrets] > ♞[Enemy king’s attendant] (/–) mu-za-az \ rēš(SAG) šarrim(LUGAL) lu2 nakrim( KUR2) pi2-ri-iš7-\-tam uš-te-ne2-ṣe2 \ 3 PRS ExO.Lr.M.36, §5 “An attendant of the enemy king will repeatedly divulge secrets”. 12.4.10. Leaking[Plans] > ♘[The one sitting in front of the man] (–) 12.4.10a. wa-ši-ib maḫ-ri-šu a-wa-ti-šu ⌈u⌉[š-te-ne2-ṣe] ×1 “The one sitting in front of him (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will repeatedly divulge his plans”. 12.4.11. \ wa-ši-ib ma-aḫ-ri-i-ka a-wa-ti-ka uš-te-ne2-ṣe ×1 “The one sitting in front of you will repeatedly divulge your words”. 12.4.12a. ×2 Ps.2, §70* Leaking[Plans] > ♘[The one sitting in front of you] (–) 12.4.11a. 12.4.12. 3 PRS 2 PRS Ol.1a, §45 Leaking[Secrets] > ♘[The one sitting in front of you] (–) wa-ši-ib maḫ-ri-i-ka ṣe 11 pi-ri-iš-ta-ka uš-ta-ne2-eṣ- 2 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §71; ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §9 “The one sitting in front of you will repeatedly divulge your secrets”. 320 Variants and spellings: maḫ-ri-ka (ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §71), uš-⌈t/e-ne2⌉-ṣe (ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §71). 12.4.13. 12.4.13a. ×1 Leaking[Secrets, P:To ♚Country] > ♘[The one sitting in front of the king] (–) wa-ši-ib ma-ḫa-ar šarrim(LUGAL) pi-ri-iš-ti 3 PRS šarrim(LUGAL) / a-na ma-at nakrim(lu2KUR2) \ ušte-ne2-ṣe ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §31 “The one sitting in front of the king will divulge the king’s secrets to the enemy’s country”. 12.4.14. 12.4.14a. ×1 Leaking[Plans, P:To ♚Country] > ♘[The one sitting in front of the king] (–) 48 wa-ši-ib ma-ḫa-ar šar-ri-im a-wa-[ti-šu a-na 2 PRS ma-at na-ak-ri-im uš-te-ne2-ṣe] ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §55** “The one sitting in front of the king will divulge his words to the enemy’s country”. Reconstruction follows ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §31 (above). 12.4.15. 12.4.15a. ×1 Leaking[Plans, To ♙Owner of the sheep] > ♘[The one sitting in front of you] (–) 12 wa-ši-ib ma-aḫ-ri-i-ka ⌈a⌉-wa-⌈ti!-ka⌉ a-na be- 2 PRS ⌈el \ im-me-ri-im⌉ 13i-za-ab-bi-(eras.)-il ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §101* “The one sitting in front of you will divulge your plans to the owner of the sheep”. 12.4.16. 12.4.16a. ×2 Leaking[Secrets] > ♘[Palace inhabitant] (–) wa-ši-ib ekallim(E2.GAL-⌈im⌉) še20-eṣ-⌈ṣe⌉ 41 [p]i-ri-iš-tam u2- 3 PRS ExO.Lg.9, §62; ExO.Ht.4, §22* “An inhabitant of the palace will repeatedly divulge secrets”. Variants and spellings: ekallim(⌈E2.GAL⌉-lim) (ExO.Ht.4, §22*). 12.4.17. Leaking[Secrets] > ♘[Shatammu-officials] (–) 12.4.17a. ša-ta-⌈am⌉-[mu] 13a-wa-tim uš-te-ne2-[(eṣ)-ṣu2] ×1 “The shatammu-officials will repeatedly divulge plans”. ► 1a •12.4.1a ‹leakage› Ø 1b (ExO.Lr.V.7, §9) 321 3 PRS ExO.Lr.V.7, §9.1b** 12.4.18. Leaking[Secrets] > ♘[Diviner] (–) 12.4.18a. mār(DUMU) ba-ri pi2-ri-iš7-\-tam uš-te-ne2-\-ṣe2 ×1 “A diviner will repeatedly divulge secrets”. 12.4.19. 12.4.19a. ×1 3 PRS ExO.Lr.M.36, §16 Leaking[Secrets] > ♘[Diviner king’s attendant] (–) mār(DUMU) ba-ri!(ZA) mu-za-az \ rēš(SAG) 3 PRS šarrim(LUGAL) pi-ri-iš7-tam \ uš-te-ne2-ṣe2 ExO.Lr.M.36, §17* “A diviner, attendant of the king will repeatedly divulge secrets”. 12.4.20. 12.4.20a. ×1 Leaking[Secrets] > ♞[Diviner] (/–) mār(DUMU) bārîm(MAŠ2.ŠU.GID2.GID2) nakrum(lu2KUR2) pi2-ri-\-iš-tam uš-\-ta-na-ṣa \ 3 PRS ExO.Lr.M.36, §15 “An enemy diviner will repeatedly divulge secrets”. Alt., nakram “to the enemy”. 12.4.21. 12.4.21a. ×1 Leaking[Secrets, To the enemy] > ♘[Prisoner] (–) na-aṣ3-ru-um a-na \ nakrim(lu2KUR2) pi2-ri-iš7- 3 PRS tam uš-ta-na-ṣa ExO.Lr.M.36, §6 “A guarded person will repeatedly divulge secrets to the enemy”. 12.4.22. 12.4.22a. ×1 Leaking[Plans, To the enemy] > ♘[Prisoner] (–) \ ša ṣi2-bi-tim ka-BI-DA \ (hole) \ a-na 1 PRS nakrim(lu2KUR2!) a-wa-ti uš-te-ne2-ṣe2 “The one, who is … in the prison, will repeatedly divulge my plans to the enemy”.. ► 1 •19.4.1a ‹the king’s fortress will be breached› Ø 2 (ExO.Lr.M.36, §14) ka-BI-DA is unclear48. 12.4.23. 48 Leaking[Plans of the assembly, To the enemy] > ♘[Woman] (–) Cf. copy: 322 ExO.Lr.M.36, §14.2* 12.4.23a. ×1 sinništum(MUNUS) a-wa-⌈at⌉ pu-uḫ-ri-im uš-te- 3 PRS ne2-ṣe ExO.Lg.9, §70 “A woman will repeatedly divulge the words of the assembly”. 12.4.24. Leaking[Plans of the assembly, To the enemy] > ♘[Deaf] (–) 12.4.24a. su-ku-ku \ (hole) \ pi2-ri-iš7-tam \ uš-te-ne2-\-ṣe2 ×1 “A deaf person will repeatedly divulge secrets”. 12.4.25. 12.4.25a. ×1 3 PRS ExO.Lr.M.36, §13 Leaking[Secret] > ♘[City inhabitant] (–) wa-ši-ib a-⌈li-i⌉[m] ṣe 43 [pi-ri-iš-tam (?)] u2-še20-eṣ- 3 PRS ExO.Lg.9, §63** “The city inhabitant will repeatedly divulge secrets”. 12.4.26. 12.4.26a. ×1 Leaking[Secret] > ♧[Border City] (–) pl āl(IRIki) pa-ṭe4-ni \ (hole) \ a-wa-tim a-wa-tim i- 1 PRS za-na-bi-il ExO.Lr.M.36, §22.1 “Our border city will repeatedly leak plan after plan”. ► 1 Ø 2 •3.4.61b ‹for a servant: he will die› (ExO.Lr.M.36, §22) 12.4.27. 12.4.27a. ×1 Leaking[Secret] > ♣[Border City] (/–) āl(IRIki) pa-ṭe4 nakrim(lu2KUR2) \ awâtim(INIM) \ 3 PRS a-wa-tim iz-za-na-bi-lam ExO.Lr.M.36, §18 “The border city of the enemy will repeatedly leak plan after plan”. 12.5. Military intelligence 12.5.1. Monitoring > † < ♧[Border region] (/+) 12.5.1a. 40 ×1 “The enemy will monitor your border regions”. 12.5.2. a-ḫi-ta-am 41na-ak-ru-um 42it-ta-aṭ-ṭa-al Counting[S:Campaign] > † < ♘[Army] (/+) 323 2 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §99 12.5.2a. i-na ḫa-ra-nim 8na-ak-ru-um ṣa-bi i-ma-an-nu ×1 “In the campaign the enemy will count my army”. 1 PRS ExB.1a, §38* || ExB.1b, §38 || ExB.1c, §3 Variants and spellings: ḫarrānim(KASKAL-im) (ExB.1b, §38), 25na-ak-rum (ExB.1a, §38*), nakrum(lu2KUR2-rum). 12.5.3. Being informed[Movements] > ♔[2] < † (+) 12.5.3a. al-ka-ka-at nakrī(lu2KUR2)-ka 21ta-al-ta-na-ma-ad ×1 “You will always be informed about your enemy’s movements”. 12.5.3b. [a-la-a]k-ti nakrī(lu2KUR2)-[k]a [ta-la-(am)-ma- 2 PRS ad] ×1 2 PRS ExO.Lr.kki.3, §19 ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §15* “You will always be informed about your enemy’s movements”. 12.5.4. 12.5.4a. ×1 Being informed[Movements] > † < ♔[2] (/+) [a-l]a-ak-ta-ka nakrum(lu2KUR2) ⌈i⌉-[la-(am)-ma- 2 PRS ad] ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §16* “Your enemy will always be informed about your movements”. 12.6. Espionage 12.6.1. Roaming[P:Country] > ♘[Spy] (+) 12.6.1a. ša li-ša-ni-ia 11i-na ma-a-tim it-ta-na-al-la-ak ×1 “My spy will constantly roam the country”. 12.6.2. 12.6.2a. ×1 ExO.Lg.9, §71 Being planted[P:Country] > ♘[Spy] (+) ša l[i-ša-ni-k]a? (?) i-na libbi(ŠA3) mātī(KALAM)- 2 STV ka na-di Your spy is planted (lit. thrown) in the midst of the country”. ► 1 š. š. 2 •25.1.2a ‹a lion will prey› (ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §28)) 12.6.3. 1 PRS Catching > ♞[Spy] (+) Compare catching a criminal (13.9). 324 ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §28.1** 12.6.3a. ša li-ša-⌈ni⌉ i-ṣa-ba-at ×1 “A spy will be caught”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.V.7, §11.1a 2? PRS ExO.Lg.8, §12.2** ► 1a -ma 1b •3.5.28a ‹he will be killed› (ExO.Lr.V.7, §11) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.V.7, §11.1a). 12.6.3b. ša li-š[a?-ni(m) (?) ta-ṣa-b]a-at (?) ×1 “You will catch a spy (?)”. ► 1a •15.2.6a ‹your border city will turn to the enemy›-ma 1b •A1 ‹you will seize it› š. š. 2 (ExO.Lg.8, §12) Variants and spellings: Preceded by ša-nu-um šum-šu (ExO.Lg.8, §12.2). 12.6.4. ? > [Spy] (?) 12.6.4a. ša li-⌈š⌉[a-[ni …] ×1 “A spy …”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.V.7, §10.2** ► 1a-b •12.11.1a ‹your calumniator … they will not accept his calumny› š. š. 2 (ExO.Lr.V.7, §10) Variants and spellings: Preceded by ša-⌈nu⌉ šum-šu (ExO.Lr.V.7, §10.2**). 12.7. Complaint 12.7.1. Complaint (–) 12.7.1a. ta-zi-im-tum ×1 “Complaint”. 3 NOM ExO.Sp.3, §16.1 ► 1 › Ø 2 •18.11.10a ‹in the campaign: my army will move from its position› (ExO.Sp.3, §16) 12.7.1b. 7 ×1 “Arrival of a complaint”. še-ep ta-zi-im-tim 3 NOM ExO.Lr.M.34, §1.1a ► 1a Ø 1b •18.16.11a ‹the enemy will attack› Ø 1c •19.2.7a ‹the enemy will lay siege on your city together with his helpers and auxiliaries› Ø 1d •19.4.7a ‹he will enter it by breaching› (ExO.Lr.M.34, §1) 12.7.2. Complaint < ♘[Army] (–) 12.7.2a. ta-az!(AD)-zi-im-ti um-ma-ni-im ×1 “The army’s complaint”. 12.7.3. 3 NOM ExO.Ht.4, §15* 3 NOM ExO.B&Pd.1b, §13* ExO.B&Pd.1c, §41 Complaint > ♔[King] < ♘[Prison] (–) 12.7.3a. ta-zi-i/m-ti \ ṣi-⌈bi-ti⌉ a-na šarri(LUGAL) ×1 “The prison’s complaint to the king”. 325 || Variants and spellings: ta-az-zi-⌈im-ti⌉ (ExO.B&Pd.1b, §13*). 12.8. Slander 12.8.1. Slander (–) 12.8.1a. ⌈kak(ki)(gišTUKUL) tu-uš⌉-ši-im ×1 “‘Weapon’ of slander ”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §43.1a 3 PRS Ps.2, §24** 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §43.1b**; ► 1a Ø 1b •12.8.2b ‹the man will be slandered› (ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §43) 12.8.2. Slander > ♙[Man] (–) 12.8.2a. tu-uš-šu i-na [mu-uḫ2-ḫi-šu i-ma-qu2-ut (?)] ×1 “He (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will be slandered (lit. slander will fall upon his head)”. 12.8.2b. tu-⌈šu!⌉-um! e-li awīlim(LU2) i-ma-/-qu2-ut ×2 “The man will be slandered (lit. slander will fall upon the man)”. ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §21.2* ► 1a •12.8.1a ‹‘weapon’ of slander› Ø 1b (ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §43) ► 1 •27.7.3a ‹bad mukil-reshi spirit› Ø 2 (ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §21) Variants and spellings: tu-uš-šu-um e-li / awīlim(L[U2?) (?) i-ma-q]⌈u2⌉-ut (?) \ {AB} (ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §43.1b**, uncertain49). 12.9. Calumny 12.9.1. 12.9.1a. ×1 Calumny > ♔[King] < ♘[Subordinate] (–) warad(SAG.IR3) šarrim(LUGAL) kar-ṣi2-š[u i-ka- 3 PRS al] ExO.Ht.2, §28.1* “The king’s subordinate will spread calumny about him”. ► 1 Ø 2 •27.13.7a ‹the anger of the god will not be over› Ø 3 •18.6.6a ‹your army will not reach its destination› (ExO.Ht.2, §28) 49 Cf. 326 12.9.2. 12.9.2a. ×1 Calumny[Regular] > ♔[2] < ♘[The one who sits in front] (–) wa-ši-ib ma-aḫ-ri-ka-a ka-al 56 [ka-ar]-ṣi2-ka i-ta-na- 2 PRS ExO.V.3, §35* “The one who sits in front of you will constantly spread calumny about you”. 12.9.3. 12.9.3a. Calumny > ♔[2] < ♘[Army] (–) 40 ⌈ka-ar-ṣi2⌉-[k]a? (?) [(x)] ⌈x⌉ i-ik-[ka-a]l 41 um-ma-nu-[u]m 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §64** 42 ×1 “The army … will spread calumny (?) about you”. 12.10. Denunciation 12.10.1. Denunciation (–) 12.10.1a. ta-ag-ge-er-tum ib-ba-aš-ši ×1 “A denunciation will happen”. 12.10.2. 3 PRS ExO.Sp.3, §15 3 NOM ExO.Lr.kki.3, §15** Denunciation and ? (–) kak(ki)(gišTUKUL) ta-ge-er-tim u3 t⌈a-x⌉-[x-x]-tim 12.10.2a. 6 ×1 “‘Weapon’ of denunciation and …”. The last, damaged word50 is likely a substantive with the ta-PRVS-t pattern. A possible candidate would be tadbibtu ‘complaint’ (see CAD T, 33a; one attestation in OB Mari). 12.10.3. Mentioned in denunciations > ♙[Man] (–) 3 PRS 12.10.3a. i-na ta-ag-ge4-er-ti iz-za-ak-ka-ar ×1 “He (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will be mentioned in denunciations”. Ps.2, §75.1a ► 1a Ø 1b •7.14.5b ‹he (i.e. the physiognomically examined person’s) will have bad reputation› (Ps.2, §75) 50 Cf. 327 12.10.4. Making denunciations[Abundantly] > ♙[Man] (–) 3 PRS 12.10.4a. ta-ag-ge4-er-tum i-na pi-šu i-me-a-ad ×1 “Denunciations will abound in his (i.e. the physiognomically examined person’s) mouth”. 12.10.5. 12.10.5a. ×2 Ps.2, §76 Bringing denunciations > ♘[Someone] < ♔[King] (–) 20 a-a-u2-um-ma ta-ge-er-tam a-na šar-ri-im še20-re-em 21 u2- 3 PRS ExO.Lr.kki.3, §35.1a*; ExO.Lr.kki.3, §36.1a “Someone will bring a denunciation to the king”. ► 1a -ma 1b •12.11.2a ‹he (i.e. the king) will not accept his (i.e. someone’s) denunciation› (ExO.Lr.kki.3, §35) ► 1a -ma 1b •12.11.2a ‹he (i.e. the king) will not accept his (i.e. someone’s) denunciation›-ma 1c •3.5.25a ‹he (i.e. the king) will kill him (i.e. someone)› (ExO.Lr.kki.3, §36) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.kki.3, §35.1a*; ExO.Lr.kki.3, §36.1a). Note /bm/ > /mm/. 12.10.6. 12.10.6a. ×1 Bringing denunciations > ♘[Some commoner] < ♔[King] (–) 12 i-na mu-uš-ke-ni a-a-u2-um-ma ta-⌈g⌉[e-e]r-/- 3 PRS tam 13a-na šar-ri-im u2-še20-re-[eb] ExO.Lr.kki.3, §34* “Someone of the commoner class will bring a denunciation to the king”. 12.11. Accepting calumnies and denunciations 12.11.1. 12.11.1a. ×1 ¬Accepting calumny < ♘[Calumniator] (+) a-ki-il ka-ar-ṣi2-ka […] ma-ḫa-ru 15 [ka-a]r-ṣu2-šu u2-la i- 2 PRS ExO.Lr.V.7, §10.1a-b** “Your calumniator … they will not accept his calumny”. ► 1a-b š. š. 2 •12.6.4a ‹a spy …› (ExO.Lr.V.7, §10) 12.11.2. 12.11.2a. ×2 ¬Accepting calumny > ♔[King] < ♘[Someone] (+) (ayyumma šarrum) ḫa-ar 17 ta-ge-er-ta-šu u2-ul i-ma- 3 PRS ExO.Lr.kki.3, §35.1b; ExO.Lr.kki.3, §36.1b “He (i.e. the king) will not accept his (i.e. someone’s) denunciation”. 328 ► 1a •12.10.5a ‹someone will bring a denunciation to the king›-ma 1b (ExO.Lr.kki.3, §35) ► 1a •12.10.5a ‹someone will bring a denunciation to the king›-ma 1b -ma 1c •3.5.25a ‹he (i.e. the king) will kill him (i.e. someone)› (ExO.Lr.kki.3, §36) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.kki.3, §36.1b). 329 13. Court affairs Such court problems as personnel policy and security are reflected in the apodoses referring to acquiring subordinates (13.1), appointing officials (13.2), appointing priests (13.3), promoting subordinates (13.4) and removing from office (13.5) (peculiar is a prediction referring to the removing the ruler himself, 13.6) and return to office (13.7). Other court-related predictions are also dealing with the royal council (13.8), as well as catching (13.9) and punishing criminals (13.10). 13.1. Acquiring subordinates 13.1.1. Acquiring > ♙[Man] < [People] (+) 13.1.1a. ni-ši i-ra-ši ×1 “He (i.e. the physiognomically examined person) will acquire people”. 13.1.2. 3 PRS Ps.3, §31 3 PRS ExO.Sp.3, §14*; Acquiring > ♔[King] < ♘[Warriors] (+) 13.1.2a. šar-ru-um qa2-ra-di i-ra-aš-ši ×4 “The king will acquire warriors”. ExO.Ht.4, §5; ExO.Ht.4, §65; ExO.V.3, §42 Variants and spellings: šar-rum (ExO.Ht.4, §5; ExO.Ht.4, §65; ExO.Sp.3, §14*), qa2-ar-ra-di (ExO.Sp.3, §14*). 13.1.3. 13.1.3a. ×1 Acquiring[P:Country] > ♔[Prince] < [Pleasing warriors] (+) rubû(NUN) i-na libbi(ŠA3) mātī(KUR)-šu qar-ra-di 3 PRS mu-ṭi-ib libbī(ŠA3)-šu i-ra-aš-ši ExO.Ht.3, §74 “The prince will acquire warriors, that sweeten his heart, in his country”. 13.1.4. Finding > ♔[Prediction owner] < [Army] (+) 13.1.4a. be-al 2šu-me-em ṣa-ba-am 3in ṣa-ri-šu u2-ta ×1 “The owner of the prediction will find an army for himself”. 3 PRS? ExO.Lr.M.24, §1.1a ►šumma 1a -ma 1b •A1 ‹he will escape (from danger?)› (ExO.Lr.M.24, §1) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 1šum-ma (ExO.Lr.M.24, §1.1a); followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.M.24, §1.1a). The expression beʾal šumim has no parallels and can possibly mean both ‘renowned person’ (i.e. one having name) or ‘client’ (i.e. owner of the omen). Alt., “will find an army behind his back (i.e. prusuing him), but will escape”. 330 13.1.5. Acquiring > ♔[King] < ♘[Advisers] (+) 13.1.5a. šar-rum ma-li-ki \ i-ra-aš-ši ×1 “The king will acquire advisers”. 13.1.6. 13.1.6a. ×1 3 PRS ExO.Lr.kki.3, §12 Acquiring[From among ♘Palace attendants] > ♔[King] < ♘[Advisers] (+) rubû(NUN) i-na mārī(DUMU.MEŠ) ekallī(E2.GAL)- 3 PRS šu ma-li-ki i-ra-aš-š[i] ExO.Ht.3, §35 “The prince will acquire advisers from among his palace attendants”. 13.1.7. Acquiring[P:Harem] > ♔[King] < ♘[Advisers] (+) 13.1.7a. rubû(NUN) i-na si-ik-ri ma-li-ki i-ra-aš-ši ×1 “The prince will acquire advisers in the harem”. 13.1.8. ExO.Ht.3, §34 3 PRS ExO.Lr.kki.3, §13 3 ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §3.1a ¬Acquiring > ♔[King] < ♘[Advisers] (–) 13.1.8a. 47 ×1 “The king will not acquire advisers”. 13.1.9. 3 PRS ⌈šar⌉-rum ma-li-⌈ki⌉ u2-ul i-ra-aš-ši Appearance > ♘[Renowned important person] (+) 13.1.9a. kab-tum š/a šu-ma-am \ i-šu-u2 \ ib-ba-aš-ši ×1 “An important person who is renowned will appear”. PRT PRS ► 1a -ma 1b •8.8.7a ‹the income that came to the palace will come to him› (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §3) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §3.1a). 13.1.10. 13.1.10a. ×2 Appearance > ♘[Appeasing important person] (+) 2 ka-ab-tu-um ša li-ib-bi be-l/i-šu 3u2-ṭa-ab-bu-u2 3 ib-ba-aš-ši PRS PRS ExO.Lr.kki.2, §1; ExO.Lr.kki.3, §61 “An important person who appeases the heart of his lord”. Variants and spellings: 31ka-ab-tum ša li-ib-bi be-li-šu-u2 \ u2-ṭa-ab-bu (ExO.Lr.kki.3, §61). 13.2. Appointing officials 331 13.2.1. Appointing to office > ♔[King] < ♘[Official] (+) 13.2.1a. (šarrum) be-el!(RU) pa-ar-ṣi-im i-ša-ak-ka-an ×1 “(The king) will appoint an official”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.kki.3, §18.1b* ► 1a •13.5.1a ‹the king will remove an official›-ma 1b š. š. 2 •A1 ‹‘weapon’ of imprisonment (?)› (ExO.Lr.kki.3, §18) 13.2.2. 13.2.2a. ×1 Appointing to office > ♔[King] < ♘[Cooks overseer] (+) šar-rum 3⌈wa-ki⌉-il nu-ḫa-ti-im-⌈m⌉[i a-n]⌈a⌉ pu- 3 PRS [u]r-ru-⌈si2-i/m⌉ 4i-ta-a[d-di]-in ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §98* “The king will appoint the overseer of the cooks to an office”. 13.2.3. 13.2.3a. ×1 Appointing to office[In one’s stead] > ♔[King] < ♘[Another] (+) (ayyumma [šarrum]) am i-ša-ka-an 48 [wa]-ar-ki!-i-šu ša-ni-a- 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §115.1b* “He (i.e. the king) will appoint another (person) as his (i.e. the removed official) successor”. ► 1a •13.5.2a ‹the king will remove someone from office›-ma 1b (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §115) 13.2.4. Appointing > † < ♞[Deputy] (/+) 13.2.4a. na-ak-ru-um ma-an-sa-[am (…)] \ i-na-ši-[(i)] ×1 “The enemy (…) will appoint a deputy”. 3 PRS ExO.Lg.6, §6(.1)** 3 PRS ExO.Lg.6, §7.1b* 3 PRS ExO.Lg.6, §8.1b* 13.3. Appointing priests 13.3.1. Appointing < ♘[Ugbabtu-priestess] (+) 13.3.1a. 12´ ×1 “An ugbabtu-priestess will be appointed”. ug-ba-ab-tum i-na-[(aš)-ši] ► 1a •3.4.35a ‹an entu-priestess will die›-ma 1b (ExO.Lg.6, §7) 13.3.2. ¬Appointing < ♘[Ugbabtu-priestess] (–) 13.3.2a. 17´ ×1 “An ugbabtu-priestess will not be appointed”. ug-ba-ab-tum u2-ul ⌈i⌉-[na-(aš)-ši] ► 1a •3.4.35a ‹an entu-priestess will die›-ma 1b (ExO.Lg.6, §8) 332 13.4. Promoting subordinates 13.4.1. Elevating > ♔[King] < ♔[Princes] (+) 13.4.1a. šar-rum ru-be2-šu u2-ra-ba ×1 “The king will elevate his (dependent) princes”. 13.4.2. 3 PRS ExO.Ht.4, §64 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §114* 3 PRS ExO.Lr.kki.3, §18.1a* ¬Elevating > ♔[King] < ♔[Official] (–) 13.4.2a. šar-rum be-el 44te-re-ti-šu la! u2-ra-ab-ba ×1 “The king will not elevate his office holder(s)”. 13.5. Removing from office 13.5.1. Removing officials > ♔[King] < ♘[Official] (–) 13.5.1a. šar-rum be-el!(RU) pa-ar-ṣi-im 17i-na-as-sa3-aḫ ×1 “The king will remove an official”. ► 1a -ma 1b •13.2.1a ‹he will appoint an official› š. š. 2 •A1 ‹‘weapon’ of imprisonment (?)› (ExO.Lr.kki.3, §18) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.kki.3, §18.1a*). 13.5.2. 13.5.2a. ×1 Removing officials > ♔[King] < ♘[Some (official)] (–) 47 [šarrum(LUGAL)] ⌈i⌉-na be-li par!(a)-ṣi a-a-a-ma 3 PRS i-na-sa3-\-aḫ ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §115.1a* “The king will remove someone from among the office holders”. ► 1a -ma 1b •13.2.3a ‹he will appoint another as his successor› (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §115) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §115.1a*). 13.5.3. 13.5.3a. ×1 Removing officials > ♔[King] < ♘[Shukkalmahhu-official] (–) 36 šar-ru-um 37šukkalmaḫḫa(SUKKAL.MAḪ)-šu i- 3 PRS na-as-sa3-a/ḫ ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §16 “The king will remove his shukkalmahhuofficial”. 13.5.4. 13.5.4a. Removing officials > ♔[King] < ♘[Border city inhabitant] (–) šar-rum wa-ši-ib a-al pa-ṭi-im / i-na-as-sa3-aḫ 333 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §43 ×1 13.5.5. “The king will remove the governor (lit. inhabitant) of the border city”. Removing[City after city] > ? < ? (?) 13.5.5a. 4´ [… āl(IR]Iki) āl(IRIki) i-na-sa3-ḫu ×1 “… will remove city after city”. 3 PRS ExO.Sp.2, §1.2b 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §19 3 PRS ExO.Lr.kki.3, §21* 3 STV ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §112** ► 1a ‹?› [?] 1b •13.5.5a ‹… will remove city after city› (ExO.Sp.2, §1) 13.6. Removing the ruler 13.6.1. Removing > ♘[Elders] < ♔[King] (–) 13.6.1a. 25 ×1 “The elders of his (own) city will remove the king”. šarram(LUGAL) ši-bu-ut a-li-šu i-na-sa3-ḫu-šu 13.7. Return to office 13.7.1. Return to office > ♘[Dismissed official] (+) 13.7.1a. na-[a]s-ḫu-um a-na pa-ar-ṣi-šu 27[i-ta]-a-ar ×1 “The dismissed person will return to his office”. 13.8. Royal council 13.8.1. Troublesome > ♔[King] < ♘[Advisers] (–) 13.8.1a. 38 ×1 “The king, his advisers are (a reason for) concern”. 13.8.2. 13.8.2a. ×1 [ša]⌈r⌉-ru-um ma-li-i-⌈k⌉[i-šu (?) n]⌈a?⌉-a-du-u2 Advice[Bad] > ♔[Prince] < ♘[Subordinates] (–) šar-ru-{UM}-um 6mi-li-ik wa-ar-di-i-šu 7⌈e⌉-li-i- 3 STV šu u2-ul ṭa-a-ab ExO.Lg.3, §1.3 “The king, the advice of his subordinates is not good for him”. ► 1 •24.15.19a ‹the neighbor will set the man’s house on fire› Ø 2 •17.2.2a ‹your allies will dominate you› š. š. 3 (ExO.Lg.3, §1) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 5ša-nu-um šum-šu (ExO.Lg.3, §1.3). 334 13.8.2b. ×1 ru-bu-um wa-ar-du-šu {UM} mi-il-/⌈k⌉[a]-am 16la 3 PRS da-am-qa2 i-ma-li-ku-u2-šu ExB.2, §7 “The prince, his subordinates will give him bad (lit. not good) advices”. 13.8.3. 13.8.3a. ×1 Advice[Untruthful] > ♙[Man] < ♘[The one to the right] (–) i-mi-i/t-ti a-wi-lim \ pi-a-am la ki-na-am i-da-ab- 3 PRS bu-/-ub Ol.1a, §46 “The person to the right of the man will speak untruthful things”. 13.8.4. 13.8.4a. ×1 Advice[Untruthful] > ♔[King] < ♘[Money takers] (–) šarram(LUGAL) ši-qi3-le-qu2-u2-šu ⌈pi⌉-a-am la 3 PRS ki-na-am i-ta-na-p/a-lu-uš-šu ExO.Lr.pdn.3, §6 “The king, his shekel-takers (?) will constantly give him unreliable answers”. The hapax ši-qi3-le-qu2-u2 in this apodosis is uncertain. AHw 1231a, s.v. šigi(l)lik/qûm translates it as ‘ein Steuereintreiber’ following a tenative suggestion by Krecher ([šagālu I]-leqe-Mann??); CAD Š2, 412a, s.v. šigilikû has (a profession or title). Perhaps, it can be best interpreted as šiqil-lēqû ‘sheqel-takers’ (Jeyes 1989b, 21). Jeyes considers this unique designation as another name for diviners, but I would rather opt for tax collectors or the like. 13.8.5. 13.8.5a. ×1 Accepting advice > ♔[Prince] < ♘[Subordinates] (+) rubû(NUN) a-wa-at ardīšu(IR3.MEŠ)-šu i-m[a-ḫa- 3 PRS ar] ExO.KiUr.1, §26* “The prince will accept the word of his subordinates”. 13.8.6. Accepting advice > ♔[Prince] < ♘[?] (+) 13.8.6a. rubû(NUN) a-wa-at IR3 GAL? ⌈i⌉-[ma-ḫa-ar] ×1 “The prince will accept the word of his …”. 13.8.7. 13.8.7a. ×1 3 PRS ExO.KiUr.1, §27** ¬Accepting advice > ♔[Prince] < ♘[Advisers] (–) 32 r[u]-bu-um pi ma-li-ki-[š]u {MA}-ar 33 ⌈u2⌉-la i-ma-ḫa- 3 PRS “The prince will not accept the instructions of his advisers”. 335 ExO.Lr.pdn.2, §7 13.8.8. ¬Accepting advice > ♔[King] < ♘[Advisers] (–) 13.8.8a. šar-ru-um ana p[i-i m]a-li-ki-šu ul uš-ša-ab ×1 “The king will not obey (lit. live by the instructions of) his advisers”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.V.11, §4.3 ► 1 •17.1.1a ‹rivalry› Ø 2 •11.4.11a ‹the army will not obey its commander› ūlū 3 (ExO.Lr.V.11, §4) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 10u3-lu (ExO.Lr.V.11, §4.3). 13.9. Catching a criminal Compare catching a spy (12.6.3) and cheating wife (21.4.2). 13.9.1. Catching criminal[Thief] < ♘[Criminal] (+) 3 PRS 13.9.1a. [sa3-a]⌈r⌉-ra-am i-ṣa-ba-t[u] ×1 “They will catch the (stealing) criminal”. ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §78.1b* ► 1a •8.15.5a ‹an object will disappear in the palace›[-ma] 1b (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §78) 13.9.2. Catching criminal[Infected] < ♘[Important person] (+) 3 PRS 13.9.2a. (kabtu) iṣ-ṣa-ab-ba-at ×1 “He (i.e. the important person) will be caught”. ExO.Ht.3, §62.1b ► 1a •4.7.5a ‹some important man will bring a disease to the palace in his own body›-ma 1b (ExO.Ht.3, §62) 13.9.3. Catching criminal[Disgracing] < ♘[Entu-priestess] (+) 13.9.3a. (entam) \ i-ṣa!-ba!-tu-ši ×1 “They will catch her (i.e. the entu-priestess)”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.M.36, §7.1b* ► 1a •27.20.4a ‹the entu-priestess will permanently break taboos› Ø 1b -ma 1c •13.10.3a ‹they will burn her› šumma 2 •27.20.8a ‹the shagu-priest will regularly have intercourse with the entu-priestess› (ExO.Lr.M.36, §7) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.M.36, §7.1b). 13.10. Punishing a criminal 13.10.1. Tearing eyes > ♔[King] < ♙[Man] (–) 13.10.1a. 11 ×1 “The king will tear out the eye of the man”. i-in a-wi-lim šar-⌈ru⌉-um i-na-sa3-aḫ 336 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.3, §4 13.10.1b. i-ni awīlim(LU2) šarrum(LUGAL) i-na-sa3-aḫ ×2 “The king will tear out the eye(s) of the man” 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.10, §61; ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §10 ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §86* || Variants and spellings: i-n[i awīlim(LU2-i]m)-ma (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §61), a-wi-lim šar-rum i-na-as-sa3-[aḫ] (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §86*). 13.10.2. 13.10.2a. ×1 Tearing eyes > ♔[King] < ♘[Courtier] (–) i-ni-in ša ⌈mār(DUMU)⌉ ekallim(E2.GAL) šar- 3 PRS <rum> i-na-sa3-aḫ ExO.Lr.npt.3, §7.2* “The king will tear out the eyes of a palace attendant”. ► 1a •24.10.1a ‹the flooding will come›-ma 1b •24.10.10a ‹it will cease (shorty after it appeared)› š. š. 2 (ExO.Lr.npt.3, §7) Variants and spellings: preceded by ša-nu-um šu-um-šu (ExO.Lr.npt.3, §7.2). 13.10.3. Burning[For disgracing] < ♘[Entu-priestess] (+) 3 PRS 13.10.3a. (entam) i-qa-lu-ši ×1 “They will burn her (i.e. the entu-priestess)”. ExO.Lr.M.36, §7.1c ► 1a •27.20.4a ‹the entu-priestess will permanently break taboos› Ø 1b •13.9.3a ‹they will catch her›-ma 1c šumma 2 •27.20.8a ‹the shagu-priest will regularly have intercourse with the entu-priestess› (ExO.Lr.M.36, §7) 337 14. Rule The position of the ruler and threats to his power occupy an essential place among the royal apodoses. Here belong the predictions which refer to the stability and change of rule (14.1) and its power (14.2). Of a special importance are apodoses related to coming into power and throne inheritance (14.3) and fight over the throne (14.4). Related are predictions addressing internal politics (11), court affairs (13), loyalty and treason (15), and revolt (16). 14.1. Stability and change of rule 14.1.1. Long rule (+) 14.1.1a. palûm(BALA-u2-um) ar-ku-um ×2 “Long rule”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §39; ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §50.2* ► 1 ‹…will have no …› Ø 2 •14.1.1a ‹long rule› (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §50) Variants and spellings: ar-ku[m] (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §50.2*). 14.1.2. Rule ending (–) Compare end of days in 3.1.6-10. 14.1.2a. ta-aq-ti-it pa-le-e[m] ×4 “End of rule”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.nps.2, §6.1*; ExO.Lr.pdn.2, §3.2*; ExO.Lr.mrt.1, §7; ExO.Lr.V.7, §5.1 ► 1 [šumma] 2 •18.23.3b ‹for warfare: fall of my army› (ExO.Lr.nps.2, §6) ► 1 •7.2.5a ‹my army’s campaign is not in agreement with the god› Ø 2 (ExO.Lr.pdn.2, §3) ► 1 Ø 2 •3.1.4a ‹the days are numbered› (ExO.Lr.V.7, §5) Variants and spellings: pa-le-⌈e⌉ (ExO.Lr.V.7, §5.1). 14.1.2b. ta-aq-ti-a-at palêm(BALA) ×1 “Ends of rule(s)”. 14.1.2c. 28 ×1 “The rule is over”. 14.1.3. pa-⌈lu⌉-u2-u[m] ga-me-er 3 NOM Br.O.1, §24 3 STV ExO.Lr.pdn.2, §6 3 NOM ExO.Lr.V.11, §5.1 Rule ending[P:Country] (–) 14.1.3a. 12 ×1 “End of the rule in the country”. i-na ma-tim ta-aq-ti-it pa-le-em ► 1 Ø 2 •3.1.4a ‹the days are numbered› (ExO.Lr.V.11, §5) 338 14.1.4. Rule ending > ♔[King] (–) 14.1.4a. palê(BALA) šarrim(LUGAL) 13ga-me-er ×1 “The rule of the king is over”. 3 STV Br.O.1, §6.1 ► 1 Ø 2 •18.19.15b ‹your enemy will overthrow your army in battle› Ø 3 •2.13.14a ‹the country will wear unkempt hair› (Br.O.1, §6) 14.1.5. Rule ending > ♔[Akkad] (–) 14.1.5a. pa-le a-ka-di-im ga2-me2-er ×1 “The rule of Akkad is over”. 14.1.6. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.šlm.1, §7 3 PRS ExO.Lg.2, §1.4; Rule change (–) 14.1.6a. pa-lu-um i-na-ke2-er ×2 “The rule will change”. ExO.Lg.8, §22 ► 1a-b •24.13.1a ‹the canal will block off and its waters will dry up› Ø 2 •27.14.2a ‹the land’s gods will leave it› Ø 3 •11.24.5a ‹the country will be devastated› ūlū 4 (ExO.Lg.2, §1) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 10u2-lu-u2 (ExO.Lg.2, §1.4) 14.2. Rule power 14.2.1. Established rule (+) 14.2.1a. ni-di kussîm(gišG[U.ZA]-⌈i⌉-im) ×1 “Establishing of a throne”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §7 3 PRT ExO.Lr.M.5, §1.1b 3 STV ExO.Lr.M.31, §1.1b* See CAD N1, 80, s.v. nadû ‘establish’. 14.2.2. Established rule > ♔[Shulgi] (+) 14.2.2a. (Šulgi) 3sa2 a-ga-a-šu 4in-di3-i3 ×1 “(Shulgi,) who established his crown”. ► 1a •28.1.19a ‹omen of Shulgi› ša 1b (ExO.Lr.M.5, §1) Cf. above. 14.2.3. No rival > ♔[Prince] (+) 14.2.3a. ma-la2 ru-ba-i-im u2-la2 ma-/-ṣi-i ×1 “No one will match the prince”. 339 ►šumma 1a •A1 ‹they will defeat (?) the enemy in war› u 1b •14.2.3a ‹no one will match the prince› (ExO.Lr.M.31, §1) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 4(eras: {u2?}) u2 (ExO.Lr.M.31, §1.1b*). Note ExO.Lr.M.31, §1.1a and ExO.Lr.M.31, §1.1b are placed in the opposite order in the edition. 14.2.4. No rival > ♔[King] (+) 14.2.4a. šarru(LUGAL) ma-ḫi-ri u2-ul i-\-ra-aš-ši-a ×1 “The king will have no rivals”. 3 PRS ExO.StIn.2, §1.2 ► 1 •28.1.5a ‹‘weapon’ of Sargon› šumma 2 (ExO.StIn.2, §1) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 4[šumma(BE-ma?)] (ExO.StIn.2, §1.2). 14.2.5. No rival > ♔[Gilgamesh] (+) 14.2.5a. (Gelga) ša ma-ḫi-ra-am la i-šu-u2 ×1 “(Gilgamesh,) who had no rival”. 3 PRT ExO.Ht.4, §2.1b* 3 PRT ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §4.1b ► 1a •28.1.1a ‹omen of Gilgamesh› ša 1b (ExO.Ht.4, §2) 14.2.6. No rival > ♔[Sargon] (+) 14.2.6a. (Šarru-Kēn) ša ma-ḫi-ra-am la-aš-šu-/-u2 ×1 “(Sargon,) who had no rival”. ► 1a •28.1.4a ‹omen of Sargon› ša 1b (ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §4) la-aš-šu-/-u2 likely stands for a contracted < lā īšû, as in ExO.Ht.4, §2.1b* (cf. ExO.Ht.4, §2.1b* above) The Assyrian laššu ‘does not exist’ (requires nominative) is excluded. 14.2.7. 14.2.7a. ×1 No rival > ♘[Army] (+) 27 um-ma-an ⌈šar-r⌉[i-im] ul⌉ [i]-⌈r⌉[a-aš-ši] 28 ma-ḫi-ra-[am] 29 ⌈u2- 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §62* “The king’s army will have no rival”. 14.2.7b. ×1 ummān(ERIN2) rubêm(NUN) ma-ḫi-ra-am u2-⌈ul 3 PRS i⌉-[ra-aš]-⌈ši⌉ ExO.Ht.3, §25* “The prince’s army will have no rival”. 14.2.8. 14.2.8a. No rival[S:Warfare] > ♘[Army] (+) 39 i-na kakki(gišTUKUL-ki) um-ma-an 3 PRS 340 Br.O.1, §16.2 ×1 šarrim(LUGAL) ma-ḫi-ri u2-ul i-ra-aš-ši “In warfare: the king’s army will have no rivals”. ► 1 •9.3.1a ‹livestock will decrease (in numbers)› Ø 2 (Br.O.1, §16) 14.2.9. Supremacy > ♔[King] (+) 14.2.9a. 8´ ×1 “The king will gain supremacy”. šarrum(LUGAL) ga-me-ru-tam i-l[a-ak] 3 PRS ExO.Lr.pzr.2, §4* On gamērūtam alāku see CAD G, 34b and Jeyes 1989b, 136, note to l. 3'. 14.2.10. 14.2.10a. ×1 Supremacy > ♘[Citizen?] (+) ([…]) ⌈mār(DUMU)⌉ ālim(IRI) ga-me-ru-ta[m i-la- 3 PRS ak] ExO.Lr.ubn.3, §2** “(…) born in (lit. son of) the city gain supremacy”. 14.2.11. Hegemony (+) 14.2.11a. 21 ×1 “King of the world”. 14.2.12. šar(LUGAL) kiššatim(KIŠ) 3 NOM ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §111 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.10, §8; Hegemony[P:Country] (+) 14.2.12a. šar(LUGAL) ki-iš-ša-tim i-na ma-tim ib-ba-aš-ši ×5 “There will be a king of the world in the ecumene (lit. country)”. ExO.Lg.5, §3; Br.O.1, §15.2; Br.O.1, §47; Br.O.1, §51 ► 1 •4.19.6a ‹Nergal will devour› Ø 2 (Br.O.1, §15) Variants and spellings: ša-ar (ExO.Lg.5, §3), ki-ša-tim (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §8), ki-ša-ti (Br.O.1, §51), ib-⌈ba⌉-aš-{ŠI}-ši (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §8), i-ba-aš-ši (ExO.Lg.5, §3). 14.2.12b. \ šar(LUGAL) ki-ša-ti i-na ma-ti i-li-am ×1 “A king of the world will rise in the ecumene (lit. country)”. 14.2.12c. 34 ×1 [šar(LUGAL) ki]-iš-ša-tim ka-am 35 3 PRS [a-na ma-tim il-la]- 3 PRS “A king of the world will come to the ecumene (lit. country)”. 341 ExO.Lr.šlm.1, §6 Bh.2, §4** 14.2.13. Hegemony > ♔[King] (+) 14.2.13a. 4 ×1 “The king will take kingship over the entire world”. 14.2.14. [šar-ru]-ut ki-iš-ša-tim šar-rum i-ṣa-ba-at 3 PRS ExO.Lg.7, §2* 3 ExO.Lr.npt.4, §4.1b*; Hegemony > ♔[Sargon] (+) 14.2.14a. (Šarru-Kīn) ša ki-ša-tam \ i-be-lu ×2 “(Sargon,) who ruled over the world”. PRT ExO.Lr.mrt.2, §9.1b ► 1a •28.1.4a ‹omen of Sargon› ša 1b (ExO.Lr.npt.4, §4) ► 1a •28.1.4a ‹omen of Sargon› ša 1b (ExO.Lr.mrt.2, §9) 14.2.14b. (Šarru-kīn) 2ša māta(KUR-ta) i-be-lu ×1 “(Sargon,) who ruled the (entire) country”. 3 PRT ExO.StIn.1, §1.1b ► 1a •28.1.4a ‹omen of Sargon› ša 1b šumma 2 •8.5.1a ‹for the commoner: the house(hold) of the man will grow› (ExO.StIn.1, §1) 14.2.15. Hegemony > ♔[Naram-Sin] (+) 14.2.15a. (Narām-Sîn) 9ša ki-ša-tam i-be2-lu-u2 ×1 “(Naram-Sin,) who ruled over the world”. 3 PRT Br.O.1, §40.1b 3 PRT Br.O.1, §41.1b ► 1a •28.1.8a ‹omen of Naram-Sin› ša 1b (Br.O.1, §40) 14.2.16. Hegemony > ♔[Shulgi] (+) 14.2.16a. (Šulgi) 11ša pa-aṭ erbettim(LIMMU.BI) i-be2-lu-u2 ×1 “(Shulgi,) who ruled over the four frontiers (of the world)”. ► 1a •28.1.19a ‹omen of Shulgi› ša 1b (Br.O.1, §41) 14.3. Coming into power and throne inheritance 14.3.1. 14.3.1a. ×1 Occupying the throne > ♘[Another] (/+) (šarrum) [ša]-ab 35 i-na kussī(gišGU.ZA)-šu ša-nu-um uš- 3 PRS “Another one will sit on his (i.e. the king’s) throne”. 342 Br.O.1, §14.1b ► 1a •3.1.7a ‹the king: his days are over› Ø 1b (Br.O.1, §14) 14.3.2. Ruling the throne > ♘[Heir] (?) 14.3.2a. (apil šarrim) kussi(gišGU.ZA) a-bi i-be2-el ×1 “He (i.e. the king’s heir) will rule the throne ”. 3 PRS ExO.Lg.7, §10.1b ► 1a •3.5.20a ‹the king’s heir will kill his father›-ma 1b (ExO.Lg.7, §10) 14.3.2b. ×1 \ a-pi-il <šarrim> kussi(gišGU.ZA) a-bi-⌈šu⌉ i-be2- 3 PRS [el] ExO.Lr.mrt.3, §9* “The king’s heir will rule his father’s throne”. 14.3.3. 14.3.3a. ×2 Taking the throne > ♘[Heir] (?) a-pil2 šarrim(LUGAL) kussiʾam(gišGU.ZA) i-ṣa-ba- 3 PRS at ExO.B&Pd.1a, §68 ExO.B&Pd.1c, §4; “The king’s heir will seize the throne”. ExO.Lg.8, §3 Variants and spellings: a-pi-il šar-ri-im (ExO.Lg.8, §3). 14.3.4. Taking the throne > ♘[Older heir] (?) ap-lu-um 5ra-bu-um 6kussiʾam(gišGU.ZA-am) 7i- 3 PRS ṣa-ba-at 14.3.4a. 4 ×1 “The older heir will seize the throne”. 14.3.5. 14.3.5a. ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §11 Taking the throne > ♘[Yonger heir] (?) 10 ap-lu-um ṣe-eḫ-ru-um i-ṣa-ba-at 11 kussiʾam(gišGU.ZA-am) 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §12 12 ×1 “The younger heir will seize the throne”. 14.3.6. Taking the throne > ♘[Son] (?) 14.3.6a. (mārum) kussiʾam(gišGU.ZA) i-ṣa-{BA}-ba-at ×2 “He (i.e. the son) will seize the throne”. ► 1a •3.5.19a ‹a son will kill his father›-ma 1b (ExO.Sp.1, §10) ► 1a •3.5.19a ‹a son will kill his father›-ma 1b (ExO.Lg.8, §29) Variants and spellings: (ExO.Lg.8, §29.1b). 343 3 PRS ExO.Lg.8, §29.1b*; ExO.Sp.1, §10.1b* || 14.3.6b. ×2 mār(DUMU) šarrim(LUGAL) kussiʾam(gišGU.ZA) i- 3 PRS ṣa-ab-ba-at ExO.B&Pd.2, §42; Br.O.1, §44 “The king’s son will seize the throne”. Variants and spellings: i-ṣa-ba-at (ExO.B&Pd.2, §42). 14.3.6c. ×1 mār(DUMU) šarri(LUGAL) kussi(GU.ZA) a-bi-šu i- 3 PRS ṣa-bat ExO.Sp.2, §7 “The king’s son will seize his father’s throne”. 14.3.6d. ×1 mār(DUMU) rubê(NUN) kussi(gišGU.ZA) a-bi-šu i- 3 PRS ṣa-bat ExO.Ht.3, §65.1a “The prince’s son will seize the throne”. ► 1a -ma 1b •A1 ‹his weapons will be bitter› (ExO.Ht.3, §65) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Ht.3, §65.1a). 14.3.6e. ×1 (awīlum) ba-at 28 kussi(gišGU.ZA-si2) a-bi-šu 29 i-ṣa-ab- 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §69.1c “(The man) will seize his father’s throne”. ► 1a •10.4.1b ‹they will expel the man from the city›-ma 1b •A1 ‹he will return›-ma 1c (ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §69) 14.3.7. 14.3.7a. ×1 ¬Taking the throne > ♘[Son] (–) [šarrum(LUGAL)] \ mār(DUMU)-šu 3 PRS giš kussiʾam( GU.ZA) lā(NU) i-ṣa-a[b-ba-at] Ce.EcS.1, §13* “The king, his son will not take the throne”. 14.3.8. 14.3.8a. ×1 Occupying the throne > ♘[Descendant] (+) 48 šar-ru-um 49[še20-e]r!(RU?) še20-er-ri-šu 1a-di ḫa- 3 PRS am-ši-⌈im⌉ 2i-na kussîm(gišGU.ZA-im) 3[u]š-ša-ab “The king’s descendant up to (generation) will sit on the throne”. 14.3.9. 14.3.9a. ×1 the ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §48* fifth Taking the throne > ♘[Not a son] (/+) la i-na ma-ar šarrim(L[UGAL) kussiʾam(gišGU.ZA) 3 PRS i-ṣa-bat] “(Someone) not from the king’s sons will take the throne”. In question; reconstruction follows Jeyes 1989b. 344 ExO.Lr.mzz.2, §11** 14.3.10. 14.3.10a. ×1 Taking the throne > ♘[Daughter] (/+) mārat(MUNUS.DUMU) rubê(NUN) kussâ(gišGU.ZA) 3 PRS a-bi-šu! i-ṣa-bat ExO.Ht.3, §64* “The prince’s daughter will seize the throne”. 14.3.11. 14.3.11a. ×4 Taking the throne > ♘[One with no claim] (/+) [l]a be-el kussîm(gišGU.ZA) kussiʾam(gišGU.ZA) i- 3 PRS ṣa-ba-at ExO.B&Pd.1a, §69* ExO.B&Pd.1c, §5; “One who has no claim (lit. not owner of the throne) will seize the throne”. ExO.Lr.mzz.2, §10*; || ExO.Sp.3, §28*; ExO.Sp.3, §2* ! Variants and spellings: be-el as NUMUN (ExO.B&Pd.1a, §69*), i-ṣa-/-bat (ExO.Sp.3, §2*; ExO.Sp.3, §28*; probably also in ExO.Lr.mzz.2, §10*). 14.3.11b. ×4 ša la a-wa-as-su2-u2 9kussiʾam(gišGU.ZA) i-ṣa-ab- 3 PRS ba-at ExO.Lr.mrt.3, §10*; “One who has no claim will seize the throne”. Br.O.1, §23; ExO.Ht.4, §69**; Br.O.1, §26.1b* ► 1a •18.16.7a ‹successful attack› Ø 1b (Br.O.1, §26) Variants and spellings: a-wa-su2 (ExO.Lr.mrt.3, §10*), a-wa-as-su2 (Br.O.1, §26.1b*; ExO.Ht.4, §69**, uncertain), iṣa-ba-at (ExO.Ht.4, §69**; Br.O.1, §26.1b*). 14.3.12. 14.3.12a. ×1 No legitimate ruler (–) šarrum(LUGAL) ba-aš-ši be-el kussîm(gišGU.ZA) u2-ul i- 3 PRS 36´ ExO.Sp.3, §22 “There will be no legitimate (lit. owner of the throne) king”. 14.3.13. Taking the throne > ♘[Subordinate] (/+) 14.3.13a. (wardum) kussiʾam(gišGU.ZA) i-ṣa-ba-at ×1 “He (i.e. the subordinate) will seize the throne”. 3 PRS ExO.Lg.8, §11.1b ► 1a •3.5.12b ‹a subordinate will kill his lord›-ma 1b (ExO.Lg.8, §11) 14.3.14. 14.3.14a. ×1 Occupying the throne > ♘[Shukkallu-official] (/+) šukkallum(SUKKAL) i-na kussi(gišGU.ZA) be-li-šu 3 PRS u[š-ša-ab] 345 ExO.Lr.bbk.2, §3* “The shukkallu-official will sit on his lord’s throne”. 14.3.15. Leading > ♘[Important person] < ♧[Country] (/+) 14.3.15a. ka-ab-tum ma-tam 17u2-wa-e-er ×1 “An important person will lead the country”. 3 PRS Br.O.1, §7.1b ► 1a •3.4.10a ‹the king will die a death (decreed) by his god›-[ma] 1b (Br.O.1, §7) 14.3.16. 14.3.16a. ×2 Taking the throne > ♘[Widow’s son] (/+) ma-ar al-ma-at-tim kussiʾam(gišGU.ZA) i-ṣa-ab- 3 PRS ba-at ExO.Sp.1, §5; ExO.V.3, §24 “The son of a widow will seize the throne”. Variants and spellings: ma-ru (ExO.V.3, §24, note -u st.c.), [a]l-ma-tim (ExO.V.3, §24), ku-us-si2-a-am (ExO.V.3, §24), ⌈i-ṣa-ba⌉-at (ExO.V.3, §24). 14.3.17. Taking the throne > ♘[Woman] (/+) 14.3.17a. sinništum(MUNUS) kussiʾam(gišGU.ZA) i-ṣa-ba-at ×2 “A woman will seize the throne”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §5*; ExO.Lg.8, §10* Variants and spellings: si2-in-ni-⌈iš⌉-tum ⌈kussiʾam(gišGU.ZA)⌉ [i-ṣa-ba]-at (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §5). 14.3.18. Taking the kingship > ♘[Kubaba] (/+) 14.3.18a. (Kubāba) ša ša-ar-ru-ta-/-am 29iṣ!-ba-tu ×1 “(Kubaba) who seized kingship”. 3 PRT ExO.Lg.5, §5.1b* 3 PRS ExO.Lg.8, §4.1b ► 1a •28.1.2a ‹the omen of Kubaba› ša 1b (ExO.Lg.5, §5) 14.3.19. Taking the throne > ♘[Unwise person] (/+) 14.3.19a. (lā ḫassu) kussiʾam(gišGU.ZA) i-ṣa-ba-at ×1 “He (i.e. the unwise one) will seize the throne”. ► 1a •16.2.41a ‹an unwise person will uprise›-ma 1b (ExO.Lg.8, §4) 14.3.20. 14.3.20a. ×1 Ruling the throne > † (/+) [n]a-[a]k-ru-um kussiʾam(gišGU.ZA-a/m) be2-el 29 346 30 [i]- 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §113* “The enemy will rule the throne”. 14.3.21. 14.3.21a. ×1 Taking the throne > † (/+) 3 na-ak-ru-um ba-at 4 kussiʾam(gišGU.ZA-am) 5 i-ṣa-ab- 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §101 “The enemy will seize the throne”. 14.3.22. Taking the throne[P:Foreign city] > ♔[Grand] (+) 14.3.22a. ra-bu-um i-na la a-li-šu 62ku-si2-a-am i-ṣa-ba-at ×1 “The grand will seize the throne in a foreign (lit. not his own) city”. 14.3.23. 3 PRS ExO.V.3, §39 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ṣbt.3, §5** Occupying the throne > ? (?) 14.3.23a. 12 [… i]-na ku-us-si2-i-im 13uš-ša-ab ×1 “… will sit on the throne”. 14.4. Fight over the throne 14.4.1. 14.4.1a. ×2 Fight over the throne ♘[Brothers] <> ♘[Brothers] (–) [a]⌈t!-ḫu⌉-u2 53[a-n]a kussi(gišGU.ZA-si2) b]i-šu-nu 55[i]š-ta-na-nu 52 54 [a- 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §10.1a*; ExO.Sp.3, §3** “Brothers will compete over their father’s throne”. ► 1a •14.4.1a ‹brothers will compete over their father’s throne› [?] 1b ‹…› (ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §10) Variants and spellings: atḫû([ŠEŠ].MEŠ) a-na kussi(gišGU.ZA) a-bi-šu-⌈n⌉[u iš-ta-(an)-na-nu] (ExO.Sp.3, §3**). 14.4.2. 14.4.2a. ×2 Striving for the throne > ♘[Shukkallu-official] < ♔[Lord] (–) ⌈šukkallum(SUKKAL)⌉ kussi(gišGU.ZA) be-li-šu iš- 3 PRS te-ne2-e ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §2; ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §7* “The shukkallu-official will strive for his lord’s throne”. Variants and spellings: šu-uk-ka-lu-um kussi(gišGU.ZA) <be2>-li!-šu 13iš-te-ne2-i (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §7*). 14.4.3. 14.4.3a. Rivaling > ♘[Shukkallu-official] < ♔[Lord] (–) šu-uk-ka-lum 15⌈ru⌉-ba-am i-ma-ḫa-ar 347 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §8 ×1 14.4.4. 14.4.4a. ×1 “The shukkallu-official will rival the prince”. Striving for the throne > ♘[Overseer of barbers] < ♔[Lord] (–) wākil(UGULA) gallābī(ŠU.I) kussi(gišGU.ZA) be-li- 3 PRS šu iš-te-ne2-i ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §64 “The overseer of the barbers will strive for his lord’s throne”. 14.4.5. 14.4.5a. ×1 Rivaling > ♘[Attendant] < ♔[King] (–) šarram(LUGAL) ma-an-za-az [m]a-aḫ-ri-šu i-ša- 3 PRS na-[an-šu] “The king, his attendant will vie with him”. 348 ExO.Lr.pdn.6, §50* 15. Loyalty and treason Treason constituted a menace to stability of the rule, especially in times of war. Apodoses refer to change of loyalty in general (15.1), turning to the enemy (15.2) and treason in siege (15.3). See also killing the ruler (in 3.5) information leakage (12.4), and revolt (16). 15.1. Change of loyalty Compare insanity (5.9), which is expressed in similar wording; in some cases the two can be confused. 15.1.1. Change of mind (–) 15.1.1a. ši-ni-/-it ṭe-mi-im ×3 “Change of mind”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.npt.10, §42.2; In.2a, §10 || In.2c, §10*; In.2a, §18 ► 1 •27.10.5a ‹the god’s decision will change› Ø 2 (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §42) Variants and spellings: ṭe4-mi-im (In.2a, §18; note the inconsequential usage of DI and TE for /ṭe/ in this text). 15.1.1b. na-ka-ar ṭe-e-mi-im ×1 “Change (lit. alteration) of mind”. 15.1.1c. ṭe4-mu-um i-ša-an-⌈ni⌉ ×1 “The mind will change”. 15.1.1d. ṭe-mu-um u3 mi-il5-ku-um i-ša-an-ni ×1 “Mind and reason will change”. 3 NOM ExO.B&Pd.1a, §29 3 PRS ExO.Lg.9, §61 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §23.1 ► 1 Ø 2 •11.19.1a ‹disorder› Ø 3 •3.6.3a ‹one will kill another› (ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §23) 15.1.1e. 57 ×1 “... of mind”. [… ṭ]e-mi-im 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ṣbt.3, §21** 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.2, §4** Probably, šinīt or nakar, see above. 15.1.2. Change of mind > ♘[Army] (–) 15.1.2a. mi-⌈li⌉-ik um-ma-nim i-[ša-(an)-ni] ×1 “The army will change its mind (lit. the army’s reason will change)”. 15.1.3. Change of mind[S:Campaign] > ♘[Army] (–) 349 15.1.3a. ×1 um-ma-nu-um ⌈i-na⌉ ḫa-ra-nim ṭ[e-em-ša i-n]a- 3 PRS ka-ar ExO.V.3, §14* “The army on campaign change its mind (lit. its mind will alter)”. 15.1.4. 15.1.4a. ×1 Changing of mind > † < ♘[Army] (/+) (ummānum nakrum) ar 52 [ṭe-em-ša (?)] ⌈u2?⌉-na-ka- 3 PRS ExO.V.3, §32.1b** “He (i.e. the enemy) will make it (i.e. the army) change its mind (lit. he will change its mind)”. ► 1a •18.12.2a ‹the army you sent on campaign: the enemy will see it›-ma 1b •15.1.4a ‹he will make it change its mind› Ø 1c •18.25.12a ‹in warfare: flight of the army› (ExO.V.3, §32) 15.1.5. Change of mind? > ♘[Army’s leader] (–) 15.1.5a. [a-li-ik] 32pa-ni um-ma-nim ṭe-ma-am ⌈u2⌉-[…] ×1 “The army’s leader will … reason”. 3 PRS ExO.Ht.4, §49** The protasis šumma rēš libbi nawir “if the tip (lit. head) of the heart is bright” implies a positive outcome for the army’s leader, who is associated with this feature. The reconstruction of the verbal form is problematic. One would expect a transitive verb (probably, in the D-stem), with ālik pani ummāni as the subject, and ṭēmu as the object. No obvious parallels with positive meaning, satisfying the conditions named above, can be provided. The wording of the protasis, sometimes helpful for reconstructing the apodosis, is of little use here: although ṭēmu serves as the object of nuwwuru ‘to brighten’ in at least one later context (OIP 109 vii 5, apud CAD Ṭ, 95a, s.v. ṭēmu), this evidence is too scarce to place this verb here. The alternative reading šulmam(SILIM-ma-am) (or salīmam) is tempting in the light of the previous omen, where a dark tip of the heart supposedly predicts the death of the army’s leader. Such a spelling, however, would be unlikely due to the rare usage of logograms in this text. 15.1.6. Change of mind > ♧[Country] (–) 15.1.6a. 4 ×2 “The country will change its mind (lit. the country’s mind will change)”. 3 PRS ṭe4-e-em ma-tim i-ša-an-ni ExO.Lr.amt.2, §2.1a; ExO.Sp.3, §35.1 ► 1 Ø 1b •A1 ‹Shamash will install a king of his own for his country› (ExO.Lr.amt.2, §2) ► 1 Ø 2 •27.14.3a ‹in the campaign the gods of my army will abandon it› (ExO.Sp.3, §35) Variants and spellings: 56´ṭ[e4]-em māti(KUR) (ExO.Sp.3, §35.1). 15.1.6b. 21 mi-lik ma-a-tim 22i-ša-an-ni ×2 “The country will constantly change its mind (lit. 3 PRS 350 ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §51; ExO.Lr.M.30, §2 the country’s reason will constantly change)”. Variants and spellings: ma-tim 5i-ša-ne (ExO.Lr.M.30, §2). 15.1.6c. li?-ba? 2ma-tim 3i-sa2-ni ×1 “The country will change its mind (lit. the country’s heart will change)”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.M.11, §1** 3 PRS ExO.Lg.9, §80 3 PRS ExO.Ht.2, §7** ►šumma 1 (ExO.Lr.M.11, §1) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 1šum-ma (ExO.Lr.M.11, §1). Uncertain51. 15.1.7. Change of mind[Constantly] > ♧[Country] (–) 15.1.7a. ṭe4-e-em ma-a-(eras.)-tim 26iš-ta-na-an-ni ×1 “The country constantly change its mind (lit. the country’s mind will constantly change)”. 15.1.8. Change of mind? (?) 15.1.8a. […] i-ša-⌈an⌉-ni ×1 “… will change”. 15.2. Turning to the enemy 15.2.1. 15.2.1a. ×1 Reaching out > ♞[City dweller] < ♔[2] (+) wa-ši-ib āl(IRIki) ⌈pa⌉-ṭi nakrī(lu2KUR2)-/-ka ša-ap-pa-⌈ra⌉-ak-/-ku 66´ i- 2 PRS ExO.Sp.3, §39 “The dweller of your border city will reach out to the enemy”. 15.2.2. 15.2.2a. ×1 Reaching out > ♘[City dweller] < † (/+) a-ši!-ib a-li!(IN)-im iš-ta-na-pa-ar 10 a-na nakrim(lu2⌈KUR2⌉-ri-im) 3 PRS ExB.2, §5.1* “The dweller of the city will repeatedly reach out for the enemy”. ► 1 Ø 2 •4.8.1b ‹for the sick person: …› [?] 3 •2.12.6a ‹for the campaign: the man will (or: will not) escape from 51 Cf. copy: 351 troubles and difficulties› (ExB.3, §5) 15.2.3. 15.2.3a. ×1 Reaching out > ♧[Border city] < † (/+) āl(I[RIki] pa-ṭi-ka š[a-ap]-pa-ra-am 64´ a-na nakrī(lu2KUR2)-ka ⌈i⌉- 2 PRS ExO.Sp.3, §38* “Your border city will reach out to the enemy”. 15.2.4. 15.2.4a. ×1 Sending[♞Deputy] > ♣[Border city] < ♔[2] (+) a-al pa-ṭi nakrī(lu2KUR2)-ka 16[m]a-an-sa-am i-ša- 2 PRS pa-ra!-kum ExO.Lg.8, §8.1* “The enemy’s border city will send you a deputy”. ► 1 Ø 2 •16.2.9a ‹the country will reject its lord› (ExO.Lg.8, §8) 15.2.5. 15.2.5a. Turning to > † < ♘[City’s lord] (/+) 46 a-lu-u2-um be-⌈el-šu⌉ (?) a-⌈na⌉ [na-ak-ri-i]m 3 PRS i-sa3-a[ḫ]-⌈ḫu⌉-ur ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §16** 47 ×1 “The city, its lord will turn to the enemy”. 15.2.6. Turning to > † < ♧[Border city] (/+) 15.2.6a. 23 a-al pa-ṭi-ka a-na nakrī(lu2KUR2)-ka i-sa3-ḫu-ur ×1 “Your border city will turn to the enemy”. 2 PRS ExO.Lg.8, §12.1a ► 1a -ma 1b •A1 ‹you will seize it› š. š. 2 •12.6.3b ‹you will catch a spy (?)› (ExO.Lg.8, §12) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lg.8, §12.1a). 15.2.7. 15.2.7a. ×1 Turning to > † < ♧[Renowned border city] (/+) a-al pa-ṭi-ka 15⌈ša šu-ma-am i-šu-u2⌉ a-na i-di 2 PRS nakrim(lu2KUR2) i-ta-ar ExO.M.3, §14 “A renowned border city of yours will turn to the enemy”. 15.2.8. 15.2.8a. ×1 Turning to > ♔[2] < ♣[market city] (+) 18 a-al si2-ka-tim ša nakrim(lu2KUR2) i-sa3-ḫu-ra- 2 PRS ak-kum 352 ExO.Lr.V.6, §10.1a “The enemy’s market city will turn to you”. ► 1a -ma 1b •20.3.27a ‹you will take over its property and belongings› (ExO.Lr.V.6, §10) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.V.6, §10.1a). 15.2.9. 15.2.9a. ×1 Turning to > † < ♧[King’s fortresses] (/+) bi-ir!(NI)-ti šarrim(LUGAL) a-na nakrim(lu2KUR2) 3 PRS u2-[s]⌈a3⌉-[ḫ]a-ar ExO.B&Pd.1a, §12* “The king’s fortress will turn to the enemy”. 15.2.10. 15.2.10a. ×1 Handing to[♧City] > † < ♘[Elders] (/+) a-lam ši-bu-tu-šu a-na nakrim(lu2KUR2) i-na-di- 3 PRS nu-šu ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §20 “The city, its elders will hand it to the enemy”. 15.2.11. 15.2.11a. ×1 Handing to[♧City] > † < ♘[Woman] (/+) [si2-(in)-ni]-iš-tu a-lam 18a-na n[a-ak-ri-im] i-na- 3 PRS ad-di-in ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §25* “A woman will hand the city to the enemy”. 15.2.12. 15.2.12a. ×1 Turning to > † < ♘[Allies] (/+) re-ṣu2-u2-a a-na nakrim(lu2KUR2) i-sa3-aḫ-ḫa-ru- 1 PRS u2 ExO.M.3, §25 “My allies (lit. helpers) will turn to the enemy”. 15.3. Treason in siege 15.3.1. Taking out[Key] > ♘[Woman] (/+) 15.3.1a. sinništum(MUNUS) nam-za-⌈qa2⌉-am u2-še20-ṣe ×1 “A woman will take away a key”. 15.3.2. 3 PRS ExO.Lg.9, §65 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.2, §14.1a Opening gates for > † < ♘[Rab-sikkati official] (/+) 15.3.2a. ra-bi si2-ka-tim a-bu-ul-lam i-pe-te-e ×1 “The rab-sikkati official will open the city gates”. 353 ► 1a -ma 1b •15.3.3a ‹the ally will let the enemy inside the city› (ExO.B&Pd.2, §14) Variants and spellings: Followed by -⌈ma⌉ (ExO.B&Pd.2, §14.1a). 15.3.3. 15.3.3a. ×1 Letting in[City] > † < ♘[Ally] (/+) 17 be2-el ⌈su2-lu-um-me-e⌉ nakra(lu2KUR2-ra) a-na 3 PRS libbi(ŠA3) a-lim u2-še20-re-eb “The ally will let the enemy inside the city”. ► 1a •15.3.2a ‹the rab-sikkati official will open the city gates›-ma 1b (ExO.B&Pd.2, §14) The reading ⌈su-lu-um-me-e⌉ follows Glassner’s collation (2009a, 77). 354 ExO.B&Pd.2, §14.1b 16. Revolt The fear of a revolt is well-reflected in royal predictions. Apodoses warn about a revolt plot (16.1), revolts of different characters (16.2) and comfort with the possibility of returning the revolting under control (16.3). Related settings are killing the ruler (in 3.5), rule (14), loyalty and treason (15). 16.1. Revolt plot 16.1.1. Plotting[Revolt] (/+) 16.1.1a. 4 ×1 “Plot of revolt”. 3 NOM ki-pi-id ba-ar-ti ExO.Lr.M.35, §4 The reading ki pi-it (for kī pīt) “like the start of a rebellion” in Horowitz, Oshima and Winitzer 2010, 141 is problematic. It would be a unusual precedent for an apodosis to be a comparative clause, not to mention the otherwise unattested, allegedly West Semitic semantic development ‘start’ of pītu ‘opening’. The word kipdū ‘plans, wishes’ < kapādu ‘to plan’ is otherwise attested only in SB texts, always in the plural52. However, it perfectly matches the frequent topic of revolt plotting and requires less challenging argumentation. Alternatively, one could read the first word as qi2-bi3-it. Although qibītu ‘word’, ‘speech’, ‘command’, ‘promise’ etc. is not attested in divination apodoses, it is the good counterpart of amūtu, kakku, šēpu, iḫzu, ṣubātu etc (see Introduction). 16.1.2. 16.1.2a. ×1 Plotting[Murder] > ♘[Subordinates] < ♔[Lord] (/+) 17 wa-ar-du da-ak be-li-šu-nu li-ib-ba-šu-nu ta-na-ba-⌈lam⌉ 18 it- 3 PRS ExO.Ht.4, §75 “Subordinates will wish to kill (lit. their heart will constantly bring the killing of) their lord”. 16.2. Revolt 16.2.1. Revolt (/+) 16.2.1a. 46 × 11 “‘Weapon’ of revolt”. 3 NOM ka-ak ba-ar-tim ExO.Lr.npt.7, §2.1a*; ExO.Lr.npt.7, §5.2; ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §34*; ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §36.1a*; ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §102.1a; ExO.Lr.mrt.4, §6.1a*; ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §38; ExO.Lr.V.6, §18.1**; ExO.Sp.2, §10*; 52 Perhaps, in the sg. also in ki-pi2-id // ṣu-m[i-ra-tu] “plan: wish”, a commentary to the Theodicy (Lambert 1996, 88). 355 ExO.Sp.3, §37; ExO.Lg.8, §2 ► 1a › Ø 1b •16.2.12a ‹revolt of a city› (ExO.Lr.npt.7, §2) ► 1 •16.2.17a ‹your border city will revolt against you› rs. 2 (ExO.Lr.npt.7, §5) ► 1a Ø 1b ‹the prince (?) …› (ExO.Lr.mrt.4, §6) ► 1a Ø 1b •16.2.48a ‹during a revolt …› (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §36) ► 1a Ø 1b •3.5.10a ‹the king, his courtiers will kill him› (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §102) ► 1 š. š. 2 •18.9.1b ‹the enemy will block your movements› (ExO.Lr.V.6, §18) Variants and spellings: Preceded by re-qu2-sa (ExO.Lr.npt.7, §5.2); 4kakki(gišTUKUL-ki) (ExO.Lr.npt.7, §2.1a*), kak(ki) (gišTUKUL) (ExO.Lr.npt.7, §5.2; ExO.Lr.mrt.4, §6.1a*; ExO.Sp.2, §10*; ExO.Sp.3, §37; ExO.Lg.8, §2), 34ka-<ak> (ExO.Lr.V.6, §18.1**), ba-ar!(ŠI)-tim (ExO.Lr.npt.7, §2.1a*). ExO.Lr.V.6, §18.1** is very uncertain; other interpretations were suggested previously: kabartum ‘thickness’ in Winitzer 2006, 613f. and the possibility of kabaraḫ nakrim in CAD K, 4a, s.v. kabartu (note ka-ba-ra-as-su2 in ExO.Lr.V.6, §19**, the next omen). Alternatively, one could also propose awāt(KA) ba-ar-tim “‘Word’ of revolt”. 16.2.1b. še20-ep ba-ar-tim ×1 “Footmark of revolt”. 16.2.1c. ba-ar-tum i[b-ba-aš-ši] ×1 “There will be a revolt”. 16.2.2. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §26 3 PRS ExO.Lr.abl.3, §8* 3 NOM ExO.Lr.M.36, §24.2 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.2, §44.1a Revolt < ♔[King] (/+) 16.2.2a. a-na šarrim(LUGAL) ba-ar-tum ×1 “For the king: revolt”. ► 1 •24.12.1a ‹flood› Ø 2 (ExO.Lr.M.36, §24) 16.2.3. Revolt > ♧[Country] (/+) 16.2.3a. ma-tum i-ga-ru-ur ×1 “The country will revolt (?)”. ► 1a -ma 1b •16.2.7a ‹it will remove its shepherd› (ExO.B&Pd.2, §44) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.B&Pd.2, §44.1a). Probably, garāru ‘to turn or roll over’ (s. CAD G, 47b, s.v. garāru A), with the same common semantic shift turn > rebel as in nabalkutu. Note, however, “la pays sera pris de panique” in Glassner 2009a, 80 (to the first millennium garāru ‘be in panic’, s. CAD G, 49a, s.v. garāru B). 16.2.4. Revolt > ♧[Country] < ♔[King] (/+) 356 16.2.4a. šarram(LUGAL) ma-as-su2 ib-ba-la-ka-su2 ×7 “The king, his country will revolt against him”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.8, §6.1; ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §24; ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §16; ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §105*; ExO.Sp.3, §46; ExO.Lg.8, §34*; ExO.Lg.9, §10* ► 1 š. š. 2 ‹…› (ExO.Lr.npt.8, §6) Variants and spellings: [ša]r-ra-am (ExO.Lr.npt.8, §6.1; ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §105*; ExO.Lg.8, §34*), ma-su2 (ExO.Lr.npt.8, §6.1; ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §16), [m]a-at-su (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §24; note morphological spelling), māssu(KUR-su!) (ExO.Sp.3, §46), ib-ba-la-ak-ka-as-su2 (ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §16), ib-ba-la-ka-a-su2 (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §24), ib-ba-la-ka-a[s-su2] (ExO.Sp.3, §46; ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §105*), i-ba-la-ka-as-su2 (ExO.Lr.npt.8, §6.1; ExO.Lg.8, §34*). 16.2.5. Revolt > ♧[Country] < ♔[Prince] (/+) 16.2.5a. 32 ×3 “The prince, his country will revolt against him”. ru-ba-am ma-as-su2 i-ba-la-/-ka-as-su2 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mzz.1, §2; ExO.Ht.4, §77; ExB.1a, §23 || ExB.1b, §23* 30 Variants and spellings: ru-ba-a-am (ExB.1b, §23*), rubâm(NUN) māssu(KUR)-su2 (ExO.Lr.mzz.1, §2), ma-su2 (ExO.Ht.4, §77), ⌈ib-b⌉[a-la-(ak)-ka-a/]s-su2 (ExB.1a, §23). 16.2.6. Revolt > ♧[Country] < ♔[Shepherd] (/+) 16.2.6a. ma-tum re-e-i-ša ib-ba-⌈al-ka⌉-[at] ×1 “The country will revolt against its shepherd”. 16.2.7. 3 PRS ExO.Lg.8, §32* 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.2, §44.1b 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.2, §46 3 PRS ExO.Lg.8, §8.2 Dismissing > ♧[Country] < ♔[Shepherd] (/+) 16.2.7a. (mātum) r/e-i-ša i-na-sa3-a[ḫ] ×1 “It (i.e. the country) will remove its shepherd”. ► 1a •16.2.3a ‹the country will revolt (?)›-ma 1b (ExO.B&Pd.2, §44) 16.2.8. Becoming hostile > ♧[Country] < ♔[Shepherd] (/+) 16.2.8a. ma-tum ⌈it⌉-ti / be-li-ša ⌈i⌉-na-ki-\-ir ×1 “The country will become hostile to its lord”. 16.2.9. 16.2.9a. Rejecting > ♧[Country] < ♔[Lord] (/+) ma-tum qa2-ti be-li i-na-pa-aṣ 357 ×1 “The country will reject (lit. strike the hand of) its lord”. ► 1 •15.2.4a ‹the enemy’s border city will send you a deputy› Ø 2 (ExO.Lg.8, §8) 16.2.10. Revolt > ♧[Country] < ♔[Ibbi-Sin] (/+) 16.2.10a. 2 i-bi2-Sîn(ZU.EN)-ma 3ma-su2 4i-ba-la-ki-tu3-šu ×1 “Ibbi-Sin, against whom his country revolted”. 3 PRT ExO.Lr.M.7, §1 ►inūmi 1 anniʾum kīʾam iššakkan (ExO.Lr.M.7, §1) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 1i-nu-mi (ExO.Lr.M.7, §1); followed by 5a-ni-u-um 6ki-am i-sa2-kin2 (ExO.Lr.M.7, §1). 16.2.11. Gathering against > ♧[Country] < ♔[Ibbi-Sin] (/+) 16.2.11a. (Ibbi-Sîn) ša ma-tum ip-ḫu-r[u-ni]m ×1 “(Ibbi-Sin), against whom the country gathered”. 3 PRS ExO.Lg.9, §6.1b ► 1a •28.1.21a ‹omen of Ibbi-Sin› ša 1b (ExO.Lg.9, §6) 16.2.12. Revolt > ♧[City] (/+) 16.2.12a. na-ba-al-ka-ti a-li-im ×1 “Revolt of a city”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.npt.7, §2.1b 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §33.1a; ► 1a •16.2.1a ‹‘weapon’ of revolt› Ø 1b (ExO.Lr.npt.7, §2) 16.2.12b. a-lum ib-ba-la-ka-at ×2 “The city will revolt”. ExO.Lg.5, §6.1b ► 1a -ma 1b •3.5.18a ‹it will kill its lord› (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §33) ► 1a •19.2.5a ‹the enemy will lay siege on the city› Ø 1b -ma 1c •3.5.18a ‹it will kill its lord› Ø 1d •18.5.10a ‹the enemy will arrive to your land› (ExO.Lg.5, §6) Variants and spellings: ⌈i-ba⌉-la-ka-at (ExO.Lg.5, §6.1b); followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §33.1a; ExO.Lg.5, §6.1b). 16.2.13. Revolt > ♧[City] < ♔[King] (/+) 16.2.13a. šar-ra-a/m 13a-al-šu ib-ba-la-ka-as-su2 ×1 “The king, his city will revolt against him”. 16.2.14. Revolt > ♧[Cities] < ♔[King] (/+) 358 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §4 16.2.14a. 35 ×3 “The king, his cities will revolt against him”. 3 PRS šar-ra a-la-nu-šu ib-ba-la-ka-⌈tu⌉-šu-⌈u2⌉ ExO.B&Pd.1a, §90* ExO.B&Pd.1c, §26*; || ExO.B&Pd.2, §27; ExO.B&Pd.2, §61* Variants and spellings: šarram(LUGAL) (ExO.B&Pd.1c, §26*; ExO.B&Pd.1a, §90*), ib-ba-la-ka-tu-⌈ni!-iš⌉-[šu] (ExO.B&Pd.1c, §26*), ⌈ib-ba-l⌉[a-ka-tu-ni-iš-šu] (ExO.B&Pd.1a, §90*), ib-ba-la-ka-[tu-šu] (ExO.B&Pd.2, §61*). 16.2.15. 16.2.15a. ×1 Revolt > ♣[Cities] < ♔[@King] (/+) a-na šarrim(LU/GAL) \ a-la-nu-u2 lu2 nakrim( KUR2) ib-ba-la-ka-t/u-ni ša 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.1a, §92 ExO.B&Pd.1c, §28* “For the king: the enemy’s cities will revolt against him”. This peculiar prediction has the king as an explicit addressee, while the forecast itself refers to the enemy. Variants and spellings: a-la-nu (ExO.B&Pd.1c, §28*), ib-ba-la-ka-tu-ni-i[š-šu] (ExO.B&Pd.1c, §28*). 16.2.16. Revolt > ♧[Cities] < ♔[2] (/+) 16.2.16a. i-na a-la-ni-ka ba-{AR}-ar-tum ib-ba-aš-ši ×1 “There will be a revolt in your cities”. 2 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.3, §5.1a 2 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.7, §5.1 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.2, §51* 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.4, §16.1 ► 1a -ma 1b ‹…› (ExO.Lr.mrt.3, §5.1a) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.mrt.3, §5.1a). 16.2.17. Revolt > ♧[Border city] < ♔[2] (/+) 16.2.17a. 11 ×1 “Your border city will revolt against you”. a-al pa-ṭi-i-ka i-ba-al-ka-at-ka ► 1 rs. 2 •16.2.1a ‹‘weapon’ of revolt› (ExO.Lr.npt.7, §5) 16.2.18. Revolt > ♧[Fortresses] < ♔[Lord] (/+) 16.2.18a. [d]u-ra-nu!(NI) \ be-el-šu-nu ib-ba-la-ka-t[u] ×1 “Fortresses will revolt against their lord”. 16.2.19. Revolt[P:Palace] (/+) 16.2.19a. ba-ar-tum i-na ekallim(E2.GAL) ib-ba-aš-ši ×1 “There will be a revolt in the palace”. 359 || ► 1 Ø 2 •A1 ‹for the campaign: attack of …› (ExO.Lr.ubn.4, §16) 16.2.20. 16.2.20a. ×1 Revolt > ♔[Prince] < ♘[Palace personnel] (/+) rubâm(NUN) mārī(DUMU.MEŠ) ekallī(E2.GAL)-šu 3 PRS i-ba-ar-ru-šu ExO.Ht.3, §18 “The prince, his palace attendants will revolt against him”. 16.2.21. Revolt < ♘[Big clan] (/+) 16.2.21a. 8 ×3 “A big clan will revolt”. 3 PRS bi-tum ra-bu-um i-ba-al-ka-at ExO.Lr.npt.7, §4; ExO.Lr.npt.10, §45.1; ExO.Lr.V.7, §24 ► 1 Ø 2 •18.11.9a ‹the enemy will hold the position of your army› (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §45) Variants and spellings: ib-ba-la-[k]a-at (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §45.1). 16.2.22. Revolt < ♘[Prison] (/+) 16.2.22a. ṣi-bi-it-tum ib-ba-la-ka-at ×2 “The prison will revolt”. 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.1a, §58; ExO.Lr.V.11, §17 Variants and spellings: i-ba-la-ak-ka-at (ExO.Lr.V.11, §17). 16.2.23. Uprising < ♘[House’s son(s)] (/+) 16.2.23a. 5 ×3 “Uprising of the house’s son(s)”. 3 NOM ti-bu-ut ma-ri bi-tim ExO.Lr.npt.10, §18; ExO.Ht.4, §104; ExO.M.3, §53 Variants and spellings: ma-ar (ExO.M.3, §53), mārī(DUMU.MEŠ) bītim(E2) (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §18). Note, that ma-ri can stand both for mārī ‘son’ and māri ‘son’. 16.2.24. Uprising > ♘[Son(s)] < ♙[Man] (/+) 16.2.24a. ti-bu-ut ma!( ZU)-ri a-wi-lim ×1 “Uprising of the man’s son(s)”. 3 NOM ► 1 •27.7.1a ‹mukil-reshi spirit› Ø 2 (ExO.Lr.V.11, §12) 16.2.25. Uprising > ♘[Sons] < ♔[2] (/+) 360 ExO.Lr.V.11, §12.2* 16.2.25a. ma-ru-ka 39a-na le-mu-ut-tim i-te-bi-kum ×1 “Your sons will uprise against you with evil (intentions)”. 16.2.26. 16.2.26a. ×1 2 PRS ExO.Ht.4, §53 mārī(DUMU.MEŠ) rubêm(NUN) a-na le-mu-ut-tim 3 PRS a-na a-bi-šu-nu i-te-eb-bu-nim ExO.Ht.3, §20 Uprising[Malicious] > ♘[Son(s)] < ♔[Prince] (/+) “The sons of the prince will uprise against him with evil (intentions)”. 16.2.27. 16.2.27a. ×1 Uprising[Malicious] > ♘[Close relative] < ♔[2] (/+) 45 [š]i-ir ra-ma-ni-ka a-na le-mu-tim i-te-⌈eb⌉-[bi]- 2 PRS ⌈ak⌉-kum ExO.B&Pd.2, §36 “Your own flesh will uprise against you with evil (intentions)”. 16.2.28. Revolt > ♘[Wife] < ♔[Prince] (/+) 16.2.28a. ru-ba-am aš-ša-su2 i-ba-\-ar-šu ×1 “The prince, his wife will revolt against him”. 16.2.29. ExO.Ht.4, §115 2 ExO.Lg.7, §6* Revolt > ♘[Yes-man] < ♔[2] (/+) 16.2.29a. ša a-nam-a-am i-pu-lu-ka ib-ba-la-⌈k⌉[a-at-ka] ×1 “The one who answers ‘yes’ to you will revolt against you”. 16.2.30. 3 PRS PRT PRS Revolt > ♘[Subordinate] (/+) 16.2.30a. 46 ×1 “A subordinate will uprise”. 3 PRS wa-ar-du-um i-te-bi ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §32.2b ► 1a •A1 ‹?› Ø 2b -ma 2c •3.5.12a ‹he will kill his lord› (ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §32) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §32.2b). 16.2.31. Revolt > ♘[Subordinate] < ♔[Lord] (/+) 16.2.31a. 5 wardum(lu2IR3) be-el-šu i-ba-ar ×1 “A subordinate will revolt against his lord”. 3 PRS 361 ExO.Lr.M.37, §5 16.2.32. Revolt > ♘[Courtiers] < ♔[King] (/+) 16.2.32a. šar-ra-am šu-ut re-ši-šu i-ba-ru-šu!(RU) ×1 “The king, his courtiers will revolt against him”. 16.2.33. [rubâm(NUN) (?) i-n]a pu-uḫ-ri-im i-ba-ar-ru-šu ×1 “The prince, they will revolt against him in the assembly”. i-na qe2-ri-tim ba-ar-\-tum ×1 “Revolt during a banquet”. ExO.Lr.ubn.3, §19** 3 NOM ExO.Lr.ṣbt.4, §32 3 PRS ExO.KiUr.1, §15* 3 PRS ExO.Ht.3, §23.1a 3 PRS ExO.Ht.3, §24.1a Revolt > ♘[Auxiliaries] < ♔[Prince] (/+) 16.2.35a. rubâm(NUN) ti-il-la-tu-šu ibbalakkatū(BA[L)-šu] ×1 “The prince, his auxiliary troops will revolt against him”. 16.2.36. 3 PRS Revolt[S:Banquet] (/+) 16.2.34a. 16.2.35. ExO.Lr.kki.3, §20* Revolt[S:Assembly] < ♔[Prince?] (/+) 16.2.33a. 16.2.34. 3 PRS Revolt > ♘[Hupshu-troops] (/+) 16.2.36a. 24 ×1 “The hupshu-troops will revolt”. ḫu-up-šum ib-ba-la-ak-ka-at ► 1a -ma 1b •3.4.12b ‹the prince will fall› (ExO.Ht.3, §23) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Ht.3, §23). 16.2.37. Revolt > ♘[Hupshu-troops] < ♔[Prince] (/+) rubâm(NUN) ḫu-up-šu!(ŠA) ib-ba-la-ak-ka-at 16.2.37a. 26 ×1 “The hupshu-troops will revolt against the prince”. ► 1a -ma 1b •16.2.38a ‹the hupshu-troops that revolted against him, will overthrow him› (ExO.Ht.3, §24) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Ht.3, §24.1a). 16.2.38. 16.2.38a. Overthrowing > ♘[Hupshu-troops] < ♔[Prince] (/+) (rubûm) ḫu-up-šu!(ŠA) ša ibbalkitu(BALA)-šu u2- 3 PRS 362 ExO.Ht.3, §24.1b* ×1 ⌈ša-am⌉-[qa2-as-su] “The hupshu-troops that revolted against him, will overthrow him (i.e. the prince)”. ► 1a •16.2.37a ‹the hupshu-troops will revolt against the prince›-ma 1b (ExO.Ht.3, §24) 16.2.39. Uprising > ♘[Purification priests] 16.2.39a. ti-bu-ut i-ši-ip-p/i2 ×1 “Uprising of purification priests”. 16.2.40. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §28 2 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §1.2a Uprising > ♘[One of non-equal rank] < ♔[2] (/+) 16.2.40a. la me-ḫe-er-/-ka \ i-te-bi-a-⌈ku-um⌉ ×1 “Someone not of your rank will uprise against you”. ► 1a •17.1.1a ‹rivalry› Ø 1b •17.1.2a ‹(one) throne will rival (another) throne› š. š. 2a -ma 2b •3.5.21a ‹he will kill you› (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §1) Variants and spellings: Preceded by ša-nu šum-šu (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §1.2a); followed by -⌈ma⌉ (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §1.2a). 16.2.41. Uprising > ♘[Unwise person] (/+) 16.2.41a. 6 ×1 “An unwise person will uprise”. la ḫa-su2-um i-te-bi-a-am 3 PRS ExO.Lg.8, §4.1a 3 PRS Br.O.1, §35.1b ► 1a •16.2.41a ‹an unwise person will uprise›-ma 1b (ExO.Lg.8, §4) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lg.8, §4.1a). 16.2.42. Uprising > ♘[Criminals] (/+) 16.2.42a. sa3-ar-ra-ru i-te-eb-bu-nim ×1 “Criminals will uprise”. ► 1a •11.3.3a ‹rule of an evil person› Ø 1b -ma 1c •11.22.10a ‹they will ruin the country› (Br.O.1, §35) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (Br.O.1, §35.1b). 16.2.43. Uprising > ♘[Someone] (/+) 16.2.43a. a-a-u2-um-ma a-na šarrim(LUGAL) i-te-bi ×1 “Someone will uprise against the king”. 363 3 PRS ExO.B&Pd.1a, §9.1a ► 1a -ma 1b •10.2.7a ‹he (i.e. someone) will imprison him (i.e. the king)›-ma 1c •3.5.22a ‹he (i.e. someone) will kill him (i.e. the king)› (ExO.B&Pd.1a, §9) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.B&Pd.1a, §9.1a). 16.2.44. Uprising ♘[Brothers] <> ♘[Brothers] (/+) 3 PRS 16.2.44a. at-ḫu ib-ta-ar-ru ×2 “Brothers will revolt against each other”. ExO.B&Pd.2, §45; ExO.Lr.npt.10, §23 Variants and spellings: ib-⌈ba⌉-ar-ru-u2 (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §23). 16.2.44b. at-ḫu-u2 i-ba?-[(ar)-ru] ×1 “Brothers will revolt against each other”. 16.2.44c. 8´ ×1 “Brother will revolt against brother / one will revolt against the other”. [(…) a-ḫ]u a-ḫa i-ba-ar-ru 3 PRS ExO.Lr.V.10, §18** 3 PRS ExO.Sp.2, §2.4* ► 1 •19.7.16a ‹city after city will be annexed by the enemy› [?] 2 •8.19.2b ‹the man’s household will be financially ruined› matīma 3 •A1‹the king will …with your help› [?] 4 Ø 5 •18.21.5a ‹the prince will prevail over his plunderer› (ExO.Sp.2, §2) 16.2.45. Revolt > ♙[Man] (?) 16.2.45a. bar-ti awīlim(LU2) ×1 “Revolt of the man”. 3 NOM Ol.3, §6.2 ► 1 ‹?› Ø 2 (Ol.3, §6) It is unclear if the man is the recipient of the prediction of a revolt against him or a future revolt participant. Possibly, also “Revolt of people” (?). 16.2.46. 16.2.46a. ×1 Elevated[During revolt] > ♙[Man] (+) awīlum(LU2) i-na ⌈ba?-a⌉[r-tim (?) (x)] ⌈x x x ti?⌉ 3 PRS i-ta-na-aš-ši ExO.B&Pd.1a, §4** “The man will be elevated … in the course of a revolt (?)”. Very uncertain. 16.2.47. Revolt > ? (?) 16.2.47a. ba-ar-ti […] ×1 “Revolt of …”. 3 PRS 364 ExO.KiUr.1, §14** 16.2.48. ?[S:Revolt] > ? (?) 16.2.48a. [i-na ba-a]r-ti-im […] ×1 “During a revolt …”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §36.1b** ► 1a •16.2.1a ‹‘weapon’ of revolt› Ø 1b (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §36) Cf. 17.15.4-5. 16.3. Return of the revolting under control 16.3.1. 16.3.1a. ×1 Return under control > ♧[Country] < ♔[Shepherd] (+) ma-tum ša [r]e-i-ša 58i-ki-ru-u2 a-na be-li-ša i-ta- 3 a-⌈ar⌉ PRT PRS ExO.B&Pd.2, §47 PRT PRS ExO.B&Pd.2, §50* PRT PRS ExO.Lg.8, §7* “The country that became hostile to its shepherd will return to its lord”. 16.3.2. 16.3.2a. ×1 Return under control > ♧[Country] < ♔[Lord] (+) ma-tum ša ib-⌈b⌉[a-al-ki-tu / w]a-ar-ki be-li-ša i- 3 ⌈la⌉-[ak] “The country that revolted will follow its lord (again)”. 16.3.2b. ×1 ma-tum ša qa2-ti be2-li-ša i-pu-[-ṣu2] be2]-li-ša i-tu-ra-⌈am⌉ 13 [a-na 3 “The country, that rejected (lit. stroke the hand of) its lord will return to its lord”. 16.3.3. 16.3.3a. ×2 Return under control > ♧[Cities] < ♔[King] (+) 72 šar-rum a-la-nu-šu na-ak-ru-tum i-tu-ru-ni-iš- 3 PRS [šu] ExO.B&Pd.2, §60*; ExO.B&Pd.2, §26* “The king, his hostile cities will return to him”. 16.3.3b. ×1 a-na šarrim(LUGAL) a-la-nu-šu na-ak-ru-tu i-tu- 3 PRS ⌈ru⌉-[ne2-(e)-šu] ExO.B&Pd.1a, §91* ExO.B&Pd.1c, §27* “For the king: his hostile cities will return to him”. Variants and spellings: ⌈a⌉-[na šarrim(LUGAL) / a-l]⌈a-nu-šu⌉ \ na-ak-ru-tum i-tu-ru-ne2-e-šu (ExO.B&Pd.1a, §91*). 16.3.4. Taking over > ♔[King] < ♘[Rebels] (+) 365 || 16.3.4a. ×1 šarrum(LUGAL) šu-ut ba-ar-ti-š/u 5qa2-as-su i-ka- 3 PRS aš-ša-ad ExO.Lg.9, §67 “The king will seize the (lit. his) rebels”. 16.3.5. 16.3.5a. ×1 Triumph > ♔[Lord] < ♧[Country] (+) ma-tum ša re-e-i-ša ib-ba-al-k[i-tu] \ re-e-i-ša e- 3 li-ša iz-za-az PRT PRS ExO.Lg.8, §33* PRT PRS ExO.Lg.5, §1 “The country that revolted against its shepherd: its shepherd will triumph over it”. 16.3.5b. ×1 ma-tum ša be2-el-ša i-ze2-/-ru 5[b]e2-el-ša i-li-ša 3 i-ta-za-az “The country that became hostile to its lord: its lord will triumph over it”. Note i-li-ša for elīša. 16.3.6. 16.3.6a. ×1 Taking over > ♔[2] < ♧[Border city] (+) 17 a-al ⌈pa-ṭi-ka ša ib-ba-al-ki-tu-ka⌉ qa2-⌈at⌉-ka i- 2 ka-ša-a[d] “You (lit. your hand) will take over (lit. will reach) your border city, which revolted against you”. 366 PRT PRS ExO.M.3, §15 17. Diplomacy The predictions collected in this section refer to relations between rulers. Generally, they can take the shape of rivalry (17.1), domination (17.2), submission (17.3) and patronage (17.4). Diplomatic negotiations include sending envoys (17.5), meeting (17.6) making diplomatic gift (17.7), and giving oath (17.8), while offering peace (17.9) or capitulation (17.10). When these are successful, the parties can come to an agreement (17.11), make peace (17.12) and join forces (17.13). The state of diplomatic affairs has an affect on territorial claims (17.14) and claims on subjects (17.15), that can be made and withdrawn (17.16), as well as on acquiring auxiliaries and allies (17.17) and military support (17.18). Finally, failed negotiation lead to hostility and declaration of war (17.19). 17.1. Rivalry 17.1.1. Rivalry (–) 17.1.1a. ta-aš-ni-in-tum ×6 “Rivalry”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.bbk.2, §1.1a ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §1.1a ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §1.1a; || || ExO.Lr.bbk.3, §13.1a; ExO.Lr.V.11, §4.1; ExO.Sp.3, §1.1a*; ExO.Ht.4, §58; ExO.V.3, §36.1a ► 1a Ø 1b •17.1.2a ‹(one) throne will rival (another) throne› (ExO.Lr.bbk.2, §1 || ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §1; ExO.V.3, §36) ► 1a Ø 1b •17.1.3a ‹(one) throne will remove (another) throne› (ExO.Lr.bbk.3, §13) ► 1a Ø 1b •17.1.2a ‹(one) throne will rival (another) throne› š. š. 2a •16.2.40a ‹someone not of your rank will uprise against you›-ma 2b •3.5.21a ‹he will kill you› (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §1) ► 1 Ø 2 •11.4.11a ‹the army will not obey its commander› ūlū 3 •13.8.8a ‹the king will not obey his advisers› (ExO.Lr.V.11, §4) ► 1a Ø 1b ‹…› [?] 2 •12.2.13a ‹a donkey riding messenger will …› (ExO.Sp.3, §1) 17.1.2. Rivalry [Throne] <> [Throne] (?) 17.1.2a. ku-su2-um ku-si2-a-am / i-ša-an-na-an ×2 “(One) throne will rival (another) throne”. 3 NOM ExO.Lr.bbk.2, §1.1b ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §1.1b ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §1.1b; ExO.V.3, §36.1b ► 1a •17.1.1a ‹rivalry› Ø 1b (ExO.Lr.bbk.2, §1 || ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §1; ExO.V.3, §36) ► 1a •17.1.1a ‹rivalry› Ø 1b š. š. 2a •16.2.40a ‹someone not of your rank will uprise against you›-ma 2b •3.5.21a ‹he 367 || || will kill you› (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §1) Variants and spellings: kussûm(gišGU.ZA) (ExO.Lr.bbk.2, §1.1b*; ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §1.1b; ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §1.1b), kussiʾam(gišGU.ZA-a-am) (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §1.1b; ExO.Lr.bbk.2, §1.1b*), kussiʾam(gišGU.ZA) (ExO.Lr.bbk.4, §1.1b), i-šana-an (ExO.Lr.bbk.6, §1.1b). 17.1.3. Removing ♔[Throne] <> ♚[Throne] (?) 17.1.3a. kussûm(gišGU.ZA) kussiʾam(gišGU.ZA) i-ta-ab-ba-al 3 NOM ×1 “(One) throne will remove (another) throne”. ExO.Lr.bbk.3, §13.1b ► 1a •17.1.1a ‹rivalry› Ø 1b (ExO.Lr.bbk.3, §13) 17.1.4. Striving for superiority > ♔[2] < † (?) 17.1.4a. nakar(lu2KUR2)-ka tu-ud-da-na-an-na-an ×1 “You will strive for superiority (?) over your enemy”. 2 PRS ExO.B&Pd.1a, §75 ExO.B&Pd.1a, §75 is a variant of ExO.B&Pd.1c, §12. The unusual verbal forms in the following group of apodoses53 were discussed in the context of reduplicated stems in Akkadian (see most recently Kouwenberg 2010, 438–44). CAD D, 86b places the forms s.v. danānu 4. II/2 (with reduplicated final radical) with the meaning “to contend for superiority”. This is followed by Kienast 1961, 59f., who defines these as forms of danānu RT “miteinander die Kräfte messen, um die Vormacht zu kämpfen”. Without challenging this translation, Oppenheim 1957-1958 subsequently suggests that the forms belong in fact to a different verb related to (an)dinānu54 ‘substitute’, as nadarruru ~ andurāru and šuqallulu ~ ašqulālu (on this pattern see recently Kouwenberg 2010, 441, fn. 41). This relation is accepted by AHw 160a as danānu III, denominative of dinānu attested only in the D-R stem with the meaning “Vertretung übernehmen”. In my opinion, the relation between (an)dinānu and the alleged verb is difficult to prove due to the lack of clear semantic grounds for matching the two lexemes and the fact that the verbal forms obviously belong neither to naparruru, nor šuparruru. The concept of R-stems in Akkadian was largely questioned in Groneberg 1989, where it is pointed out that the bulk of the examples are semantically undistinguishable from non-reduplicated stems and are likely results of misspelling. In Kouwenberg 2010, 442–3 the forms in scrutiny are regarded as possible instances of danānu in the DtR-stem. This stem is conclusively advocated by the author as optional extension of the Dt-stem underlining reciprocity or iterativity. Kouwenberg acknowledges that the translation of danānu DtR remains a matter of speculation and cautiously follows CAD. I see no better options for the moment, given the scarceness of the material at hand55. 53 Namely: 2 sg. tu-ud-da-na-an-na-an (ExO.B&Pd.1a, §75), tu-da-na-an-an (ExO.B&Pd.1c, §12) (along with the non-reduplicated variant tu-da-⌈an!-n⌉[a]-an in ExO.Ht.4, §70*); 3 sg. ud-da-na-an-na-ak-kum (ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §21), u2-da-na-an-na-kum (ExO.B&Pd.1a, §76), ⌈u2-da-na-na-ku⌉ (ExO.B&Pd.1c, §13); 2 du. tu-ud-da-an-na-na-na (ExO.B&Pd.1a, §81; ExO.B&Pd.1c, §18). 54 Also (an)dunānu and possibly ardananu. The latter form, however, seems to be attested only in relation to the dead (s. CAD D, 150 s.v. dinānu 2. wraith) and might be in fact a different lexeme. 55 As it is clear from the contexts, the meaning is transitive and can be reciprocal (or “pseudo-reciprocal”, as in Kouwenberg 2010, 442). Dt and DtR forms seems to appear in similar passages. Some provide a bit of context to the prediction, namely: nakerka ša uddannanakka [ul i]mangurka imangurka “your enemy, who strives for superiority 368 17.1.4b. a-na nakrī(lu2KUR2)-ka tu-da-na-an-an ×2 “You will strive for superiority (?) over your enemy”. 2 PRS ExO.B&Pd.1c, §12; ExO.Ht.4, §70* Variants and spellings: a-na na-ak-ri-⌈i⌉-k/a 7tu-da-⌈an!-n⌉[a]-an (ExO.Ht.4, §70*, Dt, not DtR). ExO.B&Pd.1c, §12 is a variant of ExO.B&Pd.1a, §75. 17.1.5. Striving for superiority > † < ♔[2] (?) 17.1.5a. nakar(lu2KUR2)-ka ud-da-na-an-na-ak-kum ×2 “Your enemy will strive for superiority (?) over you”. 2 PRS ExO.B&Pd.1a, §76 ExO.B&Pd.1c, §13; || ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §21 Variants and spellings: u2-da-na-an-na-kum (ExO.B&Pd.1a, §76), ⌈u2-da-na-na-ku⌉ (ExO.B&Pd.1c, §13). 17.1.6. 17.1.6a. ×1 Striving for superiority ♔[2] <> † (?) at-ta u3 nakar(lu2KUR2)-/-ka \ tu-ud-da-an-na-na- 2 PRS na ExO.B&Pd.1a, §81 ExO.B&Pd.1c, §18 “You and your enemy will contend for superiority (?)”. Variants and spellings: tu-ud-da-na-an-na-/-na (ExO.B&Pd.1a, §81). 17.2. Domination 17.2.1. Dominating > ♘[Auxiliaries] < ♔[Prince] (/+) 17.2.1a. rubâm(NUN) ti-[il-la-su2 i-š]a-la-su2 ×1 “The prince, his auxiliaries will dominate him”. 17.2.2. 3 PRS ExO.Lg.4, §4* 2 PRS ExO.Lg.3, §1.2 Dominating > ♘[Auxiliaries] < ♔[2] (/+) 17.2.2a. 4 ×1 “Your allies (lit. helpers) will dominate you”. re-ṣu2-u2-ka i-ša-la-ṭu2-u2-ka ► 1 •24.15.19a ‹the neighbor will set the man’s house on fire› Ø 2 š. š. 3 •13.8.2a ‹the king, the advice of his over you, will or will not submit to you” (KAR 423 i 61); šarrum ellātūšu uddannanaššu-ma KU[R2 …] “The military forces of the king will strive for superiority over him and the enemy …” (KAR 428:24, both apodoses cit. apud CAD D, 86b). One should also note the opposite predictions to the reciprocal apodosis (ExO.B&Pd.1a, §81 || ExO.B&Pd.1c, §18): “You and your enemy will run away from each other” (ExO.B&Pd.1a, §82, udappar || ExO.B&Pd.1c, §19, upaṭṭar). Even taking this evidence into account, the meaning of danānu in these passages still cannot be established with certainty. 369 || subordinates is not good for him› (ExO.Lg.3, §1) 17.2.3. Dominating > ♞[Auxiliaries] < † (+) 3 PRS 17.2.3a. nakram(KUR2) ti-il-l[a-su2 i-š]a-la-su2 ×1 “The enemy, his auxiliaries will dominate him”. 17.2.4. 17.2.4a. ×1 ExO.Lg.4, §5* Command voice > ♔[Prince] (+) rubûm(NUN) pi2-a-am mu-ta-al-⌈la i⌉-[ša]-ak-ka- 3 PRS an ExO.Ht.3, §59* “The prince will have a noble command”. Cf. respected opinion in 7.13.2 and ‘small mouth’ in 17.3.3-4 below. 17.3. Submission 17.3.1. Submitting > ♔[King] < ♚[King] (+) 17.3.1a. 1 ×1 “(One) king will submit (another) king”. 17.3.2. 17.3.2a. ×1 šarrum(LUGAL-um) šarram(LUGAL) u2-ka-na-aš 3 PRS ExO.Lr.M.37, §1 Submitting to > ♔[King] < ♚[King] (+) 2 šar-ru-um na!-ak-ru-um a-na šar-ri-im / i-ka-nu- 3 PRS uš ExO.Lr.V.11, §34* “An enemy king will submit to the king”. 17.3.3. 17.3.3a. ×1 Soft-spoken > ♔[2] < † (–) nakar(lu2KUR2)-ka pi-a-am ma-ṭi-a-am ka-na-ak-ku 22 iš-ta-ak- 2 PRS Br.O.1, §28 “Your enemy will be soft-spoken (lit. make a small mouth) with you”. 17.3.4. 17.3.4a. ×2 Soft-spoken > † < ♔[2] (/–) a-na nakrī(lu2KUR2)-ka pi-a-a/m ma-ṭi-a-am \ ta- 2 PRS aš-ta-ak-ka-an “You will be soft-spoken (lit. make a small mouth) with your enemy”. 370 ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §54.2b; Br.O.1, §27 ► 1 •20.3.8a ‹the property of the enemy’s country will come to your country› š. š. 2a •A1 ‹your enemy will reduce you›ma 2b (ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §54) Variants and spellings: 19ta-aš-ta-ka-an (Br.O.1, §27). 17.3.4b. (nakarka) pi-a-am ma-ṭi-a-am ta-ša-ka-an-šu ×1 “You will be soft-spoken with him (lit. make a small mouth)”. 2 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.3, §8.1b ► 1a •A1 ‹your enemy will reduce you›-ma 1b (ExO.Lr.bbk.3, §8) 17.3.5. 17.3.5a. ×1 Kissing feet of > ♔[King] (+) (šarrum) 8i-na zi-iq-ni-šu-nu še20-pi-šu u2-ša-ak- 3 PRS ka-lu ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §69.1b “They will sweep his (i.e. the king’s) feet with their beards”. ► 1a •11.4.8a ‹the king, his country will obey him› Ø 1b (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §69) Belongs to internal politics. 17.3.6. Kissing feet of > ♔[King] < ♞[One of the city] (+) 2 PRS 17.3.6a. (ša libbi āli) še-pe2-ka i-n⌈a⌉-ši-iq ×2 “He (i.e. the one in the city) will kiss your feet”. ExO.Lr.V.2, §3.3b**; ExO.Sp.3, §36.1b ►šumma 1 •20.7.6d ‹for the campaign: my army will have a share in the place it is headed to› šumma 2 •4.4.2a ‹for the sick person: he will recover› šumma 3a •19.5.11a ‹you are besieging a city: the one in the city will come out›[-ma] 3b (ExO.Lr.V.2, §3) ► 1a •A1 ‹the one in the city will come out›-ma 1b Ø 1c •19.7.8a ‹you will enter your besieged (city)› (ExO.Sp.3, §36) ExO.Lr.V.2, §3.3b** is completely broken. The reconstruction is very uncertain; follows Jeyes 1989b, 122, s. also 124, comm. on 12´. 17.4. Patronage 17.4.1. Patronage > ♔[Prince] < ♘[Another’s brother(s)] (+) 17.4.1a. (rubû) a-bu-ut a-ḫi la ša-ti ip-/[peš] ×1 “He (i.e. the prince) will intercede for another’s (lit. not his own) brother(s)”. 3 PRS ► 1a •7.12.2a ‹the prince will become important›-ma 1b (ExO.Lr.mzz.1, §1) 371 ExO.Lr.mzz.1, §1.1b* 17.5. Sending Envoys See also movements of messengers, diplomats and others (12.2). 17.5.1. Sending envoys > [Subarians] < ♔[Ishbi-Erra] (+) 17.5.1a. 2 šu-ba-ri-u2 3a-na iš-bi-er3-ra 4iš-ta-pa2-ru ×1 “The Subarians constantly sent to Ishbi-Erra”. 3 PRT ExO.Lr.M.10, §1.1a ►inūmi 1a -ma 1b •18.24.3a ‹the Subarians turned to another place› anniʾum kīʾam iššakkin (ExO.Lr.M.10, §1) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 1i-nu-mi (ExO.Lr.M.10, §1.1a); followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.M.10, §1.1a). 17.6. Meeting 17.6.1. Meeting ♔[King] <> ♚[King] (+) 17.6.1a. šar-ra-an i-pa-ḫu-ur-ru ×1 “Two kings will meet”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §32.1a 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §31 2 PRS ExO.Lr.ṣbt.3, §14.1a* ► 1a -ma 1b •17.7.2a ‹they will exchange gifts› (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §32) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §32.1a). 17.6.2. Meeting[S:Assembly] ♔[King] <> ♚[King] (+) 17.6.2a. šar-ra-an i-na pu-u[ḫ2-r]i-im 30in-na-am-ma-ru ×1 “Two kings will meet at the assembly”. 17.7. Diplomatic gift 17.7.1. Sending a gift > † < ♔[2] (+) 17.7.1a. 36 ×1 “Your enemy will send you something”. [na-ka-ar]-ka mi-im-ma i-ša-a⌈p-p⌉[a-r]a-kum ► 1a •17.7.1a ‹your enemy will send you something›-ma 1b (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.3, §14) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.ṣbt.3, §14.1a*). 17.7.2. Exchanging gifts ♔[King] <> ♚[King] (+) 17.7.2a. (šarrān) 34[it-t]a-ad-di-i-nu ×1 “They (i.e. the two kings) will exchange gifts”. 3 PRS ► 1a •17.6.1a ‹two kings will meet›-ma 1b (ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §32) 372 ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §32.1b* The verb nadānu in the reciprocal Gt-stem likely means ‘to exchange gifts’ (not in the dictionaries). The first, broken sign is restored from the opposite parallel apodosis ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §33* (below), which is, in turn, restored from the apodosis under scrutiny56. While this apodosis was previously generally misunderstood (e.g. … ki-i-nu in Winitzer 2006, 235), different readings were suggested for the second prediction. Jeyes 1989b, 136 proposes the emendation uštaddinū “discuss with each other” (involves an unexpected preterite), and Winitzer 2006, 235-6, with fn. 24 reads uštaddanū (for uštanaddanū) “deliberate with one another”. Both interpretations require serious emendations and ignore the apodosis under scrutiny. Even more importantly, nadānu Št (‘to intermingle, to deliberate, to discuss a problem’ (CAD N1, 57f.) cannot provide a resultative meaning, which is clearly anticipated in this context. 17.7.3. 17.7.3a. ×1 ¬Exchanging gifts[S:Assembly] ♔[King] <> ♚[King] (–) šar-ra-an nu 38 [i-na pu-u]ḫ2-ri-im u2-ul it-ta-ad!-di!- 3 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §33* “Two kings will not exchange gifts in the assembly”. Cf. copy57 and see discussion above. 17.8. Oath On oath in Old Babylonian political context see Hoskisson 1992. 17.8.1. 17.8.1a. ×2 Giving an oath > ♔[Prince] < ♘[Auxiliaries] (?) rubûm(NUN) a-na ti-la-ti-šu ni-iš ilim(DINGIR) i- 3 PRS za-ak-kar! ExO.Ht.2, §36; ExO.Ht.3, §17 “The prince will take an oath before his auxiliary forces”. Variants and spellings: i-za-⌈kar⌉ (ExO.Ht.2, §36). 17.8.2. 17.8.2a. ×1 Giving an oath > ♔[2] (?) 5 a-na ni-iš ilim(DINGIR) i-ša-pa-ru-ni-ik-kum-ma 2 PRS u2-ul ta-ta-am-ma “They will send you (a request) for an oath, but you will not swear”. 17.8.3. 56 ¬Giving an oath > ♔[2] (?) Cf. copy 57 373 ExO.Lr.ubn.4, §4.1a-b 17.8.3a. ×1 7 [a-na] ni-iš ilim(DINGIR) i-ša-pa-ru-ni-ik-kum- 2 PRS ma ta-ta-am-ma ExO.Lr.ubn.4, §5.1a-b* “They will send you (a request) for an oath, and you will swear” 17.9. Offering peace 17.9.1. 17.9.1a. ×1 Offering peace > ♔[2] < ♚[Some king] (+) 18 a-na šar-ri-im a-a-i-ma a-na sa-li-mi-im ta-ša- 2 PRS [pa-ra-am] ExO.Lr.npt.7, §8.1a* “You will send some king a peace offer”. ► 1a [-ma] 1b •17.12.4a ‹you will accept his peace offer› Ø 1c •17.15.5a ‹he will leave your ‘flock’ alone during a revolt› (ExO.Lr.npt.7, §8) Variants and spellings: Followed by -[ma] (ExO.Lr.npt.7, §8.1a*). 17.9.2. 17.9.2a. ×1 Offering peace > ♔[2] < †? (+) a-na [nakrim(lu2KUR2) a-na sa-li-mi]-im ta-ša-pa- 2 PRS ar ExO.Lr.npt.10, §31.1a* “You will send the enemy a peace offer”. ► 1a -ma 1b •17.15.2b ‹you will turn away and leave his ‘flock’ alone› (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §31) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §31.1a*). 17.9.3. 17.9.3a. ×1 Offering peace > ♚[Someone] < ♔[2] (+) 8 a-a-u2-um-ma a-na mi-it-gu-ur-t[im] i-ša-pa-ra- 2 PRS ak-kum ExO.Lr.mrt.5, §7 “Someone will send you an appeasement”. 17.9.4. 17.9.4a. ×1 Offering peace > ♚[Some king] < ♔[2] (+) 13 šar-rum a-a-u2-um a-na sa-li-mi-im i-ša-pa-ra- 2 PRS ku-u2-[um] ExO.Lr.npt.7, §6.1a* “Some king will send you a peace offer”. ► 1a [-ma] 1b •17.12.4a ‹you will accept his peace offer› Ø 1c •17.15.4a ‹you will leave his ‘flock’ alone during a revolt› (ExO.Lr.npt.7, §6) Variants and spellings: Followed by [-ma] (ExO.Lr.npt.7, §6.1a*). 374 17.9.5. 17.9.5a. ×1 Offering peace > † < ♔[2] (+) (nakrum) \ a-na sa-li-mi-im [i]-⌈ša⌉-pa-ra-ak- 2 PRS kum ExO.Lr.npt.10, §25.1b* “He (i.e. the enemy) will send you a peace offer”. 1a •17.10.3a ‹your enemy will turn to you for capitulation›[-ma] 1b (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §25) 17.9.5b. ×1 9 nakrum(lu2KUR2-rum) ⌈a⌉-na sa-li-mi-im pa-ra-ku-um 10 i-ša- 2 PRS ExO.Lr.kki.2, §3.1a ExO.Lr.kki.3, §56.2a* || The enemy will send you a peace offer”. ► 1a -ma 1b •17.15.3b ‹he will turn away and leave your ‘flock’ alone› (ExO.Lr.kki.2, §3) ► 1 •2.13.16a ‹breast-beating of my army› rs. 2a -ma 2b •17.15.6a ‹he will return and take hold of your ‘flock’› (ExO.Lr.kki.3, §56) Variants and spellings: Preceded by 13re-qu2-us-sa3 (ExO.Lr.kki.3, §56.2a*); 14i-ša-ap-pa-ra-ku-um-ma (ExO.Lr.kki.3, §56.2a*); followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.kki.2, §3.1a; ExO.Lr.kki.3, §56.2a*). 17.9.5c. ×1 nakar(lu2KUR2)-ka ⌈a-na sa⌉-[li-mi-im i]-ša-pa-ra- 2 PRS ak-ku-um ExO.Lr.npt.10, §33.1a* “Your enemy will send you a peace offer”. ► 1a -ma 1b •17.15.3b ‹he will turn away and leave your ‘flock’ alone› (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §33) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §33.1a*). 17.9.6. 17.9.6a. ×1 Seeking peace > † < ♔[2] (+) a-na nakrī(lu2KUR2)-ka salimtam(SILIM-tam) iš-ta-a-ḫa ša-pi-ru-tam 2 PRS ExO.Lr.V.6, §21.1a “For your enemy, he will ask for peaceful rule”. ► 1a u 1b •17.15.2a ‹you will leave his ‘flock’ alone› (ExO.Lr.V.6, §21) The verbal form is difficult. I tenatively suggest to regard iš-ta-a-ḫa as ištaʾʾa, present 3 sg. form of šeʾû Gt ‘to strive for’ (note the absence of e-coloring); possibly, to be emended to taštaʾʾa “You will ask your enemy for peaceful rule”. This interpretation is admittedly weak, as only two candidates for šeʾû Gt exist, and both are in question (Streck 2003, 79, no. 211). Alternatively, the spelling could be mistake for ištaʾʾal “he will ask for”; note, however, that šaʾālu Gt would not make much better sense in this context (courtesy Prof. Streck). 17.10. Offering capitulation The translation ‘capitulation’ for tēmiqu (‘well-conceived presentation of a case, prayer’ in CAD T, 334b) in the following contexts is tentative and has no obvious parallels in other sources. It is clear that the predictions in this subsection refer to a peace offer of some kind, while the connotations of the word suggest surrender and acknowledgment of submission. 375 17.10.1. Capitulation (+?) 17.10.1a. \ kak(ki)(giš⌈TUKUL⌉) te-mi-qi2 ×1 “‘Weapon’ of capitulation”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.npt.10, §24.1a ► 1a Ø 1b •17.10.2a ‹you will turn to your enemy for capitulation› ū. r. 2 •A1 ‹… a man …› (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §24) 17.10.2. 17.10.2a. ×1 Capitulating > ♔[2] < † (–?) a-⌈na nakrim(lu⌉2KUR2) a-na ⌈te⌉-mi-⌈qi2⌉ ta-[sa3- 2 PRS ḫa-ar-šu-u]m ExO.Lr.npt.10, §24.1b* “You will turn to your enemy for capitulation”. ► 1a •17.10.1a ‹‘weapon’ of capitulation› Ø 1b ū. r. 2 •A1 ‹… a man …› (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §24) 17.10.3. 17.10.3a. ×1 Capitulating > † < ♔[2] (/–?) nakar(lu2KUR2)-ka a-na te-[mi-/-qi2 i-sa3-ḫa-ra- 2 PRS am (or: -ak-ka)] ExO.Lr.npt.10, §25.1a** “Your enemy will turn to you for capitulation”. 1a [-ma] 1b •17.9.5a ‹he will send you a peace offer› (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §25) Variants and spellings: Followed by -[ma] (ExO.Lr.npt.10, §24.1b*). 17.10.3b. ×1 49 be-el lu-um-ni-i-ka a-na te-e-mi-i-qi2 aḫ-ḫa-ra-ak-ka 50 u2-sa3- 2 PRS ExO.Lr.ubn.5, §37 “Your foe will turn to you for capitulation”. 17.11. Coming to an agreement 17.11.1. ¬Coming to an agreement[Assembly] (–) 17.11.1a. 43 pu-uḫ2-ru-um 44u2-la im-ta-ga-ar ×1 “The assembly will not come to an agreement”. 3 PRS ExO.Lr.mrt.6, §89 3 NOM ExO.Lr.V.11, §37 3 NOM ExO.M.1, §9 17.12. Making peace 17.12.1. Peace (+) 17.12.1a. 11 ×1 “Omen of peace”. 17.12.1b. še20-ep s[a-l]i-mi-im ×1 “Advent of peace”. a-mu-ut sa-l[i]-mi-im 376 17.12.1c. sa-li-mu-[u]⌈m iš-ša⌉-/-ka-an ×1 “There will be peace”. 17.12.2. 3 PRS ExO.Lg.9, §55 3 PRS ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §14.1a 3 PRS ExO.M.3, §62.1a Peace[Firm] (+) 17.12.2a. \ [sa3-l]i-i[m] ki-na-tim iš-ša-ak-ka-an ×1 “There will be firm peace”. ► 1a -ma 1b •A1 ‹one will enter another’s house› (ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §14) Variants and spellings: Followed by -ma (ExO.Lr.bbk.5, §14.1a). 17.12.